O Mundo Fisico é uma projeção manifestada de estruturas Telepáticas de conhecimento e sabedoria
Documento prioritario e Urgente
Entregar ao Presidente da Républica, primeiro ministro, presidente do parlamento portugues, lideres das bancadas partidarias no parlamento e lideres partidarios nacionais bem como a todos os Ministros do Governo Portugues e anciãos Sábios deste País e a jornalistas que queiram defender a Liberdade e a verdade UNA da Liberdade e do que aí vem...
Costumamos ouvir Ministros assustar as pessoas de que como vivemos num Estado de direito, o segredo de justiça e outros mecanismos do Direito que protejam os Ricos e poderosos, devem ser escrupulosamente cumpridos.
Na nossa opinião estes ministros e politicos juristas ou não, não sabem o que é um Estado de Direito...
Um Estado de Direito ergue-se quando tem mecanismos para respeitar a imprensa e a opinião Popular e fazer cumprir a Justiça.
Ora a Justiça não pode atacar a imprensa, nem a politica pode atacar a imprensa que chama a atenção para temas que não estão bem ou para actos que demonstram que algo não está bem em determinado caso.
É lógico que criminosos que por exemplo queiram esconder seus actos ilicitos, o que tem lógica, queiram também evitar que tanto os media como a justiça, cheguem á transparencia que leva as provas.
Ora... do que se trata aqui é de politicos corruptos e muitos que querem evitar que a justiça possa perceber como enriqueceram desmesurada e rapidamente, para evitarem acusações e que se descubra a verdade...
Trata-se aqui de pura intransparencia ou de transparencia.
Diria mesmo mais, trata-se de criminosos a esconderem-se dos actos que cometeram e cometem, atrvés de Leis que enaltecem e fazem viver para não serem acusados...
Ora... não há justiçaque valha... porque simplesmente não é justa ou transparente... nem os Portugueses acreditam nela... feita em nome do bom nome de politicos e pressupostas Elites... que formam o topo podre da piramidade.
Na hierarquia militar há muitos segredos de Estado e de justiça... dizem...
E com isso aproveitam para não dizer ao Povo e População as operações secretas que perpetuam e com que intuitos...
E dizem que com isso respeitam o Estado de Direito e o Povo.
O que é mentira, dadas as operações militares contra os interesses do Povo que também fazem, incluindo a manipulação de consciencias das Populações, através de quimicos dispersados por aviões militares para manipular populações inteiras... o que o Povo Portugues rejeitaria liminarmente se soubesse e perseguiria os Criminosos que assim procedem.
Onde está o Estado de Direito quando a comissão que deveria escurtinar as secretas militares e civis no Parlamento que é o Orgão Executivo do Povo... por e simplesmente por controlo absolutista de alguns que se acham especiais, não existe. Não existe porque esses Senhores corruptos que escondem estes crimes, sabem que se forem apanhados pela Justiça, serão necessáriamente presos, por crimes contra a Humanidade.
As contradições que o Ministro da Justiça deixou a claro e a negação em falar em vários casos, há dois dias na grande entrevista na RTP1, demonstra a hipócrisia, intransparencia e a tentativa de esconder, e encobrir seus colegas... Por lealdade e cegueira Politica. O que por si só demonstra corrupção ao mais alto nivel. E que o nivel de negação à Justiça é alto e que a prisão é só para alguns: Os não poderosos e pobres.
Enganam-se os que acham que os Homens justos neste País, ficarão quietos e não lutarão contra este Estado que nestes termos é mais Fascista, absolutista, controlador do que democrático, plural e de igualdade.
A Natureza não deixará que os papeis se invertam e que a policia esteja a soldo de criminosos que se querem esconder, por mais poder que tenham, seja onde fôr.
A manipulação de provas tanto para atacar pobres como para defender ricos por parte do MP e de magistrados ou não preparados, imcompetentes por tanto ou até alguns corruptos existe também. E isto também deve e pode ser averiguado num Estadode verdadeiro Direito, pelos media. Ou corremos o risco de estarmos a voltar ao tempo da outra Senhora, ou de afinal de nunca lá termos saido... no modo como actuamos, pensamos e sentimos o medo e o controle dos outros.
Um Estado de direito não tem medo de uma Justiça transparente para todos e em todos os sentidos.
Quem quer todos estes segredos de estado militares e civis não é a Constituição da Républica... mas antes a manipulação de criminosos, que não querem ser apanhados e incinceramente chegaram a lugares cimeiros e de topo, onde mudaram e manipularam as Leis a seu favor.
Sr ministro da Justiça a devaça da Vida faz-se quando não se dá o direito, há verdade transparente, face a duvidas que surjem nos media ou nos Tribunais.
A devaça faz-se quando se nega a verdade... para que se não saiba... com medo das repercussões de mentes com a consciencia pesada, que não querem o que se saiba do que dizem e fazem a outros através de meios que já nao deveriam der passiveis de ser utilizados no séc XXI.
No fundo de tudo continua a existir Justiça, sensibilidade e bom senso. So seria necessária verdade.
Não é necessária essa fronteira, que ora voçes inventam e que não passam de mecanismos para nunca vos culpar ou apanhar quem voçes não queiram.
E essa sim é a tortura que voçes fazem ao Estado de Direito, á Vida e aos pobres.
Chama-se escravatura emocional e controle acérrimo de um Despotismo que não vos deixaremos continuar em nome da verdadeira justiça Terrena, mas e Divina.
A Dimensão Politica tem o Direito de saber... com toda a veemencia, o que quer dizer uma acusação de Juizes de que Sócrates... tinha crimes contra a Républica, sua constituição e estado de Direito, nas gravações ouvidas e retificadas por dois juizes.
Na Russia, na era do Comunismo, a chamada pretensa Justiça totalitária tinha prevalencia sobre tudo totalitariamente.
O Sr Sócrates e seus seguidistas e incobertos Ministros querem seguir o mesmo caminho ou pior num Nacional Socialismo sem quartel, mas a Politica Una... e a palavra com a sua discussão verbal, tem e terá sempre prevalência.
Sres Jornalistas não deixem os incinceros e perigosos sem o vosso acérrimo trabalho de busca da verdade e mistério. que traz transparencia , verdade e inteligencia á causa publica e ao serviço pelos outros.
Quando um lider está no lugar errado deve ser substituido... para que melhor se sirva o POVO e as POPULAÇÔES.
Manuel Espirito Santo Quetzalcoaltl
-- publicado---
Ox Mulac
Lua vermelho Elétrica
Om Shanti !!
As Salaam Alaikun !!
Shalon Shalon !!
YACUNAH YAXCHE
In Lak`esh!
Agora e sempre, mais do que nunca, Eu sou o outro voçê!!!
AH YUM HUNAB KU
EVAM MAYA E MA HO
Salvé a harmonia da Mente e da Natureza!
A Cultura galática vem em paz
Luz, Paz, Amor e Bençãos!
Lembre-se:
Para ser um Mago da Terra é preciso ser a Terra!
Nenhum vestigio de medo.
Nenhum vestigio de rancor.
Nenhum vestigio de orgulho.
Nenhum vestigio de auto-piedade.
Mas sim, todos os vestigios de Coragem, Auto-compreensão, perdão e Amor incondicional !!
A Terra prevalecerá.
O Jardim será renovado.
O Poder mágico dos kins será estabelecido.
O Encantamento do Sonho Galático será, finalmente, penetrado como sucesso!
Ver as coisas com claridade
amadurecer para conhecer tudo desde dentro
Ter acção correta para fazer tudo o que tenha de ser feito
para que disfrutemos os frutos do Ser Planetário
Que as bençãos dos antepassados cheguem até nós agora.
Que o pulsar do coração Cristal do Planeta nos abençoe com suas Harmonias.
Que tudo se reconheça como LUZ DE AMOR MUTÙO
Time is Art
Time is not money
http://cosmogenesis21122012.blogspot.com/
ONENESS
http://profile.myspace.com/index.cfm?fuseaction=user.viewprofile&friendid=296726786
06 Dezembro, 2009
02 Dezembro, 2009
2010 A Consciência suspensa. Será muito pior que o Vietname... Muitíssimo pior
Documento prioritário
Entregar ao PR e PM da república Portuguesa
Ao PM espanhol, á chanceler Alemã e a Sarkozy e ao PM Italiano
Entregar a todos os lideres da Europa e EUA por reverencia e com urgência
Agora bate tudo muito mais certo...
Não há coincidências...
No dia em que o novo tratado Europeu é activado
Obama envia mais 30.000 soldados para o Afeganistão
Parece e é concertado
Porque a Europa quer seguir os EUA e dizimar o Islão
E só assim é possível
Não esquecendo que o Povo Europeu não rectificou este tratado.
Não esquecendo que Obama esteve na China há poucos dias concertando posições em que será traído pelos Chineses
Obama diz aos Americanos para os assustar que a Alcaeda (Produto virtual forjado e falso das secretas militares norte americanas, como arma de medo para com seu próprio Povo), dizia eu , Obama diz aos Americanos que a Alcaeda está a querer atacar na América novamente.
Isto significa que os militares venceram a PAZ de OBAMA e não o Nóbel do Dinamite forjado.
O belicismo é reinante como mote para recuperar a economia, A GUERRA.
Jamais mentira tão vil quis ser perpetrada.
Porque se houver ataques em solo Americano, Europeu ou outro serão fruto da CIA, MOSSAD e secretas Americanas e Judaicas e não da inventada Alcaeda de propósito para promover, desencadear e justificar a guerra por parte dos EUA contra o Islão e numa tentativa de que seu Povo não se revolte.
Esta guerra EM SOLO afegão FARÁ DESENCADEAR HOSTILIDADES GRAVES EM SOLO Paquistanês e Iraniano.
O Irão não recuará e será provavelmente alvo de ogivas Nucleares Ocidentais.
Israel será dizimado e dizimará nações suas envolventes como a Síria e Irão.
O poder Nuclear Paquistanês cairá nas mãos erradas numa guerra Civil sem tréguas, o que desencadeará muito provavelmente uma guerra também ela nuclear com a India.
Toda esta desestabilização desencadeará guerras civis até em muitos Países Europeus.
De um lado os que defendem a guerra contra o Irão e o dizimar integral de quase toda a sua população civil até.
Como o nosso governo Europeu forjado e fraco, que se edificou com este objectivo sub liminarmente
contra a vontade de sua população.
Do outro lado nascera a resistência pacifica, mas que defenderá com armas a paz contra este belicismo atroz .
complicado?
Pode parecer ... E é
A coisa complicar-se-á ainda mais, quando a China entrar em cena dentro de dois anos aproximadamente e se virar contra a Europa e EUA
A Rússia primeiro calar-se-á, mas não deixará seus irmãos do Islão sozinhos e ficará a seu lado contra a Europa e EUA
Na América latina, Chaves desencadeará uma revolução, como ele chama Bolivariana...
E atacará os Yankies
o que obrigará os EUA
a disparar ogivas nucleares contra vários Países da América latina.
o que... desencadeará...
um Inverno Nuclear...
Gostam?
Da perspectiva?
Está prestes a começar.
Tudo porque Obama
não resistiu ao poder bélico dos militares americanos da direita conservadora
que devem ter ameaçado o presidente norte americano
que o eliminariam se não concordasse.
E agora caros Lusitanos?
que fazer?
Em que ficamos?
Quando temos um Presidente da comissão Europeia, tão tonto ( perdoem a expressão)
que se deixa enganar desta forma.
Barroso não terá andamento para tudo isto
e fugirá novamente
como fugiu de Portugal
pela ganancia de poder que não saberá administrar com sabedoria e conhecimento harmónico.
Mas não é tudo...
Cósmica mente a Natureza revelar-se-á novamente
atormentando com caos, desordem e tribulações as nações belicistas... como os EUA
Podemos provavelmente contar com o rebentamento da super caldeira vulcânica de YellowStone
o que será um evento a que poucos resistirão
Quem está preparado?
Quem se preparou?
Portugal depois de lutas fratricidas
tornar-se-á um lugar e base da resistência
no fim de alguma luta...
mas será atacado se assim for, pelas forças da Nato e Inglesas que se dizem do bem
E mais não digo, por Ora
Era tão melhor e pacifico se deixássemos as Tribos Afegãs em paz
Esperemos que cartas como esta possam prevenir a Guerra Global
é esse o objectivo desta missiva.
Mostrar como Obama está a mentir ao Povo e a seguir os caminhos de Bush
Geronimo del Vale
--
Ox Mulac
Lua vermelho Elétrica
Om Shanti !!
As Salaam Alaikun !!
Shalon Shalon !!
YACUNAH YAXCHE
In Lak`esh!
Agora e sempre, mais do que nunca, Eu sou o outro voçê!!!
AH YUM HUNAB KU
EVAM MAYA E MA HO
Salvé a harmonia da Mente e da Natureza!
A Cultura galática vem em paz
Luz, Paz, Amor e Bençãos!
Lembre-se:
Para ser um Mago da Terra é preciso ser a Terra!
Nenhum vestigio de medo.
Nenhum vestigio de rancor.
Nenhum vestigio de orgulho.
Nenhum vestigio de auto-piedade.
Mas sim, todos os vestigios de Coragem, Auto-compreensão, perdão e Amor incondicional !!
A Terra prevalecerá.
O Jardim será renovado.
O Poder mágico dos kins será estabelecido.
O Encantamento do Sonho Galático será, finalmente, penetrado como sucesso!
Ver as coisas com claridade
amadurecer para conhecer tudo desde dentro
Ter acção correta para fazer tudo o que tenha de ser feito
para que disfrutemos os frutos do Ser Planetário
Que as bençãos dos antepassados cheguem até nós agora.
Que o pulsar do coração Cristal do Planeta nos abençoe com suas Harmonias.
Que tudo se reconheça como LUZ DE AMOR MUTÙO
Time is Art
Time is not money
http://cosmogenesis21122012.blogspot.com/
ONENESS
http://profile.myspace.com/index.cfm?fuseaction=user.viewprofile&friendid=296726786
Entregar ao PR e PM da república Portuguesa
Ao PM espanhol, á chanceler Alemã e a Sarkozy e ao PM Italiano
Entregar a todos os lideres da Europa e EUA por reverencia e com urgência
Agora bate tudo muito mais certo...
Não há coincidências...
No dia em que o novo tratado Europeu é activado
Obama envia mais 30.000 soldados para o Afeganistão
Parece e é concertado
Porque a Europa quer seguir os EUA e dizimar o Islão
E só assim é possível
Não esquecendo que o Povo Europeu não rectificou este tratado.
Não esquecendo que Obama esteve na China há poucos dias concertando posições em que será traído pelos Chineses
Obama diz aos Americanos para os assustar que a Alcaeda (Produto virtual forjado e falso das secretas militares norte americanas, como arma de medo para com seu próprio Povo), dizia eu , Obama diz aos Americanos que a Alcaeda está a querer atacar na América novamente.
Isto significa que os militares venceram a PAZ de OBAMA e não o Nóbel do Dinamite forjado.
O belicismo é reinante como mote para recuperar a economia, A GUERRA.
Jamais mentira tão vil quis ser perpetrada.
Porque se houver ataques em solo Americano, Europeu ou outro serão fruto da CIA, MOSSAD e secretas Americanas e Judaicas e não da inventada Alcaeda de propósito para promover, desencadear e justificar a guerra por parte dos EUA contra o Islão e numa tentativa de que seu Povo não se revolte.
Esta guerra EM SOLO afegão FARÁ DESENCADEAR HOSTILIDADES GRAVES EM SOLO Paquistanês e Iraniano.
O Irão não recuará e será provavelmente alvo de ogivas Nucleares Ocidentais.
Israel será dizimado e dizimará nações suas envolventes como a Síria e Irão.
O poder Nuclear Paquistanês cairá nas mãos erradas numa guerra Civil sem tréguas, o que desencadeará muito provavelmente uma guerra também ela nuclear com a India.
Toda esta desestabilização desencadeará guerras civis até em muitos Países Europeus.
De um lado os que defendem a guerra contra o Irão e o dizimar integral de quase toda a sua população civil até.
Como o nosso governo Europeu forjado e fraco, que se edificou com este objectivo sub liminarmente
contra a vontade de sua população.
Do outro lado nascera a resistência pacifica, mas que defenderá com armas a paz contra este belicismo atroz .
complicado?
Pode parecer ... E é
A coisa complicar-se-á ainda mais, quando a China entrar em cena dentro de dois anos aproximadamente e se virar contra a Europa e EUA
A Rússia primeiro calar-se-á, mas não deixará seus irmãos do Islão sozinhos e ficará a seu lado contra a Europa e EUA
Na América latina, Chaves desencadeará uma revolução, como ele chama Bolivariana...
E atacará os Yankies
o que obrigará os EUA
a disparar ogivas nucleares contra vários Países da América latina.
o que... desencadeará...
um Inverno Nuclear...
Gostam?
Da perspectiva?
Está prestes a começar.
Tudo porque Obama
não resistiu ao poder bélico dos militares americanos da direita conservadora
que devem ter ameaçado o presidente norte americano
que o eliminariam se não concordasse.
E agora caros Lusitanos?
que fazer?
Em que ficamos?
Quando temos um Presidente da comissão Europeia, tão tonto ( perdoem a expressão)
que se deixa enganar desta forma.
Barroso não terá andamento para tudo isto
e fugirá novamente
como fugiu de Portugal
pela ganancia de poder que não saberá administrar com sabedoria e conhecimento harmónico.
Mas não é tudo...
Cósmica mente a Natureza revelar-se-á novamente
atormentando com caos, desordem e tribulações as nações belicistas... como os EUA
Podemos provavelmente contar com o rebentamento da super caldeira vulcânica de YellowStone
o que será um evento a que poucos resistirão
Quem está preparado?
Quem se preparou?
Portugal depois de lutas fratricidas
tornar-se-á um lugar e base da resistência
no fim de alguma luta...
mas será atacado se assim for, pelas forças da Nato e Inglesas que se dizem do bem
E mais não digo, por Ora
Era tão melhor e pacifico se deixássemos as Tribos Afegãs em paz
Esperemos que cartas como esta possam prevenir a Guerra Global
é esse o objectivo desta missiva.
Mostrar como Obama está a mentir ao Povo e a seguir os caminhos de Bush
Geronimo del Vale
--
Ox Mulac
Lua vermelho Elétrica
Om Shanti !!
As Salaam Alaikun !!
Shalon Shalon !!
YACUNAH YAXCHE
In Lak`esh!
Agora e sempre, mais do que nunca, Eu sou o outro voçê!!!
AH YUM HUNAB KU
EVAM MAYA E MA HO
Salvé a harmonia da Mente e da Natureza!
A Cultura galática vem em paz
Luz, Paz, Amor e Bençãos!
Lembre-se:
Para ser um Mago da Terra é preciso ser a Terra!
Nenhum vestigio de medo.
Nenhum vestigio de rancor.
Nenhum vestigio de orgulho.
Nenhum vestigio de auto-piedade.
Mas sim, todos os vestigios de Coragem, Auto-compreensão, perdão e Amor incondicional !!
A Terra prevalecerá.
O Jardim será renovado.
O Poder mágico dos kins será estabelecido.
O Encantamento do Sonho Galático será, finalmente, penetrado como sucesso!
Ver as coisas com claridade
amadurecer para conhecer tudo desde dentro
Ter acção correta para fazer tudo o que tenha de ser feito
para que disfrutemos os frutos do Ser Planetário
Que as bençãos dos antepassados cheguem até nós agora.
Que o pulsar do coração Cristal do Planeta nos abençoe com suas Harmonias.
Que tudo se reconheça como LUZ DE AMOR MUTÙO
Time is Art
Time is not money
http://cosmogenesis21122012.blogspot.com/
ONENESS
http://profile.myspace.com/index.cfm?fuseaction=user.viewprofile&friendid=296726786
28 Novembro, 2009
O Povo é quem mais ordena - O País deve sim ser regulado e comandado do Parlamento em sinergia Harmónica
Sr Primeiro Ministro
Espero poder ajudar...
Pôr-se em bicos de pés...
para mostrar valor...
que o tirem de onde está...
não é sério...
O Sr diz que se não fossem os Estados a regular e a manter as coisas no sitio já teria ido tudo a Vida
Pois eu e nós lhe dizemos
A Crise ainda não acabou...
Olhe continua tudo mais ou menos na mesma
na verdade
como o sr. costuma dizer
na verdade
as off shores continuam lá
É uma vergonha estarmos a fazer a cimeira ibero americana
Por isso Chaves e muitos não vieram também
depois do que lhes fizemos
há séculos
derramar charme e glória para cima deles
ainda por cima impondo-lhes comportamentos
e não deixando os Índios serem livres não é sincero
Devíamos pedir desculpa e ser humildes
ó corremos o risco de o Socialismo de Chaves não ser o mesmo do que o Sr .
E a transparência Sr Primeiro Ministro?
De que vocês todos falavam há dois anos?
Sr Eng Sócrates?
Dr Cavaco Silva?
O Sr não pode mostrar o quê Sr Eng Sócrates?
alguma indignidade?
E a transparência?
Deixe o Povo julgar
postas as coisas
politicamente deve ser o Povo a julgar.
criminalmente, não
Mas politicamente
O Povo é quem mais ordena
E não as Secretas
como ainda ontem vimos...
O Sr não vê que fica nítida sua incinceridade
de que todo o Pais fala e que ficará como o seu símbolo para a história?
Um Homem é um Homem
e quando passa a líder, continua o mesmo
UNO
e deve ser transparente
O resto é corrupção
e precisa e deve ser corrigida
Claro que o País pode e deve ser governado do Parlamento
é a interacção das forças que cria o mistério
da Liberdade
em que devemos acreditar
e em que devemos viver.
na Unidade da Verdade.
Pedimos que nos recebesse sr. Primeiro Ministro, e nem resposta deu
Oferecemos-lhe um quadro Sr Presidente da Republica e o sr nem agradeceu.
Gostámos da manobra de Paulo Portas no código contributivo etc
mas é pena que Paulo não veja que... aumentou e muito os impostos quando lá esteve.
e deu muito dinheiro escasso a bancos - o dinheiro do Povo á pala de submarinos Alemães que serão bem vindos.
mas que foram muito mais caros do que na realidade são
e esse dinheiro foi para os bolsos de quem Paulo quiz
tirando-oaos Portugueses.
Mais uma farsa
mais um arrependido do 25 de Nov, certamente que não gosta do caos da anarquia
e fica chocado
mas joga á Mafiosos
vendo agora que do caos nasce a ordem
basta acreditar fingir e mudar
não é assim Paulo Portas?
Sr Primeiro Ministro o Sr não pode meter em stress e medo 55.000 grávidas que nao acreditam no seu governo das vacinas h1n1 e tentar inflingir-lhes medo
Isso tem até repercussão na gestação dos bébés a nascer
por amor de Deus diga a sua ministra para parar e deixar de ser fascista e intimidadora
e deixar que outros achem que preferem a doença á vacina
porque acreditam que a vacina é produzida de propósito para dizimar 2/3 da população mundial
e que se trata de guerra biológica
e até técnicas de controlo totalitárias e com segundas intenções criminosas
Teotonio Miguel Leite Ribeiro Bouça
Ps - Para acabar o Dome na torre de Belém para terça feira parece-me bem.... dependendo do que vão fazer.
se a Europa não trouxer a Unicidade ao Mundo
incluindo o Islão
na UNidade
Não ha geometria sagrada que nos valha
não é essa a resposta Universal... a da hegemonioa
nossa consciencia e a de todos ficará suspensa num outro tempo, com significados de harmonia
a que nos devemos agarrar, habitar para que sejamos lestos e inteligentes
para onde vamos
o controle nao sera possivel
se nao houver auto responsabilidade
a consciencia total em cada um
manifestar-se.á
e dependendo o espaço onde a habitamos
assim ficaremos
ora tratando-se de uma opurtunidade de evolução biologica
seria bom
não irmos para sitios errados de onde mais tarde não houvesse saida
Meu caro Sócrates faltam 3 anos para um big bang de consciencias de dimenssões Épicas
não duvide.
o 5ºImpério deve ser habitado e com orgulho assumido por um Estado de Alma que deve ser exportado e Universalizado
de virtudes, compreensão, fé, organização, Unidade, harmonia, meditação, inter-acção, humildade em nao querermos tantos recursos da Natureza e uma melhor divisão desses recursos.
O Sr devia levar a copenhaga dia 7 de Dezembro á cimeira do ambiente uma proposta de criarmos uma moeda Universal e ajustarmos os erros... incoerencias e injustiças da ganancia que nosso papel moeda tem neste momento
Essas politicas deviam ser estudadas
criar e nao competir
é cada vez mais importante
O Sr importa-se de cobntribuir para dar inteligencia e guiar os Portugueses ensinando-lhers? guiando-os?
deixem-se de fingir e pretender
e vivam em paz e amor
e não em controle
o que aí vem é para ser vivivdo
aqui e agora
por todos e para todos
na Unidade
Teotonio Miguel L R Bouça
--
Ox Mulac
Lua vermelho Elétrica
Om Shanti !!
As Salaam Alaikun !!
Shalon Shalon !!
YACUNAH YAXCHE
In Lak`esh!
Agora e sempre, mais do que nunca, Eu sou o outro você!!!
AH YUM HUNAB KU
EVAM MAYA E MA HO
Salve a harmonia da Mente e da Natureza!
A Cultura galáctica vem em paz
Luz, Paz, Amor e Bênçãos!
Lembre-se:
Para ser um Mago da Terra é preciso ser a Terra!
Nenhum vestígio de medo.
Nenhum vestígio de rancor.
Nenhum vestígio de orgulho.
Nenhum vestígio de auto-piedade.
Mas sim, todos os vestígios de Coragem, Auto-compreensão, perdão e Amor incondicional !!
A Terra prevalecerá.
O Jardim será renovado.
O Poder mágico dos kins será estabelecido.
O Encantamento do Sonho Galáctico será, finalmente, penetrado como sucesso!
Ver as coisas com claridade
amadurecer para conhecer tudo desde dentro
Ter acção correta para fazer tudo o que tenha de ser feito
para que desfrutemos os frutos do Ser Planetário
Que as bênçãos dos antepassados cheguem até nós agora.
Que o pulsar do coração Cristal do Planeta nos abençoe com suas Harmonias.
Que tudo se reconheça como LUZ DE AMOR MUTUO
Time is Art
Time is not money
http://cosmogenesis21122012.blogspot.com/
ONENESS
http://profile.myspace.com/index.cfm?fuseaction=user.viewprofile&friendid=296726786
Espero poder ajudar...
Pôr-se em bicos de pés...
para mostrar valor...
que o tirem de onde está...
não é sério...
O Sr diz que se não fossem os Estados a regular e a manter as coisas no sitio já teria ido tudo a Vida
Pois eu e nós lhe dizemos
A Crise ainda não acabou...
Olhe continua tudo mais ou menos na mesma
na verdade
como o sr. costuma dizer
na verdade
as off shores continuam lá
É uma vergonha estarmos a fazer a cimeira ibero americana
Por isso Chaves e muitos não vieram também
depois do que lhes fizemos
há séculos
derramar charme e glória para cima deles
ainda por cima impondo-lhes comportamentos
e não deixando os Índios serem livres não é sincero
Devíamos pedir desculpa e ser humildes
ó corremos o risco de o Socialismo de Chaves não ser o mesmo do que o Sr .
E a transparência Sr Primeiro Ministro?
De que vocês todos falavam há dois anos?
Sr Eng Sócrates?
Dr Cavaco Silva?
O Sr não pode mostrar o quê Sr Eng Sócrates?
alguma indignidade?
E a transparência?
Deixe o Povo julgar
postas as coisas
politicamente deve ser o Povo a julgar.
criminalmente, não
Mas politicamente
O Povo é quem mais ordena
E não as Secretas
como ainda ontem vimos...
O Sr não vê que fica nítida sua incinceridade
de que todo o Pais fala e que ficará como o seu símbolo para a história?
Um Homem é um Homem
e quando passa a líder, continua o mesmo
UNO
e deve ser transparente
O resto é corrupção
e precisa e deve ser corrigida
Claro que o País pode e deve ser governado do Parlamento
é a interacção das forças que cria o mistério
da Liberdade
em que devemos acreditar
e em que devemos viver.
na Unidade da Verdade.
Pedimos que nos recebesse sr. Primeiro Ministro, e nem resposta deu
Oferecemos-lhe um quadro Sr Presidente da Republica e o sr nem agradeceu.
Gostámos da manobra de Paulo Portas no código contributivo etc
mas é pena que Paulo não veja que... aumentou e muito os impostos quando lá esteve.
e deu muito dinheiro escasso a bancos - o dinheiro do Povo á pala de submarinos Alemães que serão bem vindos.
mas que foram muito mais caros do que na realidade são
e esse dinheiro foi para os bolsos de quem Paulo quiz
tirando-oaos Portugueses.
Mais uma farsa
mais um arrependido do 25 de Nov, certamente que não gosta do caos da anarquia
e fica chocado
mas joga á Mafiosos
vendo agora que do caos nasce a ordem
basta acreditar fingir e mudar
não é assim Paulo Portas?
Sr Primeiro Ministro o Sr não pode meter em stress e medo 55.000 grávidas que nao acreditam no seu governo das vacinas h1n1 e tentar inflingir-lhes medo
Isso tem até repercussão na gestação dos bébés a nascer
por amor de Deus diga a sua ministra para parar e deixar de ser fascista e intimidadora
e deixar que outros achem que preferem a doença á vacina
porque acreditam que a vacina é produzida de propósito para dizimar 2/3 da população mundial
e que se trata de guerra biológica
e até técnicas de controlo totalitárias e com segundas intenções criminosas
Teotonio Miguel Leite Ribeiro Bouça
Ps - Para acabar o Dome na torre de Belém para terça feira parece-me bem.... dependendo do que vão fazer.
se a Europa não trouxer a Unicidade ao Mundo
incluindo o Islão
na UNidade
Não ha geometria sagrada que nos valha
não é essa a resposta Universal... a da hegemonioa
nossa consciencia e a de todos ficará suspensa num outro tempo, com significados de harmonia
a que nos devemos agarrar, habitar para que sejamos lestos e inteligentes
para onde vamos
o controle nao sera possivel
se nao houver auto responsabilidade
a consciencia total em cada um
manifestar-se.á
e dependendo o espaço onde a habitamos
assim ficaremos
ora tratando-se de uma opurtunidade de evolução biologica
seria bom
não irmos para sitios errados de onde mais tarde não houvesse saida
Meu caro Sócrates faltam 3 anos para um big bang de consciencias de dimenssões Épicas
não duvide.
o 5ºImpério deve ser habitado e com orgulho assumido por um Estado de Alma que deve ser exportado e Universalizado
de virtudes, compreensão, fé, organização, Unidade, harmonia, meditação, inter-acção, humildade em nao querermos tantos recursos da Natureza e uma melhor divisão desses recursos.
O Sr devia levar a copenhaga dia 7 de Dezembro á cimeira do ambiente uma proposta de criarmos uma moeda Universal e ajustarmos os erros... incoerencias e injustiças da ganancia que nosso papel moeda tem neste momento
Essas politicas deviam ser estudadas
criar e nao competir
é cada vez mais importante
O Sr importa-se de cobntribuir para dar inteligencia e guiar os Portugueses ensinando-lhers? guiando-os?
deixem-se de fingir e pretender
e vivam em paz e amor
e não em controle
o que aí vem é para ser vivivdo
aqui e agora
por todos e para todos
na Unidade
Teotonio Miguel L R Bouça
--
Ox Mulac
Lua vermelho Elétrica
Om Shanti !!
As Salaam Alaikun !!
Shalon Shalon !!
YACUNAH YAXCHE
In Lak`esh!
Agora e sempre, mais do que nunca, Eu sou o outro você!!!
AH YUM HUNAB KU
EVAM MAYA E MA HO
Salve a harmonia da Mente e da Natureza!
A Cultura galáctica vem em paz
Luz, Paz, Amor e Bênçãos!
Lembre-se:
Para ser um Mago da Terra é preciso ser a Terra!
Nenhum vestígio de medo.
Nenhum vestígio de rancor.
Nenhum vestígio de orgulho.
Nenhum vestígio de auto-piedade.
Mas sim, todos os vestígios de Coragem, Auto-compreensão, perdão e Amor incondicional !!
A Terra prevalecerá.
O Jardim será renovado.
O Poder mágico dos kins será estabelecido.
O Encantamento do Sonho Galáctico será, finalmente, penetrado como sucesso!
Ver as coisas com claridade
amadurecer para conhecer tudo desde dentro
Ter acção correta para fazer tudo o que tenha de ser feito
para que desfrutemos os frutos do Ser Planetário
Que as bênçãos dos antepassados cheguem até nós agora.
Que o pulsar do coração Cristal do Planeta nos abençoe com suas Harmonias.
Que tudo se reconheça como LUZ DE AMOR MUTUO
Time is Art
Time is not money
http://cosmogenesis21122012.blogspot.com/
ONENESS
http://profile.myspace.com/index.cfm?fuseaction=user.viewprofile&friendid=296726786
27 Novembro, 2009
New Earth
Nosotros el Pueblo, para el Pueblo...
Tiempo de ACTUAR como Federacion de Luz de Gaia
Transmisiones de la Rejilla Planetaria
Luna Llena, 2 de Deciembre
Enfoque Planetario Unificado
Esta información es extremadamente importante mientras nos movemos hacia una nueva fase de la energía y hacia lo que los Mayas refieren como la fase del "Submundo Galáctico".
Muchos indicadores están señalando que estamos ingresando en el período más sombrío del cambio planetario. Esto es catalizado por una guerra de energía dimensional y la última tentativa de manipular las energías para contener a la humanidad del despertar espiritual en masa.
Es el momento para ACTUAR EN GRANDE como los Jedis del Federacion de Luz de Gaia! Es el momento para dar un paso hacia el poder pleno y nuestras más grandes habilidades de maestría en trabajar con la energía y dirigirla para finalizar con las muchas manipulaciones que se suscitan en nuestro amado y bendito planeta. Es tiempo para que todas las personas y los grupos guiados por el espíritu se reúnan y comiencen a discutir en un foro más abierto nuestros desafíos y cómo manejaremos las monstruosidades que se revelan desde una perspectiva iluminada.
También es el momento para adoptar una acción más atrevida e intrépida como... nosotros el pueblo, para el pueblo... y permanecer de pie unificados en total soberanía, para reclamar nuestra Libertad.
Juntos tenemos la sabiduría, las habilidades, el respaldo y el PODER DEL AMOR, para llamar a la acción a todo lo que sea necesario para dar un empujón a estas energías manipuladoras de regreso a través de sus propios portales oscuros y fuera de este planeta. Basta ya, suficiente! Vamos familia, VAMOS...
La Situación
Este juego de realidad virtual en la Tierra está siendo realizado por ciertas energías cuya agenda principal es mantener el poder y el control impidiendo la aceleración vibratoria, a toda costa. Muchas tácticas ocultas están siendo empleadas a un nivel sensorial y vibratorio para mantener a los seres humanos distraídos y desestabilizados a través de campos de energía distorsionada que en primera instancia afectan a los sistemas inmunes y eléctricos del cuerpo.
Existen niveles en aumento de arsenal tecnológico nunca visto, polución electromagnética; escaneo/observación remota; medios de comunicación basados en el temor y estafas; rocío de químicos en masa y toxicidad en el aire, agua y alimentación, microchips implantados, dispositivos de rastreo y energía distorsionada provenientes de los teléfonos celulares, pantallas de computadoras y otras tecnologías de comunicación. La lista continúa y es poco frecuente que exista un individuo que no esté afectado por estas energías que estamos permitiendo infiltrar en nuestras vidas cotidianas.
Esta infiltración sutil pero muy adversa, causa confusión mental, enfermedad, fatiga, apatía, letargo, agotamiento, deficiencia y presión extrema sobre nuestros delicados sistemas corporales. Podemos querer observar nueva y seriamente lo que podemos haber estado refiriéndonos como "síntomas de la ascensión".
Qué hacer
A través de nuestros muchos focos de luz, hemos ejecutado una acción elogiable y exitosa para cambiar y aplastar mucha de esta energía negativa que aflora. Debemos continuar en una acción más enfocada debido a los desafíos extraordinarios que enfrentamos a medida que más cantidad de sistemas se desmoronan y más decepción es dejada al descubierto.
No podemos ser algunos de nosotros apáticos o sentirnos aletargados con referencia a lo que está sucediendo en el mundo a nuestro alrededor. La energía del corazón de cada uno, la pureza de intención, los llamados para la acción y el sueño constante de la Nueva Tierra son necesarios para cambiar, transmutar y disolver estas energías de manipulación que continúan sosteniendo este planeta y al género humano en peligro. Es muy importante que nos materialicemos como Maestros de nuestro Nuevo Mundo.
De cada lado del velo, estamos co-creando como Uno desde un campo de manifestación instantánea de energía pura. Todo se reúne ahora....como es arriba, así es abajo. Tenemos total apoyo proveniente de Gaia, puntuación de los maestros, seres cósmicos y naciones estelares. Convoquemos la ayuda...como legiones de comandantes en este Federacion de Luz de la Nueva Tierra. Sí, nuevas instrucciones están siendo reveladas, la mayoría siempre a la hora final y en base a una "necesidad de saber" mientras avanzamos hacia un territorio sin leyes. Nuestra intuición y sabiduría de corazón es la guía individual más efectiva en nuestras vidas a medida que nos movemos velozmente con las energías planetarias intensificadas.
Nuevos Roles para los Trabajadores de la Luz
Muchos de nosotros que prestamos servicio en las líneas del frente y que ayudamos a crear los nuevos senderos de consciencia estamos asumiendo nuevos roles. Todos nosotros somos inspirados en dar un paso DE LLENO hacia nuestras capacidades y habilidades de maestría. Nadie está excluído.
Muchos de nosotros partiremos del mundo tecnocrático y viviremos fuera de las rejillas de energía eléctrica para sembrar con más pureza las frecuencias de la Consciencia Crística. Otros están haciendo la transición a nuevas áreas geográficas de presentación desde donde poder establecer columnas de luz y/o ayudar con destreza como alquimistas para ayudar a estabilizar, cambiar y/o amplificar ciertas energías planetarias y campos de energía.
Estén abiertos y preparados a la nueva guía para mayores cambios en su vida. Existe un gran beneficio, el de poseer una percepción aguda de que estamos jugando un juego y de conocer las reglas del juego dado que éste tiene que ver con las Leyes Universales de Energía en un plano material. Este juego trata también de nuestras elecciones y de la decisión de cuándo vamos a detenernos en jugar este juego de estar siendo controlados.
Nuestra libertad está al alcance de la mano y depende de nosotros reclamarla!
Enfoque de la Rejilla Planetaria de la Luna Llena
En esta luna llena, el 2 de Diciembre, irradiamos estas intenciones a través de la Rejilla Cristalina planetaria y del Campo Unificado de la consciencia colectiva.
Nos observamos y experimentamos como la Fuente y un ser de energía eterna de luz magnificente y sonido radiante. Reconocemos nuestra Consciencia Divina como la fuente de poder real. A medida que nos liberamos de la identificación del cuerpo físico, nuestras frecuencias corporales vibran a una oscilación más rápida y nada del mundo dual puede afectarnos. Nos enfocamos en el Amor como la energía más grande de transformación. Como una personificación del Amor continuamos soñando el sueño de la Nueva Tierra!.
JEDIS ÚNANSE!
--
Ox Mulac
Lua vermelho Elétrica
Om Shanti !!
As Salaam Alaikun !!
Shalon Shalon !!
YACUNAH YAXCHE
In Lak`esh!
Agora e sempre, mais do que nunca, Eu sou o outro voçê!!!
AH YUM HUNAB KU
EVAM MAYA E MA HO
Salvé a harmonia da Mente e da Natureza!
A Cultura galática vem em paz
Luz, Paz, Amor e Bençãos!
Lembre-se:
Para ser um Mago da Terra é preciso ser a Terra!
Nenhum vestigio de medo.
Nenhum vestigio de rancor.
Nenhum vestigio de orgulho.
Nenhum vestigio de auto-piedade.
Mas sim, todos os vestigios de Coragem, Auto-compreensão, perdão e Amor incondicional !!
A Terra prevalecerá.
O Jardim será renovado.
O Poder mágico dos kins será estabelecido.
O Encantamento do Sonho Galático será, finalmente, penetrado como sucesso!
Ver as coisas com claridade
amadurecer para conhecer tudo desde dentro
Ter acção correta para fazer tudo o que tenha de ser feito
para que disfrutemos os frutos do Ser Planetário
Que as bençãos dos antepassados cheguem até nós agora.
Que o pulsar do coração Cristal do Planeta nos abençoe com suas Harmonias.
Que tudo se reconheça como LUZ DE AMOR MUTÙO
Time is Art
Time is not money
http://cosmogenesis21122012.blogspot.com/
ONENESS
http://profile.myspace.com/index.cfm?fuseaction=user.viewprofile&friendid=296726786
Se alguem quiser ser retirado desta lista de emails, por favor mande uma mensagem de volta com "retirar da mailing list" no assunto.
Tiempo de ACTUAR como Federacion de Luz de Gaia
Transmisiones de la Rejilla Planetaria
Luna Llena, 2 de Deciembre
Enfoque Planetario Unificado
Esta información es extremadamente importante mientras nos movemos hacia una nueva fase de la energía y hacia lo que los Mayas refieren como la fase del "Submundo Galáctico".
Muchos indicadores están señalando que estamos ingresando en el período más sombrío del cambio planetario. Esto es catalizado por una guerra de energía dimensional y la última tentativa de manipular las energías para contener a la humanidad del despertar espiritual en masa.
Es el momento para ACTUAR EN GRANDE como los Jedis del Federacion de Luz de Gaia! Es el momento para dar un paso hacia el poder pleno y nuestras más grandes habilidades de maestría en trabajar con la energía y dirigirla para finalizar con las muchas manipulaciones que se suscitan en nuestro amado y bendito planeta. Es tiempo para que todas las personas y los grupos guiados por el espíritu se reúnan y comiencen a discutir en un foro más abierto nuestros desafíos y cómo manejaremos las monstruosidades que se revelan desde una perspectiva iluminada.
También es el momento para adoptar una acción más atrevida e intrépida como... nosotros el pueblo, para el pueblo... y permanecer de pie unificados en total soberanía, para reclamar nuestra Libertad.
Juntos tenemos la sabiduría, las habilidades, el respaldo y el PODER DEL AMOR, para llamar a la acción a todo lo que sea necesario para dar un empujón a estas energías manipuladoras de regreso a través de sus propios portales oscuros y fuera de este planeta. Basta ya, suficiente! Vamos familia, VAMOS...
La Situación
Este juego de realidad virtual en la Tierra está siendo realizado por ciertas energías cuya agenda principal es mantener el poder y el control impidiendo la aceleración vibratoria, a toda costa. Muchas tácticas ocultas están siendo empleadas a un nivel sensorial y vibratorio para mantener a los seres humanos distraídos y desestabilizados a través de campos de energía distorsionada que en primera instancia afectan a los sistemas inmunes y eléctricos del cuerpo.
Existen niveles en aumento de arsenal tecnológico nunca visto, polución electromagnética; escaneo/observación remota; medios de comunicación basados en el temor y estafas; rocío de químicos en masa y toxicidad en el aire, agua y alimentación, microchips implantados, dispositivos de rastreo y energía distorsionada provenientes de los teléfonos celulares, pantallas de computadoras y otras tecnologías de comunicación. La lista continúa y es poco frecuente que exista un individuo que no esté afectado por estas energías que estamos permitiendo infiltrar en nuestras vidas cotidianas.
Esta infiltración sutil pero muy adversa, causa confusión mental, enfermedad, fatiga, apatía, letargo, agotamiento, deficiencia y presión extrema sobre nuestros delicados sistemas corporales. Podemos querer observar nueva y seriamente lo que podemos haber estado refiriéndonos como "síntomas de la ascensión".
Qué hacer
A través de nuestros muchos focos de luz, hemos ejecutado una acción elogiable y exitosa para cambiar y aplastar mucha de esta energía negativa que aflora. Debemos continuar en una acción más enfocada debido a los desafíos extraordinarios que enfrentamos a medida que más cantidad de sistemas se desmoronan y más decepción es dejada al descubierto.
No podemos ser algunos de nosotros apáticos o sentirnos aletargados con referencia a lo que está sucediendo en el mundo a nuestro alrededor. La energía del corazón de cada uno, la pureza de intención, los llamados para la acción y el sueño constante de la Nueva Tierra son necesarios para cambiar, transmutar y disolver estas energías de manipulación que continúan sosteniendo este planeta y al género humano en peligro. Es muy importante que nos materialicemos como Maestros de nuestro Nuevo Mundo.
De cada lado del velo, estamos co-creando como Uno desde un campo de manifestación instantánea de energía pura. Todo se reúne ahora....como es arriba, así es abajo. Tenemos total apoyo proveniente de Gaia, puntuación de los maestros, seres cósmicos y naciones estelares. Convoquemos la ayuda...como legiones de comandantes en este Federacion de Luz de la Nueva Tierra. Sí, nuevas instrucciones están siendo reveladas, la mayoría siempre a la hora final y en base a una "necesidad de saber" mientras avanzamos hacia un territorio sin leyes. Nuestra intuición y sabiduría de corazón es la guía individual más efectiva en nuestras vidas a medida que nos movemos velozmente con las energías planetarias intensificadas.
Nuevos Roles para los Trabajadores de la Luz
Muchos de nosotros que prestamos servicio en las líneas del frente y que ayudamos a crear los nuevos senderos de consciencia estamos asumiendo nuevos roles. Todos nosotros somos inspirados en dar un paso DE LLENO hacia nuestras capacidades y habilidades de maestría. Nadie está excluído.
Muchos de nosotros partiremos del mundo tecnocrático y viviremos fuera de las rejillas de energía eléctrica para sembrar con más pureza las frecuencias de la Consciencia Crística. Otros están haciendo la transición a nuevas áreas geográficas de presentación desde donde poder establecer columnas de luz y/o ayudar con destreza como alquimistas para ayudar a estabilizar, cambiar y/o amplificar ciertas energías planetarias y campos de energía.
Estén abiertos y preparados a la nueva guía para mayores cambios en su vida. Existe un gran beneficio, el de poseer una percepción aguda de que estamos jugando un juego y de conocer las reglas del juego dado que éste tiene que ver con las Leyes Universales de Energía en un plano material. Este juego trata también de nuestras elecciones y de la decisión de cuándo vamos a detenernos en jugar este juego de estar siendo controlados.
Nuestra libertad está al alcance de la mano y depende de nosotros reclamarla!
Enfoque de la Rejilla Planetaria de la Luna Llena
En esta luna llena, el 2 de Diciembre, irradiamos estas intenciones a través de la Rejilla Cristalina planetaria y del Campo Unificado de la consciencia colectiva.
Nos observamos y experimentamos como la Fuente y un ser de energía eterna de luz magnificente y sonido radiante. Reconocemos nuestra Consciencia Divina como la fuente de poder real. A medida que nos liberamos de la identificación del cuerpo físico, nuestras frecuencias corporales vibran a una oscilación más rápida y nada del mundo dual puede afectarnos. Nos enfocamos en el Amor como la energía más grande de transformación. Como una personificación del Amor continuamos soñando el sueño de la Nueva Tierra!.
JEDIS ÚNANSE!
--
Ox Mulac
Lua vermelho Elétrica
Om Shanti !!
As Salaam Alaikun !!
Shalon Shalon !!
YACUNAH YAXCHE
In Lak`esh!
Agora e sempre, mais do que nunca, Eu sou o outro voçê!!!
AH YUM HUNAB KU
EVAM MAYA E MA HO
Salvé a harmonia da Mente e da Natureza!
A Cultura galática vem em paz
Luz, Paz, Amor e Bençãos!
Lembre-se:
Para ser um Mago da Terra é preciso ser a Terra!
Nenhum vestigio de medo.
Nenhum vestigio de rancor.
Nenhum vestigio de orgulho.
Nenhum vestigio de auto-piedade.
Mas sim, todos os vestigios de Coragem, Auto-compreensão, perdão e Amor incondicional !!
A Terra prevalecerá.
O Jardim será renovado.
O Poder mágico dos kins será estabelecido.
O Encantamento do Sonho Galático será, finalmente, penetrado como sucesso!
Ver as coisas com claridade
amadurecer para conhecer tudo desde dentro
Ter acção correta para fazer tudo o que tenha de ser feito
para que disfrutemos os frutos do Ser Planetário
Que as bençãos dos antepassados cheguem até nós agora.
Que o pulsar do coração Cristal do Planeta nos abençoe com suas Harmonias.
Que tudo se reconheça como LUZ DE AMOR MUTÙO
Time is Art
Time is not money
http://cosmogenesis21122012.blogspot.com/
ONENESS
http://profile.myspace.com/index.cfm?fuseaction=user.viewprofile&friendid=296726786
Se alguem quiser ser retirado desta lista de emails, por favor mande uma mensagem de volta com "retirar da mailing list" no assunto.
22 Setembro, 2009
A verdade está ainda por vir ao de cima
Please give to All International Leaders U may find for good Earth natural edification…
Of ancient & new Wisdom
A verdade está ainda e a vir ao de cima …
Os serviços secretos e as agências secretas só servem o crime…
Como um dia disse Kennedy… E foi morto…
A campanha de Cavaco… foi financiada pelo tráfico de Cocaína…
Até pode ser que ele não saiba, nós duvidamos que assim seja.
Para que vejam nas mãos de quem estamos entregues…
E nas mãos que manipulada mente pusemos este País…
Isto merece uma atitude frontal, contra e corajosa dos Homens de bem neste País e noutros…
Não podemos deixar estes criminosos continuar a urdir tamanhas… conspirações criminosas… contra a Unicidade… conta a Paz e contra a harmonia…
Cavaco deve abdicar da Presidência em breve
Quando for descoberta a ignorância que abrange
E o mal que faz a este País tamanha postura arrogante, e não transparente
Em breve vai perceber-se seu autoritarismo
E sua vontade bélica e ditatorial
O processo Jurídico de pôr em causa um Presidente que não tem ideias sadias
Já está em andamento…
Um Presidente que põe em causa a inteligência multi diversa e colectiva
Por medo e arrogante má vontade desonesta.
E que se defende com as armas e forças armadas que não o defenderão
Tal como não defenderam Salazar ou a pide.
Um Presidente que deixa propositadamente os Portugueses ignorantes
Enganando-os.
E armando-se em sábio que não é
Nem parece sábio ao pôr-se em bicos de pés
O que Cavaco faz é crime Universal e Ele esconde-se para que não vejamos tecer suas ambições ignóbeis
O almoço luxuoso que Cavaco teve com os chefes dos vários ramos das forças armadas a semana passada tem como fim o controlo autoritário de uma falsa pirâmide de poder que é a favor da guerra contra a paz Universal…
Vejam o que as armas de fósforo e Urânio fazem no Iraque e em milhares de crianças que estão a nascer neste momento cheias de deformações no Iraque… por causa dessas armas…
Vejam…
Como Barroso, Cavaco, Paulo Portas entre outros, que são verdadeiros criminosos inconscientes apoiaram isto… e digam se estes ignóbeis ignorantes merecem ser lideres e de quê!!!???
São criminosos escondidos e a manipular para continuarem seus crimes no futuro.
Como é que se ousa dizer que a NATO foi ao Iraque lutar contra as armas de destruição em massa e matam e deformam em massa e desta maneira!!!???
QUE VERGONHA COLECTIVA…
O Povo esse sim deveria levantar-se em massa contra vós… E um dia, fá-lo-á, assim que descobrir como está a ser enganado por falsas elites e criminosas, que acham que a riqueza está na hegemonia e em matar a diversidade.
O Povo e a Luz de Deus porão no lugar certo criminosos como vocês
Estejam atentos
A espiral está a apertar e vai acabar…
A ira dos tempos está aí contra os incinceros…
Que não fizeram sua viagem de Caracol e interiormente ao encontro da sinceridade.
Deus está atento e a alinhar tudo
Pois tudo está ligado
E como bem dizem os Portugueses
Escreve-se direito por linhas tortas na ordem sincrónica de dimensões mais altas
Que nos afectam e afectarão
E castigarão quem com ferros matou e nem se arrependeu… de se esquecer do cálice
As agências secretas servem para esconder tudo isto e ainda se financiarem com o tráfico de Heroína do Afeganistão fingindo-se eles de sinceros e equilibrados para poderem eliminar e abduzir ideias pessoas e ideais que caminhem contra sua corrupção.
Não terão hipótese… contra o que aí vem… E contra o peso da Natureza Universal
É trágico, ignóbil e estranho que nem os Comunistas defendam a verdade
Se calhar não a vêem… pois estes planos secretos e mafiosos estão muito bem urdidos…
É importante que a esquerda ganhe as próximas eleições
Tal como é importante para a sanidade
Que Manuel Alegre se candidate ás próximas eleições Presidenciais
E ganhe…
Porque fala verdade
Crua… custe o que custar
E assim será
Tempo não é dinheiro
Tempo é Arte
Qualidade de vida não é financeira só
Mas Espiritual acima de tudo
A Unicidade não é partida nem dos Partidos.
Mas Una
O Amor não é medo nem defeitos
Mas virtual verdadeiro e virtuoso.
E vive nas virtudes… onde reside a Luz da simplicidade
Fora do Ego patológico e de vontades próprias de quem não cresceu emocionalmente nem quer e já nem vê na consciência Humana
E já agora investiguem e fiscalizam as Agências Secretas e a chamada Inteligência neste País e noutros que vive à deriva e como quer. Ou seja: No Crime perpétuo
E a perseguir …
Somos todos UM
Teotónio Miguel Leite Ribeiro Bouça
Cosmogenesis – tripulação batedora e ancestral do ADN 21.12.2012
O fim deste ciclo da criação. Que se processou nos últimos 26.000 anos
O bigbang e seu evento único ainda não se deu
E dar-se-á a evolução biológica…
Como nos mostra o encerramento do ciclo de 75.000 na mesma data
Que trará á Terra
E pessoalmente
Deus Pai e Mãe em toda a glória, purificação e majestosamente iluminados
Que tudo é, vê e mostra.
Na continua transformação Universal
Da verdadeira Viagem Cósmica.
Of ancient & new Wisdom
A verdade está ainda e a vir ao de cima …
Os serviços secretos e as agências secretas só servem o crime…
Como um dia disse Kennedy… E foi morto…
A campanha de Cavaco… foi financiada pelo tráfico de Cocaína…
Até pode ser que ele não saiba, nós duvidamos que assim seja.
Para que vejam nas mãos de quem estamos entregues…
E nas mãos que manipulada mente pusemos este País…
Isto merece uma atitude frontal, contra e corajosa dos Homens de bem neste País e noutros…
Não podemos deixar estes criminosos continuar a urdir tamanhas… conspirações criminosas… contra a Unicidade… conta a Paz e contra a harmonia…
Cavaco deve abdicar da Presidência em breve
Quando for descoberta a ignorância que abrange
E o mal que faz a este País tamanha postura arrogante, e não transparente
Em breve vai perceber-se seu autoritarismo
E sua vontade bélica e ditatorial
O processo Jurídico de pôr em causa um Presidente que não tem ideias sadias
Já está em andamento…
Um Presidente que põe em causa a inteligência multi diversa e colectiva
Por medo e arrogante má vontade desonesta.
E que se defende com as armas e forças armadas que não o defenderão
Tal como não defenderam Salazar ou a pide.
Um Presidente que deixa propositadamente os Portugueses ignorantes
Enganando-os.
E armando-se em sábio que não é
Nem parece sábio ao pôr-se em bicos de pés
O que Cavaco faz é crime Universal e Ele esconde-se para que não vejamos tecer suas ambições ignóbeis
O almoço luxuoso que Cavaco teve com os chefes dos vários ramos das forças armadas a semana passada tem como fim o controlo autoritário de uma falsa pirâmide de poder que é a favor da guerra contra a paz Universal…
Vejam o que as armas de fósforo e Urânio fazem no Iraque e em milhares de crianças que estão a nascer neste momento cheias de deformações no Iraque… por causa dessas armas…
Vejam…
Como Barroso, Cavaco, Paulo Portas entre outros, que são verdadeiros criminosos inconscientes apoiaram isto… e digam se estes ignóbeis ignorantes merecem ser lideres e de quê!!!???
São criminosos escondidos e a manipular para continuarem seus crimes no futuro.
Como é que se ousa dizer que a NATO foi ao Iraque lutar contra as armas de destruição em massa e matam e deformam em massa e desta maneira!!!???
QUE VERGONHA COLECTIVA…
O Povo esse sim deveria levantar-se em massa contra vós… E um dia, fá-lo-á, assim que descobrir como está a ser enganado por falsas elites e criminosas, que acham que a riqueza está na hegemonia e em matar a diversidade.
O Povo e a Luz de Deus porão no lugar certo criminosos como vocês
Estejam atentos
A espiral está a apertar e vai acabar…
A ira dos tempos está aí contra os incinceros…
Que não fizeram sua viagem de Caracol e interiormente ao encontro da sinceridade.
Deus está atento e a alinhar tudo
Pois tudo está ligado
E como bem dizem os Portugueses
Escreve-se direito por linhas tortas na ordem sincrónica de dimensões mais altas
Que nos afectam e afectarão
E castigarão quem com ferros matou e nem se arrependeu… de se esquecer do cálice
As agências secretas servem para esconder tudo isto e ainda se financiarem com o tráfico de Heroína do Afeganistão fingindo-se eles de sinceros e equilibrados para poderem eliminar e abduzir ideias pessoas e ideais que caminhem contra sua corrupção.
Não terão hipótese… contra o que aí vem… E contra o peso da Natureza Universal
É trágico, ignóbil e estranho que nem os Comunistas defendam a verdade
Se calhar não a vêem… pois estes planos secretos e mafiosos estão muito bem urdidos…
É importante que a esquerda ganhe as próximas eleições
Tal como é importante para a sanidade
Que Manuel Alegre se candidate ás próximas eleições Presidenciais
E ganhe…
Porque fala verdade
Crua… custe o que custar
E assim será
Tempo não é dinheiro
Tempo é Arte
Qualidade de vida não é financeira só
Mas Espiritual acima de tudo
A Unicidade não é partida nem dos Partidos.
Mas Una
O Amor não é medo nem defeitos
Mas virtual verdadeiro e virtuoso.
E vive nas virtudes… onde reside a Luz da simplicidade
Fora do Ego patológico e de vontades próprias de quem não cresceu emocionalmente nem quer e já nem vê na consciência Humana
E já agora investiguem e fiscalizam as Agências Secretas e a chamada Inteligência neste País e noutros que vive à deriva e como quer. Ou seja: No Crime perpétuo
E a perseguir …
Somos todos UM
Teotónio Miguel Leite Ribeiro Bouça
Cosmogenesis – tripulação batedora e ancestral do ADN 21.12.2012
O fim deste ciclo da criação. Que se processou nos últimos 26.000 anos
O bigbang e seu evento único ainda não se deu
E dar-se-á a evolução biológica…
Como nos mostra o encerramento do ciclo de 75.000 na mesma data
Que trará á Terra
E pessoalmente
Deus Pai e Mãe em toda a glória, purificação e majestosamente iluminados
Que tudo é, vê e mostra.
Na continua transformação Universal
Da verdadeira Viagem Cósmica.
18 Setembro, 2009
16 Julho, 2009
Acreditar é criar - Uma mensagem dos Maias Galáticos - Importante
http://www.facebook.com/ext/share.php?sid=129531898437&h=uJ-oV&u=QziVE&ref=nf
23 Junho, 2009
02 Junho, 2009
The FUTURE
The future of mankind. We all know that there needs to be a way of us to coexist and live together in peace and harmony. This idea is not new. However reality seems to be harder than just saying "here you all are happy and live among one another in peace". So this thread is dedicated to getting people’s views on what the future should be like. Not just the technology but the culture and mission for humanity.
-===================================================-
-=The Venus Project=-
[link to www.movshare.net]
Please watch this video produced by the venus project.
-===================================================-
When one considers the enormity of the challenges facing society today, we can safely conclude that the time is long overdue for us to reexamine our values, and to reflect upon and evaluate some of the underlying issues and assumptions we have as a society. This self-analysis calls into question the very nature of what it means to be human, what it means to be a member of a "civilization," and what choices we can make today to ensure a prosperous future for all the world's people.
At present we are left with very few alternatives. The answers of yesterday are no longer relevant. Either we continue as we have been with our outmoded social customs and habits of thought, in which case our future will be threatened, or we can apply a more appropriate set of values that are relevant to an emergent society.
Experience tells us that human behavior can be modified, either toward constructive or destructive activity. This is what the future should be all about - directing our technology and resources toward the positive, for the maximum benefit of people and planet and seeking out new ways of thinking and living that emphasize and celebrate the vast potential of the human spirit. We have the tools at hand to design - and build - a future that is worthy of the human potential. The Venus Project presents a bold, new direction for humanity that entails nothing less than the total redesign of our culture. What follows is not an attempt to predict what will be done - only what could be done. The responsibility for our future is in our hands, and depends on the decisions that we make today. The greatest resource that is available today is our own ingenuity.
While social reformers and think tanks formulate strategies that treat only superficial symptoms, without touching the basic social operation, The Venus Project approaches these problems somewhat differently. We feel we cannot eliminate these problems within the framework of the present political and monetary establishment. It would take too many years to accomplish any significant change. Most likely they would be watered down and thinned out to such an extent that the changes would be indistinguishable
The Venus Project advocates an alternative vision for a sustainable new world civilization unlike any social system that has gone before. Although this description is highly condensed, it is based upon years of study and experimental research by many, many people from many scientific disciplines.
The Venus Project proposes a fresh approach--one that is dedicated to human and environmental concerns. It is an attainable vision of a bright and better future, one that is appropriate to the times in which we live, and both practical and feasible for a positive future for all the world's people.
The Venus Project calls for a straightforward approach to the redesign of a culture, in which the age-old inadequacies of war, poverty, hunger, debt, environmental degradation and unnecessary human suffering are viewed not only as avoidable, but totally unacceptable.
One of the basic premises of The Venus Project is that we work towards having all of the Earth's resources as the common heritage of all the world's people. Anything less will simply result in a continuation of the same catalog of problems inherent in the present system.
Throughout history, change has been slow. Successive groups of incompetent leaders have replaced those that preceded them, but the underlying social and economic problems remain because the basic value systems have gone unaltered. The problems we are faced with today cannot be solved politically or financially because they are highly technical in nature. There may not even be enough money available to pay for the required changes, but there are more than enough resources. This is why The Venus Project advocates the transition from a monetary-based society to the eventual realization of a resource-based global economy.
We realize to make the transition from our present culture, which is politically incompetent, scarcity-oriented and obsolete, to this new, more humane society will require a quantum leap in both thought and action.
An Obsolete Monetary System
The money-based system evolved centuries ago. All of the world's economic systems - socialism, communism, fascism, and even the vaunted free enterprise system - perpetuate social stratification, elitism, nationalism, and racism, primarily based on economic disparity. As long as a social system uses money or barter, people and nations will seek to maintain the economic competitive edge or, if they cannot do so by means of commerce they will by military intervention. We still utilize these same outmoded methods.
Our current monetary system is not capable of providing a high standard of living for everyone, nor can it ensure the protection of the environment because the major motive is profit. Strategies such as downsizing and toxic dumping increase the profit margin. With the advent of automation, cybernation, artificial intelligence and out sourcing, there will be an ever-increasing replacement of people by machines. As a result, fewer people will be able to purchase goods and services even though our capability to produce an abundance will continue to exist.
Our present, outmoded political and economic systems are unable to apply the real benefits of today's innovative technology to achieve the greatest good for all people, and to overcome the inequities imposed upon so many. Our technology is racing forward yet our social designs have remained relatively static. In other words cultural change has not kept pace with technological change. We now have the means to produce goods and services in abundance for everyone.
Unfortunately, today science and technology have been diverted from achieving the greatest good for reasons of self-interest and monetary gain through planned obsolescence sometimes referred to as the conscious withdrawal of efficiency. For example, the U. S. Department of Agriculture, whose function is presumed to be conducting research into ways of achieving higher crop yields per acre, actually pays farmers not to produce at full-capacity. The monetary system tends to hold back the application of these methods that we know would best serve the interests of people and the environment.
In a monetary system purchasing power is not related to our capacity to produce goods and services. For example, during a depression, there are computers and DVD's on store shelves and automobiles in car lots, but most people do not have the purchasing power to buy them. The earth is still the same place; it is just the rules of the game that are obsolete and create strife, deprivation and unnecessary human suffering.
A monetary system developed years ago as a device to control human behavior in an environment with limited resources. Today money is used to regulate the economy not for the benefit of the general populace, but for those who control the financial wealth of nations.
Resource Based Economy
All social systems, regardless of political philosophy, religious beliefs, or social customs, ultimately depend upon natural resources, i.e. clean air and water, arable land and the necessary technology and personnel to maintain a high standard of living.
Simply stated, a Resource-Based Economy utilizes existing resources rather than money and provides an equitable method of distributing these resources in the most efficient manner for the entire population. It is a system in which all goods and services are available without the use of money, credits, barter, or any other form of debt or servitude.
Earth is abundant with plentiful resources; today our practice of rationing resources through monetary methods is irrelevant and counter productive to our survival. Modern society has access to highly advanced technologies and can make available food, clothing, housing, medical care, a relevant educational system, and develop a limitless supply of renewable, non-contaminating energy such as geothermal, solar, wind, tidal, etc. It is now possible to have everyone enjoy a very high standard of living with all of the amenities that a prosperous civilization can provide. This can be accomplished through the intelligent and humane application of science and technology.
A Resource-Based Economy would make it possible to use technology to overcome scarce resources by applying renewable sources of energy, computerizing and automating manufacturing and inventory, designing safe energy-efficient cities and advanced transportation systems, providing universal health care and more relevant education, and most of all by generating a new incentive system based on human and environmental concern.
Many people believe that there is too much technology in the world today, and that technology is the major cause of our environmental pollution. This is not the case. It is the abuse and misuse of technology that should be our major concern. In a more humane civilization, instead of machines displacing people they would shorten the workday, increase the availability of goods and services, and lengthen vacation time. If we utilize new technology to raise the standard of living for all people, then the infusion of machine technology would no longer be a threat.
To better understand the meaning of a Resource Based Economy consider this: if all the money in the world were destroyed, as long as topsoil, factories, and other resources were left intact, we could build anything we choose to build and fulfill any human need. It is not money that people need; rather, it is free access to the necessities of life. In a Resource Based Economy , money would be irrelevant. All that would be required are the resources and the manufacturing and distribution of the products.
When education and resources are made available to all people without a price tag, there would be no limit to the human potential. Although this is difficult to imagine, even the wealthiest person today would be far better off in a resource based society as proposed by The Venus Project. Today the middle classes live better than kings of times past. In a Resource Based Economy everyone would live better than the wealthiest of today.
In such a society, the measure of success would be based on the fulfillment of one's individual pursuits rather than the acquisition of wealth, property and power.
The Choice Is Ours To Make
Human behavior is subject to the same laws as any other natural phenomenon. Our customs, behaviors, and values are byproducts of our culture. No one is born with greed, prejudice, bigotry, patriotism and hatred; these are all learned behavior patterns. If the environment is unaltered, similar behavior will reoccur.
Today, much of the technology needed to bring about a global Resource-Based Economy exists. If we choose to conform to the limitations of our present monetary-based economy, then it is likely that we will continue to live with its inevitable results: war, poverty, hunger, deprivation, crime, ignorance, stress, fear, and inequity. On the other hand, if we embrace the concept of a global Resource Based Economy , learn more about it, and share our understanding with our friends, this will help humanity evolve out of its present state.
The only limitations are those we impose upon ourselves. The Venus Project is neither utopian nor Orwellian, nor does it reflect the dreams of impractical idealists. Instead, it presents attainable goals requiring only the intelligent application of what we already know.
-===================================================-
-=The Venus Project=-
[link to www.movshare.net]
Please watch this video produced by the venus project.
-===================================================-
When one considers the enormity of the challenges facing society today, we can safely conclude that the time is long overdue for us to reexamine our values, and to reflect upon and evaluate some of the underlying issues and assumptions we have as a society. This self-analysis calls into question the very nature of what it means to be human, what it means to be a member of a "civilization," and what choices we can make today to ensure a prosperous future for all the world's people.
At present we are left with very few alternatives. The answers of yesterday are no longer relevant. Either we continue as we have been with our outmoded social customs and habits of thought, in which case our future will be threatened, or we can apply a more appropriate set of values that are relevant to an emergent society.
Experience tells us that human behavior can be modified, either toward constructive or destructive activity. This is what the future should be all about - directing our technology and resources toward the positive, for the maximum benefit of people and planet and seeking out new ways of thinking and living that emphasize and celebrate the vast potential of the human spirit. We have the tools at hand to design - and build - a future that is worthy of the human potential. The Venus Project presents a bold, new direction for humanity that entails nothing less than the total redesign of our culture. What follows is not an attempt to predict what will be done - only what could be done. The responsibility for our future is in our hands, and depends on the decisions that we make today. The greatest resource that is available today is our own ingenuity.
While social reformers and think tanks formulate strategies that treat only superficial symptoms, without touching the basic social operation, The Venus Project approaches these problems somewhat differently. We feel we cannot eliminate these problems within the framework of the present political and monetary establishment. It would take too many years to accomplish any significant change. Most likely they would be watered down and thinned out to such an extent that the changes would be indistinguishable
The Venus Project advocates an alternative vision for a sustainable new world civilization unlike any social system that has gone before. Although this description is highly condensed, it is based upon years of study and experimental research by many, many people from many scientific disciplines.
The Venus Project proposes a fresh approach--one that is dedicated to human and environmental concerns. It is an attainable vision of a bright and better future, one that is appropriate to the times in which we live, and both practical and feasible for a positive future for all the world's people.
The Venus Project calls for a straightforward approach to the redesign of a culture, in which the age-old inadequacies of war, poverty, hunger, debt, environmental degradation and unnecessary human suffering are viewed not only as avoidable, but totally unacceptable.
One of the basic premises of The Venus Project is that we work towards having all of the Earth's resources as the common heritage of all the world's people. Anything less will simply result in a continuation of the same catalog of problems inherent in the present system.
Throughout history, change has been slow. Successive groups of incompetent leaders have replaced those that preceded them, but the underlying social and economic problems remain because the basic value systems have gone unaltered. The problems we are faced with today cannot be solved politically or financially because they are highly technical in nature. There may not even be enough money available to pay for the required changes, but there are more than enough resources. This is why The Venus Project advocates the transition from a monetary-based society to the eventual realization of a resource-based global economy.
We realize to make the transition from our present culture, which is politically incompetent, scarcity-oriented and obsolete, to this new, more humane society will require a quantum leap in both thought and action.
An Obsolete Monetary System
The money-based system evolved centuries ago. All of the world's economic systems - socialism, communism, fascism, and even the vaunted free enterprise system - perpetuate social stratification, elitism, nationalism, and racism, primarily based on economic disparity. As long as a social system uses money or barter, people and nations will seek to maintain the economic competitive edge or, if they cannot do so by means of commerce they will by military intervention. We still utilize these same outmoded methods.
Our current monetary system is not capable of providing a high standard of living for everyone, nor can it ensure the protection of the environment because the major motive is profit. Strategies such as downsizing and toxic dumping increase the profit margin. With the advent of automation, cybernation, artificial intelligence and out sourcing, there will be an ever-increasing replacement of people by machines. As a result, fewer people will be able to purchase goods and services even though our capability to produce an abundance will continue to exist.
Our present, outmoded political and economic systems are unable to apply the real benefits of today's innovative technology to achieve the greatest good for all people, and to overcome the inequities imposed upon so many. Our technology is racing forward yet our social designs have remained relatively static. In other words cultural change has not kept pace with technological change. We now have the means to produce goods and services in abundance for everyone.
Unfortunately, today science and technology have been diverted from achieving the greatest good for reasons of self-interest and monetary gain through planned obsolescence sometimes referred to as the conscious withdrawal of efficiency. For example, the U. S. Department of Agriculture, whose function is presumed to be conducting research into ways of achieving higher crop yields per acre, actually pays farmers not to produce at full-capacity. The monetary system tends to hold back the application of these methods that we know would best serve the interests of people and the environment.
In a monetary system purchasing power is not related to our capacity to produce goods and services. For example, during a depression, there are computers and DVD's on store shelves and automobiles in car lots, but most people do not have the purchasing power to buy them. The earth is still the same place; it is just the rules of the game that are obsolete and create strife, deprivation and unnecessary human suffering.
A monetary system developed years ago as a device to control human behavior in an environment with limited resources. Today money is used to regulate the economy not for the benefit of the general populace, but for those who control the financial wealth of nations.
Resource Based Economy
All social systems, regardless of political philosophy, religious beliefs, or social customs, ultimately depend upon natural resources, i.e. clean air and water, arable land and the necessary technology and personnel to maintain a high standard of living.
Simply stated, a Resource-Based Economy utilizes existing resources rather than money and provides an equitable method of distributing these resources in the most efficient manner for the entire population. It is a system in which all goods and services are available without the use of money, credits, barter, or any other form of debt or servitude.
Earth is abundant with plentiful resources; today our practice of rationing resources through monetary methods is irrelevant and counter productive to our survival. Modern society has access to highly advanced technologies and can make available food, clothing, housing, medical care, a relevant educational system, and develop a limitless supply of renewable, non-contaminating energy such as geothermal, solar, wind, tidal, etc. It is now possible to have everyone enjoy a very high standard of living with all of the amenities that a prosperous civilization can provide. This can be accomplished through the intelligent and humane application of science and technology.
A Resource-Based Economy would make it possible to use technology to overcome scarce resources by applying renewable sources of energy, computerizing and automating manufacturing and inventory, designing safe energy-efficient cities and advanced transportation systems, providing universal health care and more relevant education, and most of all by generating a new incentive system based on human and environmental concern.
Many people believe that there is too much technology in the world today, and that technology is the major cause of our environmental pollution. This is not the case. It is the abuse and misuse of technology that should be our major concern. In a more humane civilization, instead of machines displacing people they would shorten the workday, increase the availability of goods and services, and lengthen vacation time. If we utilize new technology to raise the standard of living for all people, then the infusion of machine technology would no longer be a threat.
To better understand the meaning of a Resource Based Economy consider this: if all the money in the world were destroyed, as long as topsoil, factories, and other resources were left intact, we could build anything we choose to build and fulfill any human need. It is not money that people need; rather, it is free access to the necessities of life. In a Resource Based Economy , money would be irrelevant. All that would be required are the resources and the manufacturing and distribution of the products.
When education and resources are made available to all people without a price tag, there would be no limit to the human potential. Although this is difficult to imagine, even the wealthiest person today would be far better off in a resource based society as proposed by The Venus Project. Today the middle classes live better than kings of times past. In a Resource Based Economy everyone would live better than the wealthiest of today.
In such a society, the measure of success would be based on the fulfillment of one's individual pursuits rather than the acquisition of wealth, property and power.
The Choice Is Ours To Make
Human behavior is subject to the same laws as any other natural phenomenon. Our customs, behaviors, and values are byproducts of our culture. No one is born with greed, prejudice, bigotry, patriotism and hatred; these are all learned behavior patterns. If the environment is unaltered, similar behavior will reoccur.
Today, much of the technology needed to bring about a global Resource-Based Economy exists. If we choose to conform to the limitations of our present monetary-based economy, then it is likely that we will continue to live with its inevitable results: war, poverty, hunger, deprivation, crime, ignorance, stress, fear, and inequity. On the other hand, if we embrace the concept of a global Resource Based Economy , learn more about it, and share our understanding with our friends, this will help humanity evolve out of its present state.
The only limitations are those we impose upon ourselves. The Venus Project is neither utopian nor Orwellian, nor does it reflect the dreams of impractical idealists. Instead, it presents attainable goals requiring only the intelligent application of what we already know.
26 Maio, 2009
13 Abril, 2009
Envisioning the Earth as a Work of Art
First Noosphere World Congress
Envisioning the Earth as a Work of Art
Mandate for a New Time
Philosophy, Principles and Program of the Congress
Dateline, Planet Earth, 2008
Hurricanes, Earthquakes. Floods. Raging fires, Dwindling oil reserves. Rising petrol and food costs. Failing world economy. War and terrorism. Arctic Ice cap breaking up. Social chaos. Hunger and famine. Too many people with too little and too few with too much … This is a mosaic of the world today. If it looks like this now – what will it be like in 2012? There is only one real message to the steamroller of events already occurring: WE HAVE RUN OUT OF TIME! WE ARE IN A PLANETARY EMERGENCY!
A mandate for a new time is needed. The old time is over. A new and better time is about to dawn – the noosphere. We must act NOW. We must envision a new world, a world where the Earth itself is a work of art.
Let us begin by gathering our collective creative genius into a confederation of artists, scientists, Indigenous elders and social visionaries acting on behalf of the noosphere. Let us all declare: “I am one with the Earth. The Earth and myself are One Mind.” This is meaning of the noosphere. Let us issue the call for the
First Noosphere World Congress: Envisioning the Earth as a Work of Art, Mandate for a New Time – July 18-22, 2009.
A new time is dawning. We are moving from the old paradigm of time is money to the new paradigm of time is art. In the new paradigm, our human purpose and relation to the Earth is redefined: We are a planetary culture of peace turning the Earth into a work of art.
Our mission is to define and exemplify the principles of a genuinely planetary culture of peace based on the mandate for a new time. This mandate is fulfilled through the 13 Moon/28-day calendar, the harmonic timing standard of natural time that will transport us into the new evolutionary era, the noosphere.
We, the people, are the authority to carry out this mandate. In the noosphere, time is art; synchronicity is normal everyday experience, and the planet will become enlightened by being transformed into a work of art.
Planned as a five-day event, the fifth day of the Congress is meant to coincide with the last full solar eclipse prior to 2012, July 22, 2009
Preamble:
The Transition of the biosphere from the unconscious order of instinct to the super conscious order of telepathy is a function of the Law of Time and is referred to as the biosphere-noosphere transition.
– Dynamics of Time. 5.1.
Everyone will agree: Time is accelerating – where are we going so fast? Do we know? We are headed for the noosphere, the next stage of our evolution. The noosphere? Yes, the noosphere, the planetary sphere of mind.
As an evolutionary description, the noosphere has been with us since 1926, when the word was first coined by three minds in unison: a geochemist, Vladimir I. Vernadsky, a paleontologist, Pierre Teilhard de Chardin, and a philosopher, Jules Le Roy. They saw the noosphere as the inevitable consequence of human thought upon the environment. However, in their perception, the chaos and disruption to the biosphere brought about by the human mind and its machine projections would be but a prelude to an entirely new evolutionary era, the noosphere.
As a new geological era, the noosphere would supersede all economic considerations. Its advent would be a call for a new era of human cooperation and advanced mental development transcending politics. Only in this way could humanity advance into a correct reorganization of life on Earth.
The noosphere is a cosmic event, for man’s role on Earth is cosmic and transformative in scope. The global warming and climate change we experience today is the effect of human thought in the form of machines and industrial energy consumption. For the past 200 years, this highly accelerating activity has been changing the geology of the planet. This behavior is unprecedented for any species in the history of the biosphere.
Of course, today the question is: Where will this take us? In what ways are we being changed? What can we expect?
To understand where we are going, we must first understand the present global situation. We are all undergoing the biosphere-noosphere transition. In this process the technosphere is the intermediate term between effecting the transformation of the biosphere into the noosphere. What is the technosphere?
The technosphere is the aggregate of human thought as it is projected through the machine and the consequent mechanized way of life as a geological force reshaping Earth’s living environment, the biosphere. In essence, global civilization – the sum effect of the technosphere – is the causative factor bringing about global climate change, depletion of natural resources, social and environmental chaos, etc. With the oil crisis and failing economic order, we are witnessing the limits of the technosphere. From an evolutionary point of view the technosphere is the cocoon in which the noosphere, the planetary sphere of mind, is taking its new and wondrously startling manifestation.
In its final critical phase the technosphere has spawned an invisible network of communications – the cybersphere – by which anyone can be connected with anyone else anywhere on the planet. This network – the worldwide web – is also the means by which virtually all of the information accumulated in human history is made available to all and everybody.
The effect of the cybersphere is also without precedent. It is breaking down mental barriers and boundaries as well. This is the prelude to the manifestation of the noosphere, which is dependent on these two factors: technospheric breakdown and a worldwide electronic communications network. How we respond to the global environmental crisis and at the same time utilize and learn from the cybersphere is of the greatest importance. To meet the challenge requires an effort of the human mind and will that is virtually super mental in nature.
The time could not be more perfect for the First Noosphere World Congress.
Noosphere: Time is no longer money. Time is Art.
The value system that created the global crisis is no longer viable. This value system can be summed up by the maxim time is money. In the new value system of the noosphere, time is art. This is a profound shift in values and the way we think about ourselves and how we live our lives.
We are now experiencing a rapid degeneration of the entire system, the undoing of the momentum of five thousand years of history. The old time is at an end. More than an historic moment, it is an evolutionary and mythic moment as well.
The old value system time is money has been held in place by two timing devices: the Gregorian calendar and the mechanical clock. These are the measures of the days and hours of the workweek and all of the technospheric systems by which our lives are exchanged for money so we can buy the things that are available to all other species at no cost.
The way of life of time is money has produced: Consumerism, globalization, monetary politics, environmental degradation and terrorism. Time is money is a deviation from the cosmic norm. What time is left and what money is left before 2012 must be converted for establishing the foundations of the noosphere. These foundations are: A way of life based on the value of time is art, and a telepathic network to replace the cybersphere (which will dissolve when the planetary electromagnetic field experiences a major disruption).
Understanding the Noosphere and the role of art in human evolution
The noosphere is a reflection of the larger natural order of the universe. The universe operates by its own laws of harmonic order. As the “planetary sphere of mind,” the noosphere is a function of this universal order and operates by the codes of natural time. The new value system of the noosphere – time is art – can only be rooted in a timing standard that reflects the universal harmonic order. This is the meaning of the return to natural time by means of the 13 Moon/28-day calendar.
In natural time everything is a function of harmonic order. This harmonic order is the basis of art. The universe itself is a work of art. So are we, and potentially, so is everything we do. Art is the medium of cosmic evolution. It is how we get from here to another here that we never imagined existed.
It is time for all who are willing to unconditionally embrace the new to become conscious players in the same myth. The new time is the universal mythic structure that can enfold us all. Its coming is inevitable. The human mind unified in a new time is the basis of the noosphere. For a tipping point on this issue all we need is one unifying global event – an artistic whole – that unites and synchronizes us in affirmation of our highest dreams.
That event is the:
First Noosphere World Congress – Envisioning the Earth as a Work of Art – Mandate for a New Time
This gathering will give us the opportunity to creatively assert the reality of the new time as the factor of synchronization binding us to a positive future. The new time is the revolution in consciousness that will allow us to identify in a whole system manner the paths of action to take us to new models of behavior within a post-technospheric reality – the noosphere. A secondary goal is to devise means and methods of communicating the meaning of the noosphere to humanity at large.
Those who gather may assume that they are self-chosen to identify, define and communicate the reality of the noosphere that is now dawning. Representatives of different organizations unequivocally attuned to the noosphere must be prepared to enlist the methods and goals of their organizations into a coalition for the noosphere, a campaign for the noosphere.
The time has come for a new spirit of cooperation for building a new reality of peace through culture. Together we can create a broad public awareness and education about positive and constructive social models for cultivating peace through culture. Experienced culture workers who have pioneered in grass roots, decentralized community arts projects could teach others how to create their own programs, affirming the reality of a planet art network as the foundation of the noosphere. Together we can build a living spiritual culture that is based on genuine self-sustainability. The Balinese model is an excellent example to learn from. Once we grasp the concept of time is art, the possibilities are endless.
Purposes of the Congress and Anticipated Outcomes
The noosphere is real and imminent. The purpose and nature of the Congress is to create an environment for creative thinkers, artists and agents of change to come together and to begin to enact the noosphere – to experience and be moved to collective action by a mind larger than all the minds present.
To accomplish this aim the Congress will be creatively organized to accommodate a variety of formats of presentation – a daily morning plenary for the articulation of the issues to be dealt with that day, with plenty of time for self designed creative breakout groups working according to the general themes of the event, inclusive of mini-seminars, art exhibits, etc.
Above all, the Congress will be a gathering of the planet’s leading artists of life, Indigenous elders and social futurists united by a common global concern and willingness for self-transcendence on behalf of the discovery of the most creative means to enact and communicate the reality of the noosphere. In this way we shall be a celebration of ourselves as initiators of the reality of the new time.
Thematic Programs
I. Noosphere – Defining the Future – the Next Stage of Evolution
Every morning there will be a keynote speaker who will elaborate in some way on any of the following themes:
The noosphere – how do we understand it, and how do we communicate what it will mean for all of our lives? Understanding that we are on the brink of a new stage of our evolution we can actually begin to prepare for it.
1. Noosphere in Cosmic Evolution – Defining the noosphere in the context of the biosphere and the transitional technosphere/cybersphere – creation of the present global paradigm and its limitations – understanding man’s geological function in the scheme of cosmic evolution – human social order and climate change – it is not a global crisis, but a human crisis – old paradigm of time is money and its consequences, the technosphere – harmonic benevolence of the new paradigm, time is art, the noosphere.
2. Implications of the Transition – How do you prepare for an evolutionary shift?
Limits of standard knowledge – new system of knowledge required: the Law of Time – understanding the nature of time: Natural time, artificial mechanistic time, and time, the universal factor of synchronization – 2012: the quantum mind shift – re-envisioning the human according the Law of Time – from cybersphere to noosphere, creating the pathways to the new consciousness.
II. Campaign for the Noosphere – Strategies for Conscious Evolution
The noosphere is inevitable. Understanding that, we have a context for comprehending and dealing with the present global crisis. Once we grasp the new perspective we can envision action models to get us from the old to the new.
1. Whole system analysis of the crisis and the way out of it – what to anticipate and how to prepare; envisioning necessary action modes to diminish or minimize the nature of the crisis. Being able to identify root causes to the problems created by the technosphere, we can easily define the solutions. More important, we can begin to educate and mobilize communities for creative problem solving and thinking about the future in a positive and constructive way.
2. Paths of action to take us to new models of behavior within a post-technospheric reality – the noosphere; envisioning the solutions to the problems facing us and the means for implementing them – drawing a road map to get us from the old paradigm of time is money to the new one of time is art: From each area of human endeavor now in crisis we can create a path to a transformed vision of that field of human behavior – we can advance a common vision of how to create sustainable, decentralized bioregionally organized, artistically motivated communities.
3. To devise the means and methods of best communicating the meaning of the noosphere to humanity at large – pathways to the noosphere. We who gather for the Congress are but a mere splinter of the whole of humanity. To make our meeting truly effective we must find the most creative means possible to communicate the noosphere to the great mass of humanity. A Campaign for the Noosphere needs to be undertaken utilizing the best of what the cybersphere and modern media technology has to offer, as well as all forms of live music and community based theater and art, and from that endeavor creating the unified path that takes us into the noosphere.
4. The new time is the factor of synchronization binding us to a positive future. We who understand and take responsibility for the noosphere are the new leadership. Our gathering together bonds us to the new time. We can feel the synchronicity and the telepathic surges that accompany it.
New models are already under construction that will demonstrate the effects of telepathic technologies inherent in synchronicity and the value of time as universal synchronization. In addition to putting energy and effort into these new models of telepathic communication, we must establish a network of experimental communities whose central effort is the development of the techniques and methods for a globally unifying system of telepathy.
Eight Round Tables for Envisioning Earth as a Work of Art
In order to make practical what is suggested by these program themes, Congress delegates will self-organize into eight round tables that will meet every afternoon of the first four days of the Congress. Daily progress reports will be presented in the morning plenary sessions, and the final day, a full report will be given by a representative of each of the eight round tables.
The Eight Round Tables: general topics and themes
1. Noosphere and the cultivation of higher states of consciousness – past the Omega point, peace on earth and the new age of harmony – the role of mind and spirit in the new social order – mind as healer – a cosmic yoga for all humanity.
2. Noosphere and The Law of Time – the cosmic cycles of universal nature – the new calendar of thirteen moons: universal macro-program of the new society – Entering the synchronic order of the fourth dimension, a new knowledge base.
3. Noosphere: Path Beyond Technology – non-polluting technologies and the new Earth – explorations in the technology of telepathy – the evolution of the noosphere as the unifying telepathic mind of the galactic Earth.
4. Noosphere and Solar Winds – the role of the sun in the quantum shift to the new solar consciousness – effects of solar flares upon earth’s magnetic field – new forms of biopsychic-solar interaction – transformation of the biosphere.
5. Noosphere and the new communities – sustainable living off the grid – development of telepathically-based communities – noospheric diversity: the role of a noospheric constitution in the new world wide web of global telepathic community.
6. Noosphere and Bioregional economics – life without money – new barter and credit systems – development of bioregional economics and autonomy to replace nation states – development of new cooperative socio-economic models.
7. Indigenous Noosphere and the renewal of the Earth – learning from sacred continuity – integration of Indigenous values and life-styles into the ethic of the noosphere – spiritual ecological principles in the new solar age of the noosphere.
8. Noosphere: Envisioning Earth as a work of art – new earth priorities to replace old: from time is money to time is art – learning from existing social aesthetic systems: the Balinese model – transformation of industrial debris into the art of harmony.
In addition to the round tables, the Gathering of Indigenous Elders and Grandmother Keepers of the Earth Wisdom will create an on-going ceremony for the healing and regeneration of the Earth.
Campaign for the Noosphere – What must we do?
In launching our campaign we must
a) Inform the world about what is actually going on from the perspective of the analysis of the crisis of the technosphere – the system has run out of gas – every effort should be made now to transit to a new system based on a fundamental value change, from time is money to time is art; and
b) Communicate a vision that shifts the present industrialized labor force into a new post-industrial employment that stresses the regeneration of the Earth, the flourishing of art and culture in everyday life, and the cultivation of community based organic self-sustaining garden life-styles and non-polluting energy modalities.
As a backdrop to this educational info-media campaign, noosphere preparation teams must be studying and developing plans to utilize the existing system of wealth to:
Create proper food distribution and soil regeneration – explore and revitalize indigenous and traditional medicines – create new alternative energy networks – explore current research and put in effect modalities of telepathic communications (CREST13 as model project) – revitalize traditional art forms and develop programs for new creative community art ventures – envision transition from present social models to new ones based on the time is art value – envision new money-less economic models.
Noospheric research teams should be established to explore the possibilities of a new science based on the expansion of our mental powers synchronized with the solar-terrestrial electromagnetic fields, including preparation for two way communication with ETI (Extra-terrestrial intelligence). Other teams ought to envision and create education programs both for how to deal with the crisis and how to begin to build for a new time (return to natural time). Finally we need to examine the role of a Noosphere Assembly (already in preparation) and a Noosphere constitution to enable the wide spread dissemination of the meaning of cosmic consciousness and its effects on all existing human institutions.
A principle goal and outcome of the Congress will be the establishment of Noosphere Action Teams based on the foregoing analysis and development of action steps and 2012 time tables for transformation, inclusive of the change to the new time via the 13 Moon/28-day calendar.
Visions of the Rainbow Earth: The fifth and final day of the Congress will be highlighted by the solar eclipse, July 22, 2009, the last one before 2012. In coordination with this cosmic event, a Ceremony for the Noosphere is envisioned and called for. This is intended to be a globally synchronized event with the other satellite Noosphere Congresses occurring in other locations around the planet.
Venue: The Galactic Research Institute – Foundation for the Law of Time will convene the First Noosphere World Congress in association with the host organization, the ARMA Museum and Resort, Ubud, Bali. The ARMA Museum is dedicated to the promulgation of the living cultural tradition of Bali, and the entirety of the Museum/Resort complex is integrated into the natural environment. The design and purpose of the ARMA Museum and Resort epitomizes the spirit and quality of the Balinese culture and provides the perfect artistic and ceremonial setting to enhance the nature and goals of the First Noosphere World Congress
Envisioning the Earth as a Work of Art
Mandate for a New Time
Philosophy, Principles and Program of the Congress
Dateline, Planet Earth, 2008
Hurricanes, Earthquakes. Floods. Raging fires, Dwindling oil reserves. Rising petrol and food costs. Failing world economy. War and terrorism. Arctic Ice cap breaking up. Social chaos. Hunger and famine. Too many people with too little and too few with too much … This is a mosaic of the world today. If it looks like this now – what will it be like in 2012? There is only one real message to the steamroller of events already occurring: WE HAVE RUN OUT OF TIME! WE ARE IN A PLANETARY EMERGENCY!
A mandate for a new time is needed. The old time is over. A new and better time is about to dawn – the noosphere. We must act NOW. We must envision a new world, a world where the Earth itself is a work of art.
Let us begin by gathering our collective creative genius into a confederation of artists, scientists, Indigenous elders and social visionaries acting on behalf of the noosphere. Let us all declare: “I am one with the Earth. The Earth and myself are One Mind.” This is meaning of the noosphere. Let us issue the call for the
First Noosphere World Congress: Envisioning the Earth as a Work of Art, Mandate for a New Time – July 18-22, 2009.
A new time is dawning. We are moving from the old paradigm of time is money to the new paradigm of time is art. In the new paradigm, our human purpose and relation to the Earth is redefined: We are a planetary culture of peace turning the Earth into a work of art.
Our mission is to define and exemplify the principles of a genuinely planetary culture of peace based on the mandate for a new time. This mandate is fulfilled through the 13 Moon/28-day calendar, the harmonic timing standard of natural time that will transport us into the new evolutionary era, the noosphere.
We, the people, are the authority to carry out this mandate. In the noosphere, time is art; synchronicity is normal everyday experience, and the planet will become enlightened by being transformed into a work of art.
Planned as a five-day event, the fifth day of the Congress is meant to coincide with the last full solar eclipse prior to 2012, July 22, 2009
Preamble:
The Transition of the biosphere from the unconscious order of instinct to the super conscious order of telepathy is a function of the Law of Time and is referred to as the biosphere-noosphere transition.
– Dynamics of Time. 5.1.
Everyone will agree: Time is accelerating – where are we going so fast? Do we know? We are headed for the noosphere, the next stage of our evolution. The noosphere? Yes, the noosphere, the planetary sphere of mind.
As an evolutionary description, the noosphere has been with us since 1926, when the word was first coined by three minds in unison: a geochemist, Vladimir I. Vernadsky, a paleontologist, Pierre Teilhard de Chardin, and a philosopher, Jules Le Roy. They saw the noosphere as the inevitable consequence of human thought upon the environment. However, in their perception, the chaos and disruption to the biosphere brought about by the human mind and its machine projections would be but a prelude to an entirely new evolutionary era, the noosphere.
As a new geological era, the noosphere would supersede all economic considerations. Its advent would be a call for a new era of human cooperation and advanced mental development transcending politics. Only in this way could humanity advance into a correct reorganization of life on Earth.
The noosphere is a cosmic event, for man’s role on Earth is cosmic and transformative in scope. The global warming and climate change we experience today is the effect of human thought in the form of machines and industrial energy consumption. For the past 200 years, this highly accelerating activity has been changing the geology of the planet. This behavior is unprecedented for any species in the history of the biosphere.
Of course, today the question is: Where will this take us? In what ways are we being changed? What can we expect?
To understand where we are going, we must first understand the present global situation. We are all undergoing the biosphere-noosphere transition. In this process the technosphere is the intermediate term between effecting the transformation of the biosphere into the noosphere. What is the technosphere?
The technosphere is the aggregate of human thought as it is projected through the machine and the consequent mechanized way of life as a geological force reshaping Earth’s living environment, the biosphere. In essence, global civilization – the sum effect of the technosphere – is the causative factor bringing about global climate change, depletion of natural resources, social and environmental chaos, etc. With the oil crisis and failing economic order, we are witnessing the limits of the technosphere. From an evolutionary point of view the technosphere is the cocoon in which the noosphere, the planetary sphere of mind, is taking its new and wondrously startling manifestation.
In its final critical phase the technosphere has spawned an invisible network of communications – the cybersphere – by which anyone can be connected with anyone else anywhere on the planet. This network – the worldwide web – is also the means by which virtually all of the information accumulated in human history is made available to all and everybody.
The effect of the cybersphere is also without precedent. It is breaking down mental barriers and boundaries as well. This is the prelude to the manifestation of the noosphere, which is dependent on these two factors: technospheric breakdown and a worldwide electronic communications network. How we respond to the global environmental crisis and at the same time utilize and learn from the cybersphere is of the greatest importance. To meet the challenge requires an effort of the human mind and will that is virtually super mental in nature.
The time could not be more perfect for the First Noosphere World Congress.
Noosphere: Time is no longer money. Time is Art.
The value system that created the global crisis is no longer viable. This value system can be summed up by the maxim time is money. In the new value system of the noosphere, time is art. This is a profound shift in values and the way we think about ourselves and how we live our lives.
We are now experiencing a rapid degeneration of the entire system, the undoing of the momentum of five thousand years of history. The old time is at an end. More than an historic moment, it is an evolutionary and mythic moment as well.
The old value system time is money has been held in place by two timing devices: the Gregorian calendar and the mechanical clock. These are the measures of the days and hours of the workweek and all of the technospheric systems by which our lives are exchanged for money so we can buy the things that are available to all other species at no cost.
The way of life of time is money has produced: Consumerism, globalization, monetary politics, environmental degradation and terrorism. Time is money is a deviation from the cosmic norm. What time is left and what money is left before 2012 must be converted for establishing the foundations of the noosphere. These foundations are: A way of life based on the value of time is art, and a telepathic network to replace the cybersphere (which will dissolve when the planetary electromagnetic field experiences a major disruption).
Understanding the Noosphere and the role of art in human evolution
The noosphere is a reflection of the larger natural order of the universe. The universe operates by its own laws of harmonic order. As the “planetary sphere of mind,” the noosphere is a function of this universal order and operates by the codes of natural time. The new value system of the noosphere – time is art – can only be rooted in a timing standard that reflects the universal harmonic order. This is the meaning of the return to natural time by means of the 13 Moon/28-day calendar.
In natural time everything is a function of harmonic order. This harmonic order is the basis of art. The universe itself is a work of art. So are we, and potentially, so is everything we do. Art is the medium of cosmic evolution. It is how we get from here to another here that we never imagined existed.
It is time for all who are willing to unconditionally embrace the new to become conscious players in the same myth. The new time is the universal mythic structure that can enfold us all. Its coming is inevitable. The human mind unified in a new time is the basis of the noosphere. For a tipping point on this issue all we need is one unifying global event – an artistic whole – that unites and synchronizes us in affirmation of our highest dreams.
That event is the:
First Noosphere World Congress – Envisioning the Earth as a Work of Art – Mandate for a New Time
This gathering will give us the opportunity to creatively assert the reality of the new time as the factor of synchronization binding us to a positive future. The new time is the revolution in consciousness that will allow us to identify in a whole system manner the paths of action to take us to new models of behavior within a post-technospheric reality – the noosphere. A secondary goal is to devise means and methods of communicating the meaning of the noosphere to humanity at large.
Those who gather may assume that they are self-chosen to identify, define and communicate the reality of the noosphere that is now dawning. Representatives of different organizations unequivocally attuned to the noosphere must be prepared to enlist the methods and goals of their organizations into a coalition for the noosphere, a campaign for the noosphere.
The time has come for a new spirit of cooperation for building a new reality of peace through culture. Together we can create a broad public awareness and education about positive and constructive social models for cultivating peace through culture. Experienced culture workers who have pioneered in grass roots, decentralized community arts projects could teach others how to create their own programs, affirming the reality of a planet art network as the foundation of the noosphere. Together we can build a living spiritual culture that is based on genuine self-sustainability. The Balinese model is an excellent example to learn from. Once we grasp the concept of time is art, the possibilities are endless.
Purposes of the Congress and Anticipated Outcomes
The noosphere is real and imminent. The purpose and nature of the Congress is to create an environment for creative thinkers, artists and agents of change to come together and to begin to enact the noosphere – to experience and be moved to collective action by a mind larger than all the minds present.
To accomplish this aim the Congress will be creatively organized to accommodate a variety of formats of presentation – a daily morning plenary for the articulation of the issues to be dealt with that day, with plenty of time for self designed creative breakout groups working according to the general themes of the event, inclusive of mini-seminars, art exhibits, etc.
Above all, the Congress will be a gathering of the planet’s leading artists of life, Indigenous elders and social futurists united by a common global concern and willingness for self-transcendence on behalf of the discovery of the most creative means to enact and communicate the reality of the noosphere. In this way we shall be a celebration of ourselves as initiators of the reality of the new time.
Thematic Programs
I. Noosphere – Defining the Future – the Next Stage of Evolution
Every morning there will be a keynote speaker who will elaborate in some way on any of the following themes:
The noosphere – how do we understand it, and how do we communicate what it will mean for all of our lives? Understanding that we are on the brink of a new stage of our evolution we can actually begin to prepare for it.
1. Noosphere in Cosmic Evolution – Defining the noosphere in the context of the biosphere and the transitional technosphere/cybersphere – creation of the present global paradigm and its limitations – understanding man’s geological function in the scheme of cosmic evolution – human social order and climate change – it is not a global crisis, but a human crisis – old paradigm of time is money and its consequences, the technosphere – harmonic benevolence of the new paradigm, time is art, the noosphere.
2. Implications of the Transition – How do you prepare for an evolutionary shift?
Limits of standard knowledge – new system of knowledge required: the Law of Time – understanding the nature of time: Natural time, artificial mechanistic time, and time, the universal factor of synchronization – 2012: the quantum mind shift – re-envisioning the human according the Law of Time – from cybersphere to noosphere, creating the pathways to the new consciousness.
II. Campaign for the Noosphere – Strategies for Conscious Evolution
The noosphere is inevitable. Understanding that, we have a context for comprehending and dealing with the present global crisis. Once we grasp the new perspective we can envision action models to get us from the old to the new.
1. Whole system analysis of the crisis and the way out of it – what to anticipate and how to prepare; envisioning necessary action modes to diminish or minimize the nature of the crisis. Being able to identify root causes to the problems created by the technosphere, we can easily define the solutions. More important, we can begin to educate and mobilize communities for creative problem solving and thinking about the future in a positive and constructive way.
2. Paths of action to take us to new models of behavior within a post-technospheric reality – the noosphere; envisioning the solutions to the problems facing us and the means for implementing them – drawing a road map to get us from the old paradigm of time is money to the new one of time is art: From each area of human endeavor now in crisis we can create a path to a transformed vision of that field of human behavior – we can advance a common vision of how to create sustainable, decentralized bioregionally organized, artistically motivated communities.
3. To devise the means and methods of best communicating the meaning of the noosphere to humanity at large – pathways to the noosphere. We who gather for the Congress are but a mere splinter of the whole of humanity. To make our meeting truly effective we must find the most creative means possible to communicate the noosphere to the great mass of humanity. A Campaign for the Noosphere needs to be undertaken utilizing the best of what the cybersphere and modern media technology has to offer, as well as all forms of live music and community based theater and art, and from that endeavor creating the unified path that takes us into the noosphere.
4. The new time is the factor of synchronization binding us to a positive future. We who understand and take responsibility for the noosphere are the new leadership. Our gathering together bonds us to the new time. We can feel the synchronicity and the telepathic surges that accompany it.
New models are already under construction that will demonstrate the effects of telepathic technologies inherent in synchronicity and the value of time as universal synchronization. In addition to putting energy and effort into these new models of telepathic communication, we must establish a network of experimental communities whose central effort is the development of the techniques and methods for a globally unifying system of telepathy.
Eight Round Tables for Envisioning Earth as a Work of Art
In order to make practical what is suggested by these program themes, Congress delegates will self-organize into eight round tables that will meet every afternoon of the first four days of the Congress. Daily progress reports will be presented in the morning plenary sessions, and the final day, a full report will be given by a representative of each of the eight round tables.
The Eight Round Tables: general topics and themes
1. Noosphere and the cultivation of higher states of consciousness – past the Omega point, peace on earth and the new age of harmony – the role of mind and spirit in the new social order – mind as healer – a cosmic yoga for all humanity.
2. Noosphere and The Law of Time – the cosmic cycles of universal nature – the new calendar of thirteen moons: universal macro-program of the new society – Entering the synchronic order of the fourth dimension, a new knowledge base.
3. Noosphere: Path Beyond Technology – non-polluting technologies and the new Earth – explorations in the technology of telepathy – the evolution of the noosphere as the unifying telepathic mind of the galactic Earth.
4. Noosphere and Solar Winds – the role of the sun in the quantum shift to the new solar consciousness – effects of solar flares upon earth’s magnetic field – new forms of biopsychic-solar interaction – transformation of the biosphere.
5. Noosphere and the new communities – sustainable living off the grid – development of telepathically-based communities – noospheric diversity: the role of a noospheric constitution in the new world wide web of global telepathic community.
6. Noosphere and Bioregional economics – life without money – new barter and credit systems – development of bioregional economics and autonomy to replace nation states – development of new cooperative socio-economic models.
7. Indigenous Noosphere and the renewal of the Earth – learning from sacred continuity – integration of Indigenous values and life-styles into the ethic of the noosphere – spiritual ecological principles in the new solar age of the noosphere.
8. Noosphere: Envisioning Earth as a work of art – new earth priorities to replace old: from time is money to time is art – learning from existing social aesthetic systems: the Balinese model – transformation of industrial debris into the art of harmony.
In addition to the round tables, the Gathering of Indigenous Elders and Grandmother Keepers of the Earth Wisdom will create an on-going ceremony for the healing and regeneration of the Earth.
Campaign for the Noosphere – What must we do?
In launching our campaign we must
a) Inform the world about what is actually going on from the perspective of the analysis of the crisis of the technosphere – the system has run out of gas – every effort should be made now to transit to a new system based on a fundamental value change, from time is money to time is art; and
b) Communicate a vision that shifts the present industrialized labor force into a new post-industrial employment that stresses the regeneration of the Earth, the flourishing of art and culture in everyday life, and the cultivation of community based organic self-sustaining garden life-styles and non-polluting energy modalities.
As a backdrop to this educational info-media campaign, noosphere preparation teams must be studying and developing plans to utilize the existing system of wealth to:
Create proper food distribution and soil regeneration – explore and revitalize indigenous and traditional medicines – create new alternative energy networks – explore current research and put in effect modalities of telepathic communications (CREST13 as model project) – revitalize traditional art forms and develop programs for new creative community art ventures – envision transition from present social models to new ones based on the time is art value – envision new money-less economic models.
Noospheric research teams should be established to explore the possibilities of a new science based on the expansion of our mental powers synchronized with the solar-terrestrial electromagnetic fields, including preparation for two way communication with ETI (Extra-terrestrial intelligence). Other teams ought to envision and create education programs both for how to deal with the crisis and how to begin to build for a new time (return to natural time). Finally we need to examine the role of a Noosphere Assembly (already in preparation) and a Noosphere constitution to enable the wide spread dissemination of the meaning of cosmic consciousness and its effects on all existing human institutions.
A principle goal and outcome of the Congress will be the establishment of Noosphere Action Teams based on the foregoing analysis and development of action steps and 2012 time tables for transformation, inclusive of the change to the new time via the 13 Moon/28-day calendar.
Visions of the Rainbow Earth: The fifth and final day of the Congress will be highlighted by the solar eclipse, July 22, 2009, the last one before 2012. In coordination with this cosmic event, a Ceremony for the Noosphere is envisioned and called for. This is intended to be a globally synchronized event with the other satellite Noosphere Congresses occurring in other locations around the planet.
Venue: The Galactic Research Institute – Foundation for the Law of Time will convene the First Noosphere World Congress in association with the host organization, the ARMA Museum and Resort, Ubud, Bali. The ARMA Museum is dedicated to the promulgation of the living cultural tradition of Bali, and the entirety of the Museum/Resort complex is integrated into the natural environment. The design and purpose of the ARMA Museum and Resort epitomizes the spirit and quality of the Balinese culture and provides the perfect artistic and ceremonial setting to enhance the nature and goals of the First Noosphere World Congress
28 Fevereiro, 2009
The Science of Peace
Here's David Wilock on the Science of Spirituality:
[link to divinecosmos.com]
The Science of Peace
---------------------
Written by David Wilcock
Is there a “consciousness field” of “radiant mind energy” that we all share? Could this be causing the changes we are now witnessing on the Earth and throughout the solar system? Does it have any effect on DNA, including complete species transformation?
Is this ‘Mind Field’ the ultimate answer to solving financial collapse, terrorism, violent crime and all manner of Earth Changes, leading to a true Science of Peace? … Yes.
THE SCIENCE OF PEACE: PROOF POSITIVE THAT YOUR ATTITUDE CAN CHANGE THE WORLD
Most people on Earth are sleepwalking… living in a vast illusion.
Unwittingly, unknowingly, they participate in a worldwide agreement… to see reality a certain way.
Like a bizarre religion, facts may not have anything to do with this mass dream.
The hidden, unspoken 'collective agreement' about "the real world" is subconsciously worshipped as if it were the Will of God.
Science passes down the Laws… perhaps "sanitized" a bit… and we blindly invoke the power of the word "They" in describing the collective knowledge we inherit.
"THEY came out with a faster hard drive."
"THEY say sunlight gives you skin cancer."
"THEY say we evolved from random mutations."
"THEY say there is no scientific evidence of intelligent life outside the Earth."
What makes us long for a higher authority to put our trust in, and do all the thinking for us? Why do we so easily believe the things we are told as if they were true, just because the mainstream says so?
As you may have been reading in David's Blog, we may not think about God much at all, on a conscious level — but subconsciously we all have a "God Reflex" that seeks safety, comfort, warmth and love — sometimes quite obsessively. When we have safety, comfort, warmth and love, our subconscious / animal / instinctive self says "God" loves us, and we feel great — but when we lose those 'creature comforts' we become despondent — even furious.
One of the things that makes us feel the safest — the most comfortable, warm and loved — is feeling that we are part of a group, part of a majority, part of the "winning" side. This is actually a holdover from our animal heritage — the desire to form a pack and look up to an 'alpha male' for leadership and protection.
THERE IS A PROBLEM, THOUGH…
It has become obvious that the 'mainstream' view of reality is not working. It is actually killing us — and inspiring us to kill each other. Resources are increasingly scarce on this planet, and it's easy to attack people who appear to have more than you do.
Or, if you're the one on the 'winning side', and someone is attacking YOU because they feel they have less, it is very easy to highlight differences in race, culture or religion to enforce the idea that they are not worthy of your respect or compassion… that their deaths can be attributed to "collateral damage."
Imagine if there was a scientific case that could PROVE that the harm we do to others — no matter how dehumanized we've made them in our own minds — actually reflects directly back into our own lives?
Imagine if there was PROOF that we are not separate and isolated from each other — that regardless of race, religion, culture or creed, by simply being alive on Earth, we are sharing each other's thoughts… just like we share the air we breathe?
Imagine if you had rock-solid evidence that your own conscious mind — the most private, personal and secret part of you — is actually receiving other people's thoughts all the time… and transmitting thoughts as well?
An ever-increasing number of scientists are speaking Truth to Power — going against what "THEY" say to reveal the secrets of our interconnectedness. Movies like "What the Bleep Do We Know" and "The Secret" have only scratched the surface — literally equivalent to a kindergarten class in metaphysics compared to the full scope of the case that can be made — but they have at least opened a dialogue. Nonetheless, we still have a long, long way to go, and many dazzling mysteries yet to uncover.
MOVING BEYOND THE LIES
As you may have imagined, the "mainstream" perspective of reality is not simply a random event, nor is it a democratic process of collective agreement. The discussions you hear in the media are carefully stage-managed to insure that information never gets released that would upset the balance of power — and only those most deeply lost in the dance of "the real world" are failing to see the obvious at this time. Still, however, they may not realize just HOW different the truth really is… from the 'mainstream' illusion.
What the average person knows and believes is "right" and is "true," because "They Say" it is, may be so distorted as to be almost completely useless.
Skeptics become addicted to being "right", and worship the Collective Agreement we all subconsciously buy into — with as much fervor as a member of a fundamentalist religion trumpets their dogma. Yet, you are the one who still gets to CHOOSE whether you believe them or not, despite their seemingly unshakable confidence.
Men of confidence. Confidence men… con-men.
Rule number one of the skeptic — most people will assume you are telling them the truth if you do so with absolute, unshakable certainty that you are right. Most people would never speak in such a manner unless they absolutely KNEW they were right — so they assume the same is true for everyone.
As a result, we voluntarily accept our own chains of imprisonment to a worldview that leaves us feeling isolated, abandoned and alone — as if we were a random accident, in a world full of unpredictable dangers — requiring the System to become our Father/Mother/God/Protector, and save us from the Bad Man.
THE MIND AS A FIELD: SCIENTIFIC FACT, NOT FICTION
What would religionists or scientific fundamentalists do if they had PROOF that their own minds were filled with thoughts… from all over the planet… including those individuals and groups they have the most contempt for — and believe themselves completely separate from?
What if your animal side has trained you to interpret these transmissions from the 'Mind Field' as if you created them all inside your own head… so as to avoid a sort of mass, collective schizophrenia… at least until we can learn to actually love each other, and find our shared Oneness?
If you don't BELIEVE in synchronicity, miracles, the Law of Attraction, the power of our interconnectedness, then how easy would it be to brush off any and all proof to the contrary as "just a coincidence?"
What if consciousness — this supposedly private phenomenon in our own minds — is actually the basic characteristic of energy throughout the entire Universe?
What if the very mind that you think with… as you read these words… is already totally plugged in to a collective Consciousness Field… which every person interacts with as if it were private and personal — as if it were only their own thoughts they were thinking?
Whose thoughts are you thinking right now?
What feelings are you feeling right now?
Where are the highest, noblest and most wonderful thoughts and feelings coming from… ultimately?
What Intelligence are you tapping into — and allowing it to BECOME your conscious mind — when you think the most loving, radiant, peaceful thoughts?
What if your thoughts of love and peace were VASTLY more powerful than thoughts of hatred and fear?
What if simply clearing up the debris in your own mind — getting all the clutter out that is caused by emotional pains, buried in your past — has an immediate, positive impact… on the supposedly 'private' thoughts of everyone else?
This is not a fake. This is not speculation. This is not drooling New Age ignorance.
This is The Science of Peace.
A REVOLUTION FOR ALL BRANCHES OF SCIENCE AND SPIRIT
What if there was a whole science to studying this energy of the Mind Field — how it behaves, what it 'does,' how it can be harnessed, and how it is affecting our entire planet… nay, our solar system… at this time?
What if no matter how "right" we think we are, the Universe actually is a thinking, super-intelligent Being… trying to get us to lighten our rigid, fixed perspectives and take in new information?
How would the Universe go about teaching us something we may not want to know… something we absolutely refuse to believe… if ultimately this knowledge is far more important than anything else we will ever say, think or do in any number of human incarnations?
What if it is vital to our very survival that we realize we are creating our own reality, far more than we may ever believe? … That government corruption, war, famine, terrorism and all manner of Earth Changes are a mirror reflection… of our own internal disharmony?
What if we already HAVE the answer to create Peace… a power that everyone can call upon and use, once we understand the fundamentals… and by putting the pieces together and studying them, we can share this knowledge with others — and help turn things around?
What if the final answer to "save the world" is already known — ever since the dawn of Time — but the "Prime Directive" of the Universe is free will, so you still have to make up your own mind… you can never be force-fed information, no matter how vital it might be to your survival and ultimate spiritual growth?
PUTTING THE PEACES TOGETHER
Enter The Science of Peace — a cosmic download of scientific and spiritual information so far-reaching that what you have just read is only the starting point. This is a new way of living, thinking and BEING, involving mysteries we could never even have dreamed of. All of our best scientific material has been synthesized together into the ultimate merging of science and spirit — and after a two-year embargo, we finally have been legally cleared to release it!
As you may recall, I had originally been advised to "embargo" The Science of Peace because it might be too similar to our CONVERGENCE film — but as our screenwriting process has evolved, it has become clear that even though there is crossover in the two projects, we can go ahead and reveal this vitally important work.
I am very relieved to be finally offering it to the world, as we put an enormous amount of work into it… and then had to let it sit, sit, sit there, for two years, with no one able to appreciate and receive this information — so vital to our future.
In The Science of Peace I deliver three complete 65-minute lectures of my best material — the equivalent of three full documentary films, jam-packed with breakthrough new information… which builds on everything you've just read, and beyond.
All meat… no chit-chat or long, rambling monologues on the same small point. (Not guilty!)
Unlike many other "books on tape" or related products out there, where you might hear a little, if any, music at the beginning, this entire series is set to a dynamic, uplifting soundtrack… and it cycles through a variety of musical styles, from cosmic ambient, to guitar lullaby, to acid jazz, to meditative, to funk grooves, to gentle classical, to intense Tangerine Dream trance.
THE BACKGROUND
We have already had an overwhelming response, in just the first 24 hours, before I wrote any of the words you just read — and we thank you for that! Even if you have no interest in downloading something right now, no problem… this isn't some crazy, psychologically-invasive sales pitch, it's my life's work — my ultimate gift to the world, I feel — and there's a lot more to the story than what I've already shared.
As you may know, my science work never paid the bills. I was always guided to release this material entirely for free, and there are three complete CONVERGENCE books, free of charge, on this website — with a grand synthesis of information far ahead of its time, and far more advanced than anything else out there.
No… Science didn't pay the bills — but UNDERSTANDING that my mind was tapped in to a Universal Consciousness Field … and using that connection to help people… did.
Until August 2005, when I began drawing income from the production of the CONVERGENCE film, my income was from "dream readings". This is how I first became aware of the fact that our conscious mind thinks other people's thoughts as if they were our own.
Until you learn to ask "is this mine or someone else's," and go into the thoughtforms with a clear-headed, rational perspective, rather than run from them, you are plagued with hidden, faceless anxieties that never truly get resolved — because you are unwittingly tapping in to the Collective Shadow of humanity.
Most people are trapped in a mind-prison that is not a whole lot different than the collective, instinctive behavior shared within the animal kingdom. Nonetheless, there IS a higher level of consciousness you can reach than what the 'mass mind' pumps out, even though that signal can be VERY loud in your conscious thoughts at times. And there are all sorts of seemingly scary things out there to try to get you to BUY IN to the fear, as if it were real.
Now, we have Earth Changes and corrupt governments to REVEAL that shadow to us… making it so loud and OBVIOUS that we CANNOT ignore it… so we can heal and cleanse the pain of APPARENT separation within ourselves.
Once we change the within, the 'without' will follow.
For many years, I did this work one person at a time. Considering the 'demand inundation' I have now, which ultimately caused me to shut the whole thing down, they were quite fortunate to find me before I got more popular.
Every day I had a client scheduled, (up to 4 days a week,) even though I knew nothing more about them than their name, email address and the fact that they had a session that day (and sometimes I forgot that as well!!), I would get a guided tour of their subconscious mind — in my own dream — complete with all the hidden horrors they hadn't been facing within their own Shadow.
In short, I used this same science I've been discussing with you to blend with other people, BECOME those people, LIVE their lives and DISCOVER what they most needed to know to heal themselves.
I have just about completely lost all traces of fear from doing this for eight years straight. After a while, all fear starts to look the same — it is born in the shadow, born in the absence of light, born in the lack of knowledge of our true reality — of real science — of how the Universe really works.
If someone had been through a horrible experience, I re-lived it in the dream as if it were my own. The real 'dealbreaker,' as I have said before, was the eye surgery — complete with each and every white-knuckle stage of the process. "There's got to be a better way for me to help the planet than this," I said, even though I had an amazing healing experience with that client… no one had ever experienced her pain so personally before.
As time went on, I realized that I could reach everyone at the same time… by tapping into the 'archetypal roots' of everyone's pain, which we all share in the "Human Energy Field." I called these "global readings", and published many of them freely on my website.
Right from the beginning, when all this started in November 1996, I was being told that I should put my focus into projects that helped larger groups of people, rather than focusing in on the one-on-one work. Ultimately, if you do the larger-scale work properly, it always feels personal anyway — since there really is no separate self, in the grandest scheme of things.
So, in 2004 I had multiple appearances on Coast-to-Coast AM with George Noory and/or Art Bell within a short time… the last of which was that August. Thanks to this media break, my request list for readings skyrocketed, (at the time I was still taking clients, unlike now) and it would take me over a year for me to try to process them. I never was able to finish the job… the psychological stress of guiding each person "through hell and back," four or more times a week, started to get to me.
etc. (long article)
"Aether is a Quantum 2 Spin Rotating Magnetic Field that encapsulates Primary Angular Momentum and via Tensegrity forms Matter with resulting Quantum 1/2 spin.
PHI is the direct result and first Ratio produced by this arrangement as it Cycles." Junglelord, www.thunderbolts.info
"Thought being a given is the first assertion of self-awareness; the remaining truth is simply "I am, therefore there is". Self and other, subject and object." Eyeam, GLP
[link to divinecosmos.com]
The Science of Peace
---------------------
Written by David Wilcock
Is there a “consciousness field” of “radiant mind energy” that we all share? Could this be causing the changes we are now witnessing on the Earth and throughout the solar system? Does it have any effect on DNA, including complete species transformation?
Is this ‘Mind Field’ the ultimate answer to solving financial collapse, terrorism, violent crime and all manner of Earth Changes, leading to a true Science of Peace? … Yes.
THE SCIENCE OF PEACE: PROOF POSITIVE THAT YOUR ATTITUDE CAN CHANGE THE WORLD
Most people on Earth are sleepwalking… living in a vast illusion.
Unwittingly, unknowingly, they participate in a worldwide agreement… to see reality a certain way.
Like a bizarre religion, facts may not have anything to do with this mass dream.
The hidden, unspoken 'collective agreement' about "the real world" is subconsciously worshipped as if it were the Will of God.
Science passes down the Laws… perhaps "sanitized" a bit… and we blindly invoke the power of the word "They" in describing the collective knowledge we inherit.
"THEY came out with a faster hard drive."
"THEY say sunlight gives you skin cancer."
"THEY say we evolved from random mutations."
"THEY say there is no scientific evidence of intelligent life outside the Earth."
What makes us long for a higher authority to put our trust in, and do all the thinking for us? Why do we so easily believe the things we are told as if they were true, just because the mainstream says so?
As you may have been reading in David's Blog, we may not think about God much at all, on a conscious level — but subconsciously we all have a "God Reflex" that seeks safety, comfort, warmth and love — sometimes quite obsessively. When we have safety, comfort, warmth and love, our subconscious / animal / instinctive self says "God" loves us, and we feel great — but when we lose those 'creature comforts' we become despondent — even furious.
One of the things that makes us feel the safest — the most comfortable, warm and loved — is feeling that we are part of a group, part of a majority, part of the "winning" side. This is actually a holdover from our animal heritage — the desire to form a pack and look up to an 'alpha male' for leadership and protection.
THERE IS A PROBLEM, THOUGH…
It has become obvious that the 'mainstream' view of reality is not working. It is actually killing us — and inspiring us to kill each other. Resources are increasingly scarce on this planet, and it's easy to attack people who appear to have more than you do.
Or, if you're the one on the 'winning side', and someone is attacking YOU because they feel they have less, it is very easy to highlight differences in race, culture or religion to enforce the idea that they are not worthy of your respect or compassion… that their deaths can be attributed to "collateral damage."
Imagine if there was a scientific case that could PROVE that the harm we do to others — no matter how dehumanized we've made them in our own minds — actually reflects directly back into our own lives?
Imagine if there was PROOF that we are not separate and isolated from each other — that regardless of race, religion, culture or creed, by simply being alive on Earth, we are sharing each other's thoughts… just like we share the air we breathe?
Imagine if you had rock-solid evidence that your own conscious mind — the most private, personal and secret part of you — is actually receiving other people's thoughts all the time… and transmitting thoughts as well?
An ever-increasing number of scientists are speaking Truth to Power — going against what "THEY" say to reveal the secrets of our interconnectedness. Movies like "What the Bleep Do We Know" and "The Secret" have only scratched the surface — literally equivalent to a kindergarten class in metaphysics compared to the full scope of the case that can be made — but they have at least opened a dialogue. Nonetheless, we still have a long, long way to go, and many dazzling mysteries yet to uncover.
MOVING BEYOND THE LIES
As you may have imagined, the "mainstream" perspective of reality is not simply a random event, nor is it a democratic process of collective agreement. The discussions you hear in the media are carefully stage-managed to insure that information never gets released that would upset the balance of power — and only those most deeply lost in the dance of "the real world" are failing to see the obvious at this time. Still, however, they may not realize just HOW different the truth really is… from the 'mainstream' illusion.
What the average person knows and believes is "right" and is "true," because "They Say" it is, may be so distorted as to be almost completely useless.
Skeptics become addicted to being "right", and worship the Collective Agreement we all subconsciously buy into — with as much fervor as a member of a fundamentalist religion trumpets their dogma. Yet, you are the one who still gets to CHOOSE whether you believe them or not, despite their seemingly unshakable confidence.
Men of confidence. Confidence men… con-men.
Rule number one of the skeptic — most people will assume you are telling them the truth if you do so with absolute, unshakable certainty that you are right. Most people would never speak in such a manner unless they absolutely KNEW they were right — so they assume the same is true for everyone.
As a result, we voluntarily accept our own chains of imprisonment to a worldview that leaves us feeling isolated, abandoned and alone — as if we were a random accident, in a world full of unpredictable dangers — requiring the System to become our Father/Mother/God/Protector, and save us from the Bad Man.
THE MIND AS A FIELD: SCIENTIFIC FACT, NOT FICTION
What would religionists or scientific fundamentalists do if they had PROOF that their own minds were filled with thoughts… from all over the planet… including those individuals and groups they have the most contempt for — and believe themselves completely separate from?
What if your animal side has trained you to interpret these transmissions from the 'Mind Field' as if you created them all inside your own head… so as to avoid a sort of mass, collective schizophrenia… at least until we can learn to actually love each other, and find our shared Oneness?
If you don't BELIEVE in synchronicity, miracles, the Law of Attraction, the power of our interconnectedness, then how easy would it be to brush off any and all proof to the contrary as "just a coincidence?"
What if consciousness — this supposedly private phenomenon in our own minds — is actually the basic characteristic of energy throughout the entire Universe?
What if the very mind that you think with… as you read these words… is already totally plugged in to a collective Consciousness Field… which every person interacts with as if it were private and personal — as if it were only their own thoughts they were thinking?
Whose thoughts are you thinking right now?
What feelings are you feeling right now?
Where are the highest, noblest and most wonderful thoughts and feelings coming from… ultimately?
What Intelligence are you tapping into — and allowing it to BECOME your conscious mind — when you think the most loving, radiant, peaceful thoughts?
What if your thoughts of love and peace were VASTLY more powerful than thoughts of hatred and fear?
What if simply clearing up the debris in your own mind — getting all the clutter out that is caused by emotional pains, buried in your past — has an immediate, positive impact… on the supposedly 'private' thoughts of everyone else?
This is not a fake. This is not speculation. This is not drooling New Age ignorance.
This is The Science of Peace.
A REVOLUTION FOR ALL BRANCHES OF SCIENCE AND SPIRIT
What if there was a whole science to studying this energy of the Mind Field — how it behaves, what it 'does,' how it can be harnessed, and how it is affecting our entire planet… nay, our solar system… at this time?
What if no matter how "right" we think we are, the Universe actually is a thinking, super-intelligent Being… trying to get us to lighten our rigid, fixed perspectives and take in new information?
How would the Universe go about teaching us something we may not want to know… something we absolutely refuse to believe… if ultimately this knowledge is far more important than anything else we will ever say, think or do in any number of human incarnations?
What if it is vital to our very survival that we realize we are creating our own reality, far more than we may ever believe? … That government corruption, war, famine, terrorism and all manner of Earth Changes are a mirror reflection… of our own internal disharmony?
What if we already HAVE the answer to create Peace… a power that everyone can call upon and use, once we understand the fundamentals… and by putting the pieces together and studying them, we can share this knowledge with others — and help turn things around?
What if the final answer to "save the world" is already known — ever since the dawn of Time — but the "Prime Directive" of the Universe is free will, so you still have to make up your own mind… you can never be force-fed information, no matter how vital it might be to your survival and ultimate spiritual growth?
PUTTING THE PEACES TOGETHER
Enter The Science of Peace — a cosmic download of scientific and spiritual information so far-reaching that what you have just read is only the starting point. This is a new way of living, thinking and BEING, involving mysteries we could never even have dreamed of. All of our best scientific material has been synthesized together into the ultimate merging of science and spirit — and after a two-year embargo, we finally have been legally cleared to release it!
As you may recall, I had originally been advised to "embargo" The Science of Peace because it might be too similar to our CONVERGENCE film — but as our screenwriting process has evolved, it has become clear that even though there is crossover in the two projects, we can go ahead and reveal this vitally important work.
I am very relieved to be finally offering it to the world, as we put an enormous amount of work into it… and then had to let it sit, sit, sit there, for two years, with no one able to appreciate and receive this information — so vital to our future.
In The Science of Peace I deliver three complete 65-minute lectures of my best material — the equivalent of three full documentary films, jam-packed with breakthrough new information… which builds on everything you've just read, and beyond.
All meat… no chit-chat or long, rambling monologues on the same small point. (Not guilty!)
Unlike many other "books on tape" or related products out there, where you might hear a little, if any, music at the beginning, this entire series is set to a dynamic, uplifting soundtrack… and it cycles through a variety of musical styles, from cosmic ambient, to guitar lullaby, to acid jazz, to meditative, to funk grooves, to gentle classical, to intense Tangerine Dream trance.
THE BACKGROUND
We have already had an overwhelming response, in just the first 24 hours, before I wrote any of the words you just read — and we thank you for that! Even if you have no interest in downloading something right now, no problem… this isn't some crazy, psychologically-invasive sales pitch, it's my life's work — my ultimate gift to the world, I feel — and there's a lot more to the story than what I've already shared.
As you may know, my science work never paid the bills. I was always guided to release this material entirely for free, and there are three complete CONVERGENCE books, free of charge, on this website — with a grand synthesis of information far ahead of its time, and far more advanced than anything else out there.
No… Science didn't pay the bills — but UNDERSTANDING that my mind was tapped in to a Universal Consciousness Field … and using that connection to help people… did.
Until August 2005, when I began drawing income from the production of the CONVERGENCE film, my income was from "dream readings". This is how I first became aware of the fact that our conscious mind thinks other people's thoughts as if they were our own.
Until you learn to ask "is this mine or someone else's," and go into the thoughtforms with a clear-headed, rational perspective, rather than run from them, you are plagued with hidden, faceless anxieties that never truly get resolved — because you are unwittingly tapping in to the Collective Shadow of humanity.
Most people are trapped in a mind-prison that is not a whole lot different than the collective, instinctive behavior shared within the animal kingdom. Nonetheless, there IS a higher level of consciousness you can reach than what the 'mass mind' pumps out, even though that signal can be VERY loud in your conscious thoughts at times. And there are all sorts of seemingly scary things out there to try to get you to BUY IN to the fear, as if it were real.
Now, we have Earth Changes and corrupt governments to REVEAL that shadow to us… making it so loud and OBVIOUS that we CANNOT ignore it… so we can heal and cleanse the pain of APPARENT separation within ourselves.
Once we change the within, the 'without' will follow.
For many years, I did this work one person at a time. Considering the 'demand inundation' I have now, which ultimately caused me to shut the whole thing down, they were quite fortunate to find me before I got more popular.
Every day I had a client scheduled, (up to 4 days a week,) even though I knew nothing more about them than their name, email address and the fact that they had a session that day (and sometimes I forgot that as well!!), I would get a guided tour of their subconscious mind — in my own dream — complete with all the hidden horrors they hadn't been facing within their own Shadow.
In short, I used this same science I've been discussing with you to blend with other people, BECOME those people, LIVE their lives and DISCOVER what they most needed to know to heal themselves.
I have just about completely lost all traces of fear from doing this for eight years straight. After a while, all fear starts to look the same — it is born in the shadow, born in the absence of light, born in the lack of knowledge of our true reality — of real science — of how the Universe really works.
If someone had been through a horrible experience, I re-lived it in the dream as if it were my own. The real 'dealbreaker,' as I have said before, was the eye surgery — complete with each and every white-knuckle stage of the process. "There's got to be a better way for me to help the planet than this," I said, even though I had an amazing healing experience with that client… no one had ever experienced her pain so personally before.
As time went on, I realized that I could reach everyone at the same time… by tapping into the 'archetypal roots' of everyone's pain, which we all share in the "Human Energy Field." I called these "global readings", and published many of them freely on my website.
Right from the beginning, when all this started in November 1996, I was being told that I should put my focus into projects that helped larger groups of people, rather than focusing in on the one-on-one work. Ultimately, if you do the larger-scale work properly, it always feels personal anyway — since there really is no separate self, in the grandest scheme of things.
So, in 2004 I had multiple appearances on Coast-to-Coast AM with George Noory and/or Art Bell within a short time… the last of which was that August. Thanks to this media break, my request list for readings skyrocketed, (at the time I was still taking clients, unlike now) and it would take me over a year for me to try to process them. I never was able to finish the job… the psychological stress of guiding each person "through hell and back," four or more times a week, started to get to me.
etc. (long article)
"Aether is a Quantum 2 Spin Rotating Magnetic Field that encapsulates Primary Angular Momentum and via Tensegrity forms Matter with resulting Quantum 1/2 spin.
PHI is the direct result and first Ratio produced by this arrangement as it Cycles." Junglelord, www.thunderbolts.info
"Thought being a given is the first assertion of self-awareness; the remaining truth is simply "I am, therefore there is". Self and other, subject and object." Eyeam, GLP
18 Fevereiro, 2009
The God particle. its not what u look. Its what u see
By William Henry
THE BURNING BUSH – Protons spinnin’ in a ring: smashin’, twangin’, sprayin’. Sparks flyin’ in the dark. It could be the perfect moment to run down the dream of reading the mind of God…
...or to get sucked into nothingness.
Something incredible is going on. Scientists on the wild edge of high energy physics at labs in Illinois and Geneva are racing to see who will be the first to enter the ‘Burning Bush’ and to de-cloak a fundamental, but elusive, sub atomic particle that is given cosmic or divine proportions by its, some say absurd, moniker, the God Particle (which particular god is unknown – let’s just pray it’s not that jealous one).
If all goes as planned, sometime in 2008 the heads of state of governments around the world will climb the mountain at CERN, the particle physics lab/stargate near Geneva to light the flame of the Large Hadron Collider (LHC) at CERN a 17 mile ring; the most expensive and sophisticated machine on earth.
When it’s fired up it will begin smashing protons moving at 99.999999% of the speed of light into each other and so recreate the conditions a fraction of a second after the big bang.
Dr. Michio Kaku calls it “the Genesis Machine.” It is hoped it will complete the revelation of the greatest secret of all time, and will take us out of cosmic kindergarten and into first grade, cosmically speaking.
Far from being a genesis machine, others see the LHC at CERN as a doomsday machine.
They worry that CERN is the name on the sign at the last exit we’ll take as humans before we going flying off into oblivion.
THE GODDAMN PARTICLE
If this Bush bears fruit a remarkable particle called the Higgs Boson (H) will be discovered.
The Higgs is better known by its flashy name the God Particle. It’s called the God Particle, says physicist, Leon Lederman, in his book of the same title, because we couldn’t call it the Goddamn particle. It’s been that frustrating to find.
A Nobel laureate, Lederman is Director Emeritus of Fermlilab, one of two labs poking around the Burning Bush. His publisher slapped this ‘not at all’ serious title on his book and then launched it into the thought sphere.
It stuck.
Now,
‘t-
h-
e
G-
o-
d
P-
a-
r-
t-
i-
c-
l-
e’
slow drips from the blogosphere into the minds of physicists like Chinese water torture, driving them crazy and making them sound like atheists or blasphemers when they talk about it.
The God Particle is thought to exist in an all-pervading cosmic field, a sort of invisible lattice or matrix, referred to as the Higgs Field, that filled the universe after the Big Bang, imbuing all other particles with their mass (including the ones that form your body). It’s never been seen, but our understanding of the universe and its creation relies on its existence. It holds everything together. (Invisible. Mysterious. Enables life. Hey, sounds like love.)
First imagined (in the modern era anyway) in 1964 (Beatlemania) by British physicist, Peter Higgs, the discovery of the God Particle will complete our physics kit, called the Standard Model. Humanity will have earned its ‘H prize’. As happened with Abraham, who was given an ‘h’ on the end of his name after his initiation by the immortal Melchizedek, things will be different for humanity with its H in place.
No longer will we be teething on Einstein. Those born after the year 2008 will be Jimmy Neutrons, ready to make Star Trek, possibly even Stargate, happen. That’s right. We’re talking about opening wormholes.
STARGATE 2012
This is all mighty interesting, especially in light of the timing.
At sunrise on December 21, 2012 for the first time in 26,000 years the Sun rises to conjunct the intersection of the Milky Way and the plane of the ecliptic. According to the Mayans this date will mark the end of one world and the beginning of another.
This rare galactic alignment is referred to as the Cosmic Cross. It’s considered to be an embodiment of the Sacred Tree, The Tree of Life, a tree remembered as sacred in all the world's spiritual traditions.
Some observers say this alignment with the heart of the galaxy in 2012 will open a channel for cosmic energy to flow through the earth, cleansing it and all that dwells upon it, raising all to a higher level of vibration.
As I discussed in my DVD presentation, Stargate 2012, the Mayans say from out of this tree/star alignment comes a serpent rope with an enlightened being named Nine Winds or Quetzalcoatl riding upon it and a blessed substance’ or ‘sap’ the Mayans called itz (literally ‘the blessed substance’) apparently spewing from it.
In Mayan belief a serpent rope emerges from the center of the galaxy, symbolized by an 8-rayed or 8-spoked wheel. Cosmic sap oozes from this world tree or cosmic cross
Usually, when one thinks of ‘sap’ they’re thinking of a watery liquid nutrient that circulates through the conducting tissues of a plant or tree (that or a person who acts like an idiot). However, when I Go(ogle)d, excuse me, Googled, ‘cosmic sap’ I found that ‘sap’ is also an acronym for ‘sub atomic particle’ (or sap).
Hmm. Are the Mayans describing a ‘blessed sub atomic particle’ that will appear in 2012, give or take year or two? Is this the same as the God Particle?
I think so.
The 8-rayed or spoked ATLAS detector at CERN
As above. So below. The ATLAS detector and the Mayan 8-rayed galaxy symbol, the source of the cosmic sap
Even more intriguing is the picture that developed when Mayan scholar John Major Jenkins replaced the Mayan term “serpent rope” with the appropriate modern word “wormhole”. Will Quetzalcoatl return like a time-traveler through a wormhole?
I find it highly interesting that this ‘wormhole’ he is emerging from is an 8-rayed symbol (the galaxy) that precisely matches the 8 rayed or 8-spoked Large Hadron Collider at CERN, the behemoth designed to search for the unseen, unknown God Particle.
Is the LHC a stargate device capable of creating wormholes for time traveling beings? Hmm. When I began thinking about this in 2004 I had no idea how close I was to the truth.
NONSENSE
In The God Particle, Lederman says the search for the Higgs is actually a recreation of the Tower of Babel incident recorded in the Book of Genesis.
There’s your trouble.
In the 23rd century B.C. the Sumerian king Nimrod built a ladder (symbolized by an H) or Tower (actually a gate) that reached from Babylon into the stars. The jealous Israelite god Yahweh got nervous about humankind ‘making a Name or Renown’ for itself by building this Gate. If successful, says the Book of Genesis, “nothing we can imagine would be impossible for us.”
Biblical scholars say Nimrod was known as Osiris, the Egyptian god of resurrection, in Egypt. Both are associated with ladders or stairways to heaven. This is key. Inside Sety’s 14th century B.C. temple at Abydos, in the Osiris Chapel, is the magnificent depiction of Osiris as a pillar or tower. In fact, the Egyptians called this Osiris pillar the Ta-Wer or ‘bond between heaven and earth’. Sounds like Babel to me.
The Osiris Device, a tower that reached into the heavens
On the opposite wall of the Osiris Chapel at Abydos is the Osiris Device, enhanced, I noticed, with the ship of eternity upon which the king will sail into eternity as a star. This ship resembles a modern drawing of a wormhole. Pay particular attention to Sety who appears to have transformed his body into the Osiris Device… or is coming out of it. This is a wonderful moment of transformation and resurrection.
The Osiris Stargate Device
A wormhole-shaped ship of eternity is attached to the Osiris Device. Is this an ancient scanning device that projected souls to distant galaxies or other dimensions?
A diagram of a wormhole. Notice the trumpet or lotus-shaped mouths on each end
The addition of the wormhole-shaped ship to the Osiris pillar/Tower of Babel suggested to me that this ladder or stairway to heaven is either some form of ancient particle accelerator for opening wormholes or a scanning device that scanned Sety atom by atom and fed that information through the wormhole with instructions to reconstruct, reconstitute or “re-member” him ala the re-membered Osiris on the other side.
So, when one of these Towers was potentially going up in Babylon Yahweh got nervous. He launched a pre-emptive strike, smashing the Babel Tower/(Star)Gate and separating humankind by language. After cleaning up the debris His scribes changed the meaning of the word ‘babel’ from gate to ‘confusion’, ‘nonsense’. Get it? Humankind make a Name for itself by opening a Gate to God? That’s nonsense! Impossi-babel!
For the last 4,500 years or so we’ve been waiting for another shot at opening the Gate.
I’ll explain why the God Particle might as well be called the Christ Particle (Christ = the universal and life-giving consciousness of the cosmos) and how it fulfills Messianic, and indeed, Mayan prophecy momentarily…
SHOT THROUGH THE DARK
In case you’ve been cooped-up in the dark with other concerns (perhaps watching Lost) let me shed a little light for you. Humankind is a species on the brink of either extinction or cosmic exultation.
I’ve never watched Lost, but on Andrew Jones’ Physics Blog he notes that the show’s runners plan on featuring the LHC at CERN in future episodes. They compare the show’s Dharma Initiative logo with the ATLAS detector at the LHC
While the War on (T)error commenced and has pushed us to the brink of WW III, and the long-anticipated Armageddon battle that triggers the return of God to some Christians, scientists have been busy proving just how dark and ignorant our warring minds really are.
Astrophysical observations of galaxies and supernovae have shown that visible, ‘solid’ matter (knock, knock) accounts for a miniscule five percent of the entire energy and mass of the universe. All the people, stars and billions and billions of galaxies we can see account for only 5% of all that is out there.
Who’s there? Additional invisible “dark matter” we know virtually nothing about influences the motion of galaxies, and “Dark energy” speeds up the expansion of the universe. We are created from this Dark Matter.
This exhibit at Fermilab, in Batavia, IL, pretty much sums up our knowledge of all that is
The Cosmic Web Theory. This computer simulation shows the Cosmic Web. Our universe is a sponge-like cosmic brain
Scientists with increasingly powerful and intelligent computers capable of crunching the new data propose the Universe is constructed like an oversized spider web. All visible material is arranged along the filamentary structure of the Dark Matter. These dark matter filaments are likened to the “Fingers of God”. On its threads and knots, this unseen cosmic web holds seeds or pearls known as galaxies.
The Hubble Space Telescope captures the effects of Dark Matter on galaxies
Dark matter neither emits nor reflects light. It is sensed by its gravitational effect. It is believed that as the universe evolves, the gravitational attraction of dark matter causes galaxies to spin and collide, forming superclusters.
The Cosmic Web grew from the big bang. To understand the Cosmic Web, scientists must understand how it developed from those first primordial particles, including the one called the God Particle. The God Particle is hiding somewhere in this Cosmic Web.
INTO THE LIGHT
“For you were once in darkness, but are now Light in the Lord. Walk as Children of Light,” says Ephesians 5:8
Peter Higgs, who is currently Emeritus professor at the University of Edinburgh, says he’s almost sure (90%) the God Particle will be confirmed in the next year, hopefully, before his 80th birthday in May, 2009.
He recently proclaimed so on a pilgrimage to the soon to be humming ‘Ring of Cosmic Sovereignty’ (the Burning Bush) at CERN. Scientists plan to recreate the conditions that existed just after the Big Bang (if you believe that happened) 14 billion years ago. They’ll hum counter-rotating beams of particles from opposite ends around the 17-mile ring at 99.999% light speed and then smash ‘em together.
A moment of silence, please.
Out of the streams of these collisions could spring new fundamental particles, such as the long-sought Higgy Baby, the cosmic sap.
Simulation of Higgs Decay in the CMS Detector (CERN). When these particles collide, they will create bursts of high energy. Such collisions themselves are too small to study but new, heavier particles can appear amongst the debris
The spray of the God Particle is stylized in the logo of CERN’s newsletter
Computer reconstruction of particle tracks, originating from the simulated decay of a Higgs-boson
A scientist at the particle accelerator at Fermilab in Batavia, IL, CERN’s rival, told me on a visit there that his lab’s physicists may already have created but not detected the God Particle. Like reading tealeaves, it takes a while to, ahem, dis-cern the Higgs from the spay of collisions. He also hinted it will not be found unless it wishes to be.
You mean it’s calling us?
It will require a shift in our perception to answer the call?
This makes sense. Marcel Proust said that, “The real act of discovery consists not in finding new lands but in seeing with new eyes.”
“It's not what you look at, it's what's you see,” said Henry David Thoreau.
New eyes? New consciousness? New Earth? New God? Somebody call Oprah.
The God Particle brings with it an invitation to get to know the mind of God… and to become gods able to fulfill our unlimited possibilities.
THE BLACK HOLE AT THE END OF TIME
But, Adam and Eve, you should consider the ramifications before biting this forbidden apple. So warn observers.
CERN’s LHC is more powerful than Fermilab’s Tevatron. It’s so powerful it could also produce particles of dark matter, the mysterious stuff whose gravity holds the galaxies together, or even miniature black holes.
Far from being adepts on the verge of leading us into sovereign cosmic citizenry, some believe that when the Nimrods start spraying particles in their ring at CERN it’ll unleash a shit storm of problems, some of them cosmic in scale. That’s why they’re not informing the public about the possible cataclysmic downside of their great work. Remember the tsunami that swallowed South Asia? Try a black hole swallowing Geneva!
Look. Over there. There’s a pretty rainbow. CERN’s scientists assure us there is absolutely no danger in this undertaking. The black holes they will be creating are millions of times smaller than the nucleus of an atom and they’ll only live for a fraction of a second. Simply, they’re too small and too short lived to swallow anything. However, others cannot resist writing future headlines like “Black Hole Swallows Earth.”
You’d think such a ‘Babylon working’ with obvious, and even declared, religious undertones and potentially cataclysmic possibilities would whip talking heads into frenzied spinning on the so-called cable news shows.
You’re right!
Protest is mounting, including legal action from alarmed scientists. The global consciousness, recently awakened by the alarm bells of the global climate crisis, is now waking up and smelling what’s brewing at CERN.
(Another planetary emergency. Whoo hoo! How’d we get so lucky to be alive at this incredible moment?)
TIME TRAVEL?
We got a glimpse of the potential hysteria in February, 2008 when two Russian mathematicians came along to say that the LHC could actually function as a time-travel machine! It’ll produce wormholes for a fraction of a second that could be used by time travelers.
There’s a couple of conditions. One, the travelers could only be smaller than the size of an atom. Two, they cannot travel back in time beyond the far point in time when the first wormhole was created.
That’s why 2008 is being called Year 0.
A New Scientist article on time travel points out that there are many practical problems and theoretical paradoxes to time travel. "Nevertheless, the slim possibility remains that we will see visitors from the future in the next year," the magazine says, rather engagingly.
The search for this imaginary particle is not crazy. The possibility that we could open a wormhole isn’t crazy either. Well not completely, say some scientists observing from the hedge. Still, it may be a good idea to start loving being human, squeezing joy out of every magic moment you’re in the body and making memories for eternity. It’s a real fine place to start to change our world anyway.
STARGATE CERN
I visited CERN looking to read the signs and the symbols of the scientists who are poised to either turn earth into a light echo as it slips into a black hole in a silent scream or to open a stargate to a new universe.
At first glance, one could be on the campus of an university in America.
Then there’s the statue of Shiva stamping out ignorance.
Me and Shiva, the Lord of the Dance, or Lord of the Ring, at CERN
An experiment called ATLAS will lift the stone, the building blocks of nature. Standing over five stories tall and weighing 7,000 tons the ATLAS detector is housed in cathedral-sized cavern 300 feet underground.
I was blown away when I got off the elevator that took me those 300 feet underground to the ATLAS detector. The sign on the wall said it all: “Recreating the conditions just after the Big Bang.” (One 100,000,000,000th of a second - one hundred of a billionth – after the big bang to be exact.)
A sign outside the ATLAS detector at CERN
I instantly recalled the Jewish legend that tells of the return of Elijah, the forerunner of the Messiah, who will perform seven wonders, among which is heralding the reappearance of the primal light, which shone before the week of the Creation. This ‘primal light’ sounds suspiciously like the Higgs Field and the God Particle.
The LHC at CERN will replicate the conditions nanoseconds after the Big Bang in the time before the first week of Creation, as recorded in the Book of Genesis. Source: CERN
By literally smashing particles together at nearly the speed of light scientists hope to answer fundamental questions about what happened to the particles that make up our Universe in the nano seconds after Big Bang. Isn’t this another way of describing the time (one hundredth of a billionth of a second) before the first week of the Creation?
If I had a chance to re-write the sign at CERN it’d read: Recreating the conditions just after the big bang… so that the primal light, which shone before the week of the Creation, will reappear.
THE RETURN OF ELIJAH
“If Jesus Christ were to stand up today he’d be gunned down dead by the CIA,” so sang The The.
If I’m right the murder of God (the discovery of the God or Christ Particle) will take place at CERN. Well, let me just put it this way. Jesus would be deeply interested in the goings at the chapel perilous in Geneva. So too would his prophesied forerunner, who is considered the reincarnation of Elijah.
It’s been nearly 3,000 years since Elijah (Elias), the holy man and representative of YHWH (the Israelite God) walked the Earth. He’s the mystic famed for raising the dead, bringing fire down from the sky, and spectacularly disappearing into heaven (outer or inner space), riding upon a chariot of fire in a whirlwind (2 Kings 2:11), or stargate, at that mysterious ring of stones known as Gilgal.
Apparently Elijah’s vehicle is some sort of time travel machine that enables his soul to toggle between the worlds as eight hundred or so years later he materialized along with Moses at the Transfiguration of Jesus, when the Nazarene teacher performed the light body effect; metamorphosing into light and then back into human form.
In Iron Man Robert Downey, Jr. puts on a power suit and ascends into the heavens. A modern Elijah?
Elijah’s vehicle is thought of as a “Shining vesture”, a “Vehicle,” the “key to the kingdom of Heaven”, and a “Seal” of “regeneration.”
“Light Body” is the modern term for it. This transmittable light body teaching was symbolized by a power suit or garment. Elijah transmitted it to Elisha.
Jesus was also taken into heaven, presumably in a similar ‘whirlwind’. Jesus plainly said, centuries after Elijah's departure, "No one has ascended into heaven but He who descended from heaven, the Son of man." (John 3:13) This statement is taken to mean that Jesus knew the secret of the Light Body, which, really is the secret of time travel via wormholes.
The Transfiguration of Jesus into light. Jesus stands in a ring or a gate
The spray of the God Particle is stylized in the logo of a particle physics newsletter
It may be more than synchronistic that the logo for the God Particle fits perfectly on the Transfiguration image of Jesus
The Transfiguration is thought to prefigure the coming of a new Light into the world. This Light will appear at the End Time, which may well correspond to the Maya 2012 date.
THE DIVINE PARTICLE
The Gnostics believed humans are divine sparks trapped in the human body. They claimed they possessed the secret of the Divine Spark or particle and how to “perfect” their bodies into light. The Great Perfection, as it is called in Tibet, is the process whereby all the nerves of the body are transmuted into a vortex of energy and the Divine Spark is “beamed” to another locale in space-time.
The Gnostics further believed that the soul was composed of an immaterial and imperishable crystalline substance. It emanated from the highest, finest realm and became entangled in the human body and the spell of Earth.
In The Gospel of Judas Jesus said, ‘Come that I may teach you about secrets no person has ever seen. For there exists a great and boundless realm, whose extend no generation of angels has seen, in which there is a great and invisible spirit. Which no eye of an angel has ever seen, No thought of the heart has ever comprehended, And it was never called by any name.
Are we experiencing the cosmic moment in which this great and boundless realm (the realm of Dark Matter) whose extend no generation of angels has seen, is revealing more of its secrets? Are we about to enter the Burning Bush and experience the great and invisible spirit?
Echoing Peter Higgs, I’m 90% sure we are.
THE BURNING BUSH – Protons spinnin’ in a ring: smashin’, twangin’, sprayin’. Sparks flyin’ in the dark. It could be the perfect moment to run down the dream of reading the mind of God…
...or to get sucked into nothingness.
Something incredible is going on. Scientists on the wild edge of high energy physics at labs in Illinois and Geneva are racing to see who will be the first to enter the ‘Burning Bush’ and to de-cloak a fundamental, but elusive, sub atomic particle that is given cosmic or divine proportions by its, some say absurd, moniker, the God Particle (which particular god is unknown – let’s just pray it’s not that jealous one).
If all goes as planned, sometime in 2008 the heads of state of governments around the world will climb the mountain at CERN, the particle physics lab/stargate near Geneva to light the flame of the Large Hadron Collider (LHC) at CERN a 17 mile ring; the most expensive and sophisticated machine on earth.
When it’s fired up it will begin smashing protons moving at 99.999999% of the speed of light into each other and so recreate the conditions a fraction of a second after the big bang.
Dr. Michio Kaku calls it “the Genesis Machine.” It is hoped it will complete the revelation of the greatest secret of all time, and will take us out of cosmic kindergarten and into first grade, cosmically speaking.
Far from being a genesis machine, others see the LHC at CERN as a doomsday machine.
They worry that CERN is the name on the sign at the last exit we’ll take as humans before we going flying off into oblivion.
THE GODDAMN PARTICLE
If this Bush bears fruit a remarkable particle called the Higgs Boson (H) will be discovered.
The Higgs is better known by its flashy name the God Particle. It’s called the God Particle, says physicist, Leon Lederman, in his book of the same title, because we couldn’t call it the Goddamn particle. It’s been that frustrating to find.
A Nobel laureate, Lederman is Director Emeritus of Fermlilab, one of two labs poking around the Burning Bush. His publisher slapped this ‘not at all’ serious title on his book and then launched it into the thought sphere.
It stuck.
Now,
‘t-
h-
e
G-
o-
d
P-
a-
r-
t-
i-
c-
l-
e’
slow drips from the blogosphere into the minds of physicists like Chinese water torture, driving them crazy and making them sound like atheists or blasphemers when they talk about it.
The God Particle is thought to exist in an all-pervading cosmic field, a sort of invisible lattice or matrix, referred to as the Higgs Field, that filled the universe after the Big Bang, imbuing all other particles with their mass (including the ones that form your body). It’s never been seen, but our understanding of the universe and its creation relies on its existence. It holds everything together. (Invisible. Mysterious. Enables life. Hey, sounds like love.)
First imagined (in the modern era anyway) in 1964 (Beatlemania) by British physicist, Peter Higgs, the discovery of the God Particle will complete our physics kit, called the Standard Model. Humanity will have earned its ‘H prize’. As happened with Abraham, who was given an ‘h’ on the end of his name after his initiation by the immortal Melchizedek, things will be different for humanity with its H in place.
No longer will we be teething on Einstein. Those born after the year 2008 will be Jimmy Neutrons, ready to make Star Trek, possibly even Stargate, happen. That’s right. We’re talking about opening wormholes.
STARGATE 2012
This is all mighty interesting, especially in light of the timing.
At sunrise on December 21, 2012 for the first time in 26,000 years the Sun rises to conjunct the intersection of the Milky Way and the plane of the ecliptic. According to the Mayans this date will mark the end of one world and the beginning of another.
This rare galactic alignment is referred to as the Cosmic Cross. It’s considered to be an embodiment of the Sacred Tree, The Tree of Life, a tree remembered as sacred in all the world's spiritual traditions.
Some observers say this alignment with the heart of the galaxy in 2012 will open a channel for cosmic energy to flow through the earth, cleansing it and all that dwells upon it, raising all to a higher level of vibration.
As I discussed in my DVD presentation, Stargate 2012, the Mayans say from out of this tree/star alignment comes a serpent rope with an enlightened being named Nine Winds or Quetzalcoatl riding upon it and a blessed substance’ or ‘sap’ the Mayans called itz (literally ‘the blessed substance’) apparently spewing from it.
In Mayan belief a serpent rope emerges from the center of the galaxy, symbolized by an 8-rayed or 8-spoked wheel. Cosmic sap oozes from this world tree or cosmic cross
Usually, when one thinks of ‘sap’ they’re thinking of a watery liquid nutrient that circulates through the conducting tissues of a plant or tree (that or a person who acts like an idiot). However, when I Go(ogle)d, excuse me, Googled, ‘cosmic sap’ I found that ‘sap’ is also an acronym for ‘sub atomic particle’ (or sap).
Hmm. Are the Mayans describing a ‘blessed sub atomic particle’ that will appear in 2012, give or take year or two? Is this the same as the God Particle?
I think so.
The 8-rayed or spoked ATLAS detector at CERN
As above. So below. The ATLAS detector and the Mayan 8-rayed galaxy symbol, the source of the cosmic sap
Even more intriguing is the picture that developed when Mayan scholar John Major Jenkins replaced the Mayan term “serpent rope” with the appropriate modern word “wormhole”. Will Quetzalcoatl return like a time-traveler through a wormhole?
I find it highly interesting that this ‘wormhole’ he is emerging from is an 8-rayed symbol (the galaxy) that precisely matches the 8 rayed or 8-spoked Large Hadron Collider at CERN, the behemoth designed to search for the unseen, unknown God Particle.
Is the LHC a stargate device capable of creating wormholes for time traveling beings? Hmm. When I began thinking about this in 2004 I had no idea how close I was to the truth.
NONSENSE
In The God Particle, Lederman says the search for the Higgs is actually a recreation of the Tower of Babel incident recorded in the Book of Genesis.
There’s your trouble.
In the 23rd century B.C. the Sumerian king Nimrod built a ladder (symbolized by an H) or Tower (actually a gate) that reached from Babylon into the stars. The jealous Israelite god Yahweh got nervous about humankind ‘making a Name or Renown’ for itself by building this Gate. If successful, says the Book of Genesis, “nothing we can imagine would be impossible for us.”
Biblical scholars say Nimrod was known as Osiris, the Egyptian god of resurrection, in Egypt. Both are associated with ladders or stairways to heaven. This is key. Inside Sety’s 14th century B.C. temple at Abydos, in the Osiris Chapel, is the magnificent depiction of Osiris as a pillar or tower. In fact, the Egyptians called this Osiris pillar the Ta-Wer or ‘bond between heaven and earth’. Sounds like Babel to me.
The Osiris Device, a tower that reached into the heavens
On the opposite wall of the Osiris Chapel at Abydos is the Osiris Device, enhanced, I noticed, with the ship of eternity upon which the king will sail into eternity as a star. This ship resembles a modern drawing of a wormhole. Pay particular attention to Sety who appears to have transformed his body into the Osiris Device… or is coming out of it. This is a wonderful moment of transformation and resurrection.
The Osiris Stargate Device
A wormhole-shaped ship of eternity is attached to the Osiris Device. Is this an ancient scanning device that projected souls to distant galaxies or other dimensions?
A diagram of a wormhole. Notice the trumpet or lotus-shaped mouths on each end
The addition of the wormhole-shaped ship to the Osiris pillar/Tower of Babel suggested to me that this ladder or stairway to heaven is either some form of ancient particle accelerator for opening wormholes or a scanning device that scanned Sety atom by atom and fed that information through the wormhole with instructions to reconstruct, reconstitute or “re-member” him ala the re-membered Osiris on the other side.
So, when one of these Towers was potentially going up in Babylon Yahweh got nervous. He launched a pre-emptive strike, smashing the Babel Tower/(Star)Gate and separating humankind by language. After cleaning up the debris His scribes changed the meaning of the word ‘babel’ from gate to ‘confusion’, ‘nonsense’. Get it? Humankind make a Name for itself by opening a Gate to God? That’s nonsense! Impossi-babel!
For the last 4,500 years or so we’ve been waiting for another shot at opening the Gate.
I’ll explain why the God Particle might as well be called the Christ Particle (Christ = the universal and life-giving consciousness of the cosmos) and how it fulfills Messianic, and indeed, Mayan prophecy momentarily…
SHOT THROUGH THE DARK
In case you’ve been cooped-up in the dark with other concerns (perhaps watching Lost) let me shed a little light for you. Humankind is a species on the brink of either extinction or cosmic exultation.
I’ve never watched Lost, but on Andrew Jones’ Physics Blog he notes that the show’s runners plan on featuring the LHC at CERN in future episodes. They compare the show’s Dharma Initiative logo with the ATLAS detector at the LHC
While the War on (T)error commenced and has pushed us to the brink of WW III, and the long-anticipated Armageddon battle that triggers the return of God to some Christians, scientists have been busy proving just how dark and ignorant our warring minds really are.
Astrophysical observations of galaxies and supernovae have shown that visible, ‘solid’ matter (knock, knock) accounts for a miniscule five percent of the entire energy and mass of the universe. All the people, stars and billions and billions of galaxies we can see account for only 5% of all that is out there.
Who’s there? Additional invisible “dark matter” we know virtually nothing about influences the motion of galaxies, and “Dark energy” speeds up the expansion of the universe. We are created from this Dark Matter.
This exhibit at Fermilab, in Batavia, IL, pretty much sums up our knowledge of all that is
The Cosmic Web Theory. This computer simulation shows the Cosmic Web. Our universe is a sponge-like cosmic brain
Scientists with increasingly powerful and intelligent computers capable of crunching the new data propose the Universe is constructed like an oversized spider web. All visible material is arranged along the filamentary structure of the Dark Matter. These dark matter filaments are likened to the “Fingers of God”. On its threads and knots, this unseen cosmic web holds seeds or pearls known as galaxies.
The Hubble Space Telescope captures the effects of Dark Matter on galaxies
Dark matter neither emits nor reflects light. It is sensed by its gravitational effect. It is believed that as the universe evolves, the gravitational attraction of dark matter causes galaxies to spin and collide, forming superclusters.
The Cosmic Web grew from the big bang. To understand the Cosmic Web, scientists must understand how it developed from those first primordial particles, including the one called the God Particle. The God Particle is hiding somewhere in this Cosmic Web.
INTO THE LIGHT
“For you were once in darkness, but are now Light in the Lord. Walk as Children of Light,” says Ephesians 5:8
Peter Higgs, who is currently Emeritus professor at the University of Edinburgh, says he’s almost sure (90%) the God Particle will be confirmed in the next year, hopefully, before his 80th birthday in May, 2009.
He recently proclaimed so on a pilgrimage to the soon to be humming ‘Ring of Cosmic Sovereignty’ (the Burning Bush) at CERN. Scientists plan to recreate the conditions that existed just after the Big Bang (if you believe that happened) 14 billion years ago. They’ll hum counter-rotating beams of particles from opposite ends around the 17-mile ring at 99.999% light speed and then smash ‘em together.
A moment of silence, please.
Out of the streams of these collisions could spring new fundamental particles, such as the long-sought Higgy Baby, the cosmic sap.
Simulation of Higgs Decay in the CMS Detector (CERN). When these particles collide, they will create bursts of high energy. Such collisions themselves are too small to study but new, heavier particles can appear amongst the debris
The spray of the God Particle is stylized in the logo of CERN’s newsletter
Computer reconstruction of particle tracks, originating from the simulated decay of a Higgs-boson
A scientist at the particle accelerator at Fermilab in Batavia, IL, CERN’s rival, told me on a visit there that his lab’s physicists may already have created but not detected the God Particle. Like reading tealeaves, it takes a while to, ahem, dis-cern the Higgs from the spay of collisions. He also hinted it will not be found unless it wishes to be.
You mean it’s calling us?
It will require a shift in our perception to answer the call?
This makes sense. Marcel Proust said that, “The real act of discovery consists not in finding new lands but in seeing with new eyes.”
“It's not what you look at, it's what's you see,” said Henry David Thoreau.
New eyes? New consciousness? New Earth? New God? Somebody call Oprah.
The God Particle brings with it an invitation to get to know the mind of God… and to become gods able to fulfill our unlimited possibilities.
THE BLACK HOLE AT THE END OF TIME
But, Adam and Eve, you should consider the ramifications before biting this forbidden apple. So warn observers.
CERN’s LHC is more powerful than Fermilab’s Tevatron. It’s so powerful it could also produce particles of dark matter, the mysterious stuff whose gravity holds the galaxies together, or even miniature black holes.
Far from being adepts on the verge of leading us into sovereign cosmic citizenry, some believe that when the Nimrods start spraying particles in their ring at CERN it’ll unleash a shit storm of problems, some of them cosmic in scale. That’s why they’re not informing the public about the possible cataclysmic downside of their great work. Remember the tsunami that swallowed South Asia? Try a black hole swallowing Geneva!
Look. Over there. There’s a pretty rainbow. CERN’s scientists assure us there is absolutely no danger in this undertaking. The black holes they will be creating are millions of times smaller than the nucleus of an atom and they’ll only live for a fraction of a second. Simply, they’re too small and too short lived to swallow anything. However, others cannot resist writing future headlines like “Black Hole Swallows Earth.”
You’d think such a ‘Babylon working’ with obvious, and even declared, religious undertones and potentially cataclysmic possibilities would whip talking heads into frenzied spinning on the so-called cable news shows.
You’re right!
Protest is mounting, including legal action from alarmed scientists. The global consciousness, recently awakened by the alarm bells of the global climate crisis, is now waking up and smelling what’s brewing at CERN.
(Another planetary emergency. Whoo hoo! How’d we get so lucky to be alive at this incredible moment?)
TIME TRAVEL?
We got a glimpse of the potential hysteria in February, 2008 when two Russian mathematicians came along to say that the LHC could actually function as a time-travel machine! It’ll produce wormholes for a fraction of a second that could be used by time travelers.
There’s a couple of conditions. One, the travelers could only be smaller than the size of an atom. Two, they cannot travel back in time beyond the far point in time when the first wormhole was created.
That’s why 2008 is being called Year 0.
A New Scientist article on time travel points out that there are many practical problems and theoretical paradoxes to time travel. "Nevertheless, the slim possibility remains that we will see visitors from the future in the next year," the magazine says, rather engagingly.
The search for this imaginary particle is not crazy. The possibility that we could open a wormhole isn’t crazy either. Well not completely, say some scientists observing from the hedge. Still, it may be a good idea to start loving being human, squeezing joy out of every magic moment you’re in the body and making memories for eternity. It’s a real fine place to start to change our world anyway.
STARGATE CERN
I visited CERN looking to read the signs and the symbols of the scientists who are poised to either turn earth into a light echo as it slips into a black hole in a silent scream or to open a stargate to a new universe.
At first glance, one could be on the campus of an university in America.
Then there’s the statue of Shiva stamping out ignorance.
Me and Shiva, the Lord of the Dance, or Lord of the Ring, at CERN
An experiment called ATLAS will lift the stone, the building blocks of nature. Standing over five stories tall and weighing 7,000 tons the ATLAS detector is housed in cathedral-sized cavern 300 feet underground.
I was blown away when I got off the elevator that took me those 300 feet underground to the ATLAS detector. The sign on the wall said it all: “Recreating the conditions just after the Big Bang.” (One 100,000,000,000th of a second - one hundred of a billionth – after the big bang to be exact.)
A sign outside the ATLAS detector at CERN
I instantly recalled the Jewish legend that tells of the return of Elijah, the forerunner of the Messiah, who will perform seven wonders, among which is heralding the reappearance of the primal light, which shone before the week of the Creation. This ‘primal light’ sounds suspiciously like the Higgs Field and the God Particle.
The LHC at CERN will replicate the conditions nanoseconds after the Big Bang in the time before the first week of Creation, as recorded in the Book of Genesis. Source: CERN
By literally smashing particles together at nearly the speed of light scientists hope to answer fundamental questions about what happened to the particles that make up our Universe in the nano seconds after Big Bang. Isn’t this another way of describing the time (one hundredth of a billionth of a second) before the first week of the Creation?
If I had a chance to re-write the sign at CERN it’d read: Recreating the conditions just after the big bang… so that the primal light, which shone before the week of the Creation, will reappear.
THE RETURN OF ELIJAH
“If Jesus Christ were to stand up today he’d be gunned down dead by the CIA,” so sang The The.
If I’m right the murder of God (the discovery of the God or Christ Particle) will take place at CERN. Well, let me just put it this way. Jesus would be deeply interested in the goings at the chapel perilous in Geneva. So too would his prophesied forerunner, who is considered the reincarnation of Elijah.
It’s been nearly 3,000 years since Elijah (Elias), the holy man and representative of YHWH (the Israelite God) walked the Earth. He’s the mystic famed for raising the dead, bringing fire down from the sky, and spectacularly disappearing into heaven (outer or inner space), riding upon a chariot of fire in a whirlwind (2 Kings 2:11), or stargate, at that mysterious ring of stones known as Gilgal.
Apparently Elijah’s vehicle is some sort of time travel machine that enables his soul to toggle between the worlds as eight hundred or so years later he materialized along with Moses at the Transfiguration of Jesus, when the Nazarene teacher performed the light body effect; metamorphosing into light and then back into human form.
In Iron Man Robert Downey, Jr. puts on a power suit and ascends into the heavens. A modern Elijah?
Elijah’s vehicle is thought of as a “Shining vesture”, a “Vehicle,” the “key to the kingdom of Heaven”, and a “Seal” of “regeneration.”
“Light Body” is the modern term for it. This transmittable light body teaching was symbolized by a power suit or garment. Elijah transmitted it to Elisha.
Jesus was also taken into heaven, presumably in a similar ‘whirlwind’. Jesus plainly said, centuries after Elijah's departure, "No one has ascended into heaven but He who descended from heaven, the Son of man." (John 3:13) This statement is taken to mean that Jesus knew the secret of the Light Body, which, really is the secret of time travel via wormholes.
The Transfiguration of Jesus into light. Jesus stands in a ring or a gate
The spray of the God Particle is stylized in the logo of a particle physics newsletter
It may be more than synchronistic that the logo for the God Particle fits perfectly on the Transfiguration image of Jesus
The Transfiguration is thought to prefigure the coming of a new Light into the world. This Light will appear at the End Time, which may well correspond to the Maya 2012 date.
THE DIVINE PARTICLE
The Gnostics believed humans are divine sparks trapped in the human body. They claimed they possessed the secret of the Divine Spark or particle and how to “perfect” their bodies into light. The Great Perfection, as it is called in Tibet, is the process whereby all the nerves of the body are transmuted into a vortex of energy and the Divine Spark is “beamed” to another locale in space-time.
The Gnostics further believed that the soul was composed of an immaterial and imperishable crystalline substance. It emanated from the highest, finest realm and became entangled in the human body and the spell of Earth.
In The Gospel of Judas Jesus said, ‘Come that I may teach you about secrets no person has ever seen. For there exists a great and boundless realm, whose extend no generation of angels has seen, in which there is a great and invisible spirit. Which no eye of an angel has ever seen, No thought of the heart has ever comprehended, And it was never called by any name.
Are we experiencing the cosmic moment in which this great and boundless realm (the realm of Dark Matter) whose extend no generation of angels has seen, is revealing more of its secrets? Are we about to enter the Burning Bush and experience the great and invisible spirit?
Echoing Peter Higgs, I’m 90% sure we are.
06 Fevereiro, 2009
The Cosmic Trigger of March 2009 'The Return of the Firmament of the Dove'
The Earth-Keeper Chronicles
February 2009 : EKC Issue : 27 - AA Metatron Channel
The Cosmic Trigger of March 2009
'The Return of the Firmament of the Dove'
Archangel Metatron via James Tyberonn
Greetings! I am Metatron, Lord of Light, and I greet you one and all.
I sense each of you as you read these words in your present moment. Feel my energy embrace you in grace and love ! I know you Dear Ones, each of you, by name.
Now we speak this moment on a topic of great interest, that which may be termed the Return of the Dove. Masters, the Coming of the Dove is the return to the Magno-Crystalline Firmament as a requisite consummation of the Ascension.
The dawning of the return is occurring on the March 20th Equinox in 2009, in which long dormant magnetic codes will be reactivated in specific generation points on the earth. Indeed, this equinox will initiate an incredibly intense energy for 21 days in fervid momentum through the post equinox full moon on April 9th. Dear Ones, all of you will discernibly feel the piercing frequency generated. It will be the most powerful and fervent magnetic waves released on the planet since the fall of the Firmament in the antediluvian age during an era in which the earth's magnetic field was exponentially stronger than in current times. This release will be triggered by a download of cosmic crystalline energies received specific in pyramidal transmitting complexes in order to reseed and activate these ancient magnetic codes across the length and breadth of the planet.
The Firmament of the Dove
We have spoken to you previously about the rebirth of the new Planetary Firmament. This will externalize as two elliptical bands of iridescent frequencial arches that will encircle the earth as it did aeons ago. One of these is Electro-Magnetic in Nature, and the other Crystalline.
These will revolve above the 144 double-penta dodecahedron of the 144 Grid. In highly technical terms, which we realize will be meaningless to many, the firmament will perform the function of transducing supra-crystalline frequency oscillations in a piezoelectric step-down to interface the grid, thus enabling full circuitry integration of the gamma-crystalline energies of the Unified Field from Tula, the Great Central Sun. In more understandable terms, the firmament will transform powerful celestial energy waves into a benevolent form that can be more easily received on the earthplane.
So in a manner of speaking, the firmament is an enormous transformer and surge protector ! It is what will make the 144-Grid truly crystalline. In kind you may consider, in similar analogy, that the 144-Grid is your planets new server program, called Windows 2012, enabling a vast array of new programs for humanity and the Earth!
Now, the initial phase of the new Firmament will begin with downloads through specific portals of crystalline adamantine light or Akash. These activating downloads will be received primarily through the major Phi Pyramidal octahedron energies and structures across the planet. This will in turn activate a magnanimous fountaining of these ancient magnetic codes within key sites, some of which have not been heretofore recognized.
Indeed these energies once synergistically combined and harmonically attuned over the few next years with the crystalline activation will be the fabric of the New Earth, and will benefit the planet in serendipitous ways, embellishing the planetary grid- portals to the splendor of the crystalline frequency.
Pyramidal Receival and Distribution
Among the receiving points of the March 20-April 9 Cosmic Light Triggers are :
The Pyramids of Giza
The Moody Gardens Pyramid Complex of Galveston, Texas
The Louvre Pyramid in Paris, France
Chitzen Itza in the Yucatan
The Summum Pyramid in Salt Lake City
The Meru Phi Temples of Thailand, Cambodia and Indonesia
The Brihadishwara and Airateswara Temples in India
The Red Pyramid at Dashur.
Receival will also occur in certain powerpoints and natural pyramidal mountains emitting the octahedronal phi such as the Walsh Pyramid in Australia, Mt Edith Cavell in Canada, and the Materhorn in the Alps. These will also receive the crystalline magnetic trigger. The targeted magnetic codes that will awaken have been reticent on the planet since the initial days of Mu, Rama, Ignacious and Atlantis, aeons ago.
The primary receiving points are Giza and Moody Gardens, both aligned and harmonically attuned tri-pyramidal phi complexes. It is in fact the trinity aspects of combining three pyramids within these two complexes, Giza and Moody Gardens that uniquely equips them to be the primary receival units. These will in turn distribute the energies to the other complexes through harmonic oscillation. Pyramids are indeed master receivers and transmitters. When they are triangulated, as they were in Atlantis and Rama, they are infinitely more vibrant and capable.
Ancient Contract of the Earth-Keeper Guild
Many of you will be drawn intuitively to participate in this as part of an ancient contract, a sacred promise kept. Especially those of you with lifetimes in the Guild of Earth-Keepers and the Guild of 777, which includes segments of the Templars, Druids, Olmecs, Indigenous Shaman, Mayans, Hopi, Essenes, Egyptian, Atlantean Enochians, Thothians and the Atla-Ra. In these lifetimes the Guilds worked to raise the frequencies of terrestrial electromagnetic energies in the form of leylines, earthen grids, vortex-portal systems and sacred geometric temples after these conscious energies were transferred into the Earth from the 'break-up' firmament.
The Antediluvian Firmament of Pre-Duality Earth
Now, we have told you that the original firmament was also composed of two elliptical energy fields around the earth. Yet the two bands differed in frequency and composition from arcs of the new firmament being formed. The ancient firmament had one arc that was electrical in nature the other magnetic. One emanated the energy of crystalline platinum, the other of crystalline gold. The two created a synergetic crystalline field within zero point energy that permeated the earth and allowed for ontological, fully aware, consciousness in a unified, (non-polar) multidimensional state before the planet became a world of duality.
When duality was chosen, the firmament fell by design, and was replaced by a planetary grid. Your ancient text refer to this as the 'Fall of Man', we prefer to say that the Earth became a unique school at this time for soul growth amid those souls who chose the linear expansion experience of humanity within the grid system.
The firmament served in a unique capacity that not only fine tuned Cosmic and Crystalline Light, but sustained all life in a manner similar to sun. The elliptical arches of the firmament brought in a polished visible flashing aspect of Adamantine Essence (Akash) that often appeared as glittering etheric particulate, that enabled consciousness to fully transform resonate divine thought into instant manifestation. It was how beings entering the pre-duality earth manifested physical and semi-physical bodies. It appeared in the skies as two elliptical arches that glowed at night in iridescent colors similar to what you call the northern lights or Aurora Borealis. The elliptical bands intersected and swirled and revolved in a gyroscopic manner around the planet. The width and omnipotent frequency of the elliptical bands vacillated and created an audible tone with the creative light vibration of OMM. It danced in the sky often forming and emitting
kaleidoscopic eddies that appeared as a luminous angelic-white doves spiraling in brief flight across the heavens. A sense of protection and empowered well-being radiated the planet.
The 'Ascension Firmament' of 2012
The new 'Ascension Firmament' of 2012 will entail a combined electo-magnetic band in a single unit, and will be synergistically paired with an arc of crystalline frequency. It will indeed sustain mankind and enable a quickening of thought manifestation for those capable of raising the MerKiVic energies to the highest level, the level of the 24-point star. And Dear Ones remember as you work to raise the MerKaBa into the MerKiVa, that these are Metatronic geometric templates, necessary for you to rise into higher dimension. They are in zero field, devoid of gender format, neither feminine nor masculine, but of the Divine Integrity of your non-polar, integral soul! Approach their formation as such, in pure balance!
The Awakening of the Dove - Magnetic Fountains
There are 14 primary sacred code points that will cascade the awakened coded magnetics into the grid for the initial phase of the magno-electric band of the new firmament. These are:
1) Mull, Scotland
2) Chan Chan, Peru
3) Humac, Brazil
4) Nagasaki, Japan
5) Huace, Spain
6) Ekaterinburg, Russia (Ural Mtns)
7) Bethlehem, Israel
8) Yellowstone, Wyoming-USA
9) Kilamanjaro, Tanzania
10) Iceland
11) Kona, Hawaii
12) Mt Cook, New Zealand
13) Great Artesian Basin, Australia
14) Sri Lanka
These areas will spiral energies that will cover the planet and rise to the ionosphere. This release will be an extraordinary form of refined magnetic energy, uniquely capable of harmonizing in synergistic utility with Crystalline Energies.
Gestation of the Crystalline Arc
The Crystalline Energies will in kind be initially activated in gestation for the second band of the new firmament between the trigger dates of the September Equinox of 2010 and the 10-10-10. This then is the second stage of the gestation of the new dual-arc firmament. Yet the Firmament of the Dove will not complete itself until all the Master Atlantean Crystals are empowered and the 144 Grid is in full function on December 21, 2012. Indeed as we have stated the firmament will require just under two years after the Ascension to obtain full power and harmonic function with the grid. It will go into 50% power in March of 2013, and achieve full power in September of 2014.
The March 09 Cosmic-Trigger
So the March 09 trigger is a predestined revitalization of sacred encoded technology. The Atlantean Masters knew of the code and utilized it in their technology. The unique electo-magnetic field from which this energy springs was understood by the Atla-Ra, Druids, Mayan and certain other guilds including the inner chambers of the Templars. It is the same source employed in leylines, dragon lines, vortexes and earthen grids. Yet only a small sect of savants and secret societies knew how to tap into it. As such it has remained largely dormant for millennia upon millennia.
The opening triggered by the 09 March Equinox will be the first 'full-throttle' opening of this energy since the Atlantean era. It affords numerous benefits and benevolent secondary-effects beyond the primary cause of transferring the sacred magno-concentrate to the firmament. Among these is a greater awakening of the magnetic helix strands of the 12- strand human DNA and a key unification effect on the collective mind of humanity. All life on Earth, all energy on earth in every kingdom will be affected, indeed it is a multidimensional Global Event.
The Intergalactic Forefathers
During the 21 days, the magnetic shield around the planet will be somewhat weakened in a rebooting effect. During this time there will be literally thousands of ships from the Intergalactic Command of Ashtar and the Intergalactic -Brotherhood of benevolent Masters brought to the periphery of the planet to provide stability and protection and oversee the transition while this phase of 'open portals' occurs. In fact these Star Ancestors are your extra terrestrial origin, and all of you co exist within them. As such they always helping your seed planet, but in this planned scenario, they will be present in vastly greater mass.
The two elliptical bands will take their initial paired form, after the completion of the 144 Grid on the 12-12-12. They will not rotate in full capacity until 2014.
Galveston Island - Head of the Dove
The most aligned receival point of the Cosmic Trigger to activate these points in the Americas is Galveston Island, within the Moody Pyramid Complex. This unique trinity pyramid complex is in a direct alignment to Giza, and correlates to magnetic north. It is the combination of the three pyramids in-situ within a synergistic tri-harmonic alignment that allows their greater facility and power. As the Atlanteans and Orion Masters knew, pyramids in specific triangulation are extremely potent when celestially aligned and carefully placed in relation to one another. We will speak more on this later.
The New Earth
The world remakes itself now and whether or not humanity in micro or macro is supportive of expansive change or against it, it is truly a moot issue as the inertia of time-chronology speeds past more quickly today than it did yesterday (in linear terms). All is quickening, time is accelerating as the Ascension draws nigh. So as time reshapes itself it will also reshape the experience of mankind, of visible and invisible forces of nature and that of the face of the Earth itself.
Yet the heralded Ascension it is not an abstruse complexity of prophetic biblical script, but rather a natural and requisite expression of accelerating planetary consciousness.
It is Jacobs ladder, and Dear ones, when you are on a ladder, you are ascending, descending or standing still. It is one of the three you see. It is always so.
MerKiVic Expansion into Collective Mind
While on this journey mankind can experience the multidimensional aspect of the Unified Field within the Crystalline Vibration and be able thru MerKaBic and MerKiVic geometric expression to revisit many of their co-existing articulations within multidimensionality and parallel. And at each of these junctures another layer and aspect of awareness is realized. As such mankind is given the opportunity to rise above duality and integrate and retrieve the fragments and unite the full soul into the Seat of Power of Divine SELF within the eternal NOW. This is the MerKiVic expansion into collective Mind. This will be a focal role of the 12-strand DNA unification that can begin in MerKiVic state within the activation of the 2009 March Equinox.
Many many of you are now drawn into this awareness, driven by the flames of inner desire for Universal Truth. This is why your present spiritual communities are especially teeming with healers, channelers, teachers, facilitators, Grid workers, Earth-Keepers and Light Practitioners of every kind. Because those who have opened and sought diligently the burning call of Divine Spirit into their lives cannot help but glow in its glorious flame, and expand to share it with others.
Sacred Sites as Tuning Forks
The Grid Points, power nodes, sacred sites , phi complexes and portals that dot the planet in specific patterns and specific purpose are the distribution mechanisms of the higher energy required to upshift the resonant frequency of your planet. They are tuning forks, inspired by perfection of First Cause. The exude the energy of 'home', of well-being, and those of you who enter into them in spiritual intent recognize this immediately. Accordingly one cannot help but want to be within them and absorb the pattern emitted within such areas in order to grow into and share the expansion of perfection. Those who dedicate themselves to this tuning can expereince a nearness to Source that they feel is less available to them elsewhere. But the truth is that these fine-tuned energies are osmotic frequential schools, and once absorbed, once matriculated, the energy is retained within the established individuals MerKiVa.
Many areas on the planet have then already ascended, via portal-lattices that may be called the stairways to heaven, and other areas require a bit more work.
Specific areas that are a bit more dense now require more work to clear, and as a tertiary effect of the March Cosmic trigger and harmonic magnetic code awakening, the portals referenced in the Homecoming of the Metaphorical Dove, will bring in the lighter energy for that specific purpose. You see global frequencial balance must be attained. Each of you Earth-Keepers play a role in this. Indeed you become portable resonators.
Lightening Dense Energy
The Moody Gardens Pyramid complex of Galveston is one such area. Among this powerful complexes myriad utility, is its correlation to serve in lightening an area of 'energetic density', the area of Houston, Texas. Houston is in many aspects the corporate 'Energy Capital of the World', if one considers that your planet is driven by the hydrocarbons of oil and gas. Most of your Global Oil Companies are located or represented in this area. But let us be clear, it is not your use of hydrocarbons as a power source, per sei, that is the principal polluter of the energies of which we speak, rather it is the greed and manipulation of distributing them.
Indeed there are far better sources of energy available, but Dear Ones, the Earth, the sentience of the planet, does not release any resources unwillingly. We tell you the same dense aspect requiring clearing exist in Wall Street (New York) and many of the corporate centers around many of your global major cities, It is not the business or industries themselves, not the day to day workers, but rather the greedy tactics of the profit plans.
It is not to imply that equitable returns on investment are not just, indeed abundance exchange is appropriate in the new paradigm, but the distribution and exchange must be befittingly balanced in the new energy, for the desired perfection. That is why your economies are rebooting. As such specific new -missioned portals are forming around the planet to lighten these energies in tandem with the rebooting. Many existing portals are taking on new roles, and many new ones, such as Moody Garden Pyramids in Galveston, Texas are essentially reforming over the past decade. Others similar cleansing unit portals are emerging in major industrial and corporate cities across the planet.
Anchoring the Dove
Now in 2005 the channel with the Beloved Ronna Herman, conducted a ceremony within the Moody Gardens Pyramids to bring in the Golden Spiral. This was especially important, and all involved had a special role in this activity, an ancient contract was being completed. But we will tell you that other ceremonies had occurred previously, and the 2005 event has sparked many others to recognize the importance of these geometric Crystalline Light Temples.
The Philanthropists who funded, originated and completed the project were extremely advanced souls. On an intuitive level, they understood the greater purpose of this complex. Shortly after completion, the ancient crystal skull Max, who is indeed of Arcturian construct, was taken into the complex for ceremonial attunement and anchoring of intent, by Joanne Parks, the caretaker of this potent crytsal skull at the request of the most advanced of the founders. There was indeed great purpose in this event. It was a homecoming, in effect. We tell you that an entourage of Arcturians joined them, and are involved in the refinement of the energies along with those of Sirius A and B. It is why Master Dolphins are inside the Blue Pyramid, the Aquarium unit. It is why the location is located on the beach front of the Gulf of Mexico but was undamaged by the recent ( and future) Hurricanes.
Pyramids themselves are extremely powerful sacred geometric engines that by their nature and construct penetrate, receive and culminate higher dimensional forces. They are celestial transmitters of the supreme Gestalt that you think of as GOD.
This very description of deity may not be understood by some of you, but nevertheless, you should not try to objectify the energy of ALL THAT IS. God is an omnipotent energy, the sum of all consciousness, and whose whole is far far more than the sum of its parts. Your ancients have always known that 'ALL THAT IS', can be accessed in stepped down format on the Earthplane through specific matrixes of geometric focus. Your 144-Crystalline Grid is one of these and your MerKiVa is another. The two are intricately magnetically interconnected. The grid is the living conscious MerKiVah of the collective Earth, of which mankind is an intimate part.
The Three Pyramid Alignment
Now the three Pyramid complex on Galveston Island was indeed built in a strategic alignment, and for philanthropical and frequencial purpose. One unit is an aquarium housing Master Dolphins, another is a bio rainforest with a geological cave containing massive clusters of quartz crystal, and the third is an academic museum pyramid, glassed in copper tone.
Appropriately constructed and spiritually intended pyramids on the Earth plane become living conscious energies, capable of myriad properties that are unrecognized or disavowed by your mainstream academia. And while the intent for which they are employed affects the interface of these conscious living geometric batteries, their very design will not allow for denser energies to culminate or expand within them. Yet when approached with appropriate intent, the energy within pyramids stores and transmits data similar to quartz. According to how they are aligned both terrestrially and celestially they can create electromagnetic anomalies, an aspect that alters gravity and dimensional time. Both weightlessness and a time distortion occur at specific frequencies within them, both slowing and accelerating light and fluxing the ionic ratios within and around them.
Ancient Atlantean Pyramid
Now, approximately 5 miles from the area of Galveston Island, an ancient ceremonial Pyramid complex existed in a coastal region, now submerged and covered in the sedimentary silt and slime of the ages below Gulf waters. The Crystal Skull now called Max was among the 13 skulls located within it. The Moody Gardens Pyramids has taken on the multidimensional energies of the submerged Atlantean complex
The Moody Garden Pyramids are now fully harmonically attuned to the energies of the Giza complex and to a potent degree to the Yucatan Pyramids. We tell you that Pyramidal Temples exist in timelessness and co exists in parallel dimension within the timeless void. This is why the Pyramids at Giza can never be accurately aged because once constructed they surmount linear time and the nature of their energetic geometries supra-impose in parallel and emit etheric doubles in multi -dimensional timelessness. The paradox is that once built, they always existed. It is in fact this aspect and locale that inspired the philanthropical reconstruction of pyramids in this precise location for the Restitution of the Sanctuary and Sanctity of the Dove.
The Coming of the Dove offers an energy portal and dimensional expansion to you that can offer a richer more rewarding sojourn with infinite ways in which to ascend Jacobs Ladder. The pre-Ascension brings a quickening and crucible that activates the expansion of TRUTH and the fire of AGNI within and without, and in so doing will allow you to choose a reality rather than have one chosen for you.
Participation and Process of the March Cosmic Trigger
Indeed this is a Cosmic Trigger in March and April is monumental event for the family of man, and it is a family of which we speak, one of which you are all a part. You can participate in this event, if you are so compelled, (and many of you are) by meditative visualization of all humanity connected in love.
Form the star tetrahedron of the 8-pointed star around you, and begin toning the OMM. Practice the infinity breath and convert the 8-pointed star to the 12-pointed star of the MerKiVa.
If you are in Western Hemisphere, focus on the Moody Gardens Pyramid complex in Texas. If you are in the Eastern Hemisphere, direct your energy to the Tri-Pyramids of Giza.
For those of you in the Americas, picture the Blue Pyramid (of Sirius A) in Galveston as receiving the initial energy. In the Eastern hemisphere, visualize the Kings Pyramid in Giza as receiving the initial spiral of energy. Then visualize all 3 pyramids in each complex circulating the energies, and see the Giza complex harmonically connected in a golden line to the Moody Garden Pyramids complex and vice-versa.
Once connected visualize these two connecting to every pyramidal complex forementioned across the globe. See all receiving the golden spiraling energy download and glowing in great intense light, covering the planet .
Then place the Earth in an enormous Octahedron, as you see in your minds eye the Cosmic Trigger of Celestial Crystalline Light flow through the Pyramidal Phi Complexes and Octahedronal power points. Feel the upsurge flow of the awakening coded electro-magnetics of the earth rise through your own physical forms and chakric systems. Absorb the energies and beam them to all around you.
Next, focus on the 14 sacred code-magnetic springs fountaining energy into the heavens. Then flow the upward flow of these energies to the 144-Grid encapsulating the Earth. Visualize a golden Arch, a glowing Elliptical Band forming around the planet and grid. See it as gold in color, then tone the Omm amid a sense of joy and love.
As you tone, visualize the Platinum Ray of the Crystalline Field flowing the soft nurturing energy of the Divine Feminine through the Golden Arc and swirling around it to form the crystalline band.
Practice this as often as you can during the 21 Days of the Dove.
And we tell you in humor and light that while these Golden Arches are not for fast-food, billions will be served!
Closing
In truth your Cosmos, your macro and micro reality is Metatronically formulated in the Unified Field . And Dear Ones, know this energy is within and without EVERYTHING, including and especially YOU!!!
It is the energy you call God, it is All That Is, All That Was and All That Will Be. It is acutely aware of each bird that falls and each flower that blooms in verdant fields and arid desert. So never doubt this TRUTH : Creator God knows each of you by name.
You are a powerful divine spiritual being, an intricate and vital spark of the 'All That Is'.
It is time to remember. It is the Return of the Dove. In closing we ask you to focus on joy, and be the change you desire.
The Ascension is occurring, one heart, one mind at a time. And Dear Ones, it is on course. Do not doubt it.
You ARE Beloved! I am Metatron, and I share with you these sacred Truths.
And so it is.
February 2009 : EKC Issue : 27 - AA Metatron Channel
The Cosmic Trigger of March 2009
'The Return of the Firmament of the Dove'
Archangel Metatron via James Tyberonn
Greetings! I am Metatron, Lord of Light, and I greet you one and all.
I sense each of you as you read these words in your present moment. Feel my energy embrace you in grace and love ! I know you Dear Ones, each of you, by name.
Now we speak this moment on a topic of great interest, that which may be termed the Return of the Dove. Masters, the Coming of the Dove is the return to the Magno-Crystalline Firmament as a requisite consummation of the Ascension.
The dawning of the return is occurring on the March 20th Equinox in 2009, in which long dormant magnetic codes will be reactivated in specific generation points on the earth. Indeed, this equinox will initiate an incredibly intense energy for 21 days in fervid momentum through the post equinox full moon on April 9th. Dear Ones, all of you will discernibly feel the piercing frequency generated. It will be the most powerful and fervent magnetic waves released on the planet since the fall of the Firmament in the antediluvian age during an era in which the earth's magnetic field was exponentially stronger than in current times. This release will be triggered by a download of cosmic crystalline energies received specific in pyramidal transmitting complexes in order to reseed and activate these ancient magnetic codes across the length and breadth of the planet.
The Firmament of the Dove
We have spoken to you previously about the rebirth of the new Planetary Firmament. This will externalize as two elliptical bands of iridescent frequencial arches that will encircle the earth as it did aeons ago. One of these is Electro-Magnetic in Nature, and the other Crystalline.
These will revolve above the 144 double-penta dodecahedron of the 144 Grid. In highly technical terms, which we realize will be meaningless to many, the firmament will perform the function of transducing supra-crystalline frequency oscillations in a piezoelectric step-down to interface the grid, thus enabling full circuitry integration of the gamma-crystalline energies of the Unified Field from Tula, the Great Central Sun. In more understandable terms, the firmament will transform powerful celestial energy waves into a benevolent form that can be more easily received on the earthplane.
So in a manner of speaking, the firmament is an enormous transformer and surge protector ! It is what will make the 144-Grid truly crystalline. In kind you may consider, in similar analogy, that the 144-Grid is your planets new server program, called Windows 2012, enabling a vast array of new programs for humanity and the Earth!
Now, the initial phase of the new Firmament will begin with downloads through specific portals of crystalline adamantine light or Akash. These activating downloads will be received primarily through the major Phi Pyramidal octahedron energies and structures across the planet. This will in turn activate a magnanimous fountaining of these ancient magnetic codes within key sites, some of which have not been heretofore recognized.
Indeed these energies once synergistically combined and harmonically attuned over the few next years with the crystalline activation will be the fabric of the New Earth, and will benefit the planet in serendipitous ways, embellishing the planetary grid- portals to the splendor of the crystalline frequency.
Pyramidal Receival and Distribution
Among the receiving points of the March 20-April 9 Cosmic Light Triggers are :
The Pyramids of Giza
The Moody Gardens Pyramid Complex of Galveston, Texas
The Louvre Pyramid in Paris, France
Chitzen Itza in the Yucatan
The Summum Pyramid in Salt Lake City
The Meru Phi Temples of Thailand, Cambodia and Indonesia
The Brihadishwara and Airateswara Temples in India
The Red Pyramid at Dashur.
Receival will also occur in certain powerpoints and natural pyramidal mountains emitting the octahedronal phi such as the Walsh Pyramid in Australia, Mt Edith Cavell in Canada, and the Materhorn in the Alps. These will also receive the crystalline magnetic trigger. The targeted magnetic codes that will awaken have been reticent on the planet since the initial days of Mu, Rama, Ignacious and Atlantis, aeons ago.
The primary receiving points are Giza and Moody Gardens, both aligned and harmonically attuned tri-pyramidal phi complexes. It is in fact the trinity aspects of combining three pyramids within these two complexes, Giza and Moody Gardens that uniquely equips them to be the primary receival units. These will in turn distribute the energies to the other complexes through harmonic oscillation. Pyramids are indeed master receivers and transmitters. When they are triangulated, as they were in Atlantis and Rama, they are infinitely more vibrant and capable.
Ancient Contract of the Earth-Keeper Guild
Many of you will be drawn intuitively to participate in this as part of an ancient contract, a sacred promise kept. Especially those of you with lifetimes in the Guild of Earth-Keepers and the Guild of 777, which includes segments of the Templars, Druids, Olmecs, Indigenous Shaman, Mayans, Hopi, Essenes, Egyptian, Atlantean Enochians, Thothians and the Atla-Ra. In these lifetimes the Guilds worked to raise the frequencies of terrestrial electromagnetic energies in the form of leylines, earthen grids, vortex-portal systems and sacred geometric temples after these conscious energies were transferred into the Earth from the 'break-up' firmament.
The Antediluvian Firmament of Pre-Duality Earth
Now, we have told you that the original firmament was also composed of two elliptical energy fields around the earth. Yet the two bands differed in frequency and composition from arcs of the new firmament being formed. The ancient firmament had one arc that was electrical in nature the other magnetic. One emanated the energy of crystalline platinum, the other of crystalline gold. The two created a synergetic crystalline field within zero point energy that permeated the earth and allowed for ontological, fully aware, consciousness in a unified, (non-polar) multidimensional state before the planet became a world of duality.
When duality was chosen, the firmament fell by design, and was replaced by a planetary grid. Your ancient text refer to this as the 'Fall of Man', we prefer to say that the Earth became a unique school at this time for soul growth amid those souls who chose the linear expansion experience of humanity within the grid system.
The firmament served in a unique capacity that not only fine tuned Cosmic and Crystalline Light, but sustained all life in a manner similar to sun. The elliptical arches of the firmament brought in a polished visible flashing aspect of Adamantine Essence (Akash) that often appeared as glittering etheric particulate, that enabled consciousness to fully transform resonate divine thought into instant manifestation. It was how beings entering the pre-duality earth manifested physical and semi-physical bodies. It appeared in the skies as two elliptical arches that glowed at night in iridescent colors similar to what you call the northern lights or Aurora Borealis. The elliptical bands intersected and swirled and revolved in a gyroscopic manner around the planet. The width and omnipotent frequency of the elliptical bands vacillated and created an audible tone with the creative light vibration of OMM. It danced in the sky often forming and emitting
kaleidoscopic eddies that appeared as a luminous angelic-white doves spiraling in brief flight across the heavens. A sense of protection and empowered well-being radiated the planet.
The 'Ascension Firmament' of 2012
The new 'Ascension Firmament' of 2012 will entail a combined electo-magnetic band in a single unit, and will be synergistically paired with an arc of crystalline frequency. It will indeed sustain mankind and enable a quickening of thought manifestation for those capable of raising the MerKiVic energies to the highest level, the level of the 24-point star. And Dear Ones remember as you work to raise the MerKaBa into the MerKiVa, that these are Metatronic geometric templates, necessary for you to rise into higher dimension. They are in zero field, devoid of gender format, neither feminine nor masculine, but of the Divine Integrity of your non-polar, integral soul! Approach their formation as such, in pure balance!
The Awakening of the Dove - Magnetic Fountains
There are 14 primary sacred code points that will cascade the awakened coded magnetics into the grid for the initial phase of the magno-electric band of the new firmament. These are:
1) Mull, Scotland
2) Chan Chan, Peru
3) Humac, Brazil
4) Nagasaki, Japan
5) Huace, Spain
6) Ekaterinburg, Russia (Ural Mtns)
7) Bethlehem, Israel
8) Yellowstone, Wyoming-USA
9) Kilamanjaro, Tanzania
10) Iceland
11) Kona, Hawaii
12) Mt Cook, New Zealand
13) Great Artesian Basin, Australia
14) Sri Lanka
These areas will spiral energies that will cover the planet and rise to the ionosphere. This release will be an extraordinary form of refined magnetic energy, uniquely capable of harmonizing in synergistic utility with Crystalline Energies.
Gestation of the Crystalline Arc
The Crystalline Energies will in kind be initially activated in gestation for the second band of the new firmament between the trigger dates of the September Equinox of 2010 and the 10-10-10. This then is the second stage of the gestation of the new dual-arc firmament. Yet the Firmament of the Dove will not complete itself until all the Master Atlantean Crystals are empowered and the 144 Grid is in full function on December 21, 2012. Indeed as we have stated the firmament will require just under two years after the Ascension to obtain full power and harmonic function with the grid. It will go into 50% power in March of 2013, and achieve full power in September of 2014.
The March 09 Cosmic-Trigger
So the March 09 trigger is a predestined revitalization of sacred encoded technology. The Atlantean Masters knew of the code and utilized it in their technology. The unique electo-magnetic field from which this energy springs was understood by the Atla-Ra, Druids, Mayan and certain other guilds including the inner chambers of the Templars. It is the same source employed in leylines, dragon lines, vortexes and earthen grids. Yet only a small sect of savants and secret societies knew how to tap into it. As such it has remained largely dormant for millennia upon millennia.
The opening triggered by the 09 March Equinox will be the first 'full-throttle' opening of this energy since the Atlantean era. It affords numerous benefits and benevolent secondary-effects beyond the primary cause of transferring the sacred magno-concentrate to the firmament. Among these is a greater awakening of the magnetic helix strands of the 12- strand human DNA and a key unification effect on the collective mind of humanity. All life on Earth, all energy on earth in every kingdom will be affected, indeed it is a multidimensional Global Event.
The Intergalactic Forefathers
During the 21 days, the magnetic shield around the planet will be somewhat weakened in a rebooting effect. During this time there will be literally thousands of ships from the Intergalactic Command of Ashtar and the Intergalactic -Brotherhood of benevolent Masters brought to the periphery of the planet to provide stability and protection and oversee the transition while this phase of 'open portals' occurs. In fact these Star Ancestors are your extra terrestrial origin, and all of you co exist within them. As such they always helping your seed planet, but in this planned scenario, they will be present in vastly greater mass.
The two elliptical bands will take their initial paired form, after the completion of the 144 Grid on the 12-12-12. They will not rotate in full capacity until 2014.
Galveston Island - Head of the Dove
The most aligned receival point of the Cosmic Trigger to activate these points in the Americas is Galveston Island, within the Moody Pyramid Complex. This unique trinity pyramid complex is in a direct alignment to Giza, and correlates to magnetic north. It is the combination of the three pyramids in-situ within a synergistic tri-harmonic alignment that allows their greater facility and power. As the Atlanteans and Orion Masters knew, pyramids in specific triangulation are extremely potent when celestially aligned and carefully placed in relation to one another. We will speak more on this later.
The New Earth
The world remakes itself now and whether or not humanity in micro or macro is supportive of expansive change or against it, it is truly a moot issue as the inertia of time-chronology speeds past more quickly today than it did yesterday (in linear terms). All is quickening, time is accelerating as the Ascension draws nigh. So as time reshapes itself it will also reshape the experience of mankind, of visible and invisible forces of nature and that of the face of the Earth itself.
Yet the heralded Ascension it is not an abstruse complexity of prophetic biblical script, but rather a natural and requisite expression of accelerating planetary consciousness.
It is Jacobs ladder, and Dear ones, when you are on a ladder, you are ascending, descending or standing still. It is one of the three you see. It is always so.
MerKiVic Expansion into Collective Mind
While on this journey mankind can experience the multidimensional aspect of the Unified Field within the Crystalline Vibration and be able thru MerKaBic and MerKiVic geometric expression to revisit many of their co-existing articulations within multidimensionality and parallel. And at each of these junctures another layer and aspect of awareness is realized. As such mankind is given the opportunity to rise above duality and integrate and retrieve the fragments and unite the full soul into the Seat of Power of Divine SELF within the eternal NOW. This is the MerKiVic expansion into collective Mind. This will be a focal role of the 12-strand DNA unification that can begin in MerKiVic state within the activation of the 2009 March Equinox.
Many many of you are now drawn into this awareness, driven by the flames of inner desire for Universal Truth. This is why your present spiritual communities are especially teeming with healers, channelers, teachers, facilitators, Grid workers, Earth-Keepers and Light Practitioners of every kind. Because those who have opened and sought diligently the burning call of Divine Spirit into their lives cannot help but glow in its glorious flame, and expand to share it with others.
Sacred Sites as Tuning Forks
The Grid Points, power nodes, sacred sites , phi complexes and portals that dot the planet in specific patterns and specific purpose are the distribution mechanisms of the higher energy required to upshift the resonant frequency of your planet. They are tuning forks, inspired by perfection of First Cause. The exude the energy of 'home', of well-being, and those of you who enter into them in spiritual intent recognize this immediately. Accordingly one cannot help but want to be within them and absorb the pattern emitted within such areas in order to grow into and share the expansion of perfection. Those who dedicate themselves to this tuning can expereince a nearness to Source that they feel is less available to them elsewhere. But the truth is that these fine-tuned energies are osmotic frequential schools, and once absorbed, once matriculated, the energy is retained within the established individuals MerKiVa.
Many areas on the planet have then already ascended, via portal-lattices that may be called the stairways to heaven, and other areas require a bit more work.
Specific areas that are a bit more dense now require more work to clear, and as a tertiary effect of the March Cosmic trigger and harmonic magnetic code awakening, the portals referenced in the Homecoming of the Metaphorical Dove, will bring in the lighter energy for that specific purpose. You see global frequencial balance must be attained. Each of you Earth-Keepers play a role in this. Indeed you become portable resonators.
Lightening Dense Energy
The Moody Gardens Pyramid complex of Galveston is one such area. Among this powerful complexes myriad utility, is its correlation to serve in lightening an area of 'energetic density', the area of Houston, Texas. Houston is in many aspects the corporate 'Energy Capital of the World', if one considers that your planet is driven by the hydrocarbons of oil and gas. Most of your Global Oil Companies are located or represented in this area. But let us be clear, it is not your use of hydrocarbons as a power source, per sei, that is the principal polluter of the energies of which we speak, rather it is the greed and manipulation of distributing them.
Indeed there are far better sources of energy available, but Dear Ones, the Earth, the sentience of the planet, does not release any resources unwillingly. We tell you the same dense aspect requiring clearing exist in Wall Street (New York) and many of the corporate centers around many of your global major cities, It is not the business or industries themselves, not the day to day workers, but rather the greedy tactics of the profit plans.
It is not to imply that equitable returns on investment are not just, indeed abundance exchange is appropriate in the new paradigm, but the distribution and exchange must be befittingly balanced in the new energy, for the desired perfection. That is why your economies are rebooting. As such specific new -missioned portals are forming around the planet to lighten these energies in tandem with the rebooting. Many existing portals are taking on new roles, and many new ones, such as Moody Garden Pyramids in Galveston, Texas are essentially reforming over the past decade. Others similar cleansing unit portals are emerging in major industrial and corporate cities across the planet.
Anchoring the Dove
Now in 2005 the channel with the Beloved Ronna Herman, conducted a ceremony within the Moody Gardens Pyramids to bring in the Golden Spiral. This was especially important, and all involved had a special role in this activity, an ancient contract was being completed. But we will tell you that other ceremonies had occurred previously, and the 2005 event has sparked many others to recognize the importance of these geometric Crystalline Light Temples.
The Philanthropists who funded, originated and completed the project were extremely advanced souls. On an intuitive level, they understood the greater purpose of this complex. Shortly after completion, the ancient crystal skull Max, who is indeed of Arcturian construct, was taken into the complex for ceremonial attunement and anchoring of intent, by Joanne Parks, the caretaker of this potent crytsal skull at the request of the most advanced of the founders. There was indeed great purpose in this event. It was a homecoming, in effect. We tell you that an entourage of Arcturians joined them, and are involved in the refinement of the energies along with those of Sirius A and B. It is why Master Dolphins are inside the Blue Pyramid, the Aquarium unit. It is why the location is located on the beach front of the Gulf of Mexico but was undamaged by the recent ( and future) Hurricanes.
Pyramids themselves are extremely powerful sacred geometric engines that by their nature and construct penetrate, receive and culminate higher dimensional forces. They are celestial transmitters of the supreme Gestalt that you think of as GOD.
This very description of deity may not be understood by some of you, but nevertheless, you should not try to objectify the energy of ALL THAT IS. God is an omnipotent energy, the sum of all consciousness, and whose whole is far far more than the sum of its parts. Your ancients have always known that 'ALL THAT IS', can be accessed in stepped down format on the Earthplane through specific matrixes of geometric focus. Your 144-Crystalline Grid is one of these and your MerKiVa is another. The two are intricately magnetically interconnected. The grid is the living conscious MerKiVah of the collective Earth, of which mankind is an intimate part.
The Three Pyramid Alignment
Now the three Pyramid complex on Galveston Island was indeed built in a strategic alignment, and for philanthropical and frequencial purpose. One unit is an aquarium housing Master Dolphins, another is a bio rainforest with a geological cave containing massive clusters of quartz crystal, and the third is an academic museum pyramid, glassed in copper tone.
Appropriately constructed and spiritually intended pyramids on the Earth plane become living conscious energies, capable of myriad properties that are unrecognized or disavowed by your mainstream academia. And while the intent for which they are employed affects the interface of these conscious living geometric batteries, their very design will not allow for denser energies to culminate or expand within them. Yet when approached with appropriate intent, the energy within pyramids stores and transmits data similar to quartz. According to how they are aligned both terrestrially and celestially they can create electromagnetic anomalies, an aspect that alters gravity and dimensional time. Both weightlessness and a time distortion occur at specific frequencies within them, both slowing and accelerating light and fluxing the ionic ratios within and around them.
Ancient Atlantean Pyramid
Now, approximately 5 miles from the area of Galveston Island, an ancient ceremonial Pyramid complex existed in a coastal region, now submerged and covered in the sedimentary silt and slime of the ages below Gulf waters. The Crystal Skull now called Max was among the 13 skulls located within it. The Moody Gardens Pyramids has taken on the multidimensional energies of the submerged Atlantean complex
The Moody Garden Pyramids are now fully harmonically attuned to the energies of the Giza complex and to a potent degree to the Yucatan Pyramids. We tell you that Pyramidal Temples exist in timelessness and co exists in parallel dimension within the timeless void. This is why the Pyramids at Giza can never be accurately aged because once constructed they surmount linear time and the nature of their energetic geometries supra-impose in parallel and emit etheric doubles in multi -dimensional timelessness. The paradox is that once built, they always existed. It is in fact this aspect and locale that inspired the philanthropical reconstruction of pyramids in this precise location for the Restitution of the Sanctuary and Sanctity of the Dove.
The Coming of the Dove offers an energy portal and dimensional expansion to you that can offer a richer more rewarding sojourn with infinite ways in which to ascend Jacobs Ladder. The pre-Ascension brings a quickening and crucible that activates the expansion of TRUTH and the fire of AGNI within and without, and in so doing will allow you to choose a reality rather than have one chosen for you.
Participation and Process of the March Cosmic Trigger
Indeed this is a Cosmic Trigger in March and April is monumental event for the family of man, and it is a family of which we speak, one of which you are all a part. You can participate in this event, if you are so compelled, (and many of you are) by meditative visualization of all humanity connected in love.
Form the star tetrahedron of the 8-pointed star around you, and begin toning the OMM. Practice the infinity breath and convert the 8-pointed star to the 12-pointed star of the MerKiVa.
If you are in Western Hemisphere, focus on the Moody Gardens Pyramid complex in Texas. If you are in the Eastern Hemisphere, direct your energy to the Tri-Pyramids of Giza.
For those of you in the Americas, picture the Blue Pyramid (of Sirius A) in Galveston as receiving the initial energy. In the Eastern hemisphere, visualize the Kings Pyramid in Giza as receiving the initial spiral of energy. Then visualize all 3 pyramids in each complex circulating the energies, and see the Giza complex harmonically connected in a golden line to the Moody Garden Pyramids complex and vice-versa.
Once connected visualize these two connecting to every pyramidal complex forementioned across the globe. See all receiving the golden spiraling energy download and glowing in great intense light, covering the planet .
Then place the Earth in an enormous Octahedron, as you see in your minds eye the Cosmic Trigger of Celestial Crystalline Light flow through the Pyramidal Phi Complexes and Octahedronal power points. Feel the upsurge flow of the awakening coded electro-magnetics of the earth rise through your own physical forms and chakric systems. Absorb the energies and beam them to all around you.
Next, focus on the 14 sacred code-magnetic springs fountaining energy into the heavens. Then flow the upward flow of these energies to the 144-Grid encapsulating the Earth. Visualize a golden Arch, a glowing Elliptical Band forming around the planet and grid. See it as gold in color, then tone the Omm amid a sense of joy and love.
As you tone, visualize the Platinum Ray of the Crystalline Field flowing the soft nurturing energy of the Divine Feminine through the Golden Arc and swirling around it to form the crystalline band.
Practice this as often as you can during the 21 Days of the Dove.
And we tell you in humor and light that while these Golden Arches are not for fast-food, billions will be served!
Closing
In truth your Cosmos, your macro and micro reality is Metatronically formulated in the Unified Field . And Dear Ones, know this energy is within and without EVERYTHING, including and especially YOU!!!
It is the energy you call God, it is All That Is, All That Was and All That Will Be. It is acutely aware of each bird that falls and each flower that blooms in verdant fields and arid desert. So never doubt this TRUTH : Creator God knows each of you by name.
You are a powerful divine spiritual being, an intricate and vital spark of the 'All That Is'.
It is time to remember. It is the Return of the Dove. In closing we ask you to focus on joy, and be the change you desire.
The Ascension is occurring, one heart, one mind at a time. And Dear Ones, it is on course. Do not doubt it.
You ARE Beloved! I am Metatron, and I share with you these sacred Truths.
And so it is.
The Holon of Ascension A Hathor Planetary Message through Tom Kenyon January 28, 2009 You are about to enter into a highly volatile period, full of e
The Holon of Ascension
A Hathor Planetary Message through Tom Kenyon
January 28, 2009
You are about to enter into a highly volatile period, full of
extraordinary potential, yet fraught with hazards.
In March of last year we indicated that your earth's magnetic
field was experiencing perturbations and a morphing, or
changing of its configuration. Your science has now
discovered that this is, in fact, a reality.
In its most simple terms, there is a breach in the
magnetosphere, which surrounds earth, protecting it from
solar winds. Such a breach is a naturally occurring cycle,
but the breadth and magnitude of this opening is quite large.
It is allowing, and will allow, large volumes of plasma from
the sun to enter. This will increase magnetic storms,
disruptions of telecommunications, disruptions in
bio-electric circuitry (such as human nervous systems), and
climate change. The results of this breach and the increased
charging of the magnetosphere will increase over the next
several years.
Our focus in this communication is not upon the negative
impacts of this breach, but upon the positive effects it
opens for those who are ready.
Your subtle energy body, which was known as the KA by ancient
Egyptians and called the etheric body by Yogis, is highly
sensitive to, and affected by, solar plasma. An increase in
the flow and quality of solar streams increases the vibratory
rate of the KA body. This is a very beneficial and auspicious
opportunity for those who are consciously participating in
their ascension process. Let us be precise by what we mean by
the term ascension, because it has many different
connotations and ways of being viewed.
By ascension we simply mean a movement upward in
consciousness. You do not "go" anywhere. You do not "leave"
anywhere. But your perspective, your perception, is radically
altered. You begin to see through the maya, or the illusion
of this world, which is created through the dance of
subatomic particles and into a configuration of what you call
matter. Through the ascension process you realize that you
are the creator of your experience of that which you call
"the world." It does not mean that you leave this world, but
it does mean that you have transcended it--while still being
a part of it--for you see through the lens of perception that
life is a movie that you are projecting.
One could say that you are at a crossroads. As the solar
streams enter into your magnetosphere, the KA bodies of all
humans will increase in vibration. But for some, this will
lead to disturbances and dissolution, while for others it
will lead to ascension--a movement upward in consciousness.
This communication is specifically for those individuals who
have chosen the upward spiral. Your challenge in these times
is to allow the activation of your KA body to move you
upward, even as many around you seem to be spiraling
downward. It is, essentially, a question of vibration, joined
with expectation and belief. It is the union of these three
that births the creative impulse for a new destiny.
What do we mean by this?
It takes tremendous energy to transcend or transmute a
negative condition or a limitation that has been placed upon
one. You have been collectively hypnotized into a view of
reality that is fixed, confined, limiting, and nothing short
of imprisonment. When one sees through the lies and the
manipulations, the old world does not look the same and yet
the perception of the lies does not free one from them. They
have a life of their own and a tendency to continue. It takes
new energy--an increased vibratory rate--to overcome the
lethargy and inertia that are intrinsic to your cultural
limitations. This is the gift of the solar streams--the solar
plasma that is flowing and will flow in greater quantities
into your magnetosphere- -for they will increase the vibratory
rate of your KA body.
But here is the "cross-hair" , shall we say, in "the sight" of
your destiny. For those of you who accept, or at least are
beginning to see through the lies of limitation that have
been imposed upon you and have made a choice to move upward
into the ascension process, this activation of the KA body is
a beautiful, exquisite miracle to behold, for your life will
be graced with the power to transcend your own limitations in
ways that have not been available to you before. It shall be
as if the cosmos itself is joining you in the dance of your
freedom.
But for those who do not choose to live upward in
consciousness- -who choose to remain imprisoned by the
limitations, who seek to blame others for their misfortune,
who choose to find scapegoats for their lack of happiness,
for those who insist upon living the old world of
conflict--this increased vibration of their KA body will not
be a blessing; it will be experienced as a curse. Because
they will have to work very hard to keep things the way they
are.
The fabric of your old realities is being unwound at the same
time that new realities are being woven. This is, indeed, an
odd state. And what we wish to convey most clearly is that
you have the innate power and ability to weave new realities
for yourself, new freedoms of mind and spirit, regardless of
what is happening around you.
From our perspective, we see this situation escalating over
the next several years, and we would characterize it as a
dual state in which many of you will ascend, meaning moving
upward, while others will move into dissolution, a falling
apart. This is, essentially, based upon a personal choice.
This is a very important point, to us, and we wish to convey
it with as much clarity as possible. Each of you has the
response-ability to choose the thoughts and the creations you
desire. Some of you will choose freedom--because you cannot
stand being contained any longer--the lies are simply too
great a burden to perpetuate. Others of you will choose
imprisonment- -for the fear of freedom and the responsibility
for personal choice is too much to bear.
This is a split in the road of evolution.
As your realities simultaneously dissolve and re-create
themselves, and by that we refer to the economic challenges
you are facing, and the ecological and social challenges you
are facing some of you may experience very difficult times.
But never lose sight of the fact that you are the creator of
your life, and you can re-create it at any moment, regardless
of the circumstances. Those who manipulate you do so through
fear and perpetuation of cultural limitations- -the belief
that your life is dependent upon certain external factors.
What you will discover in the ascension process is that these
external factors are actually projections from your own
deepest consciousness. They are flickers on a movie screen,
and you can change them in mind-bending quickness when you
change them from the source rather than the effect, and the
source is your very mind itself. The mystery of how this
occurs reveals itself to you in the ascension process, as
naturally as an orchid opening its blossoms. It is imbedded
in nature itself, and this knowledge is self-revealing as you
enter the path upward. We have said in previous
communications that one of the keys is what you call
appreciation or gratitude. These states of emotion are a
signature and an expression of the creative powers you
possess. What we mean by this will be clear to you as you
move into the ascension process.
In future communications we intend to discuss the
interdimensional physics of appreciation and how it affects
your external reality. But in this communication we wish to
give you a tool we feel will assist you in this period over
the next several years, as the solar streams enter the
magnetosphere and begin to stimulate your KA bodies.
There are a few fundamental points we wish to impart before
we give the technique.
The first fundamental is that you must have made the choice
to move upward in consciousness for this technique to work.
The intention by which you hold your KA imparts the outcome.
The second point is that you need to be in the emotional
state of appreciation when you do this method, because
appreciation is the signature for this kind of creation.
The third point is that this is based upon a connection
between the KA--your etheric body--and a higher aspect of
yourself, dimensionally speaking, that was known as the BA by
the ancient Egyptians. The BA resides in a place of
consciousness that is outside time and space, as you
construct it.
It's entry point is at a place above the head where your
hands would meet were you to raise your hands together and
touch them above your head. This interdimensional aspect of
your self, the BA, is highly receptive to appreciation. And
it is from the BA that you receive the energetic that
strengthens the KA and prepares it for the influx of the
solar streams.
--
Time is Art
Time is not money
ONENESS
http://profile.myspace.com/index.cfm?fuseaction=user.viewprofile&friendid=296726786
A Hathor Planetary Message through Tom Kenyon
January 28, 2009
You are about to enter into a highly volatile period, full of
extraordinary potential, yet fraught with hazards.
In March of last year we indicated that your earth's magnetic
field was experiencing perturbations and a morphing, or
changing of its configuration. Your science has now
discovered that this is, in fact, a reality.
In its most simple terms, there is a breach in the
magnetosphere, which surrounds earth, protecting it from
solar winds. Such a breach is a naturally occurring cycle,
but the breadth and magnitude of this opening is quite large.
It is allowing, and will allow, large volumes of plasma from
the sun to enter. This will increase magnetic storms,
disruptions of telecommunications, disruptions in
bio-electric circuitry (such as human nervous systems), and
climate change. The results of this breach and the increased
charging of the magnetosphere will increase over the next
several years.
Our focus in this communication is not upon the negative
impacts of this breach, but upon the positive effects it
opens for those who are ready.
Your subtle energy body, which was known as the KA by ancient
Egyptians and called the etheric body by Yogis, is highly
sensitive to, and affected by, solar plasma. An increase in
the flow and quality of solar streams increases the vibratory
rate of the KA body. This is a very beneficial and auspicious
opportunity for those who are consciously participating in
their ascension process. Let us be precise by what we mean by
the term ascension, because it has many different
connotations and ways of being viewed.
By ascension we simply mean a movement upward in
consciousness. You do not "go" anywhere. You do not "leave"
anywhere. But your perspective, your perception, is radically
altered. You begin to see through the maya, or the illusion
of this world, which is created through the dance of
subatomic particles and into a configuration of what you call
matter. Through the ascension process you realize that you
are the creator of your experience of that which you call
"the world." It does not mean that you leave this world, but
it does mean that you have transcended it--while still being
a part of it--for you see through the lens of perception that
life is a movie that you are projecting.
One could say that you are at a crossroads. As the solar
streams enter into your magnetosphere, the KA bodies of all
humans will increase in vibration. But for some, this will
lead to disturbances and dissolution, while for others it
will lead to ascension--a movement upward in consciousness.
This communication is specifically for those individuals who
have chosen the upward spiral. Your challenge in these times
is to allow the activation of your KA body to move you
upward, even as many around you seem to be spiraling
downward. It is, essentially, a question of vibration, joined
with expectation and belief. It is the union of these three
that births the creative impulse for a new destiny.
What do we mean by this?
It takes tremendous energy to transcend or transmute a
negative condition or a limitation that has been placed upon
one. You have been collectively hypnotized into a view of
reality that is fixed, confined, limiting, and nothing short
of imprisonment. When one sees through the lies and the
manipulations, the old world does not look the same and yet
the perception of the lies does not free one from them. They
have a life of their own and a tendency to continue. It takes
new energy--an increased vibratory rate--to overcome the
lethargy and inertia that are intrinsic to your cultural
limitations. This is the gift of the solar streams--the solar
plasma that is flowing and will flow in greater quantities
into your magnetosphere- -for they will increase the vibratory
rate of your KA body.
But here is the "cross-hair" , shall we say, in "the sight" of
your destiny. For those of you who accept, or at least are
beginning to see through the lies of limitation that have
been imposed upon you and have made a choice to move upward
into the ascension process, this activation of the KA body is
a beautiful, exquisite miracle to behold, for your life will
be graced with the power to transcend your own limitations in
ways that have not been available to you before. It shall be
as if the cosmos itself is joining you in the dance of your
freedom.
But for those who do not choose to live upward in
consciousness- -who choose to remain imprisoned by the
limitations, who seek to blame others for their misfortune,
who choose to find scapegoats for their lack of happiness,
for those who insist upon living the old world of
conflict--this increased vibration of their KA body will not
be a blessing; it will be experienced as a curse. Because
they will have to work very hard to keep things the way they
are.
The fabric of your old realities is being unwound at the same
time that new realities are being woven. This is, indeed, an
odd state. And what we wish to convey most clearly is that
you have the innate power and ability to weave new realities
for yourself, new freedoms of mind and spirit, regardless of
what is happening around you.
From our perspective, we see this situation escalating over
the next several years, and we would characterize it as a
dual state in which many of you will ascend, meaning moving
upward, while others will move into dissolution, a falling
apart. This is, essentially, based upon a personal choice.
This is a very important point, to us, and we wish to convey
it with as much clarity as possible. Each of you has the
response-ability to choose the thoughts and the creations you
desire. Some of you will choose freedom--because you cannot
stand being contained any longer--the lies are simply too
great a burden to perpetuate. Others of you will choose
imprisonment- -for the fear of freedom and the responsibility
for personal choice is too much to bear.
This is a split in the road of evolution.
As your realities simultaneously dissolve and re-create
themselves, and by that we refer to the economic challenges
you are facing, and the ecological and social challenges you
are facing some of you may experience very difficult times.
But never lose sight of the fact that you are the creator of
your life, and you can re-create it at any moment, regardless
of the circumstances. Those who manipulate you do so through
fear and perpetuation of cultural limitations- -the belief
that your life is dependent upon certain external factors.
What you will discover in the ascension process is that these
external factors are actually projections from your own
deepest consciousness. They are flickers on a movie screen,
and you can change them in mind-bending quickness when you
change them from the source rather than the effect, and the
source is your very mind itself. The mystery of how this
occurs reveals itself to you in the ascension process, as
naturally as an orchid opening its blossoms. It is imbedded
in nature itself, and this knowledge is self-revealing as you
enter the path upward. We have said in previous
communications that one of the keys is what you call
appreciation or gratitude. These states of emotion are a
signature and an expression of the creative powers you
possess. What we mean by this will be clear to you as you
move into the ascension process.
In future communications we intend to discuss the
interdimensional physics of appreciation and how it affects
your external reality. But in this communication we wish to
give you a tool we feel will assist you in this period over
the next several years, as the solar streams enter the
magnetosphere and begin to stimulate your KA bodies.
There are a few fundamental points we wish to impart before
we give the technique.
The first fundamental is that you must have made the choice
to move upward in consciousness for this technique to work.
The intention by which you hold your KA imparts the outcome.
The second point is that you need to be in the emotional
state of appreciation when you do this method, because
appreciation is the signature for this kind of creation.
The third point is that this is based upon a connection
between the KA--your etheric body--and a higher aspect of
yourself, dimensionally speaking, that was known as the BA by
the ancient Egyptians. The BA resides in a place of
consciousness that is outside time and space, as you
construct it.
It's entry point is at a place above the head where your
hands would meet were you to raise your hands together and
touch them above your head. This interdimensional aspect of
your self, the BA, is highly receptive to appreciation. And
it is from the BA that you receive the energetic that
strengthens the KA and prepares it for the influx of the
solar streams.
--
Time is Art
Time is not money
ONENESS
http://profile.myspace.com/index.cfm?fuseaction=user.viewprofile&friendid=296726786
30 Janeiro, 2009
The Flowering of Consciousness . . . Top Doc
A Basic Overview Which May Require Some Spiritual Stretching
May 27, 2008
This was written as a brief overview of some of the most important subjects we discuss. It was meant to provide some introductory descriptions of terms we use every day in our updates. The magnitude of events, NOW unfolding, is requiring us all to stretch: multidimensionally/interdimensionally to our own divine core-connections which will very quickly be blessing us with more of who and what we are being and becoming. MarkH
If you’re up for some eclectic delvings into ‘mostly invisible’ stories behind Matrix holodeck illusory ‘reality’, then you may find some of this information, opinion and experience stimulating.
Much is breaking through the surface veneer as folks that have direct experiences are coming forth to share. It has always been so–in very esoteric circles–but not usually in a public venue. That is all changing.
In 3D no one and nothing is as it appears to be. Everyone and everything is cloaked behind facades, and doublespeak is used in public interactions with programs to obscure and control economics, behaviors and resources, and especially any facts dealing with the galactic presence and our hybrid population that comes from the stars.
About 87% of our kids from new babies through teen years are galactic-humans. All of us come from elsewheres/whens. This is the means by which an incredible new golden future is being birthed.
And, the really neat part is that–like the “100th Monkey effect”–there is a ‘100th Cosmically Conscious person’ effect by which all the rest of us are upshifted to a new higher functionality level…since it was already embedded into our DNA before we entered into this focus. We are far along in our migration/upshift from a carbon-based matrix to a silica-based matrix of 13 crystalline chakras/vibratory nexus levels.
You will see references to NESARA {National Economic Security and Reformation Act} which was signed into Law by Bill Clinton in Oct 2000, but sealed from any attempt to prove its existence until it is announced, at which time it becomes fully effective.
The Announcement was scheduled for 10:15 AM on Sept 11, 2001…but that was ‘prevented’ by the Twin Towers attacks, which were planned and executed by our own gov’t’s black ops agents. Sibel Edmonds, Valerie Plame/Joe Wilson, David Ray Griffen and many others are speaking out on this subject.
The illuminati controllers will do anything to prevent its implementation as it immediately spells their removals from political and economic control over the people and resources of this planet.
It requires full return to Constitutional and Common Law principles by 190 countries starting with the US. Involves–due to present fraudulent practices — mortgage debt forgiveness; cancellation of all credit card debt; student loan forgiveness; ends IRS collection of Income Tax and substitutes a National Sales Tax on non-essential items only with no tax on food, medicines or used goods. Requires all existing congressional/administrative heads to resign; all lawyers would have to take a 30 day Constitutional Law course as statute laws will be dissolved.
The world economic system will shift to transparent operations — Basel II was implemented in the month of April — precious metals backed currency and the federal reserve and its collection agent {IRS}, and most corrupt alphabet agencies will be dissolved. Current FR notes will be exchanged for US Treasury bills backed by Gold, Silver or precious metals on a $1 for $1 basis.
Special Trusts and 78 programs which were originally created by St Germaine over 200 years ago for this time, will provide the means to offer free education to all and assist all in upgrading quality of life. Suppressed technologies, secretly being used by the controllers, will be made available to the public. These provide clean and unlimited power for home, industry, travel, etc.
Replicators will be made available with First Contact landings to provide most items. There will be a worldwide re-indexing of currencies, 30 days after announcement, so that while you now receive $100 income and pay sales taxes and income taxes on that amount, you will only pay sales taxes on $10 when spent for non-essential items after re-indexing. This is to remove much of the false inflation from the prices of goods caused by use of fiat money instead of precious metals backed currency.
Peace is a requirement and no more wars or nuclear weapons will be allowed. The methods and means to achieve this are already in place and can be implemented upon single command.
A single molecular change in the nuclear process will make all existing nuclear processes benign. Galactic/human teams will clean up air, water, soil and toxic contamination in the first two months following Announcement. Polluting industries will no longer be necessary as their replacements will be non-polluting and the old plants will be removed by processes that re-cycle the energies.
Benefactor programs will become available and gifting programs are extensive and worldwide to ensure that all will experience unprecedented opportunity to make new choices for their future occupations and enhanced learning programs will be available to quickly upgrade or learn new skills. Diagnostic/healing methods and technologies will become available to reverse all medical conditions and restore optimal health. All these technologies and methods presently exist. Many others have been suppressed but will be brought forth for all to benefit from.
Nonetheless, earth’s role as a school house is ending, and all the ’students/teachers’ have the opportunity to ‘wakeup’ and remember who they really are and from where they came: star-travelers from all over the universe, who agreed to participate in a grand experiment to see if they could set aside their higher dimensional origins and come into polarity and gradually wake up to their true nature and then reunite with their galactic families as part of the Family of the One/Law of the One.
In addition, to smooth out the differences in expression which resulted in conflicts over long periods of interaction, a plan was crafted to carefully incorporate 12 different templates into one coordinated, balanced and Source-connected Soul matrix.
This required projecting fragments into many different times, places, formats so that at this time the soul could reintegrate all those fragments/aspects into its fully integrated Self and then go forth into a higher level of expression with all the individual wisdoms being available to the ascended One.
The only balanced way to do this was for a holographic design in which each contained all. A spherical image of 12 pairs joined at the center so that all feedback loops have the same radius, and simultaneous, synchronistic, access to all dynamic flows of thought, feelings, database information, allows participation as a singular identity at all times.
The Adam Kadmon template was the vehicle designed for this experiment to allow embodiment in matter after our antimatter universe–Aurora, a 23-sun system–was destroyed.
Adam Kadmon is bilaterally symmetrical and fully balanced, coordinated and sentient; a nested container with components extending interdimensionally and multidimensionally, incorporating male/female and matter/spirit seamlessly, and therefore quite suitable to be a temple of living god/goddess expressions. As this progresses it will result in 12D realization as a bio-plasmic Unity capable of matter or spirit expression in any manner/mode desired with full consciousness. {see Holographic Universe}
Zeropoint is a construct {see Gregg Braden and others’ writings on this.} to deal with a moment in space-time in which it is possible to reorient all space-time events so that they can–like spokes being placed around a hub and then joined to form a spherical nexus, all past, present, alternative and future foci — meet in a single instant of No Time.
That instant becomes coherently resonant with a Divine intent to reorganize/restructure into a whole new template to adventure forth into a never before imprinted, Golden Universe, as co-creators…or so intuitively derived information strongly suggests. All life is headed towards that event horizon in the coming years.
There are many choice-points where progression spin-offs can occur so that, in effect, we will all rise to our correct higher levels of spiritual stabilization and clarity from which we descended to participate in this undertaking.
Earth’s transformation into a star is already well underway…as is true of Jupiter also.
We have been moving from the 9th ring out from galactic center towards the 3rd ring adjacent to Alcyone–our central sun in the Pleiades constellation…which is permanently in the Photon Belt, perpendicularly ‘wrapped’ around its orbital position and 2000 years wide. That has very important implications for our futures.
Another reference you will encounter dealing with political/economic matters are the three factions or power alignment interests. F1 is primarily focused in Europe {Rothschilds, etc}; F2 is primarily focused in the US {Rockefellers, Bush, Clinton, Mellon, Chase, etc} and F3 involves elements of all these plus the galactic hierarchy {Sananda, St Germaine, Ascended masters, Ashtar command, and is coordinated on the earth by an insider who we refer to as the KOS {King of Swords} who, with St Germaine, was appointed by the ICJ {Int’l Ct of Justice in the Hague} in 1999 as head of the 4 million man, world-wide militia, and pro-forma president of the US. KOS is an enhanced galactic-human with a 3d job, wife and history who speaks 23 languages. He and those who work with him and the galactics are at 38 levels above the President of the US.
That level involves the ACIO {Alien Contact Intel Org/Labyrinth Group is the innermost director level researching and working directly with the positive galactic members of the InterGalacticConfederation of Worlds {IGC/GF} and coordinating earth-galactic interfaces dealing with planetary ascension, time travel and many technologies too important and powerful to discuss here at this time. The four interviews with Dr Neruda {see Wingmakers.com website index for important background information on ACIO/Labyrinth group matters which} i highly commend for your consideration. Some perspectives have since been upgraded through direct contact with higher dimensional sources not contacted at the time {around 1997} those interviews were conducted. The balance of the material on that website is of mixed content and may not be absent of manipulation/spin.
The most important issues at this moment are the revealing of the 70-year coverup of galactic presence in our skies, prior to their decloakings. Some baby steps have been taken with frequent small decloakings occurring worldwide and many more to follow. The secret governmental delousing operations are well advanced and 10,000+ indictments are being held by Patrick Fitzgerald under court seal awaiting the signal to arrest, remove the criminals, heading and infiltrated throughout our political and banking and corporate systems.
We are at this moment actually under the joint jurisdiction of the International Court of Justice/World Court and the President of the Solar Tribunal {Lady Master Nada} who has been appointed by the ICJ as Special Prosecutor with power to arrest the indicted ones; dissolve our corrupt judiciary and Announce NESARA. Agents from Interpol and ICJ are present in D.C. along with the 82nd Airborne and others. We have been well advised that galactic ships are over every major city and will decloak when the signal is given.
These are higher dimensional bio-organic craft which can alter their density to appear solid in our dimension. Large Mother ships of 3000-5000 mile diameters are outside our solar system and these ships are deployed from those Mother craft as well as from deep underground basis all over this planet. 50,000 beings enter through Lake Volstok in Antarctica every day, we are told.
All planets and all suns are hollow structures with more space dimensions inside than outside. This I have seen/experienced. The sun is cool, not hot as we have been fooled into believing. The warmth of the sun is from the effects of Far Infrared wavelengths. All suns have a full population of inhabitants. Most have 12-14 planets orbiting them. So does ours. Our sun is well along in its shift from hydrogen to helium. When you add xenon gas you have the basis for reactivation of our higher abilities.
All the planets in our solar system have been changing since the 1987 harmonic convergence/1999 Harmonic concordance accelerated our advancement and that acceleration is continuing to increase at rates too amazing to contemplate.
We are now in the photon belt which is ionizing and accelerating/increasing the vibratory frequency and rate of every particle of spirit/matter here and throughout our solar system and beyond, as this planet–at the pivot point of the end-of-ages Grand Shift–is being prepared for a rapid restoration to the spiritual planes.
These are a few of the major subjects we discuss and share updates on. Some information is historical and is for background purposes only, as current events and developments require more and more connecting of the dots to see and comprehend the magnitude of the wondrous events we are privileged to participate in. Some historical items are a bit shocky at first, if you haven’t been exposed to them, but will fall into their right place as the story unfolds and climaxes in the coming days.
That’s right, days not years. The main events are removing impediments to free access. Once that is done, we can all begin to level the economic playing field and become a part of the restoration of our planet to a conscious pristine living being with whom we will all be consciously sharing wisdoms and abilities.
Telempathic resonance is returning and will inform all our communications in the coming years. Our hearts/DNA are pre-coded to open as the frequency rises. Love and Wisdom are the foundation legs which allow all to share without limitation; but with respect for the divine god particle at the heart of our individual soul matrix. We are all equal or equivalent beings of divine potential, and this will soon be visible and known by all who choose to continue as galactic citizens on Terra Nova.
Many will be returning to their home worlds as ambassadors in the coming cycle. The ships from their worlds already are here as part of the grand fleets working with the Ashtar Command to assist and assure Gaia’s protection and Ascension. We now have — at high altitudes above both poles — 3000 mile diameter Wingmaker craft to keep the earth’s balance during this final shifting.
Nothing can stop what has already reached critical mass. If you are in the path of an avalanche you either become part of the snowball or get out of the way. It is already manifested in the causal plane and will soon be overwhelmingly discernable. The joy of anticipation is a counterbalance to the steps yet to be taken to clear the impediments and set the new foundation infrastructure in place. New crystalline grids/codes have already become emplaced/activated in the core of the planet and are causing similar changes in each of us.
We are daily receiving new pulses of activating instructions directly from the Great Central Sun and all that is no longer valid is being purged as it can not go with us into the higher realms. Just as you clean up the kitchen after a holiday meal preparation and enjoyment, there are always residues that need to be either recycled are removed. Spring cleaning for the soul-matrix is much the same. The graduation exams are in process and most if not all final choices have been made. The champagne is in the fridge. When the signal comes we will pop our corks together. …
Blessings in the Light,
MarkH
P.S. I take full responsibility for any errors or misinformation which may have inadvertently been included due to negligence or ignorance. This is a speculative, if you wish, overview. Each of the subjects have numerous references which can provide more in depth information. Discernment is required because of the nature of this material. Feel free to disregard anything here that does not resonate with your own inner truth. This
information is just a stimulus to remembering what is already known inside each of us.
[link to nesaranow.wordpress.com]
May 27, 2008
This was written as a brief overview of some of the most important subjects we discuss. It was meant to provide some introductory descriptions of terms we use every day in our updates. The magnitude of events, NOW unfolding, is requiring us all to stretch: multidimensionally/interdimensionally to our own divine core-connections which will very quickly be blessing us with more of who and what we are being and becoming. MarkH
If you’re up for some eclectic delvings into ‘mostly invisible’ stories behind Matrix holodeck illusory ‘reality’, then you may find some of this information, opinion and experience stimulating.
Much is breaking through the surface veneer as folks that have direct experiences are coming forth to share. It has always been so–in very esoteric circles–but not usually in a public venue. That is all changing.
In 3D no one and nothing is as it appears to be. Everyone and everything is cloaked behind facades, and doublespeak is used in public interactions with programs to obscure and control economics, behaviors and resources, and especially any facts dealing with the galactic presence and our hybrid population that comes from the stars.
About 87% of our kids from new babies through teen years are galactic-humans. All of us come from elsewheres/whens. This is the means by which an incredible new golden future is being birthed.
And, the really neat part is that–like the “100th Monkey effect”–there is a ‘100th Cosmically Conscious person’ effect by which all the rest of us are upshifted to a new higher functionality level…since it was already embedded into our DNA before we entered into this focus. We are far along in our migration/upshift from a carbon-based matrix to a silica-based matrix of 13 crystalline chakras/vibratory nexus levels.
You will see references to NESARA {National Economic Security and Reformation Act} which was signed into Law by Bill Clinton in Oct 2000, but sealed from any attempt to prove its existence until it is announced, at which time it becomes fully effective.
The Announcement was scheduled for 10:15 AM on Sept 11, 2001…but that was ‘prevented’ by the Twin Towers attacks, which were planned and executed by our own gov’t’s black ops agents. Sibel Edmonds, Valerie Plame/Joe Wilson, David Ray Griffen and many others are speaking out on this subject.
The illuminati controllers will do anything to prevent its implementation as it immediately spells their removals from political and economic control over the people and resources of this planet.
It requires full return to Constitutional and Common Law principles by 190 countries starting with the US. Involves–due to present fraudulent practices — mortgage debt forgiveness; cancellation of all credit card debt; student loan forgiveness; ends IRS collection of Income Tax and substitutes a National Sales Tax on non-essential items only with no tax on food, medicines or used goods. Requires all existing congressional/administrative heads to resign; all lawyers would have to take a 30 day Constitutional Law course as statute laws will be dissolved.
The world economic system will shift to transparent operations — Basel II was implemented in the month of April — precious metals backed currency and the federal reserve and its collection agent {IRS}, and most corrupt alphabet agencies will be dissolved. Current FR notes will be exchanged for US Treasury bills backed by Gold, Silver or precious metals on a $1 for $1 basis.
Special Trusts and 78 programs which were originally created by St Germaine over 200 years ago for this time, will provide the means to offer free education to all and assist all in upgrading quality of life. Suppressed technologies, secretly being used by the controllers, will be made available to the public. These provide clean and unlimited power for home, industry, travel, etc.
Replicators will be made available with First Contact landings to provide most items. There will be a worldwide re-indexing of currencies, 30 days after announcement, so that while you now receive $100 income and pay sales taxes and income taxes on that amount, you will only pay sales taxes on $10 when spent for non-essential items after re-indexing. This is to remove much of the false inflation from the prices of goods caused by use of fiat money instead of precious metals backed currency.
Peace is a requirement and no more wars or nuclear weapons will be allowed. The methods and means to achieve this are already in place and can be implemented upon single command.
A single molecular change in the nuclear process will make all existing nuclear processes benign. Galactic/human teams will clean up air, water, soil and toxic contamination in the first two months following Announcement. Polluting industries will no longer be necessary as their replacements will be non-polluting and the old plants will be removed by processes that re-cycle the energies.
Benefactor programs will become available and gifting programs are extensive and worldwide to ensure that all will experience unprecedented opportunity to make new choices for their future occupations and enhanced learning programs will be available to quickly upgrade or learn new skills. Diagnostic/healing methods and technologies will become available to reverse all medical conditions and restore optimal health. All these technologies and methods presently exist. Many others have been suppressed but will be brought forth for all to benefit from.
Nonetheless, earth’s role as a school house is ending, and all the ’students/teachers’ have the opportunity to ‘wakeup’ and remember who they really are and from where they came: star-travelers from all over the universe, who agreed to participate in a grand experiment to see if they could set aside their higher dimensional origins and come into polarity and gradually wake up to their true nature and then reunite with their galactic families as part of the Family of the One/Law of the One.
In addition, to smooth out the differences in expression which resulted in conflicts over long periods of interaction, a plan was crafted to carefully incorporate 12 different templates into one coordinated, balanced and Source-connected Soul matrix.
This required projecting fragments into many different times, places, formats so that at this time the soul could reintegrate all those fragments/aspects into its fully integrated Self and then go forth into a higher level of expression with all the individual wisdoms being available to the ascended One.
The only balanced way to do this was for a holographic design in which each contained all. A spherical image of 12 pairs joined at the center so that all feedback loops have the same radius, and simultaneous, synchronistic, access to all dynamic flows of thought, feelings, database information, allows participation as a singular identity at all times.
The Adam Kadmon template was the vehicle designed for this experiment to allow embodiment in matter after our antimatter universe–Aurora, a 23-sun system–was destroyed.
Adam Kadmon is bilaterally symmetrical and fully balanced, coordinated and sentient; a nested container with components extending interdimensionally and multidimensionally, incorporating male/female and matter/spirit seamlessly, and therefore quite suitable to be a temple of living god/goddess expressions. As this progresses it will result in 12D realization as a bio-plasmic Unity capable of matter or spirit expression in any manner/mode desired with full consciousness. {see Holographic Universe}
Zeropoint is a construct {see Gregg Braden and others’ writings on this.} to deal with a moment in space-time in which it is possible to reorient all space-time events so that they can–like spokes being placed around a hub and then joined to form a spherical nexus, all past, present, alternative and future foci — meet in a single instant of No Time.
That instant becomes coherently resonant with a Divine intent to reorganize/restructure into a whole new template to adventure forth into a never before imprinted, Golden Universe, as co-creators…or so intuitively derived information strongly suggests. All life is headed towards that event horizon in the coming years.
There are many choice-points where progression spin-offs can occur so that, in effect, we will all rise to our correct higher levels of spiritual stabilization and clarity from which we descended to participate in this undertaking.
Earth’s transformation into a star is already well underway…as is true of Jupiter also.
We have been moving from the 9th ring out from galactic center towards the 3rd ring adjacent to Alcyone–our central sun in the Pleiades constellation…which is permanently in the Photon Belt, perpendicularly ‘wrapped’ around its orbital position and 2000 years wide. That has very important implications for our futures.
Another reference you will encounter dealing with political/economic matters are the three factions or power alignment interests. F1 is primarily focused in Europe {Rothschilds, etc}; F2 is primarily focused in the US {Rockefellers, Bush, Clinton, Mellon, Chase, etc} and F3 involves elements of all these plus the galactic hierarchy {Sananda, St Germaine, Ascended masters, Ashtar command, and is coordinated on the earth by an insider who we refer to as the KOS {King of Swords} who, with St Germaine, was appointed by the ICJ {Int’l Ct of Justice in the Hague} in 1999 as head of the 4 million man, world-wide militia, and pro-forma president of the US. KOS is an enhanced galactic-human with a 3d job, wife and history who speaks 23 languages. He and those who work with him and the galactics are at 38 levels above the President of the US.
That level involves the ACIO {Alien Contact Intel Org/Labyrinth Group is the innermost director level researching and working directly with the positive galactic members of the InterGalacticConfederation of Worlds {IGC/GF} and coordinating earth-galactic interfaces dealing with planetary ascension, time travel and many technologies too important and powerful to discuss here at this time. The four interviews with Dr Neruda {see Wingmakers.com website index for important background information on ACIO/Labyrinth group matters which} i highly commend for your consideration. Some perspectives have since been upgraded through direct contact with higher dimensional sources not contacted at the time {around 1997} those interviews were conducted. The balance of the material on that website is of mixed content and may not be absent of manipulation/spin.
The most important issues at this moment are the revealing of the 70-year coverup of galactic presence in our skies, prior to their decloakings. Some baby steps have been taken with frequent small decloakings occurring worldwide and many more to follow. The secret governmental delousing operations are well advanced and 10,000+ indictments are being held by Patrick Fitzgerald under court seal awaiting the signal to arrest, remove the criminals, heading and infiltrated throughout our political and banking and corporate systems.
We are at this moment actually under the joint jurisdiction of the International Court of Justice/World Court and the President of the Solar Tribunal {Lady Master Nada} who has been appointed by the ICJ as Special Prosecutor with power to arrest the indicted ones; dissolve our corrupt judiciary and Announce NESARA. Agents from Interpol and ICJ are present in D.C. along with the 82nd Airborne and others. We have been well advised that galactic ships are over every major city and will decloak when the signal is given.
These are higher dimensional bio-organic craft which can alter their density to appear solid in our dimension. Large Mother ships of 3000-5000 mile diameters are outside our solar system and these ships are deployed from those Mother craft as well as from deep underground basis all over this planet. 50,000 beings enter through Lake Volstok in Antarctica every day, we are told.
All planets and all suns are hollow structures with more space dimensions inside than outside. This I have seen/experienced. The sun is cool, not hot as we have been fooled into believing. The warmth of the sun is from the effects of Far Infrared wavelengths. All suns have a full population of inhabitants. Most have 12-14 planets orbiting them. So does ours. Our sun is well along in its shift from hydrogen to helium. When you add xenon gas you have the basis for reactivation of our higher abilities.
All the planets in our solar system have been changing since the 1987 harmonic convergence/1999 Harmonic concordance accelerated our advancement and that acceleration is continuing to increase at rates too amazing to contemplate.
We are now in the photon belt which is ionizing and accelerating/increasing the vibratory frequency and rate of every particle of spirit/matter here and throughout our solar system and beyond, as this planet–at the pivot point of the end-of-ages Grand Shift–is being prepared for a rapid restoration to the spiritual planes.
These are a few of the major subjects we discuss and share updates on. Some information is historical and is for background purposes only, as current events and developments require more and more connecting of the dots to see and comprehend the magnitude of the wondrous events we are privileged to participate in. Some historical items are a bit shocky at first, if you haven’t been exposed to them, but will fall into their right place as the story unfolds and climaxes in the coming days.
That’s right, days not years. The main events are removing impediments to free access. Once that is done, we can all begin to level the economic playing field and become a part of the restoration of our planet to a conscious pristine living being with whom we will all be consciously sharing wisdoms and abilities.
Telempathic resonance is returning and will inform all our communications in the coming years. Our hearts/DNA are pre-coded to open as the frequency rises. Love and Wisdom are the foundation legs which allow all to share without limitation; but with respect for the divine god particle at the heart of our individual soul matrix. We are all equal or equivalent beings of divine potential, and this will soon be visible and known by all who choose to continue as galactic citizens on Terra Nova.
Many will be returning to their home worlds as ambassadors in the coming cycle. The ships from their worlds already are here as part of the grand fleets working with the Ashtar Command to assist and assure Gaia’s protection and Ascension. We now have — at high altitudes above both poles — 3000 mile diameter Wingmaker craft to keep the earth’s balance during this final shifting.
Nothing can stop what has already reached critical mass. If you are in the path of an avalanche you either become part of the snowball or get out of the way. It is already manifested in the causal plane and will soon be overwhelmingly discernable. The joy of anticipation is a counterbalance to the steps yet to be taken to clear the impediments and set the new foundation infrastructure in place. New crystalline grids/codes have already become emplaced/activated in the core of the planet and are causing similar changes in each of us.
We are daily receiving new pulses of activating instructions directly from the Great Central Sun and all that is no longer valid is being purged as it can not go with us into the higher realms. Just as you clean up the kitchen after a holiday meal preparation and enjoyment, there are always residues that need to be either recycled are removed. Spring cleaning for the soul-matrix is much the same. The graduation exams are in process and most if not all final choices have been made. The champagne is in the fridge. When the signal comes we will pop our corks together. …
Blessings in the Light,
MarkH
P.S. I take full responsibility for any errors or misinformation which may have inadvertently been included due to negligence or ignorance. This is a speculative, if you wish, overview. Each of the subjects have numerous references which can provide more in depth information. Discernment is required because of the nature of this material. Feel free to disregard anything here that does not resonate with your own inner truth. This
information is just a stimulus to remembering what is already known inside each of us.
[link to nesaranow.wordpress.com]
08 Dezembro, 2008
The Present of Presence
The Present of Presence
Daniel Pinchbeck
Most people have not yet fully processed the magnitude of the economic crisis that will continue to deepen in the next years. Our lives may depend upon working through the causes and logical consequences of this disaster, which can be blamed on the greed and ineptitude of our ruling elite. The short-term prognosis is devastating. The hundreds of billions -- potentially trillions -- of dollars created by the U.S. government and Federal Reserve for bailouts should lead to hyperinflation and a sharp rise in the price of basic goods. At the same time, some analysts are predicting the U.S. government will be insolvent by next summer and forced to declare bankruptcy.
One consequence of the credit freeze has been that many farmers around the world, who often live on narrow margins and depend upon loans to see them through the annual harvest, have not been able to get credit. This could lead to diminished production of food at a time when climate change is reducing the amount of arable land. Last year, there were already hunger riots in a number of countries, and by next summer we may see famine on a larger scale.
Hunger may also become a problem in the U.S. While layoffs and mass foreclosures continue and our economy contracts, a large segment of our populace (who have no savings and much debt) could become a new pauper class. We have already seen over a million homes turned over to banks. One can only wonder where those people -- and the millions more soon to join them -- are going to end up.
Meanwhile, the turmoil in the markets will continue, potentially getting much worse. Apparently, hundreds of trillions of virtual dollars spin in the roulette machine of the derivatives market, which is beginning to disintegrate. The collapse of the housing market may be followed by mass waves of credit card defaults. Our economy was a house of cards, based on the extraordinary premise that ever-expanding debt was a desirable product, and it is now falling down upon us.
We are facing a time of great change and spiritual challenge. Those of us who have undergone a process of awakening and initiation during the last decades will be called upon to act as truth-tellers, leaders and compassionate caretakers for the multitudes that have been duped and deluded by the system. We may have to abandon our comfort zones and personal ambitions to be of service to the situation as it unfolds.
In the time available to us before the situation becomes critical, priorities include strengthening local communities and disseminating techniques of self-sufficiency, such as getting many more people to grow their own food. It is tragic that our mass media continues to act as a mechanism of distraction. The media could be used to explain to people how our world is changing, to teach them the basic life skills that we forfeited a few generations ago, and to imprint new behavior patterns based on sustainable life-ways. Perhaps public broadcasting, at least, can be repurposed for this necessary effort.
The partial nationalization of financial institutions around the world reveals the failure of capitalism -- the end of capitalism in its old form. In the future, it should be obvious that capitalism was a transitional system for our global community. Capitalism meshed the world together through networks of trade and communication, while maintaining monstrous inequities and irrational misuse of resources.
The question that faces us now is: what comes after capitalism, and how do we get there? In the short term, we may see dangerous efforts at authoritarian control. The longer-term answer may be a collapse of centralized structures of authority and the blossoming of a new form of global direct democracy -- what the anthropologist Pierre Clastres called "society without a state." By necessity, our future system will be collaborative rather than competitive.
If the crisis now confronting the human community is mishandled, vast populations will experience untold suffering and starvation in the next few years. If "we the people" can rise to the occasion, we may be able to radically change the direction of human society, along with the basic paradigms and underlying operating systems of our culture, in a rapid timeframe. This appears to be the message of many prophetic traditions -- as the Hopi say, "We are the ones we have been waiting for" -- which have anticipated this climactic passage in human affairs.
As we approach the holiday season and the Gregorian New Year, we can give thanks for having been born into this extraordinary, precious time. Our actions over the next few years could have tremendous consequences for humanity's future on this planet. At such a juncture, the best present we can give to the people around us is our authentic presence -- our willingness to listen, learn and remain open to transformation, as the pace of change quickens around us.
This article originally appeared in Conscious Choice.
Image by Tjflex2, courtesy of Creative Commons license.
12-5-08
* Daniel Pinchbeck's blog
Daniel Pinchbeck
Most people have not yet fully processed the magnitude of the economic crisis that will continue to deepen in the next years. Our lives may depend upon working through the causes and logical consequences of this disaster, which can be blamed on the greed and ineptitude of our ruling elite. The short-term prognosis is devastating. The hundreds of billions -- potentially trillions -- of dollars created by the U.S. government and Federal Reserve for bailouts should lead to hyperinflation and a sharp rise in the price of basic goods. At the same time, some analysts are predicting the U.S. government will be insolvent by next summer and forced to declare bankruptcy.
One consequence of the credit freeze has been that many farmers around the world, who often live on narrow margins and depend upon loans to see them through the annual harvest, have not been able to get credit. This could lead to diminished production of food at a time when climate change is reducing the amount of arable land. Last year, there were already hunger riots in a number of countries, and by next summer we may see famine on a larger scale.
Hunger may also become a problem in the U.S. While layoffs and mass foreclosures continue and our economy contracts, a large segment of our populace (who have no savings and much debt) could become a new pauper class. We have already seen over a million homes turned over to banks. One can only wonder where those people -- and the millions more soon to join them -- are going to end up.
Meanwhile, the turmoil in the markets will continue, potentially getting much worse. Apparently, hundreds of trillions of virtual dollars spin in the roulette machine of the derivatives market, which is beginning to disintegrate. The collapse of the housing market may be followed by mass waves of credit card defaults. Our economy was a house of cards, based on the extraordinary premise that ever-expanding debt was a desirable product, and it is now falling down upon us.
We are facing a time of great change and spiritual challenge. Those of us who have undergone a process of awakening and initiation during the last decades will be called upon to act as truth-tellers, leaders and compassionate caretakers for the multitudes that have been duped and deluded by the system. We may have to abandon our comfort zones and personal ambitions to be of service to the situation as it unfolds.
In the time available to us before the situation becomes critical, priorities include strengthening local communities and disseminating techniques of self-sufficiency, such as getting many more people to grow their own food. It is tragic that our mass media continues to act as a mechanism of distraction. The media could be used to explain to people how our world is changing, to teach them the basic life skills that we forfeited a few generations ago, and to imprint new behavior patterns based on sustainable life-ways. Perhaps public broadcasting, at least, can be repurposed for this necessary effort.
The partial nationalization of financial institutions around the world reveals the failure of capitalism -- the end of capitalism in its old form. In the future, it should be obvious that capitalism was a transitional system for our global community. Capitalism meshed the world together through networks of trade and communication, while maintaining monstrous inequities and irrational misuse of resources.
The question that faces us now is: what comes after capitalism, and how do we get there? In the short term, we may see dangerous efforts at authoritarian control. The longer-term answer may be a collapse of centralized structures of authority and the blossoming of a new form of global direct democracy -- what the anthropologist Pierre Clastres called "society without a state." By necessity, our future system will be collaborative rather than competitive.
If the crisis now confronting the human community is mishandled, vast populations will experience untold suffering and starvation in the next few years. If "we the people" can rise to the occasion, we may be able to radically change the direction of human society, along with the basic paradigms and underlying operating systems of our culture, in a rapid timeframe. This appears to be the message of many prophetic traditions -- as the Hopi say, "We are the ones we have been waiting for" -- which have anticipated this climactic passage in human affairs.
As we approach the holiday season and the Gregorian New Year, we can give thanks for having been born into this extraordinary, precious time. Our actions over the next few years could have tremendous consequences for humanity's future on this planet. At such a juncture, the best present we can give to the people around us is our authentic presence -- our willingness to listen, learn and remain open to transformation, as the pace of change quickens around us.
This article originally appeared in Conscious Choice.
Image by Tjflex2, courtesy of Creative Commons license.
12-5-08
* Daniel Pinchbeck's blog
27 Novembro, 2008
Seek the Light and all truth will come to sight.
Seek the Light and all truth will come to sight.
----
7th century Mayan prophet Pacal Votan left a universal message for future generations of an evolving Earth.
Proclaiming,"If Humanity Wishes To Save Itself From Biospheric Destruction It Must Return To Living in Natural Time," he foretold of our accelerated technological society, and the resulting damage of our collective divergence from Natural Law in exchange for materialist values.
Pacal Votan's prophetic call is alerting present-day humanity that our biological process is transforming, approaching the culmination of a 26,000 year evolutionary program. Bringing the return of universal telepathy, heightened sense capacity, and self-reflective consciousness, this is a return to the sacred domain of our inner technology.
This grand cycle of evolution will culminate
winter solstice, December 21, 2012 AD.
This time we are now in has been called "The Time of Trial on Earth," "Judgement Day," "The Time of Great Purification," "The End of this Creation," "The Quickening," "The End of Time as We Know It," "The Shift of the Ages." It is foretold that the completion of the Precession brings regeneration of Earth, offering awakening to all open, willing hearts. Many peoples spoke of these last days of the Great Cycle, including the: Maya, Hopi, Egyptians, Kabbalists, Essenes, Qero elders of Peru, Navajo, Cherokee, Apache, Iroquois confederacy, Dogon Tribe, and Aborigines.
As avid stargazers, the ancient Maya were keen to an astrological cycle we call the Precession of the Equinoxes. This is close to a 26,000 year cycle in which Earth transits through each of the 12 signs of the zodiac for about 2152 years each. Each of these astrological ages represents one month of the grand, Cosmic Year. Sumerians, Tibetans, Egyptians, Cherokees, Hopi, and Mayans refer to this same 26,000 year cycle in their mystical belief systems and each have developed calendars based on this great cycle.
The Maya messengers, reknowned for their architectural, artistic, mathematical and scientific achievements, left a calling card as a series of super-human sized stone monuments and pyramids with precise calendrical computations. Planted with great intention, these dates were left to ensure that future generations would be alerted to the coming end point of this great 26,000 year cycle. A cycle which corresponds also to a 26,000 year relationship of our Sun orbiting Alcyone, the central star of the 7 Sisters Pleiades constellation. According to the Maya, the "future" which lies beyond this end date is literally "a new world age" - "a new creation."
The 26,000 year cycle of the Homo Sapien's evolution and development is mirrored by the 260-day cycle of human gestation. Collective humanity is right now maturing into the being we have long been encoded to be. As with any labor, it is not the mother, or the baby, who is in charge - it is the primal process of Birth itself unfolding its own destiny.
Thus the December 21, 2012 AD is not the day where all of the sudden a light switch will flip on and everything will change, rather, we are NOW in the process of this transition from one World Age to the next. The changes are underway and will continue steadily accelerating as we head towards the culminating date!
Continued: http://13moon.com/prophecy%20page.htm
----
7th century Mayan prophet Pacal Votan left a universal message for future generations of an evolving Earth.
Proclaiming,"If Humanity Wishes To Save Itself From Biospheric Destruction It Must Return To Living in Natural Time," he foretold of our accelerated technological society, and the resulting damage of our collective divergence from Natural Law in exchange for materialist values.
Pacal Votan's prophetic call is alerting present-day humanity that our biological process is transforming, approaching the culmination of a 26,000 year evolutionary program. Bringing the return of universal telepathy, heightened sense capacity, and self-reflective consciousness, this is a return to the sacred domain of our inner technology.
This grand cycle of evolution will culminate
winter solstice, December 21, 2012 AD.
This time we are now in has been called "The Time of Trial on Earth," "Judgement Day," "The Time of Great Purification," "The End of this Creation," "The Quickening," "The End of Time as We Know It," "The Shift of the Ages." It is foretold that the completion of the Precession brings regeneration of Earth, offering awakening to all open, willing hearts. Many peoples spoke of these last days of the Great Cycle, including the: Maya, Hopi, Egyptians, Kabbalists, Essenes, Qero elders of Peru, Navajo, Cherokee, Apache, Iroquois confederacy, Dogon Tribe, and Aborigines.
As avid stargazers, the ancient Maya were keen to an astrological cycle we call the Precession of the Equinoxes. This is close to a 26,000 year cycle in which Earth transits through each of the 12 signs of the zodiac for about 2152 years each. Each of these astrological ages represents one month of the grand, Cosmic Year. Sumerians, Tibetans, Egyptians, Cherokees, Hopi, and Mayans refer to this same 26,000 year cycle in their mystical belief systems and each have developed calendars based on this great cycle.
The Maya messengers, reknowned for their architectural, artistic, mathematical and scientific achievements, left a calling card as a series of super-human sized stone monuments and pyramids with precise calendrical computations. Planted with great intention, these dates were left to ensure that future generations would be alerted to the coming end point of this great 26,000 year cycle. A cycle which corresponds also to a 26,000 year relationship of our Sun orbiting Alcyone, the central star of the 7 Sisters Pleiades constellation. According to the Maya, the "future" which lies beyond this end date is literally "a new world age" - "a new creation."
The 26,000 year cycle of the Homo Sapien's evolution and development is mirrored by the 260-day cycle of human gestation. Collective humanity is right now maturing into the being we have long been encoded to be. As with any labor, it is not the mother, or the baby, who is in charge - it is the primal process of Birth itself unfolding its own destiny.
Thus the December 21, 2012 AD is not the day where all of the sudden a light switch will flip on and everything will change, rather, we are NOW in the process of this transition from one World Age to the next. The changes are underway and will continue steadily accelerating as we head towards the culminating date!
Continued: http://13moon.com/prophecy%20page.htm
18 Novembro, 2008
Your Body is the mirror of your life
Your Body Is The Mirror Of Your Life
Everything begins with your consciousness. Everything that happens in your life, and everything that happens in your body, begins with something happening in your consciousness. Your consciousness is who you are, your experience of Being.
You decide what ideas to accept and which to reject. You decide what to think, and you decide what to feel. When these decisions leave you with residual stress, you experience the stress as if in your physical body. We know that stress creates symptoms. The interesting question is, “Which stress creates which symptoms?" When we are able to quantify this process; we are then able to see the body as a map of the person's consciousness, relating particular symptoms to particular stresses and particular ways of being, in the same way that Type "A" Behavior has been able to be associated with heart disease.
Everything Starts In Your Consciousness
To understand this map, we must first orient ourselves to the idea that the causes of symptoms are within. While it's true that germs cause disease and accidents cause injuries, it is also true that this happens in accord with what is happening in the consciousness of the person involved.
Germs are everywhere. Why are some people affected and not others? Something different is happening in their consciousness.
Why do some patients in hospitals respond better to treatment than others? They have different attitudes. Something different is happening in their consciousness When someone is injured in an "accident," why is it that a very specific part of the body is affected, and that it is the same part that has had habitual problems? Is that an "accident?" or is there a pattern and an order to the way things happen in our bodies?
You Are A Being of Energy
Your consciousness, your experience of Being, who you really are, is energy. We can call it "Life Energy" for now. This energy does not just live in your brain; it fills your entire body. Your consciousness is connected to every cell in your body. Through your consciousness, you can communicate with every organ and every tissue, and a number of therapies are based on this communication with the organs which have been affected by some kind of symptom or disorder.
This energy which is your consciousness, and which reflects your state of consciousness, can be measured through the process known as Kirlian photography. When you take a Kirlian photograph of your hand, it shows a certain pattern of energy. If you take a second photograph while imagining that you are sending love and energy to someone you know, there will be a different pattern of energy shown on the Kirlian photograph. Thus, we can see that a change in your consciousness creates a change in the energy field that is being photographed, which we call the aura.
This energy field shown in the Kirlian photographs has been quantified, so that when there are "holes" in particular parts of the energy field, these are said to correspond to particular weaknesses in specific parts of the physical body. The interesting thing about this is that the weakness shows up in the energy field before there is ever any evidence of it on the physical level.
Thus, we have an interesting direction of manifestation shown through what we have described.
1. A change of consciousness creates a change in the energy field.
2. A change in the energy field happens before a change in the physical body.
The direction of manifestation is from the consciousness, through the energy field, to the physical body. Consciousness: 1. Energy Field 2. Physical Body
When we look at things in this way, we see that it is not the physical body creating the
energy field, the aura, but rather the aura or energy field that is creating the physical
body. What we see as the physical body is the end result of a process that begins with the
consciousness.
We Each Create Our Reality
When someone makes a decision that leaves them with stress, creating a blockage in the energy field with a sufficient degree of intensity, this creates a symptom on the physical level. The symptom speaks a certain language, which reflects the idea that we each create our own reality. When the symptom is described from that point of view, the metaphoric significance of the symptom becomes clear. Thus, instead of saying, "I can't see," the person would have to say, "I have been keeping myself from seeing something." If they cannot walk, they would have to say, "I have been keeping myself from walking away from something." And so on. We must understand that there are no accidents and no coincidences. Things do happen according to a pattern and order.
The Human Directional System
We can say that we have an inner guidance system, a connection to our Higher Self, or our Inner Being, or whatever name we choose to give this Higher Intelligence. This inner guidance system functions through what we call our intuition, or our instinct. It speaks a very simple language. Either it feels good, or it doesn't. All the rest is just politics.
We are told we should move with what feels good, and do not do what doesn't feel good to us. We are told to trust this inner voice. When we don't follow this inner voice we feel tension. We feel not-good. Then, the voice must get louder. The next level of communication is through the
emotions. As we move more and more in the direction that feels not-good, we experience more and more emotions that feel not-good, and at some point we can say, "I should have listened to myself when I thought to move in the other direction." That meant that we heard the inner voice. Otherwise, we could not have said, "I should have listened." If we make the decision we know is the right one for us, and therefore change direction, there is a release of tension, we feel better, and we know we are again on the right track.
If we continue to move in the direction that feels not-good, the communication reaches the physical level. We create a symptom, and the symptom speaks a language which reflects the idea that we each create our own reality. When we describe the symptom from that point of view, we can understand the message..
If we change our way of being, we have received the message, and the symptom has no further reason for being. It is able to be released, according to whatever we allow ourselves to believe is possible. If we created the symptom with a decision, we are also able to release it with a decision.
As a hypothesis, we can imagine that someone makes a decision that it is not a good idea to express what they want. From that moment, whenever there is something they want, they keep themselves from expressing it, and therefore from having what they want. That feels not-good. The tension grows. They feel more and more not-good as they keep themselves from expressing what they want and not having it.
Eventually, something happens to create a symptom on the physical level, and their right arm is affected. It could have happened through falling from a ladder, or in an automobile accident, or by pinching a nerve in the neck, or by "sleeping in a draft." Something had to happen on the physical level to create the symptom, in order to give the person the message on the physical level about what they had been doing to themselves.
We do to ourselves literally what we have been doing to ourselves figuratively.. The effect is that the person cannot move their arm. They are keeping themselves from reaching for something, and since it is the right arm, on the "will" side of the body, they are keeping themselves from reaching for or going for what they want. They have been giving themselves reasons to not believe that they could have what they want. When they begin to do something different in their consciousness, they notice that something different begins to happen with their arm, and the symptom is able to be released.
Chakras And The Map
To understand the map of the consciousness that the body represents, we can turn to some ancient Hindu traditions which have been studying consciousness for thousands of years, and which use the language of the chakras.
Chakra is a Sanskrit word, and it means "wheel," or "vortex," because that's what it looks like when we look at it. Each chakra is like a solid ball of energy interpenetrating the physical body, in the same way that a magnetic field can interpenetrate the physical body. The chakras are not physical. They are aspects of consciousness in the same way that the auras are aspects of consciousness The chakras are more dense than the auras, but not as dense as the physical body, but they interact with the physical body through two major vehicles, the endocrine system and the nervous system. Each of the seven chakras is associated with one of the seven endocrine glands, and also with a particular group of nerves called a plexus. Thus, each chakra can be associated with particular parts of the body and particular functions within the body controlled by that plexus or that endocrine gland associated with that chakra.
Your consciousness, your experience of being, represents everything it is possible for you to experience. All of your senses, all of your perceptions, all of your possible states of awareness, can be divided into seven categories, and each of these categories can be associated with a particular chakra. Thus, the chakras represent not only particular parts of your physical body, but also particular parts of your consciousness. When you feel tension in your consciousness, you feel it in the chakra associated with the part of your consciousness experiencing the stress, and in the parts of the physical body associated with that chakra. Where you feel the stress depends therefore on why you feel the stress.
When someone is hurt in a relationship, they feel it in their heart. When someone is nervous, their legs tremble and their bladder becomes weak. When there is tension in a particular part of your consciousness, and therefore in the chakra associated with that part of your consciousness, the tension is detected by the nerves of the plexus associated with that chakra, and communicated to the parts of the body controlled by that plexus. When the tension continues over a period of time, or reaches a particular degree of intensity, the person creates a symptom on the physical level. Again, the symptom served to communicate to the person through their body what they had been doing to themselves in their consciousness. When the person changes something about their way of being, they are able to release the stress that had been creating the symptom, and they are then able to return to their natural state of balance and health.
Reading The Map
When we are reading the body as a map of the consciousness within, we work with the idea that the tensions in the body represent tensions in the person's consciousness concerning what was happening in the person's life at the time that the symptom developed. The person was feeling stress about something that was happening in their life at that time.
We are going to examine the map of consciousness that the chakras provide, in order to understand the language of the symptoms that are associated with each chakra. In order to complete this map; however, we also need to look at ourselves as each a polarity of yin and yang, feminine and masculine characteristics.
For most people, their right side is their yang side, their will side, their acting or active side, and the left side is their yin side, their female side, their feeling or adaptive side. For people who were born left-handed, this polarity is reversed. Thus, for a right-handed person, their right leg can be described as their will leg, or their male leg, or the foundation of their will, but for a left-handed person, their left leg would be their male leg or will leg, and so on.
Thus, we can talk about the will arm, or the will eye, or the will nostril, etc., and which side it is on will depend upon whether the person is right-handed or left-handed at birth.
Each of the chakras is energy vibrating at a certain frequency, in a logical and orderly sequence of seven vibrations. As we move up the scale, the elements become more and more subtle, moving through the five physical elements of earth, water, fire, air, and ether, to the spiritual elements of inner sound and inner light. The heaviest element is on the bottom, the lightest on the top. It is a logical and orderly sequence.
The colors of the spectrum also represent a series of seven vibrations in a logical and orderly sequence, as do the notes of the musical scale. Thus, we can put the heaviest vibrations or the longest wavelength on the bottom and the lightest on the top, and a particular color can be used to represent a chakra in its clear state, as can a particular musical note.
Music played in a certain key vibrates a particular chakra, and we feel a particular way when we hear that music. Our relationship with a certain color says something about our relationship with the part of our consciousness that the color represents.
The Root Chakra is associated with the parts of our consciousness concerned with security, survival, or trust. For most people, this concerns the parts of their consciousness concerned with money, home, and job. When this chakra is in its clear state, the person is able to feel secure, be present in the here and now, and be grounded. When there is tension in this chakra, it is experienced as insecurity or fear. When there is more tension, it is experienced as a threat to survival.
Parts of the body controlled by the sacral plexus and this chakra include the skeleton
system, the legs, and the elimination system. Symptoms in these parts of the body represent, therefore, tensions at the level of the Root Chakra, and we therefore know that the person is seeing the world through a perceptual filter of insecurity or fear. The adrenal glands are also associated with this chakra.
If one leg is affected, we can see whether it is the male leg or the female leg, and thus whether it has something to do with trust in a male or trust in a female. We can also see it as having something to do with trust in the will, or the aspects of trust in the foundations the emotional being, related to what was happening in the person's life at the time the symptom developed.
The physical sense of smell, and therefore the organ of the sense of smell, the nose, is associated with the Root Chakra. Symptoms at the level of the nose or affecting the sense of smell reflect tensions at the level of the Root Chakra.
Each chakra is associated with an element. The Root Chakra is associated with the element of earth, and reflects something about the person's association with the earth, or how they feel about being on the earth, which we call Mother Earth. This chakra is also associated with our relationship with our mother.
When someone experiences a sense of separation from their mother, or not feeling loved by their mother, they cut off their roots and experience symptoms of tensions at the level of the Root Chakra until they can again open to accept their mother's love.
When a child comes into the world in the traditional family structure, the mother provides the nourishment and the father provides the direction. Thus, in the child's relationship with its other, it makes certain decisions about the way things are. The relationship with the mother thus becomes a model for the person's relationship with everything that represents security - money, home, and job.
The Root Chakra is associated with the color red.
The Abdominal Chakra is associated with the parts of our consciousness concerned with food and sex - the communication from the body to the person within it, about what the body wants or needs, and what it finds pleasurable. It also is related to what is happening in their consciousness about having children. When this chakra is in its clear state, the person is in touch with this communication, and listening to and responding appropriately to what the body wants and needs.
Parts of the body controlled by the lumbar plexus include the reproductive system and the abdomen and the lumbar region of the back.
The sense of taste is associated with this chakra, as is the element of water. When someone does not have a clear relationship with water (swimming, for example, or being on a boat), this reflects their attitudes about the parts of their consciousness that this chakra represents.
Tensions on the will side or the emotional side of this chakra indicate tensions in the person's consciousness as conflicts between either the will or the emotions with what the person's body is asking for. This chakra is associated with the sense of taste, and with appetite. It is also involved
with the person's willingness to feel their emotions.
The second chakra is associated with the color orange.
The Solar Plexus Chakra is associated with the parts of our consciousness having to do with perceptions of power, control, or freedom. In its clear state, it represents ease of being, and comfort with what is real for one's self - being comfortable with who you are. Parts of the body associated with this chakra include the organs closest to the solar plexus- stomach, gall bladder, spleen, liver, etc., as well as the skin as a system, the muscular system as a system, and the face in general.
The physical sense associated with this chakra is the sense of sight. Anyone with impaired eyesight experiences tension at the level of their solar plexus chakra about the issues of power, control, or freedom. Nearsighted people also experience tensions at the level of the Root Chakra, and experience the world through a perceptual filter of fear or insecurity. Those who are farsighted experience tension also at the level of the throat chakra, and see the world through a perceptual filter of anger or guilt. Astigmatics see through the emotional perceptual filter of confusion.
The endocrine gland associated with the Solar Plexus Chakra is the pancreas. We can say that diabetics are keeping sweetness from themselves. When someone gets too close with sweetness, they feel threatened in their power to be who they are, and an emotion comes up to create a safe distance again. The emotion is anger. Diabetes is associated with suppressed anger.
The element associated with this chakra is fire, and the person's relationship with the sun
says something about their relationship with the parts of their consciousness associated with the Solar Plexus Chakra.
The color of the Solar Plexus Chakra is yellow.
The Heart Chakra is associated with the parts of the consciousness concerned with relationships and our perceptions of love. The relationships we speak of here are with those people closest to our heart, partners, parents, siblings, children. The parts of the body associated with this chakra include the heart and lungs, and the blood circulatory system as a system. This chakra is also associated with the thymus gland, which controls the immune system. When this is affected, as with AIDS, the person's lifestyle separates them from someone they love.
The physical sense associated with this chakra is the sense of touch, in its aspect of relating to the person inside the body. For example, a massage given to someone with no sensitivity to what the person is feeling inside would be an example of the sensation we associate with the Abdominal Chakra, but when the masseur seems to have a sense of what the person inside the body is experiencing, then it includes the aspect of relating we associate with the Heart Chakra.
When someone experiences extreme sensitivity about being touched, we would ask what was happening at the level of the Heart Chakra. This chakra is associated with the element of air. When someone has difficulty with air, with breathing (asthma, emphysema, tuberculosis, etc.), we say that their relationship with air reflects their relationship with love, difficulty letting it in, or letting it out, for example
The color associated with the Heart Chakra is emerald green.
The Throat Chakra is associated with the parts of the consciousness concerned with expressing and receiving. Expressing can be in the form of communicating what one wants and what one feels, or it can be artistic expression, as an artist painting, a dancer dancing, a musician playing music, using a form for expressing and bringing to the outside what was within. Expression is related to receiving, as, "Ask, and ye shall receive."
The throat chakra is associated with abundance, and with the state of consciousness called, "grace," where it seems that what you want for you is also what God wants for you. Accepting what the abundant universe offers you requires a sense of unconditionally receiving.
This chakra is also associated with listening to one's intuition, and flowing in a particular way where it seems that the Universe supports you in all that you do. It is the first level of consciousness from which one perceives another level of intelligence functioning, and one's interaction with this other level of intelligence.
Parts of the body associated with this chakra include the throat, shoulders, and arms and
hands. and the thyroid gland.
The sense of hearing is associated with this chakra, and the element of ether, the most subtle physical element, corresponding to what we find in deep space. The ether is the crossover between the physical and the spiritual dimensions. Someone looking at the world through this chakra watches the manifestation of their goals. The Will Arm represents manifesting what you want, and the Feeling Arm represents manifesting what makes you happy. Hopefully, the two point to the same thing.
Sky Blue is the color associated with this chakra.
The Brow Chakra is associated with the parts of the consciousness concerned with the spiritual view, and the home of the Spirit, the Being within. This level of consciousness is associated with what western traditions call the unconscious or subconscious, the part of our consciousness that directs our actions and our life. From this level we are aware of the motivations behind our actions. We can watch our outer theater from an inner point of view.
This chakra is associated with the carotid plexus, and the nerves on each side of the face, and the pituitary gland. Headaches in the temples or center of the forehead are associated with tensions at this level. This chakra controls the entire endocrine system as a system, and the process of growth.
The Brow chakra, also known as the Third Eye, is associated with extra sensory perception (ESP), the set of all inner senses that correspond to the outer senses, which together comprise spirit-to-spirit communication. The element associated with this chakra is a vibration known as the Inner Sound, the sound that one hears in their ears that does not depend upon something in the physical world. Some consider it a pathological condition. In some of the eastern traditions the ability to hear this is considered a necessary prerequisite to further spiritual growth.
The color associated with this chakra is Indigo, midnight blue, the color of lapis lazuli, or the color of the night sky during a full moon.
The Crown Chakra is associated with the parts of the consciousness concerned with unity or separation, and just as the Root Chakra showed our connection with Mother Earth, this chakra shows our connection with Our Father, Which Art in Heaven. At first, it is associated with our connection with our biological father. This becomes the model for our relationship with authority, and this becomes the model for our relationship with God. When there is a sense of separation from our biological father, the person closes this chakra, and the effect on the consciousness is a sense of isolation and aloneness, being in a shell, and difficult to make contact with those outside the shell.
The person feels as if they are hiding from God, or hiding from themselves, not seeing what is true for them in the deepest part of their consciousness, the part we call the soul. This chakra is also associated with a sense of direction.
The parts of the body controlled by this chakra are the pineal gland, the brain, and the entire nervous system as a system.
The color associated with the Crown Chakra is Violet, the color of amethyst.
Using The Map
When there is tension in a particular part of the body, this represents a tension in a particular part of the consciousness, about a particular part of the person's life. Being aware of these associations helps one to see the importance of resolving the tense issues in their life.
If it were only a question of doing what is necessary for the person to be happy, that would be reason enough to motivate the person to want to change something that doesn't work for them, but here, we see that it is also a matter of health.
The issues that are unresolved in a person's life are, in fact, hazardous to their health.
When we see the correspondences between the consciousness and the body, we see the
degree to which we each create our reality. In fact, those words begin to take on a new
meaning. We see how everything begins in our consciousness and we are able to look around us at other aspects of our lives in the same way.
When we see how the body carries out the messages and deepest wishes of the Being within the body, we can realize that the process can go in more than one direction.. If our consciousness is directing how we develop symptoms; it can also direct how we release these same symptoms. If our consciousness can make our body ill, our consciousness can make our body well.
The logical conclusion of this process is that anything can be healed.
The Eight Human Talents
General Overview of the Chakra System
FIRST CHAKRA: Area of the Body: Organs of Elimination
HUMAN TALENT: Acceptance
COLOR: Red
SHADOW EMOTION(S): Resentment, Rigidity
ELEMENT: Earth
SECOND CHAKRA: Area of the Body: The Sexual Organs
HUMAN TALENT: Creativity
COLOR: Orange
SHADOW EMOTION(S): Passionate manipulation, Guilt
ELEMENT: Water
THIRD CHAKRA: Area of the Body: Navel Center
HUMAN TALENT: Commitment
COLOR: Yellow Shadow
EMOTION(S): Anger, Greed
ELEMENT: Fire
FOURTH CHAKRA: Area of the Body: Heart Center
HUMAN TALENT: Compassion COLOR: Green Shadow
EMOTION(S): Fear, Attachment
ELEMENT: Air
FIFTH CHAKRA: Area of the Body: Throat
HUMAN TALENT: Truth
COLOR: Blue Shadow
EMOTION(S): Denial, Abruptness
ELEMENT: Ether
SIXTH CHAKRA: Area of the Body: Third Eye Point
HUMAN TALENT: Intuition
COLOR: Indigo
SHADOW EMOTION(S): Confusion, Depression
ELEMENT: None
SEVENTH CHAKRA: Area of the Body: Crown of the Head
HUMAN TALENT: Boundlessness
COLOR: Violet
SHADOW EMOTION(S): Grief
ELEMENT: None
EIGHTH CHAKRA: Area of the Body: The Electromagnetic Field (Aura)
HUMAN TALENT: Radiance
COLOR: White
SHADOW EMOTION(S): None
ELEMENT: None
You will notice that the first five chakras are each associated with an earthly element, Earth, Water, Fire, Air, and Ether. Most people recognize the first four elements, but are unfamiliar with the term "ether." Ether is a subtle, heavenly energy, beyond the earth. As we move up the ladder of chakras, into the higher mental and spiritual planes, there are no longer earthly elements associated with these chakras.
Lust, anger, greed, pride, and attachment are human qualities that result from the imbalance of the eight energy centers called chakras. When these imbalances settle in, we often experience mental or physical problems.
People often come to me with emotional blocks in a certain chakra that have manifested in the creation of a physical illness. The idea that certain emotions and talents live in certain areas of our bodies is not a new one, but I do think some people have taken this too far, and assume that if they get sick it is somehow their own fault. This is a negative way of looking at this phenomenon, and does more harm than good when it comes to healing our bodies and spirits. Your disease is not your fault. Illness is part of the whole learning experience of life, and everybody goes through it. That's what it means to be mortal.
You can take an active, positive role in healing your own mind, body, and spirit. See your body as God's perfect gift to you, for it is in loving and appreciating our body that we begin the path to consciousness. The eight greatest talents of humankind are located in the eight chakras, the eight major power areas of the body.
The Eight Human Talents are the gifts of God that make us different from all other creatures on earth. Happiness is your birthright. The use and cultivation of these eight talents are keys to the happiness that God wants for you.
Happiness is your birthright.
Our bodies are gifts from God. We need them to be here. For it is in loving and appreciating our bodies that we begin the path to consciousness. Happiness is your birthright. Opening or balancing all your chakras is the key to that happiness.
"The very purpose of our life is happiness; the very motion of our life is towards happiness." The Dalai Lama
It's nearly impossible to balance these eight power centers perfectly to bring out their talents every day of your life. But don't worry, perfection isn't the goal. The goal is to become aware of the energy emanating from each chakra and to be able to call upon it when you need it. Let's say you're called on to make a presentation at a board meeting.
You'll need to shift into the fifth chakra located at your throat to communicate your ideas clearly, and the third chakra to give your presentation the special emphasis and punch of commitment. If an angry coworker blows up over the smallest inconvenience, don't meet fire with fire. Try meeting her with your fourth chakra, using compassion to heal the fear and insecurity behind her outburst.
Our bodies are like complex worlds within worlds. We know where they begin and end, and yet they are vast and full of mysteries which we may never understand. No machine has ever been devised by a human that is as complex or artful as our own human body.
The ancient system of chakras is a way to understand ourselves. There is an incredible amount of subtle interaction going on all the time.
I have chosen specific Kundalini Yoga exercise sequences and meditations to help you develop the human talent that lies hidden within each chakra. I suggest you choose one or two, and try them for three minutes at least. I always suggest that students begin trying any meditation for three minutes, and increase it to seven, then eleven, eventually working up to thirty-one minutes. You can see improvement by committing to doing the meditation for a longer period of time.
"The life of a yogi is to manifest a beautiful, bountiful and wonderfully blissful
tomorrow. That's a yogi." Yogi Bhajan
The reason for these specific lengths of time has to do with the numerological significance of each number in the Kundalini Yoga tradition. The greater the amount of time, the greater the benefit. In Kundalini Yoga, we often do movements twenty-six times. Because we have twenty-six vertebrae, twenty-six is an important number to us.
For a greater challenge, you can increase the number of repetitions of an exercise to fifty-four
or even one hundred and eight if you really want to see faster progress! It's not what you do, but the courage and commitment that you bring to what you do. Meditation is not about perfecting or attaining anything. People think they need to go into a trance or be in an altered state to feel they're really meditating. That can and does happen, but meditation is actually the clearinghouse of the mind.
Our minds release a thousand thoughts per wink of the eye. Just watch these thoughts as you might watch an ocean wave, not remembering or diagnosing them as they come and go. The real gift is to sit in the middle of all those thoughts, and react to not a one. Keep returning back to your breath, or maybe the sound you're making or the position of your body. Kundalini Meditations usually consist of breath or sound patterns and some specific positions, so you have plenty on which to concentrate.
"Each thought can become an emotion, and a feeling. And with each emotion and feeling, some of them become desires, and to be completed they take up all of your life energy. But if you use every thought and pass it through the intelligence and test it with your consciousness, you shall be successful, doesn't matter what. That's a simple secret of life." Yogi Bhajan
When there's an emergency -- for example, if someone is calling from a hospital, we'll say, "Okay, take a deep breath, and slow down." When you don't allow yourself to breathe, you deny yourself the very gift of life. In yogic terms, we believe that the life force is the "prana," which comes to us through the breath. Allowing yourself to take in enough breath is usually the first thing you need, and it's usually the first thing to go.
Breath is free for the taking, but we're often very miserly in the way we dole it out to ourselves. It's not logical, but we all do it. Before I learned this particular technology for meditation, I experienced the frustration of being told to sit and "meditate," having no idea what that meant. I'm so glad that I now have specific tools and techniques that make meditation less mysterious and more practical.
If you want to make a real change and develop the talent in any chakra, I suggest you do a meditation for that power center for forty days, for whatever length of time feels comfortable. You can start with a shorter time and then increase the time during the forty day period. If you just aren't up to it one day, you can go back to a three-minute period for that day so you don't have to break your forty-day commitment.
Forty days has historically been a significant time period in many world religions. In the Old Testament it rained for forty days and forty nights. In Christianity there are the forty days of Lent. Forty-day cycles are very important in the Sikh religion as well. Perhaps this is because your physical body renews all the cells in your bloodstream every forty days. For whatever reason, forty days has always been a mystical period of time.
So you see, there are many ways to use these tools. I don't want you ever to feel that the one you pick is not good enough. It doesn't matter if you do something for three minutes or for thirty-one minutes, it's all good. In this work, it is not what you do, but the focus and depth you bring to it.
Of course, it is my deepest prayer that after you do this work even on the smallest level, you will see real improvement in your life, and you will be inspired to devote more time to using these life-changing tools. In a lifetime of teaching, I have seen the technology of Kundalini Yoga and Meditation create miracles of healing. If you want healing on any level of your life and you are willing to do the work, you will see miracles, too.
The Mystery Hidden Within Each Chakra
The first chakra, which contains the human talent of acceptance, encompasses our organs of elimination. Here we find foundation, security, and habit.
The second chakra, which contains our reproductive organs, is where we find the human talent of creativity.
In the third chakra, we come to the solar plexus area, the stomach, and many of the internal organs, such as the liver and the spleen. This area is the center for energy, for world power, for a sense of control and coordination. It is ruled by the element of fire. Of these chakras -- the first, second, and third, which make up what we call the lower triangle, the third is the most subtle.. It is the driving force to act and to complete the conceptualization, the visualization that we have in our lives. It is where we find the human talent of commitment.
In the heart center, the fourth chakra, we find compassion.
The throat area, the fifth chakra, is the part of the body in which we literally "find our voice." This chakra houses the human talent of truth.
The sixth chakra is classically located at the point between the eyebrows, which yogis refer to as the "third eye point," and contains intuition. This is where we find our sense of physical vision and our extrasensory talent of vision as well.
The seventh chakra is located at the top of the head. The exact area is where the tiny endocrine organ, known as the pineal gland, is found near the crown of the head, where the soft spot on a newborn baby's head is located.
This chakra contains the human talent of boundlessness. It is the spiritual center of our physical body. This experience of boundlessness has many names in many world religions. I chose the word "boundlessness" to describe this spiritual connection, without the specific association of any particular religion.
The last chakra encompasses what is referred to in yogic science as the electromagnetic field. It is our aura, a field of energy surrounding our physical body that makes up the eighth chakra. Western science has proved the existence of this field as a physical phenomenon. The human talent that lives in this chakra is that of radiance.
As you can see, each energy center has a profound impact on our lives. At any given time, we may lose touch with one or another of them, become imbalanced and feel "off." The purpose of this book is to find ways to connect, strengthen, and balance each of these centers on a daily basis. This process is sometimes referred to as "balancing the chakras." It is the very purpose of our lives; it is a constant and worthwhile process.
"If you ever want to be right in your life, bring yourself into balance. The joy of life, the happiness of life is in balance." Yogi Bhajan
When we are unbalanced in our chakras or energy centers, we use those expressions like, "I'm having an off day," "I'm having a bad hair day," "Nothing seemed to go right today." If the chakras are balanced, you'll hear expressions like, "It was such a great day," "It was such a miraculous day. Things went so smoothly today!" And that comes when everything is lined up and the energy is flowing throughout your whole body..
Yoga is the science of breath and angles. It is an ancient science, put together by our wise elders, who were in tune with the energy field of the universe and how it manifests through our physical bodies. When we study yoga, we learn to place our arms, hands, and fingers, and the body itself into very specific postures, creating certain angles. Combined with powerful breathing techniques, these postures can produce amazing changes in our psyche!
"Before us the sages have laid the path. We are taking our first step." Yogi Bhajan
Yoga is similar to what keeps most animals fit. One only has to watch the stretching exercises that a cat does, and then see her magnificent body in action as she chases a bird, to understand that the systematic stretching and relaxation of our muscles can keep us fit for life.
In our uniquely human capacity to connect movement with breath and spiritual meaning, yoga is born. The translation of the word "yoga" is “union." This union of breath and movement has as its ultimate goal the harmonious merging of body, mind, and soul into the universal energy surrounding us. We refer to it as the "practice of yoga," and that is what we do in the Kundalini Yoga classes. But the real yoga is how you take what you've learned in class and live it out in the world.
People who are new to yoga ask me, "Is it hard? Do I have to be some kind of athlete?" Oftentimes, they give up on the very idea of yoga before they've even tried it, because they assume that it is something that dancers and acrobats do. I have students who are world-class athletes, and students who are amputees, or paraplegics, or cardiac rehab patients. Absolutely anyone can do this yoga, and everyone will be challenged by it, too. And everyone I have ever seen attempt it, even on the smallest level, has been changed. But please, if you have a medical condition, consult your doctor or chiropractor if you are unsure if your body is ready for a new challenge.
Yogic technology is not necessarily a substitute for medical advice or attention; one needs to be sensitive when dealing with the complexities of the body. Once you are aware of your limitations, then be sensitive and get going! As to "Is it hard?" -- yes, it is. In various ways. Sometimes it's physically hard, sometimes it just annoys a part of your mind, what we sometimes call the "Monkey Mind." The Monkey Mind is the part of your mind that doesn't want to consider the higher questions of life. While the monkey might be asking, "Where is my next banana?" the human is asking, "Where's the next doughnut, cigarette, or mocha latte?" And the Monkey Mind will lie to you, to make sure you keep the bananas or the mocha lattes coming its way.
It will tell you that this yoga you are doing is tedious, pointless, and silly.. Your Monkey Mind
can make the yoga seem harder than it is, because it doesn't want to change.
So our Monkey Mind will tell us to turn away from things like yoga, things that portend change and seem "hard." I think we are at a point in history at which we want things to come easily. We have come to value easiness. We want a pill that will fix everything. We just want it taken care of, we want to be fixed, and we want it now. We want our lives to be pain-free, and the lives of our children to be pain-free. But what are we really looking for when we try a new diet or a new drug or a new religion? We get discouraged when things aren't easy and perfect. Kundalini Yoga can be challenging, but unlike a painkiller, its purpose isn't to mask our pain. It heals our pain.
"There is no freedom which is free." Yogi Bhajan
I know, because I have been that person seeking. I spent a great deal of my life searching for the easy, pain-free fix. In my early twenties, as a flower child in the Haight, I became addicted to diet pills, because that seemed like the pain-free path to freedom. Of course, it was not.
Pain is part of the deal.
When I think back to that time, I was so sure someone must have the answer. I wanted someone to tell me how to make my life pain-free. Looking back, I can't imagine who I thought got through their entire lives and managed to avoid the pain. Now I realize there is not now nor has there ever been a single person on this planet who has successfully avoided the pain of being human. Pain is part of the deal.
In fact, the enlightened beings who have graced this planet dealt with the pain of humanness, and it is usually the main point of their story. This is true with Jesus, with Buddha, with Moses, with Gandhi. How did I think I could get around it? Now since I accept pain as part of the human bargain, I am also free to accept the serenity I believe is my natural state of being. God wants each of us to live in a state of serenity.
Serenity, which encompasses happiness and joy, also allows for pain and sorrow, because serenity is a state of being that accepts all of our states without judgment. Serenity is the state of being that exists when we are in balance, when we know our place in the universe, when we are truly able to accept God's will for us. It was the study of Kundalini Yoga and Meditation that taught me about balance and serenity; taught me how to quiet my chattering Monkey Mind, taught me how to focus on and be grateful for each breath I take.
Kundalini Yoga and Meditation have helped me to re-pattern my body and my mind. As I began to learn this yoga, I began to escape the illusion I could or even wanted to avoid pain. I did begin to see pain, discomfort, and even simple annoyance, as the learning opportunities and blessings that they are. I still don't always see the traffic jam as "a growth opportunity." At first, unconsciously, I may mistake it for a complaining opportunity. And then sometimes the traffic jam, or the grocery line, or any other daily test sends me directly into impatience. I start thinking about whose fault it is that I'm stuck in traffic, or how I shouldn't have to be dealing with this.
Kundalini Yoga and Meditation have helped me to re-pattern my body and my mind, so that I don't stay in the illusion of "why me" quite as long, and even when I'm in it, I remember that "this too shall pass."
This yoga can be challenging, but it can also bring such ecstasy. Once you get past the pain or the discomfort or even the simple annoyance, there can be such bliss and joy in the breath and the movement.
Someone sent me a story on the Internet that so perfectly summed up this paradox of how challenging experiences make us stronger.
One day a small opening appeared on a cocoon, and a man sat and watched for the butterfly for several hours as it struggled to force its body through that little hole. Then it seemed to stop making any progress. It appeared as if it had gotten as far as it could and it could go no further.
So the man decided to help the butterfly. He took a pair of scissors and snipped off the remaining bit of the cocoon. The butterfly then emerged easily. But it had a swollen body and small, shriveled wings. The man continued to watch the butterfly because he expected that, at any moment, the wings would enlarge and expand to be able to support the body, which would contract in time. Neither happened!
In fact, the butterfly spent the rest of its life crawling around with a swollen body and shriveled wings. It never was able to fly. What the man, in his kindness and haste, did not understand was that the restricting cocoon and the struggle required for the butterfly to get through the tiny opening was God's way of forcing fluid from the body of the butterfly into its wings so that it would be ready for flight once it achieved its freedom from the cocoon.
Sometimes struggles are exactly what we need in our life. If God allowed us to go through our life without any obstacles, it would cripple us.
We would not be as strong as we could have been. We could never fly.
I asked for Strength...
And God gave me Challenges to make me strong.
I asked for Wisdom...
And God gave me Problems to solve.
I asked for Prosperity...
And God gave me Brain and Brawn to work.
I asked for Courage...
And God gave me Danger to overcome.
I asked for Love...
And God gave me Troubled people to help.
I asked for Favors...
And God gave me Opportunities.
I received nothing I wanted
I received everything I needed.
I just love that story, because I asked God for a way to avoid pain, and God gave me Kundalini Yoga.
As you begin to read, know that each of these eight energy centers already lives within you, each of the chakras is like that butterfly trying to be born out of its cocoon. The whole process of learning is really the process of uncovering and rediscovering what we already know. That is the process we will undergo together.
I know by the end of this journey we will see our eight glorious human talents begin to thrive. We humans are magnificent creatures. This is the perfect time for us to celebrate and nurture our Eight Human Talents together. Our bodies are the means by which we come to know and understand our spiritual connection to the Infinite.
John O'Donohue, gifted poet of the spirit, sums up this relationship beautifully in the Celtic poem from his book Anam Cara: A Book of Celtic Wisdom.
A Blessing For The Senses:
May your body be blessed.
May you realize that your body is a faithful and beautiful friend of your soul.
And may you be peaceful and joyful and recognize that your senses are sacred thresholds.
May you realize that holiness is mindful, gazing, feeling, hearing, and touching.
May your senses gather you and bring you home.
May your senses always enable you to celebrate the universe and the mystery and possibilities in your presence here.
May the Eros of the Earth bless you.
The Seven Major Chakras
Part 1: Study of the chakras
The word chakra is derived from the Sanskrit word meaning wheel. If we were able to see the chakras (as many psychics, in fact, do) we would observe a wheel of energy continuously revolving or rotating. Clairvoyants perceive chakras as colorful wheels or flowers with a hub in the center. The chakras begin at the base of the spine and finish at the top of the head. Though fixed in the central spinal column they are located on both the front and back of the body, and work through it.
Each chakra vibrates or rotates at a different speed. The root or first chakra rotates at the slowest speed, the crown or seventh chakra at the highest speed. Each chakra is stimulated by its own and complimentary color, and a range of gemstones for specific uses. The chakra colors are of the rainbow; red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo, and violet. The size and brightness of the wheels vary with individual development, physical condition, energy levels, disease, or stress.
If the chakras are not balanced, or if the energies are blocked, the basic life force will be slowed down. The individual may feel listless, tired, out of sorts, or depressed. Not only will physical bodily functions be affected so diseases may manifest, but the thought processes and the mind may also be affected. A negative attitude, fear, doubt, etc. may preoccupy the individual.
A constant balance between the chakras promotes health and a sense of well being. If the chakras are opened too much; a person could literally short circuit themselves with too much universal energy going through the body.
If the chakras are closed, this does not allow for the universal energy to flow through them properly which may also lead to disease. Most of us react to unpleasant experiences by blocking our feeling and stopping a great deal of our natural energy flow.
This affects the maturation and development of the chakras. Whenever a person blocks whatever experience he is having, he in turn blocks his chakras, which eventually become disfigured.
When the chakras are functioning normally, each will be open, spinning clockwise to metabolize the particular energies needed from the universal energy field. As already mentioned any imbalances that exist within any chakra may have profound effects upon either our physical or emotional bodies.
We are able to use our quartz crystals and gemstones to re-balance all our chakric centers and once the chakra has been properly balanced then our body will gradually return to normal.
The reason why crystals and gemstones are wonderful and powerful healing tools are because of what science calls its piezoelectric effect. (You can see this effect in the modern quartz watches).
Crystals and gemstones respond to the electricity that is coursing through our body, and if the energy is sluggish, the constant electrical vibrations of the stones will help to harmonize, balance, and stimulate these energies.
THE SEVEN MAJOR CHAKRAS
FIRST CHAKRA- ROOT
Studying the individual chakras begins with the root chakra, called Muladhara in Sanskrit. The root chakra is located at the base of the spine at the tailbone in back, and the pubic bone in front. This center holds the basic needs for survival, security and safety. The root chakra is powerfully related to our contact with the Earth Mother, providing us with the ability to be grounded into the earth plane.
This is also the center of manifestation. When you are trying to make things happen in the material world, business or material possessions, the energy to succeed will come from the first chakra. If this chakra is blocked an individual may feel fearful, anxious, insecure and frustrated.
Problems like obesity, anorexia nervosa, and knee troubles can occur. Root body parts include the hips, legs, lower back and sexual organs.
The colors used for this chakra are red, brown and black. The gemstones are Garnet, Smoky Quartz, Obsidian, and Black Tourmaline.
NOTE: A man’s sexual organs are located primarily in his first chakra, so male sexual energy is usually experienced primarily as physical. A woman’s sexual organs are located primarily in her second chakra, so female sexual energy is usually experienced primarily as emotional. Both chakras are associated with sexual energy.
SECOND CHAKRA- BELLY (SACRAL)
The next chakra or second chakra is often referred to as the belly or (sacral). It is located two inches below the navel and is rooted into the spine. This center holds the basic needs for sexuality, creativity, intuition, and self-worth. This chakra is also about friendliness, creativity and emotions. It governs people’s sense of self-worth, their confidence in their own creativity, and their ability to relate to others in an open and friendly way. It’s influenced by how emotions were expressed or repressed in the family during childhood.
Proper balance in this chakra means the ability to flow with emotions freely and to feel and reach out to others sexually or not. If this chakra is blocked a person may feel emotionally explosive, manipulative, obsessed with thoughts of sex or may lack energy.
Physical problems may include, kidney weakness, stiff lower back, constipation, and muscle spasms. Belly body parts include sexual organs (women), kidneys, bladder, and large intestine.
The main color used with this chakra is orange. The gemstones are Carnelian Agate, Orange Calcite and Tigers Eye.
THIRD CHAKRA- SOLAR PLEXUS
The third chakra is referred to as the Solar Plexus. It is located two inches below the breastbone in the center behind the stomach. The third chakra is the center of personal power, the place of ego, of passions, impulses, anger and strength. It is also the center for astral travel and astral influences, receptivity of spirit guides and for psychic development. When the Third Chakra is out of balance you may lack confidence, be confused, worry about what others think, feel that others are controlling your life, and may be depressed.
Physical problems may include digestive difficulties, liver problems, diabetes, nervous exhaustion, and food allergies. When balanced you may feel cheerful, outgoing, have self-respect, expressive, enjoy taking on new challenges, and have a strong sense of personal power. The body parts for this chakra include the stomach, liver, gall bladder, pancreas, and small intestine.
The main color for this chakra is yellow. The gemstones are Citrine, Topaz, and Yellow Calcite.
FOURTH CHAKRA- HEART
The fourth chakra is referred to as the heart chakra. It is located behind the breast bone in front and on the spine between the shoulder blades in back. This is the center for love, compassion and spirituality. This center directs one¹s ability to love themselves and others, to give and to receive love. This is also the chakra connecting body and mind with spirit. Almost everyone today has a hard, hurt, or broken heart, and it is no accident that heart disease is the number one killer in America today. Deep heart hurts can result in aura obstructions called heart scars.
When these scars are released, they raise a lot of old pain, but free the heart for healing and new growth. When this chakra is out of balance you may feel sorry for yourself, paranoid, indecisive, afraid of letting go, afraid of getting hurt, or unworthy of love. Physical illnesses include heart attack, high blood pressure, insomnia, and difficult in breathing. When this chakra is balanced you may feel compassionate, friendly, empathetic, desire to nurture others and see the good in everyone.
Body parts for the fourth chakra include heart, lungs, circulatory system, shoulders and upper back.
The main colors used are pink and green. The gemstones are Rose Quartz, Kunzite, and Watermelon tourmaline.
FIFTH CHAKRA- THROAT
The fifth chakra is referred to as the Throat. It is located in the V of the collarbone at the lower neck and is the center of communication, sound, and expression of creativity via thought, speech, and writing. The possibility for change, transformation and healing are located here. The throat is where anger is stored and finally let go of. When this chakra is out of balance you may want to hold back, feel timid, be quiet, feel weak, or can’t express your thoughts.
Physical illnesses or ailments include, hyperthyroid, skin irritations, ear infections, sore throat, inflammations, and back pain. When this chakra is balanced you may feel balanced, centered, musically or artistically inspired, and may be a good speaker. Body parts for the fifth chakra are throat, neck, teeth, ears, and thyroid gland.
The main color used is light blue. The gemstones are Aquamarine and Azurite.
SIXTH CHAKRA- THIRD EYE
The sixth chakra is referred to as the Third Eye. It is located above the physical eyes on the center of the forehead. This is the center for psychic ability, higher intuition, the energies of spirit and light. It also assists in the purification of negative tendencies and in the elimination of selfish attitudes. Through the power of the sixth chakra, you can receive guidance, channel, and tune into your Higher Self. When this chakra is not balanced you may feel non-assertive, afraid of success, or go the opposite way and be egotistical.
Physical symptoms may include headaches, blurred vision, blindness, and eyestrain. When this chakra is balanced and open you are your own master with no fear of death, are not attached to material things, may experience telepathy, astral travel, and past lives. Sixth chakra body parts include the eyes, face, brain, lymphatic and endocrine system.
The main colors are purple and dark blue. The gemstones are Amethyst, Sodalite, and Lapis Lazuli.
SEVENTH CHAKRA- THE CROWN
The seventh chakra is referred to as the Crown. It is located just behind the top of the skull. It is the center of spirituality, enlightenment, dynamic thought and energy. It allows for the inward flow of wisdom, and brings the gift of cosmic consciousness. This is also the center of connectedness with the Goddess (God), the place where life animates the physical body.
The silver cord that connects the aura bodies extends from the crown. The soul comes into the body through the crown at birth and leaves from the crown at death. When this chakra is unbalanced there may be a constant sense of frustration, no spark of joy, and destructive feelings. Illnesses may include migraine headaches and depression.
Balanced energy in this chakra may include the ability to open up to the Divine and total access to the unconscious and subconscious.
The main colors for the crown are white and purple. The gemstones are Clear Quartz Crystal, Oregon Opal, and Amethyst.
The Seven Major Chakras
Part II: Clearing gemstones and crystals.
Sometimes a stone or crystal you are strongly drawn to doesn't feel good, or a stone that felt good previously doesn't¹t feel good now. The stone or crystal may need to be cleared. Clearing is necessary before using any stone for healing. The clearer the energy of a healing stone, the more powerful it is. Crystals and healing gemstones need to be cleared as soon as they are purchased as well as clearing after every healing. A cleared, ready crystal feels positive and bright, tingly and cold to the touch. A crystal that needs clearing may feel hot, heavy or drained. There are a number of ways to effectively clear crystals and gemstones.
SEA SALT
Sea salt is the most traditional purifying agent in psychic work and healing. It dispels any sort of dis-ease and negativity, and is a physical and psychic disinfectant. I feel it is the most accepted and probably the most powerful method of clearing crystals and stones.
I highly recommend it for the initial cleansing of a new healing stone and for any time a stone is overloaded with negative energy. Salt can be mixed with water or used dry. To use salt water, mix a tablespoon of sea salt in a glass or ceramic cup of cold water. Do not use plastic or metal containers. Place the stones in the solution and allow to soak overnight. To use dry salt, place the sea salt in a glass or non-plastic container and bury the crystals with the points facing downward into the salt. Again, leave overnight.
Sometimes a stone may take longer to clear, especially if it has been used in a deep, intense healing. If this is the case, leave another day or two in the sea salt. When clearing gemstone necklaces it is best to use the dry sea salt method.
Be sure to use sea salt only, table salt contains aluminum and other chemicals.. For those who live by the ocean, salt water can be brought from the beach in a jar, or gently wash them directly in the ocean.
MOONLIGHT
Moonlight is another way of clearing your gemstones. Simply place outside from the Full to the New Moon. Waning Moons are good times to clear crystals, to dispel old energies, but any time works. The amount of time used varies with the sensitivity of the healer and the amount of material from which the stone needs cleansing. Try hanging your gemstone necklaces in a tree where the moonlight can cleanse them. (I personally do not recommend ever placing your crystals and gemstones in the sunlight, many stones tend to fade their colors in the sun. Also internal fractures may cause your stone to crack or break if placed in the sun.)
OTHER METHODS THAT WORK WELL
Burying your crystal in a cupful of dried herbs will also clear it. Suggested herbs for this are rose petals, sage, frankincense, myrrh, and sandalwood. You can usually find these at low cost at many co-ops or herb stores. This is a gentle way to clear crystals, and a pleasant way, but it does take longer than sea salt.
Crystals may also be buried into the Earth. This is especially helpful when you feel deep cleansing is needed. Outdoors, simply dig a hole the size of your crystal into the Earth, place your crystal again point down, and cover with soil. The amount of time needed is personal
choice. Be sure to place a Popsicle stick or some other marker to insure you fine your stone again!!! For apartment dwellers, use a flower pot to bury your stone in.
A quick way to cleanse your healing stones is to smudge them with burning cedar or sage. Smudging is an excellent way to make sure your stones are purified.. Simply hold the burning sage or cedar stick while passing your stone through the smoke. I usually do this a couple times to ensure cleansing. I also like to cleanse my stones by smudging after every healing.
Finally, if you are in a hurry and feel that your crystal needs to be cleared, you can easily run them under cool tap water. Make sure the points are facing down the drain to run the negative energy right down the sink!!! NEVER USE WARM OR HOT WATER, THIS WILL FRACTURE OR BREAK YOUR CRYSTALS. Visualize the crystal as sparkly, tingly, cold, and belonging to the healer..
The Seven Major Chakras
Part III: Programming and dedicating stones.
After you choose and clear your gemstone or crystal, it is a good idea to dedicate it or program it. The purpose of programming a crystal or gemstone is to focus its abilities on something you specifically need, thereby magnifying the stone¹s intent through your own.
The purpose of dedicating the stone to a high level healing energy or Goddess (God) is to protect it from negative energy. A crystal or stone that is programmed and dedicated in these ways becomes much more powerful and useful as a tool..
This is a very simple process. Hold the crystal or gemstone in your hand and sense its energy. With the stone being newly cleared, the energy will feel stronger and even more appealing that before. As you sense this energy and appreciate it, ask quietly to be connected to the deva of the
crystal or gemstone. Though not animate, stones are living things and the deva of the piece is the stone’s life-force energy.
Once you feel you have sensed what you can from the energy, think of what you will be using the stone for. Think of these uses, and then quietly ask the gemstone if it is willing to act in the way you wish. The crystals energy may increase with a yes or seem to disappear with a no. If the stone accepts your intent, state in your mind that it be so.
Once a stone is programmed, it will hold its intent until you or someone else reprograms it. To prevent any negative energy from attaching itself to your crystal you may with to dedicate it. To do this, simply hold the crystal or gemstone in your hand and state clearly in your mind: Only the most positive high-level energy may work through this healing tool. Focus on your intent for awhile, then end your sensing (meditation) with “SO BE IT.”
The stone is now dedicated. You may also choose to dedicate your gemstone or crystal to a specific healing energy, for example, to a Goddess of healing. There are many healing goddesses, including Isis, Yemaya, Diana, and White Buffalo Calf Woman. For stones programmed for protection, Hecate or Kali are strong protection Goddesses.
The Seven Major Chakras
Part IV: Laying on of stones.
The technique of using crystals and gemstones on the receiver’s body for healing is called
laying on of stones. It is a powerful method of cleansing negative energy, clearing and balancing the chakras, effecting emotional release, and bringing light and healing into all the aura bodies. Cleared, programmed, and dedicated stones move the receiver’s vibration into alignment with the planet and the universal grid.
This results in a freeing of life force energy in the chakras and aura, a healing of the Body of Light, and a transformation of negative or dis-ease into health.. The process may be done with clear quartz crystals only, colored gemstones only, or a combination of both. The stones may
be used alone or with a hands on healing (ie; Reiki).
The stones are placed upon the receiver’s body from feet to head. The healer then begins using her hands as usual starting at the head and moving toward the feet. (Use gemstones with colors matching each chakras’ color.
The stones can be in any form-faceted, raw, tumbled, eggs, or beads.) Energy in this type of healing needs to move in one direction, through the body, either Earth to sky or sky to Earth.
If the energy is Earth to sky, all the gemstones that have points are placed with the points turned towards the receiver’s crown. The effect of this direction is to move the receiver’s energy to a higher vibration or more spiritual level.
If the direction is from sky to Earth, it is the opposite, with the crystals pointing toward the feet. This direction moves life force energy from crown to feet for grounding and rooting into Earth.
To begin, the receiver lies on her back on a padded floor or massage table, with pillows under her head and knees for comfort. The space should be quiet, comfortable, and warm. Use only stones that have been dedicated to positive energy and programmed for healing. Invite spirit guides and angels into the session if you wish.
Start by placing a clear quartz crystal above her head and below her feet. In the right hand place another crystal and in the left hand place a rose quartz gemstone. Then go chakra by chakra, moving from the feet to crown and placing the appropriate colored gemstone for each center. (Be sure you have your healing stones spread out where you can reach them easily.)
There may be stones that you are drawn to for a particular reason, let yourself be guided, there are no real rules. You cannot do it wrong. A stone that is not needed for the session or is inappropriate for the receiver’s energy will roll right off or roll to another place where it is better utilized. Allow this to occur. If the receiver feels uncomfortable with a particular stone, remove it, the energy is not right for her needs.
When the stones are all in place, the healer has two options. She (he) can go to the head and begin a hands on healing. Be sure to cover the stones with your hands carefully in order not to scatter the gemstones. While your hands are covering each chakra over the stone, visualize the bright color of the gemstone entering the chakra, making it appear bright, balanced, centered, and healthy. Do this visualization until you feel confident to move to the next chakra. Be sure to flick fingers to release any negative energy before going to the next center. End with a complete brushing of the aura.
The other option a healer has once the stones are placed is to sit beside the receiver and simply wait, allowing the gemstones and spirit guides to do the healing. As the receiver’s chakras and aura absorb and are balanced by the crystal and gem energies, the stones begin to roll off one by one. When all the stones are off, or the receiver feels finished with those that remain, the healing is over. End with a complete brushing of the aura and allow the receiver to lie quietly without the stones. Ask for feedback and discuss anything that you feel should be discussed.
While she is doing this, the healer can gather up the stones from the table or floor and clear them again before putting them away. Put them into your protective box. A laying on of stones healing can be quite intense. There is often a major energy shift during this type of healing. More frequent emotional releases, past life and this life, trauma openings and other transformative events.
The healers’ role in this is to wait for the release to end and to be entirely non-judgmental.
After a session, there may also be a physical detoxification process that can continue for up to a week.
Be aware of what is happening and again, allow it. The changes are always positive and are usually gentle.
The Seven Major Chakras
Part V: Table of chakras and gemstones. RECLAIM YOUR RIGHT TO HEAL.
The ancient healers knew that the body is more than what is seen. They respected the wholeness of the body, emotions, mind, and spirit, saw the goddess (god) within all being, and treated their patients with respect and caring. Healing was a three way agreement between healer, goddess (god) and the person being healed, and healing was an active choice. Such partnerships and participation are missing in today¹s modern medicine, along with the concepts of wholeness and respect. Anyone can heal, and anyone can choose well-being. By learning and using the ancient skills of healing, many diseases of the body, emotions, mind, and spirit are preventable, or are easily transformed before they become matters for the allopathic medicine.
The skills of the ancient healers are available, powerful and very much alive right now. Please use these tools, it is our right!!!
FIRST CHAKRA—Red
1. Red Garnet
2. Smoky Quartz
3. Black Obsidian
SECOND CHAKRA—Orange
1. Carnelian Orange
2. Calcite Tiger's Eye
THIRD CHAKRA—Yellow
1. Citrine Topaz
2. Golden Calcite
FOURTH CHAKRA—Pink and Green
1. Rose Quartz
2. Kunzite
3. Watermelon Tourmaline
4. Jade
5. Adventurine
FIFTH CHAKRA—Light Blue
1. Aquamarine
2. Azurite
3. Sodalite
SIXTH CHAKRA—Blue or Indigo
1. Lapis
2. Blue Fluorite
3. Sugilite
4. Clear Quartz
SEVENTH CHAKRA—Violet or Clear
1. Amethyst
2. Oregon Opal
3. Clear Quartz
GEMSTONES OF THE ZODIAC (Astrological Sun Signs)
1. Aries (3/21-4/20) Bloodstone
2. Taurus (4/21-5/20) Sapphire
3. Gemini (5/21-6/20) Agate
4. Cancer (6/21-7/20) Emerald
5. Leo (7/12-8/22) Onyx
6. Virgo (8/23-9/22) Carnelian
7. Libra (9/23-10-22) Peridot
8. Scorpio (10/23-11/22) Aquamarine
9. Sagittarius (11/23-12/21) Topaz
10. Capricorn (12/22-1/20) Ruby
11. Aquarius (1/21-2/18) Garnet
12. Pisces (2/19-3/20) Amethyst
Opening the Chakras
Chakra meditations that use madras and sounds to open chakras.
These chakra meditations use madras, which are special hand positions, to open chakras. The madras have the power to send more energy to particular chakras. To enhance the effect, sounds are chanted. These sounds are from Sanskrit letters. When chanted, they cause a resonation in your body that you can feel at the chakra the sounds are meant.
For pronunciation, keep in mind that the "A" is pronounced as in "ah," and the "M" is pronounced as "mng." Do a meditation for 7 - 10 breaths. Chant the sound several times each breath (for example three times).
Open the Root Chakra
Let the tips of your thumb and index finger touch.
Concentrate on the Root chakra at the spot in between the genitals and the anus.
Chant the sound LAM.
Open the Sacral Chakra
Put your hands in your lap, palms up, on top of each other. Have left hand underneath, its palm touching the back of the fingers of the right hand. The tips of the thumbs touch gently.
Concentrate on the Sacral Chakra at the sacral bone (on the lower back).
Chant the sound VAM.
Open the Navel Chakra
Put your hands before your stomach, slightly below your solar plexus. Let the fingers
join at the tops, all pointing away from you. Cross the thumbs. It is important to straighten the fingers.
Concentrate on the Navel chakra located on the spine, a bit above the level of the navel.
Chant the sound RAM.
Open the Heart Chakra
Sit cross-legged. Let the tips of your index finger and thumb touch. Put your left hand
on your left knee and your right hand in front of the lower part of your breast bone (so a
bit above the solar plexus).
Concentrate on the Heart chakra at the spine, level with the heart.
Chant the sound YAM (as this madras is particularly powerful, this may not be needed).
Open the Throat Chakra
Cross your fingers on the inside of your hands, without the thumbs. Let the thumbs touch
at the tops, and pull them slightly up.
Concentrate on the Throat chakra at the base of the throat.
Chant the sound HAM.
Open the Third Eye Chakra
Put your hands before the lower part of your breast. The middle fingers are straight and
touch at the tops, pointing forward. The other fingers are bended and touch at the upper
two phalanges. The thumbs should point towards you and touch at the tops.
Concentrate on the Third Eye chakra slightly above the point between the eyebrows.
Chant the sound OM or AUM.
Open the Crown Chakra
Put your hands before your stomach. Let the ring fingers point up, touching at their tops.
Cross the rest of your fingers, with the left thumb underneath the right.
Concentrate on the Crown chakra at the top of your head.
Chant the sound NG.
Warning: Do not open the Crown chakra while you do not have a strong Root chakra.
Everything begins with your consciousness. Everything that happens in your life, and everything that happens in your body, begins with something happening in your consciousness. Your consciousness is who you are, your experience of Being.
You decide what ideas to accept and which to reject. You decide what to think, and you decide what to feel. When these decisions leave you with residual stress, you experience the stress as if in your physical body. We know that stress creates symptoms. The interesting question is, “Which stress creates which symptoms?" When we are able to quantify this process; we are then able to see the body as a map of the person's consciousness, relating particular symptoms to particular stresses and particular ways of being, in the same way that Type "A" Behavior has been able to be associated with heart disease.
Everything Starts In Your Consciousness
To understand this map, we must first orient ourselves to the idea that the causes of symptoms are within. While it's true that germs cause disease and accidents cause injuries, it is also true that this happens in accord with what is happening in the consciousness of the person involved.
Germs are everywhere. Why are some people affected and not others? Something different is happening in their consciousness.
Why do some patients in hospitals respond better to treatment than others? They have different attitudes. Something different is happening in their consciousness When someone is injured in an "accident," why is it that a very specific part of the body is affected, and that it is the same part that has had habitual problems? Is that an "accident?" or is there a pattern and an order to the way things happen in our bodies?
You Are A Being of Energy
Your consciousness, your experience of Being, who you really are, is energy. We can call it "Life Energy" for now. This energy does not just live in your brain; it fills your entire body. Your consciousness is connected to every cell in your body. Through your consciousness, you can communicate with every organ and every tissue, and a number of therapies are based on this communication with the organs which have been affected by some kind of symptom or disorder.
This energy which is your consciousness, and which reflects your state of consciousness, can be measured through the process known as Kirlian photography. When you take a Kirlian photograph of your hand, it shows a certain pattern of energy. If you take a second photograph while imagining that you are sending love and energy to someone you know, there will be a different pattern of energy shown on the Kirlian photograph. Thus, we can see that a change in your consciousness creates a change in the energy field that is being photographed, which we call the aura.
This energy field shown in the Kirlian photographs has been quantified, so that when there are "holes" in particular parts of the energy field, these are said to correspond to particular weaknesses in specific parts of the physical body. The interesting thing about this is that the weakness shows up in the energy field before there is ever any evidence of it on the physical level.
Thus, we have an interesting direction of manifestation shown through what we have described.
1. A change of consciousness creates a change in the energy field.
2. A change in the energy field happens before a change in the physical body.
The direction of manifestation is from the consciousness, through the energy field, to the physical body. Consciousness: 1. Energy Field 2. Physical Body
When we look at things in this way, we see that it is not the physical body creating the
energy field, the aura, but rather the aura or energy field that is creating the physical
body. What we see as the physical body is the end result of a process that begins with the
consciousness.
We Each Create Our Reality
When someone makes a decision that leaves them with stress, creating a blockage in the energy field with a sufficient degree of intensity, this creates a symptom on the physical level. The symptom speaks a certain language, which reflects the idea that we each create our own reality. When the symptom is described from that point of view, the metaphoric significance of the symptom becomes clear. Thus, instead of saying, "I can't see," the person would have to say, "I have been keeping myself from seeing something." If they cannot walk, they would have to say, "I have been keeping myself from walking away from something." And so on. We must understand that there are no accidents and no coincidences. Things do happen according to a pattern and order.
The Human Directional System
We can say that we have an inner guidance system, a connection to our Higher Self, or our Inner Being, or whatever name we choose to give this Higher Intelligence. This inner guidance system functions through what we call our intuition, or our instinct. It speaks a very simple language. Either it feels good, or it doesn't. All the rest is just politics.
We are told we should move with what feels good, and do not do what doesn't feel good to us. We are told to trust this inner voice. When we don't follow this inner voice we feel tension. We feel not-good. Then, the voice must get louder. The next level of communication is through the
emotions. As we move more and more in the direction that feels not-good, we experience more and more emotions that feel not-good, and at some point we can say, "I should have listened to myself when I thought to move in the other direction." That meant that we heard the inner voice. Otherwise, we could not have said, "I should have listened." If we make the decision we know is the right one for us, and therefore change direction, there is a release of tension, we feel better, and we know we are again on the right track.
If we continue to move in the direction that feels not-good, the communication reaches the physical level. We create a symptom, and the symptom speaks a language which reflects the idea that we each create our own reality. When we describe the symptom from that point of view, we can understand the message..
If we change our way of being, we have received the message, and the symptom has no further reason for being. It is able to be released, according to whatever we allow ourselves to believe is possible. If we created the symptom with a decision, we are also able to release it with a decision.
As a hypothesis, we can imagine that someone makes a decision that it is not a good idea to express what they want. From that moment, whenever there is something they want, they keep themselves from expressing it, and therefore from having what they want. That feels not-good. The tension grows. They feel more and more not-good as they keep themselves from expressing what they want and not having it.
Eventually, something happens to create a symptom on the physical level, and their right arm is affected. It could have happened through falling from a ladder, or in an automobile accident, or by pinching a nerve in the neck, or by "sleeping in a draft." Something had to happen on the physical level to create the symptom, in order to give the person the message on the physical level about what they had been doing to themselves.
We do to ourselves literally what we have been doing to ourselves figuratively.. The effect is that the person cannot move their arm. They are keeping themselves from reaching for something, and since it is the right arm, on the "will" side of the body, they are keeping themselves from reaching for or going for what they want. They have been giving themselves reasons to not believe that they could have what they want. When they begin to do something different in their consciousness, they notice that something different begins to happen with their arm, and the symptom is able to be released.
Chakras And The Map
To understand the map of the consciousness that the body represents, we can turn to some ancient Hindu traditions which have been studying consciousness for thousands of years, and which use the language of the chakras.
Chakra is a Sanskrit word, and it means "wheel," or "vortex," because that's what it looks like when we look at it. Each chakra is like a solid ball of energy interpenetrating the physical body, in the same way that a magnetic field can interpenetrate the physical body. The chakras are not physical. They are aspects of consciousness in the same way that the auras are aspects of consciousness The chakras are more dense than the auras, but not as dense as the physical body, but they interact with the physical body through two major vehicles, the endocrine system and the nervous system. Each of the seven chakras is associated with one of the seven endocrine glands, and also with a particular group of nerves called a plexus. Thus, each chakra can be associated with particular parts of the body and particular functions within the body controlled by that plexus or that endocrine gland associated with that chakra.
Your consciousness, your experience of being, represents everything it is possible for you to experience. All of your senses, all of your perceptions, all of your possible states of awareness, can be divided into seven categories, and each of these categories can be associated with a particular chakra. Thus, the chakras represent not only particular parts of your physical body, but also particular parts of your consciousness. When you feel tension in your consciousness, you feel it in the chakra associated with the part of your consciousness experiencing the stress, and in the parts of the physical body associated with that chakra. Where you feel the stress depends therefore on why you feel the stress.
When someone is hurt in a relationship, they feel it in their heart. When someone is nervous, their legs tremble and their bladder becomes weak. When there is tension in a particular part of your consciousness, and therefore in the chakra associated with that part of your consciousness, the tension is detected by the nerves of the plexus associated with that chakra, and communicated to the parts of the body controlled by that plexus. When the tension continues over a period of time, or reaches a particular degree of intensity, the person creates a symptom on the physical level. Again, the symptom served to communicate to the person through their body what they had been doing to themselves in their consciousness. When the person changes something about their way of being, they are able to release the stress that had been creating the symptom, and they are then able to return to their natural state of balance and health.
Reading The Map
When we are reading the body as a map of the consciousness within, we work with the idea that the tensions in the body represent tensions in the person's consciousness concerning what was happening in the person's life at the time that the symptom developed. The person was feeling stress about something that was happening in their life at that time.
We are going to examine the map of consciousness that the chakras provide, in order to understand the language of the symptoms that are associated with each chakra. In order to complete this map; however, we also need to look at ourselves as each a polarity of yin and yang, feminine and masculine characteristics.
For most people, their right side is their yang side, their will side, their acting or active side, and the left side is their yin side, their female side, their feeling or adaptive side. For people who were born left-handed, this polarity is reversed. Thus, for a right-handed person, their right leg can be described as their will leg, or their male leg, or the foundation of their will, but for a left-handed person, their left leg would be their male leg or will leg, and so on.
Thus, we can talk about the will arm, or the will eye, or the will nostril, etc., and which side it is on will depend upon whether the person is right-handed or left-handed at birth.
Each of the chakras is energy vibrating at a certain frequency, in a logical and orderly sequence of seven vibrations. As we move up the scale, the elements become more and more subtle, moving through the five physical elements of earth, water, fire, air, and ether, to the spiritual elements of inner sound and inner light. The heaviest element is on the bottom, the lightest on the top. It is a logical and orderly sequence.
The colors of the spectrum also represent a series of seven vibrations in a logical and orderly sequence, as do the notes of the musical scale. Thus, we can put the heaviest vibrations or the longest wavelength on the bottom and the lightest on the top, and a particular color can be used to represent a chakra in its clear state, as can a particular musical note.
Music played in a certain key vibrates a particular chakra, and we feel a particular way when we hear that music. Our relationship with a certain color says something about our relationship with the part of our consciousness that the color represents.
The Root Chakra is associated with the parts of our consciousness concerned with security, survival, or trust. For most people, this concerns the parts of their consciousness concerned with money, home, and job. When this chakra is in its clear state, the person is able to feel secure, be present in the here and now, and be grounded. When there is tension in this chakra, it is experienced as insecurity or fear. When there is more tension, it is experienced as a threat to survival.
Parts of the body controlled by the sacral plexus and this chakra include the skeleton
system, the legs, and the elimination system. Symptoms in these parts of the body represent, therefore, tensions at the level of the Root Chakra, and we therefore know that the person is seeing the world through a perceptual filter of insecurity or fear. The adrenal glands are also associated with this chakra.
If one leg is affected, we can see whether it is the male leg or the female leg, and thus whether it has something to do with trust in a male or trust in a female. We can also see it as having something to do with trust in the will, or the aspects of trust in the foundations the emotional being, related to what was happening in the person's life at the time the symptom developed.
The physical sense of smell, and therefore the organ of the sense of smell, the nose, is associated with the Root Chakra. Symptoms at the level of the nose or affecting the sense of smell reflect tensions at the level of the Root Chakra.
Each chakra is associated with an element. The Root Chakra is associated with the element of earth, and reflects something about the person's association with the earth, or how they feel about being on the earth, which we call Mother Earth. This chakra is also associated with our relationship with our mother.
When someone experiences a sense of separation from their mother, or not feeling loved by their mother, they cut off their roots and experience symptoms of tensions at the level of the Root Chakra until they can again open to accept their mother's love.
When a child comes into the world in the traditional family structure, the mother provides the nourishment and the father provides the direction. Thus, in the child's relationship with its other, it makes certain decisions about the way things are. The relationship with the mother thus becomes a model for the person's relationship with everything that represents security - money, home, and job.
The Root Chakra is associated with the color red.
The Abdominal Chakra is associated with the parts of our consciousness concerned with food and sex - the communication from the body to the person within it, about what the body wants or needs, and what it finds pleasurable. It also is related to what is happening in their consciousness about having children. When this chakra is in its clear state, the person is in touch with this communication, and listening to and responding appropriately to what the body wants and needs.
Parts of the body controlled by the lumbar plexus include the reproductive system and the abdomen and the lumbar region of the back.
The sense of taste is associated with this chakra, as is the element of water. When someone does not have a clear relationship with water (swimming, for example, or being on a boat), this reflects their attitudes about the parts of their consciousness that this chakra represents.
Tensions on the will side or the emotional side of this chakra indicate tensions in the person's consciousness as conflicts between either the will or the emotions with what the person's body is asking for. This chakra is associated with the sense of taste, and with appetite. It is also involved
with the person's willingness to feel their emotions.
The second chakra is associated with the color orange.
The Solar Plexus Chakra is associated with the parts of our consciousness having to do with perceptions of power, control, or freedom. In its clear state, it represents ease of being, and comfort with what is real for one's self - being comfortable with who you are. Parts of the body associated with this chakra include the organs closest to the solar plexus- stomach, gall bladder, spleen, liver, etc., as well as the skin as a system, the muscular system as a system, and the face in general.
The physical sense associated with this chakra is the sense of sight. Anyone with impaired eyesight experiences tension at the level of their solar plexus chakra about the issues of power, control, or freedom. Nearsighted people also experience tensions at the level of the Root Chakra, and experience the world through a perceptual filter of fear or insecurity. Those who are farsighted experience tension also at the level of the throat chakra, and see the world through a perceptual filter of anger or guilt. Astigmatics see through the emotional perceptual filter of confusion.
The endocrine gland associated with the Solar Plexus Chakra is the pancreas. We can say that diabetics are keeping sweetness from themselves. When someone gets too close with sweetness, they feel threatened in their power to be who they are, and an emotion comes up to create a safe distance again. The emotion is anger. Diabetes is associated with suppressed anger.
The element associated with this chakra is fire, and the person's relationship with the sun
says something about their relationship with the parts of their consciousness associated with the Solar Plexus Chakra.
The color of the Solar Plexus Chakra is yellow.
The Heart Chakra is associated with the parts of the consciousness concerned with relationships and our perceptions of love. The relationships we speak of here are with those people closest to our heart, partners, parents, siblings, children. The parts of the body associated with this chakra include the heart and lungs, and the blood circulatory system as a system. This chakra is also associated with the thymus gland, which controls the immune system. When this is affected, as with AIDS, the person's lifestyle separates them from someone they love.
The physical sense associated with this chakra is the sense of touch, in its aspect of relating to the person inside the body. For example, a massage given to someone with no sensitivity to what the person is feeling inside would be an example of the sensation we associate with the Abdominal Chakra, but when the masseur seems to have a sense of what the person inside the body is experiencing, then it includes the aspect of relating we associate with the Heart Chakra.
When someone experiences extreme sensitivity about being touched, we would ask what was happening at the level of the Heart Chakra. This chakra is associated with the element of air. When someone has difficulty with air, with breathing (asthma, emphysema, tuberculosis, etc.), we say that their relationship with air reflects their relationship with love, difficulty letting it in, or letting it out, for example
The color associated with the Heart Chakra is emerald green.
The Throat Chakra is associated with the parts of the consciousness concerned with expressing and receiving. Expressing can be in the form of communicating what one wants and what one feels, or it can be artistic expression, as an artist painting, a dancer dancing, a musician playing music, using a form for expressing and bringing to the outside what was within. Expression is related to receiving, as, "Ask, and ye shall receive."
The throat chakra is associated with abundance, and with the state of consciousness called, "grace," where it seems that what you want for you is also what God wants for you. Accepting what the abundant universe offers you requires a sense of unconditionally receiving.
This chakra is also associated with listening to one's intuition, and flowing in a particular way where it seems that the Universe supports you in all that you do. It is the first level of consciousness from which one perceives another level of intelligence functioning, and one's interaction with this other level of intelligence.
Parts of the body associated with this chakra include the throat, shoulders, and arms and
hands. and the thyroid gland.
The sense of hearing is associated with this chakra, and the element of ether, the most subtle physical element, corresponding to what we find in deep space. The ether is the crossover between the physical and the spiritual dimensions. Someone looking at the world through this chakra watches the manifestation of their goals. The Will Arm represents manifesting what you want, and the Feeling Arm represents manifesting what makes you happy. Hopefully, the two point to the same thing.
Sky Blue is the color associated with this chakra.
The Brow Chakra is associated with the parts of the consciousness concerned with the spiritual view, and the home of the Spirit, the Being within. This level of consciousness is associated with what western traditions call the unconscious or subconscious, the part of our consciousness that directs our actions and our life. From this level we are aware of the motivations behind our actions. We can watch our outer theater from an inner point of view.
This chakra is associated with the carotid plexus, and the nerves on each side of the face, and the pituitary gland. Headaches in the temples or center of the forehead are associated with tensions at this level. This chakra controls the entire endocrine system as a system, and the process of growth.
The Brow chakra, also known as the Third Eye, is associated with extra sensory perception (ESP), the set of all inner senses that correspond to the outer senses, which together comprise spirit-to-spirit communication. The element associated with this chakra is a vibration known as the Inner Sound, the sound that one hears in their ears that does not depend upon something in the physical world. Some consider it a pathological condition. In some of the eastern traditions the ability to hear this is considered a necessary prerequisite to further spiritual growth.
The color associated with this chakra is Indigo, midnight blue, the color of lapis lazuli, or the color of the night sky during a full moon.
The Crown Chakra is associated with the parts of the consciousness concerned with unity or separation, and just as the Root Chakra showed our connection with Mother Earth, this chakra shows our connection with Our Father, Which Art in Heaven. At first, it is associated with our connection with our biological father. This becomes the model for our relationship with authority, and this becomes the model for our relationship with God. When there is a sense of separation from our biological father, the person closes this chakra, and the effect on the consciousness is a sense of isolation and aloneness, being in a shell, and difficult to make contact with those outside the shell.
The person feels as if they are hiding from God, or hiding from themselves, not seeing what is true for them in the deepest part of their consciousness, the part we call the soul. This chakra is also associated with a sense of direction.
The parts of the body controlled by this chakra are the pineal gland, the brain, and the entire nervous system as a system.
The color associated with the Crown Chakra is Violet, the color of amethyst.
Using The Map
When there is tension in a particular part of the body, this represents a tension in a particular part of the consciousness, about a particular part of the person's life. Being aware of these associations helps one to see the importance of resolving the tense issues in their life.
If it were only a question of doing what is necessary for the person to be happy, that would be reason enough to motivate the person to want to change something that doesn't work for them, but here, we see that it is also a matter of health.
The issues that are unresolved in a person's life are, in fact, hazardous to their health.
When we see the correspondences between the consciousness and the body, we see the
degree to which we each create our reality. In fact, those words begin to take on a new
meaning. We see how everything begins in our consciousness and we are able to look around us at other aspects of our lives in the same way.
When we see how the body carries out the messages and deepest wishes of the Being within the body, we can realize that the process can go in more than one direction.. If our consciousness is directing how we develop symptoms; it can also direct how we release these same symptoms. If our consciousness can make our body ill, our consciousness can make our body well.
The logical conclusion of this process is that anything can be healed.
The Eight Human Talents
General Overview of the Chakra System
FIRST CHAKRA: Area of the Body: Organs of Elimination
HUMAN TALENT: Acceptance
COLOR: Red
SHADOW EMOTION(S): Resentment, Rigidity
ELEMENT: Earth
SECOND CHAKRA: Area of the Body: The Sexual Organs
HUMAN TALENT: Creativity
COLOR: Orange
SHADOW EMOTION(S): Passionate manipulation, Guilt
ELEMENT: Water
THIRD CHAKRA: Area of the Body: Navel Center
HUMAN TALENT: Commitment
COLOR: Yellow Shadow
EMOTION(S): Anger, Greed
ELEMENT: Fire
FOURTH CHAKRA: Area of the Body: Heart Center
HUMAN TALENT: Compassion COLOR: Green Shadow
EMOTION(S): Fear, Attachment
ELEMENT: Air
FIFTH CHAKRA: Area of the Body: Throat
HUMAN TALENT: Truth
COLOR: Blue Shadow
EMOTION(S): Denial, Abruptness
ELEMENT: Ether
SIXTH CHAKRA: Area of the Body: Third Eye Point
HUMAN TALENT: Intuition
COLOR: Indigo
SHADOW EMOTION(S): Confusion, Depression
ELEMENT: None
SEVENTH CHAKRA: Area of the Body: Crown of the Head
HUMAN TALENT: Boundlessness
COLOR: Violet
SHADOW EMOTION(S): Grief
ELEMENT: None
EIGHTH CHAKRA: Area of the Body: The Electromagnetic Field (Aura)
HUMAN TALENT: Radiance
COLOR: White
SHADOW EMOTION(S): None
ELEMENT: None
You will notice that the first five chakras are each associated with an earthly element, Earth, Water, Fire, Air, and Ether. Most people recognize the first four elements, but are unfamiliar with the term "ether." Ether is a subtle, heavenly energy, beyond the earth. As we move up the ladder of chakras, into the higher mental and spiritual planes, there are no longer earthly elements associated with these chakras.
Lust, anger, greed, pride, and attachment are human qualities that result from the imbalance of the eight energy centers called chakras. When these imbalances settle in, we often experience mental or physical problems.
People often come to me with emotional blocks in a certain chakra that have manifested in the creation of a physical illness. The idea that certain emotions and talents live in certain areas of our bodies is not a new one, but I do think some people have taken this too far, and assume that if they get sick it is somehow their own fault. This is a negative way of looking at this phenomenon, and does more harm than good when it comes to healing our bodies and spirits. Your disease is not your fault. Illness is part of the whole learning experience of life, and everybody goes through it. That's what it means to be mortal.
You can take an active, positive role in healing your own mind, body, and spirit. See your body as God's perfect gift to you, for it is in loving and appreciating our body that we begin the path to consciousness. The eight greatest talents of humankind are located in the eight chakras, the eight major power areas of the body.
The Eight Human Talents are the gifts of God that make us different from all other creatures on earth. Happiness is your birthright. The use and cultivation of these eight talents are keys to the happiness that God wants for you.
Happiness is your birthright.
Our bodies are gifts from God. We need them to be here. For it is in loving and appreciating our bodies that we begin the path to consciousness. Happiness is your birthright. Opening or balancing all your chakras is the key to that happiness.
"The very purpose of our life is happiness; the very motion of our life is towards happiness." The Dalai Lama
It's nearly impossible to balance these eight power centers perfectly to bring out their talents every day of your life. But don't worry, perfection isn't the goal. The goal is to become aware of the energy emanating from each chakra and to be able to call upon it when you need it. Let's say you're called on to make a presentation at a board meeting.
You'll need to shift into the fifth chakra located at your throat to communicate your ideas clearly, and the third chakra to give your presentation the special emphasis and punch of commitment. If an angry coworker blows up over the smallest inconvenience, don't meet fire with fire. Try meeting her with your fourth chakra, using compassion to heal the fear and insecurity behind her outburst.
Our bodies are like complex worlds within worlds. We know where they begin and end, and yet they are vast and full of mysteries which we may never understand. No machine has ever been devised by a human that is as complex or artful as our own human body.
The ancient system of chakras is a way to understand ourselves. There is an incredible amount of subtle interaction going on all the time.
I have chosen specific Kundalini Yoga exercise sequences and meditations to help you develop the human talent that lies hidden within each chakra. I suggest you choose one or two, and try them for three minutes at least. I always suggest that students begin trying any meditation for three minutes, and increase it to seven, then eleven, eventually working up to thirty-one minutes. You can see improvement by committing to doing the meditation for a longer period of time.
"The life of a yogi is to manifest a beautiful, bountiful and wonderfully blissful
tomorrow. That's a yogi." Yogi Bhajan
The reason for these specific lengths of time has to do with the numerological significance of each number in the Kundalini Yoga tradition. The greater the amount of time, the greater the benefit. In Kundalini Yoga, we often do movements twenty-six times. Because we have twenty-six vertebrae, twenty-six is an important number to us.
For a greater challenge, you can increase the number of repetitions of an exercise to fifty-four
or even one hundred and eight if you really want to see faster progress! It's not what you do, but the courage and commitment that you bring to what you do. Meditation is not about perfecting or attaining anything. People think they need to go into a trance or be in an altered state to feel they're really meditating. That can and does happen, but meditation is actually the clearinghouse of the mind.
Our minds release a thousand thoughts per wink of the eye. Just watch these thoughts as you might watch an ocean wave, not remembering or diagnosing them as they come and go. The real gift is to sit in the middle of all those thoughts, and react to not a one. Keep returning back to your breath, or maybe the sound you're making or the position of your body. Kundalini Meditations usually consist of breath or sound patterns and some specific positions, so you have plenty on which to concentrate.
"Each thought can become an emotion, and a feeling. And with each emotion and feeling, some of them become desires, and to be completed they take up all of your life energy. But if you use every thought and pass it through the intelligence and test it with your consciousness, you shall be successful, doesn't matter what. That's a simple secret of life." Yogi Bhajan
When there's an emergency -- for example, if someone is calling from a hospital, we'll say, "Okay, take a deep breath, and slow down." When you don't allow yourself to breathe, you deny yourself the very gift of life. In yogic terms, we believe that the life force is the "prana," which comes to us through the breath. Allowing yourself to take in enough breath is usually the first thing you need, and it's usually the first thing to go.
Breath is free for the taking, but we're often very miserly in the way we dole it out to ourselves. It's not logical, but we all do it. Before I learned this particular technology for meditation, I experienced the frustration of being told to sit and "meditate," having no idea what that meant. I'm so glad that I now have specific tools and techniques that make meditation less mysterious and more practical.
If you want to make a real change and develop the talent in any chakra, I suggest you do a meditation for that power center for forty days, for whatever length of time feels comfortable. You can start with a shorter time and then increase the time during the forty day period. If you just aren't up to it one day, you can go back to a three-minute period for that day so you don't have to break your forty-day commitment.
Forty days has historically been a significant time period in many world religions. In the Old Testament it rained for forty days and forty nights. In Christianity there are the forty days of Lent. Forty-day cycles are very important in the Sikh religion as well. Perhaps this is because your physical body renews all the cells in your bloodstream every forty days. For whatever reason, forty days has always been a mystical period of time.
So you see, there are many ways to use these tools. I don't want you ever to feel that the one you pick is not good enough. It doesn't matter if you do something for three minutes or for thirty-one minutes, it's all good. In this work, it is not what you do, but the focus and depth you bring to it.
Of course, it is my deepest prayer that after you do this work even on the smallest level, you will see real improvement in your life, and you will be inspired to devote more time to using these life-changing tools. In a lifetime of teaching, I have seen the technology of Kundalini Yoga and Meditation create miracles of healing. If you want healing on any level of your life and you are willing to do the work, you will see miracles, too.
The Mystery Hidden Within Each Chakra
The first chakra, which contains the human talent of acceptance, encompasses our organs of elimination. Here we find foundation, security, and habit.
The second chakra, which contains our reproductive organs, is where we find the human talent of creativity.
In the third chakra, we come to the solar plexus area, the stomach, and many of the internal organs, such as the liver and the spleen. This area is the center for energy, for world power, for a sense of control and coordination. It is ruled by the element of fire. Of these chakras -- the first, second, and third, which make up what we call the lower triangle, the third is the most subtle.. It is the driving force to act and to complete the conceptualization, the visualization that we have in our lives. It is where we find the human talent of commitment.
In the heart center, the fourth chakra, we find compassion.
The throat area, the fifth chakra, is the part of the body in which we literally "find our voice." This chakra houses the human talent of truth.
The sixth chakra is classically located at the point between the eyebrows, which yogis refer to as the "third eye point," and contains intuition. This is where we find our sense of physical vision and our extrasensory talent of vision as well.
The seventh chakra is located at the top of the head. The exact area is where the tiny endocrine organ, known as the pineal gland, is found near the crown of the head, where the soft spot on a newborn baby's head is located.
This chakra contains the human talent of boundlessness. It is the spiritual center of our physical body. This experience of boundlessness has many names in many world religions. I chose the word "boundlessness" to describe this spiritual connection, without the specific association of any particular religion.
The last chakra encompasses what is referred to in yogic science as the electromagnetic field. It is our aura, a field of energy surrounding our physical body that makes up the eighth chakra. Western science has proved the existence of this field as a physical phenomenon. The human talent that lives in this chakra is that of radiance.
As you can see, each energy center has a profound impact on our lives. At any given time, we may lose touch with one or another of them, become imbalanced and feel "off." The purpose of this book is to find ways to connect, strengthen, and balance each of these centers on a daily basis. This process is sometimes referred to as "balancing the chakras." It is the very purpose of our lives; it is a constant and worthwhile process.
"If you ever want to be right in your life, bring yourself into balance. The joy of life, the happiness of life is in balance." Yogi Bhajan
When we are unbalanced in our chakras or energy centers, we use those expressions like, "I'm having an off day," "I'm having a bad hair day," "Nothing seemed to go right today." If the chakras are balanced, you'll hear expressions like, "It was such a great day," "It was such a miraculous day. Things went so smoothly today!" And that comes when everything is lined up and the energy is flowing throughout your whole body..
Yoga is the science of breath and angles. It is an ancient science, put together by our wise elders, who were in tune with the energy field of the universe and how it manifests through our physical bodies. When we study yoga, we learn to place our arms, hands, and fingers, and the body itself into very specific postures, creating certain angles. Combined with powerful breathing techniques, these postures can produce amazing changes in our psyche!
"Before us the sages have laid the path. We are taking our first step." Yogi Bhajan
Yoga is similar to what keeps most animals fit. One only has to watch the stretching exercises that a cat does, and then see her magnificent body in action as she chases a bird, to understand that the systematic stretching and relaxation of our muscles can keep us fit for life.
In our uniquely human capacity to connect movement with breath and spiritual meaning, yoga is born. The translation of the word "yoga" is “union." This union of breath and movement has as its ultimate goal the harmonious merging of body, mind, and soul into the universal energy surrounding us. We refer to it as the "practice of yoga," and that is what we do in the Kundalini Yoga classes. But the real yoga is how you take what you've learned in class and live it out in the world.
People who are new to yoga ask me, "Is it hard? Do I have to be some kind of athlete?" Oftentimes, they give up on the very idea of yoga before they've even tried it, because they assume that it is something that dancers and acrobats do. I have students who are world-class athletes, and students who are amputees, or paraplegics, or cardiac rehab patients. Absolutely anyone can do this yoga, and everyone will be challenged by it, too. And everyone I have ever seen attempt it, even on the smallest level, has been changed. But please, if you have a medical condition, consult your doctor or chiropractor if you are unsure if your body is ready for a new challenge.
Yogic technology is not necessarily a substitute for medical advice or attention; one needs to be sensitive when dealing with the complexities of the body. Once you are aware of your limitations, then be sensitive and get going! As to "Is it hard?" -- yes, it is. In various ways. Sometimes it's physically hard, sometimes it just annoys a part of your mind, what we sometimes call the "Monkey Mind." The Monkey Mind is the part of your mind that doesn't want to consider the higher questions of life. While the monkey might be asking, "Where is my next banana?" the human is asking, "Where's the next doughnut, cigarette, or mocha latte?" And the Monkey Mind will lie to you, to make sure you keep the bananas or the mocha lattes coming its way.
It will tell you that this yoga you are doing is tedious, pointless, and silly.. Your Monkey Mind
can make the yoga seem harder than it is, because it doesn't want to change.
So our Monkey Mind will tell us to turn away from things like yoga, things that portend change and seem "hard." I think we are at a point in history at which we want things to come easily. We have come to value easiness. We want a pill that will fix everything. We just want it taken care of, we want to be fixed, and we want it now. We want our lives to be pain-free, and the lives of our children to be pain-free. But what are we really looking for when we try a new diet or a new drug or a new religion? We get discouraged when things aren't easy and perfect. Kundalini Yoga can be challenging, but unlike a painkiller, its purpose isn't to mask our pain. It heals our pain.
"There is no freedom which is free." Yogi Bhajan
I know, because I have been that person seeking. I spent a great deal of my life searching for the easy, pain-free fix. In my early twenties, as a flower child in the Haight, I became addicted to diet pills, because that seemed like the pain-free path to freedom. Of course, it was not.
Pain is part of the deal.
When I think back to that time, I was so sure someone must have the answer. I wanted someone to tell me how to make my life pain-free. Looking back, I can't imagine who I thought got through their entire lives and managed to avoid the pain. Now I realize there is not now nor has there ever been a single person on this planet who has successfully avoided the pain of being human. Pain is part of the deal.
In fact, the enlightened beings who have graced this planet dealt with the pain of humanness, and it is usually the main point of their story. This is true with Jesus, with Buddha, with Moses, with Gandhi. How did I think I could get around it? Now since I accept pain as part of the human bargain, I am also free to accept the serenity I believe is my natural state of being. God wants each of us to live in a state of serenity.
Serenity, which encompasses happiness and joy, also allows for pain and sorrow, because serenity is a state of being that accepts all of our states without judgment. Serenity is the state of being that exists when we are in balance, when we know our place in the universe, when we are truly able to accept God's will for us. It was the study of Kundalini Yoga and Meditation that taught me about balance and serenity; taught me how to quiet my chattering Monkey Mind, taught me how to focus on and be grateful for each breath I take.
Kundalini Yoga and Meditation have helped me to re-pattern my body and my mind. As I began to learn this yoga, I began to escape the illusion I could or even wanted to avoid pain. I did begin to see pain, discomfort, and even simple annoyance, as the learning opportunities and blessings that they are. I still don't always see the traffic jam as "a growth opportunity." At first, unconsciously, I may mistake it for a complaining opportunity. And then sometimes the traffic jam, or the grocery line, or any other daily test sends me directly into impatience. I start thinking about whose fault it is that I'm stuck in traffic, or how I shouldn't have to be dealing with this.
Kundalini Yoga and Meditation have helped me to re-pattern my body and my mind, so that I don't stay in the illusion of "why me" quite as long, and even when I'm in it, I remember that "this too shall pass."
This yoga can be challenging, but it can also bring such ecstasy. Once you get past the pain or the discomfort or even the simple annoyance, there can be such bliss and joy in the breath and the movement.
Someone sent me a story on the Internet that so perfectly summed up this paradox of how challenging experiences make us stronger.
One day a small opening appeared on a cocoon, and a man sat and watched for the butterfly for several hours as it struggled to force its body through that little hole. Then it seemed to stop making any progress. It appeared as if it had gotten as far as it could and it could go no further.
So the man decided to help the butterfly. He took a pair of scissors and snipped off the remaining bit of the cocoon. The butterfly then emerged easily. But it had a swollen body and small, shriveled wings. The man continued to watch the butterfly because he expected that, at any moment, the wings would enlarge and expand to be able to support the body, which would contract in time. Neither happened!
In fact, the butterfly spent the rest of its life crawling around with a swollen body and shriveled wings. It never was able to fly. What the man, in his kindness and haste, did not understand was that the restricting cocoon and the struggle required for the butterfly to get through the tiny opening was God's way of forcing fluid from the body of the butterfly into its wings so that it would be ready for flight once it achieved its freedom from the cocoon.
Sometimes struggles are exactly what we need in our life. If God allowed us to go through our life without any obstacles, it would cripple us.
We would not be as strong as we could have been. We could never fly.
I asked for Strength...
And God gave me Challenges to make me strong.
I asked for Wisdom...
And God gave me Problems to solve.
I asked for Prosperity...
And God gave me Brain and Brawn to work.
I asked for Courage...
And God gave me Danger to overcome.
I asked for Love...
And God gave me Troubled people to help.
I asked for Favors...
And God gave me Opportunities.
I received nothing I wanted
I received everything I needed.
I just love that story, because I asked God for a way to avoid pain, and God gave me Kundalini Yoga.
As you begin to read, know that each of these eight energy centers already lives within you, each of the chakras is like that butterfly trying to be born out of its cocoon. The whole process of learning is really the process of uncovering and rediscovering what we already know. That is the process we will undergo together.
I know by the end of this journey we will see our eight glorious human talents begin to thrive. We humans are magnificent creatures. This is the perfect time for us to celebrate and nurture our Eight Human Talents together. Our bodies are the means by which we come to know and understand our spiritual connection to the Infinite.
John O'Donohue, gifted poet of the spirit, sums up this relationship beautifully in the Celtic poem from his book Anam Cara: A Book of Celtic Wisdom.
A Blessing For The Senses:
May your body be blessed.
May you realize that your body is a faithful and beautiful friend of your soul.
And may you be peaceful and joyful and recognize that your senses are sacred thresholds.
May you realize that holiness is mindful, gazing, feeling, hearing, and touching.
May your senses gather you and bring you home.
May your senses always enable you to celebrate the universe and the mystery and possibilities in your presence here.
May the Eros of the Earth bless you.
The Seven Major Chakras
Part 1: Study of the chakras
The word chakra is derived from the Sanskrit word meaning wheel. If we were able to see the chakras (as many psychics, in fact, do) we would observe a wheel of energy continuously revolving or rotating. Clairvoyants perceive chakras as colorful wheels or flowers with a hub in the center. The chakras begin at the base of the spine and finish at the top of the head. Though fixed in the central spinal column they are located on both the front and back of the body, and work through it.
Each chakra vibrates or rotates at a different speed. The root or first chakra rotates at the slowest speed, the crown or seventh chakra at the highest speed. Each chakra is stimulated by its own and complimentary color, and a range of gemstones for specific uses. The chakra colors are of the rainbow; red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo, and violet. The size and brightness of the wheels vary with individual development, physical condition, energy levels, disease, or stress.
If the chakras are not balanced, or if the energies are blocked, the basic life force will be slowed down. The individual may feel listless, tired, out of sorts, or depressed. Not only will physical bodily functions be affected so diseases may manifest, but the thought processes and the mind may also be affected. A negative attitude, fear, doubt, etc. may preoccupy the individual.
A constant balance between the chakras promotes health and a sense of well being. If the chakras are opened too much; a person could literally short circuit themselves with too much universal energy going through the body.
If the chakras are closed, this does not allow for the universal energy to flow through them properly which may also lead to disease. Most of us react to unpleasant experiences by blocking our feeling and stopping a great deal of our natural energy flow.
This affects the maturation and development of the chakras. Whenever a person blocks whatever experience he is having, he in turn blocks his chakras, which eventually become disfigured.
When the chakras are functioning normally, each will be open, spinning clockwise to metabolize the particular energies needed from the universal energy field. As already mentioned any imbalances that exist within any chakra may have profound effects upon either our physical or emotional bodies.
We are able to use our quartz crystals and gemstones to re-balance all our chakric centers and once the chakra has been properly balanced then our body will gradually return to normal.
The reason why crystals and gemstones are wonderful and powerful healing tools are because of what science calls its piezoelectric effect. (You can see this effect in the modern quartz watches).
Crystals and gemstones respond to the electricity that is coursing through our body, and if the energy is sluggish, the constant electrical vibrations of the stones will help to harmonize, balance, and stimulate these energies.
THE SEVEN MAJOR CHAKRAS
FIRST CHAKRA- ROOT
Studying the individual chakras begins with the root chakra, called Muladhara in Sanskrit. The root chakra is located at the base of the spine at the tailbone in back, and the pubic bone in front. This center holds the basic needs for survival, security and safety. The root chakra is powerfully related to our contact with the Earth Mother, providing us with the ability to be grounded into the earth plane.
This is also the center of manifestation. When you are trying to make things happen in the material world, business or material possessions, the energy to succeed will come from the first chakra. If this chakra is blocked an individual may feel fearful, anxious, insecure and frustrated.
Problems like obesity, anorexia nervosa, and knee troubles can occur. Root body parts include the hips, legs, lower back and sexual organs.
The colors used for this chakra are red, brown and black. The gemstones are Garnet, Smoky Quartz, Obsidian, and Black Tourmaline.
NOTE: A man’s sexual organs are located primarily in his first chakra, so male sexual energy is usually experienced primarily as physical. A woman’s sexual organs are located primarily in her second chakra, so female sexual energy is usually experienced primarily as emotional. Both chakras are associated with sexual energy.
SECOND CHAKRA- BELLY (SACRAL)
The next chakra or second chakra is often referred to as the belly or (sacral). It is located two inches below the navel and is rooted into the spine. This center holds the basic needs for sexuality, creativity, intuition, and self-worth. This chakra is also about friendliness, creativity and emotions. It governs people’s sense of self-worth, their confidence in their own creativity, and their ability to relate to others in an open and friendly way. It’s influenced by how emotions were expressed or repressed in the family during childhood.
Proper balance in this chakra means the ability to flow with emotions freely and to feel and reach out to others sexually or not. If this chakra is blocked a person may feel emotionally explosive, manipulative, obsessed with thoughts of sex or may lack energy.
Physical problems may include, kidney weakness, stiff lower back, constipation, and muscle spasms. Belly body parts include sexual organs (women), kidneys, bladder, and large intestine.
The main color used with this chakra is orange. The gemstones are Carnelian Agate, Orange Calcite and Tigers Eye.
THIRD CHAKRA- SOLAR PLEXUS
The third chakra is referred to as the Solar Plexus. It is located two inches below the breastbone in the center behind the stomach. The third chakra is the center of personal power, the place of ego, of passions, impulses, anger and strength. It is also the center for astral travel and astral influences, receptivity of spirit guides and for psychic development. When the Third Chakra is out of balance you may lack confidence, be confused, worry about what others think, feel that others are controlling your life, and may be depressed.
Physical problems may include digestive difficulties, liver problems, diabetes, nervous exhaustion, and food allergies. When balanced you may feel cheerful, outgoing, have self-respect, expressive, enjoy taking on new challenges, and have a strong sense of personal power. The body parts for this chakra include the stomach, liver, gall bladder, pancreas, and small intestine.
The main color for this chakra is yellow. The gemstones are Citrine, Topaz, and Yellow Calcite.
FOURTH CHAKRA- HEART
The fourth chakra is referred to as the heart chakra. It is located behind the breast bone in front and on the spine between the shoulder blades in back. This is the center for love, compassion and spirituality. This center directs one¹s ability to love themselves and others, to give and to receive love. This is also the chakra connecting body and mind with spirit. Almost everyone today has a hard, hurt, or broken heart, and it is no accident that heart disease is the number one killer in America today. Deep heart hurts can result in aura obstructions called heart scars.
When these scars are released, they raise a lot of old pain, but free the heart for healing and new growth. When this chakra is out of balance you may feel sorry for yourself, paranoid, indecisive, afraid of letting go, afraid of getting hurt, or unworthy of love. Physical illnesses include heart attack, high blood pressure, insomnia, and difficult in breathing. When this chakra is balanced you may feel compassionate, friendly, empathetic, desire to nurture others and see the good in everyone.
Body parts for the fourth chakra include heart, lungs, circulatory system, shoulders and upper back.
The main colors used are pink and green. The gemstones are Rose Quartz, Kunzite, and Watermelon tourmaline.
FIFTH CHAKRA- THROAT
The fifth chakra is referred to as the Throat. It is located in the V of the collarbone at the lower neck and is the center of communication, sound, and expression of creativity via thought, speech, and writing. The possibility for change, transformation and healing are located here. The throat is where anger is stored and finally let go of. When this chakra is out of balance you may want to hold back, feel timid, be quiet, feel weak, or can’t express your thoughts.
Physical illnesses or ailments include, hyperthyroid, skin irritations, ear infections, sore throat, inflammations, and back pain. When this chakra is balanced you may feel balanced, centered, musically or artistically inspired, and may be a good speaker. Body parts for the fifth chakra are throat, neck, teeth, ears, and thyroid gland.
The main color used is light blue. The gemstones are Aquamarine and Azurite.
SIXTH CHAKRA- THIRD EYE
The sixth chakra is referred to as the Third Eye. It is located above the physical eyes on the center of the forehead. This is the center for psychic ability, higher intuition, the energies of spirit and light. It also assists in the purification of negative tendencies and in the elimination of selfish attitudes. Through the power of the sixth chakra, you can receive guidance, channel, and tune into your Higher Self. When this chakra is not balanced you may feel non-assertive, afraid of success, or go the opposite way and be egotistical.
Physical symptoms may include headaches, blurred vision, blindness, and eyestrain. When this chakra is balanced and open you are your own master with no fear of death, are not attached to material things, may experience telepathy, astral travel, and past lives. Sixth chakra body parts include the eyes, face, brain, lymphatic and endocrine system.
The main colors are purple and dark blue. The gemstones are Amethyst, Sodalite, and Lapis Lazuli.
SEVENTH CHAKRA- THE CROWN
The seventh chakra is referred to as the Crown. It is located just behind the top of the skull. It is the center of spirituality, enlightenment, dynamic thought and energy. It allows for the inward flow of wisdom, and brings the gift of cosmic consciousness. This is also the center of connectedness with the Goddess (God), the place where life animates the physical body.
The silver cord that connects the aura bodies extends from the crown. The soul comes into the body through the crown at birth and leaves from the crown at death. When this chakra is unbalanced there may be a constant sense of frustration, no spark of joy, and destructive feelings. Illnesses may include migraine headaches and depression.
Balanced energy in this chakra may include the ability to open up to the Divine and total access to the unconscious and subconscious.
The main colors for the crown are white and purple. The gemstones are Clear Quartz Crystal, Oregon Opal, and Amethyst.
The Seven Major Chakras
Part II: Clearing gemstones and crystals.
Sometimes a stone or crystal you are strongly drawn to doesn't feel good, or a stone that felt good previously doesn't¹t feel good now. The stone or crystal may need to be cleared. Clearing is necessary before using any stone for healing. The clearer the energy of a healing stone, the more powerful it is. Crystals and healing gemstones need to be cleared as soon as they are purchased as well as clearing after every healing. A cleared, ready crystal feels positive and bright, tingly and cold to the touch. A crystal that needs clearing may feel hot, heavy or drained. There are a number of ways to effectively clear crystals and gemstones.
SEA SALT
Sea salt is the most traditional purifying agent in psychic work and healing. It dispels any sort of dis-ease and negativity, and is a physical and psychic disinfectant. I feel it is the most accepted and probably the most powerful method of clearing crystals and stones.
I highly recommend it for the initial cleansing of a new healing stone and for any time a stone is overloaded with negative energy. Salt can be mixed with water or used dry. To use salt water, mix a tablespoon of sea salt in a glass or ceramic cup of cold water. Do not use plastic or metal containers. Place the stones in the solution and allow to soak overnight. To use dry salt, place the sea salt in a glass or non-plastic container and bury the crystals with the points facing downward into the salt. Again, leave overnight.
Sometimes a stone may take longer to clear, especially if it has been used in a deep, intense healing. If this is the case, leave another day or two in the sea salt. When clearing gemstone necklaces it is best to use the dry sea salt method.
Be sure to use sea salt only, table salt contains aluminum and other chemicals.. For those who live by the ocean, salt water can be brought from the beach in a jar, or gently wash them directly in the ocean.
MOONLIGHT
Moonlight is another way of clearing your gemstones. Simply place outside from the Full to the New Moon. Waning Moons are good times to clear crystals, to dispel old energies, but any time works. The amount of time used varies with the sensitivity of the healer and the amount of material from which the stone needs cleansing. Try hanging your gemstone necklaces in a tree where the moonlight can cleanse them. (I personally do not recommend ever placing your crystals and gemstones in the sunlight, many stones tend to fade their colors in the sun. Also internal fractures may cause your stone to crack or break if placed in the sun.)
OTHER METHODS THAT WORK WELL
Burying your crystal in a cupful of dried herbs will also clear it. Suggested herbs for this are rose petals, sage, frankincense, myrrh, and sandalwood. You can usually find these at low cost at many co-ops or herb stores. This is a gentle way to clear crystals, and a pleasant way, but it does take longer than sea salt.
Crystals may also be buried into the Earth. This is especially helpful when you feel deep cleansing is needed. Outdoors, simply dig a hole the size of your crystal into the Earth, place your crystal again point down, and cover with soil. The amount of time needed is personal
choice. Be sure to place a Popsicle stick or some other marker to insure you fine your stone again!!! For apartment dwellers, use a flower pot to bury your stone in.
A quick way to cleanse your healing stones is to smudge them with burning cedar or sage. Smudging is an excellent way to make sure your stones are purified.. Simply hold the burning sage or cedar stick while passing your stone through the smoke. I usually do this a couple times to ensure cleansing. I also like to cleanse my stones by smudging after every healing.
Finally, if you are in a hurry and feel that your crystal needs to be cleared, you can easily run them under cool tap water. Make sure the points are facing down the drain to run the negative energy right down the sink!!! NEVER USE WARM OR HOT WATER, THIS WILL FRACTURE OR BREAK YOUR CRYSTALS. Visualize the crystal as sparkly, tingly, cold, and belonging to the healer..
The Seven Major Chakras
Part III: Programming and dedicating stones.
After you choose and clear your gemstone or crystal, it is a good idea to dedicate it or program it. The purpose of programming a crystal or gemstone is to focus its abilities on something you specifically need, thereby magnifying the stone¹s intent through your own.
The purpose of dedicating the stone to a high level healing energy or Goddess (God) is to protect it from negative energy. A crystal or stone that is programmed and dedicated in these ways becomes much more powerful and useful as a tool..
This is a very simple process. Hold the crystal or gemstone in your hand and sense its energy. With the stone being newly cleared, the energy will feel stronger and even more appealing that before. As you sense this energy and appreciate it, ask quietly to be connected to the deva of the
crystal or gemstone. Though not animate, stones are living things and the deva of the piece is the stone’s life-force energy.
Once you feel you have sensed what you can from the energy, think of what you will be using the stone for. Think of these uses, and then quietly ask the gemstone if it is willing to act in the way you wish. The crystals energy may increase with a yes or seem to disappear with a no. If the stone accepts your intent, state in your mind that it be so.
Once a stone is programmed, it will hold its intent until you or someone else reprograms it. To prevent any negative energy from attaching itself to your crystal you may with to dedicate it. To do this, simply hold the crystal or gemstone in your hand and state clearly in your mind: Only the most positive high-level energy may work through this healing tool. Focus on your intent for awhile, then end your sensing (meditation) with “SO BE IT.”
The stone is now dedicated. You may also choose to dedicate your gemstone or crystal to a specific healing energy, for example, to a Goddess of healing. There are many healing goddesses, including Isis, Yemaya, Diana, and White Buffalo Calf Woman. For stones programmed for protection, Hecate or Kali are strong protection Goddesses.
The Seven Major Chakras
Part IV: Laying on of stones.
The technique of using crystals and gemstones on the receiver’s body for healing is called
laying on of stones. It is a powerful method of cleansing negative energy, clearing and balancing the chakras, effecting emotional release, and bringing light and healing into all the aura bodies. Cleared, programmed, and dedicated stones move the receiver’s vibration into alignment with the planet and the universal grid.
This results in a freeing of life force energy in the chakras and aura, a healing of the Body of Light, and a transformation of negative or dis-ease into health.. The process may be done with clear quartz crystals only, colored gemstones only, or a combination of both. The stones may
be used alone or with a hands on healing (ie; Reiki).
The stones are placed upon the receiver’s body from feet to head. The healer then begins using her hands as usual starting at the head and moving toward the feet. (Use gemstones with colors matching each chakras’ color.
The stones can be in any form-faceted, raw, tumbled, eggs, or beads.) Energy in this type of healing needs to move in one direction, through the body, either Earth to sky or sky to Earth.
If the energy is Earth to sky, all the gemstones that have points are placed with the points turned towards the receiver’s crown. The effect of this direction is to move the receiver’s energy to a higher vibration or more spiritual level.
If the direction is from sky to Earth, it is the opposite, with the crystals pointing toward the feet. This direction moves life force energy from crown to feet for grounding and rooting into Earth.
To begin, the receiver lies on her back on a padded floor or massage table, with pillows under her head and knees for comfort. The space should be quiet, comfortable, and warm. Use only stones that have been dedicated to positive energy and programmed for healing. Invite spirit guides and angels into the session if you wish.
Start by placing a clear quartz crystal above her head and below her feet. In the right hand place another crystal and in the left hand place a rose quartz gemstone. Then go chakra by chakra, moving from the feet to crown and placing the appropriate colored gemstone for each center. (Be sure you have your healing stones spread out where you can reach them easily.)
There may be stones that you are drawn to for a particular reason, let yourself be guided, there are no real rules. You cannot do it wrong. A stone that is not needed for the session or is inappropriate for the receiver’s energy will roll right off or roll to another place where it is better utilized. Allow this to occur. If the receiver feels uncomfortable with a particular stone, remove it, the energy is not right for her needs.
When the stones are all in place, the healer has two options. She (he) can go to the head and begin a hands on healing. Be sure to cover the stones with your hands carefully in order not to scatter the gemstones. While your hands are covering each chakra over the stone, visualize the bright color of the gemstone entering the chakra, making it appear bright, balanced, centered, and healthy. Do this visualization until you feel confident to move to the next chakra. Be sure to flick fingers to release any negative energy before going to the next center. End with a complete brushing of the aura.
The other option a healer has once the stones are placed is to sit beside the receiver and simply wait, allowing the gemstones and spirit guides to do the healing. As the receiver’s chakras and aura absorb and are balanced by the crystal and gem energies, the stones begin to roll off one by one. When all the stones are off, or the receiver feels finished with those that remain, the healing is over. End with a complete brushing of the aura and allow the receiver to lie quietly without the stones. Ask for feedback and discuss anything that you feel should be discussed.
While she is doing this, the healer can gather up the stones from the table or floor and clear them again before putting them away. Put them into your protective box. A laying on of stones healing can be quite intense. There is often a major energy shift during this type of healing. More frequent emotional releases, past life and this life, trauma openings and other transformative events.
The healers’ role in this is to wait for the release to end and to be entirely non-judgmental.
After a session, there may also be a physical detoxification process that can continue for up to a week.
Be aware of what is happening and again, allow it. The changes are always positive and are usually gentle.
The Seven Major Chakras
Part V: Table of chakras and gemstones. RECLAIM YOUR RIGHT TO HEAL.
The ancient healers knew that the body is more than what is seen. They respected the wholeness of the body, emotions, mind, and spirit, saw the goddess (god) within all being, and treated their patients with respect and caring. Healing was a three way agreement between healer, goddess (god) and the person being healed, and healing was an active choice. Such partnerships and participation are missing in today¹s modern medicine, along with the concepts of wholeness and respect. Anyone can heal, and anyone can choose well-being. By learning and using the ancient skills of healing, many diseases of the body, emotions, mind, and spirit are preventable, or are easily transformed before they become matters for the allopathic medicine.
The skills of the ancient healers are available, powerful and very much alive right now. Please use these tools, it is our right!!!
FIRST CHAKRA—Red
1. Red Garnet
2. Smoky Quartz
3. Black Obsidian
SECOND CHAKRA—Orange
1. Carnelian Orange
2. Calcite Tiger's Eye
THIRD CHAKRA—Yellow
1. Citrine Topaz
2. Golden Calcite
FOURTH CHAKRA—Pink and Green
1. Rose Quartz
2. Kunzite
3. Watermelon Tourmaline
4. Jade
5. Adventurine
FIFTH CHAKRA—Light Blue
1. Aquamarine
2. Azurite
3. Sodalite
SIXTH CHAKRA—Blue or Indigo
1. Lapis
2. Blue Fluorite
3. Sugilite
4. Clear Quartz
SEVENTH CHAKRA—Violet or Clear
1. Amethyst
2. Oregon Opal
3. Clear Quartz
GEMSTONES OF THE ZODIAC (Astrological Sun Signs)
1. Aries (3/21-4/20) Bloodstone
2. Taurus (4/21-5/20) Sapphire
3. Gemini (5/21-6/20) Agate
4. Cancer (6/21-7/20) Emerald
5. Leo (7/12-8/22) Onyx
6. Virgo (8/23-9/22) Carnelian
7. Libra (9/23-10-22) Peridot
8. Scorpio (10/23-11/22) Aquamarine
9. Sagittarius (11/23-12/21) Topaz
10. Capricorn (12/22-1/20) Ruby
11. Aquarius (1/21-2/18) Garnet
12. Pisces (2/19-3/20) Amethyst
Opening the Chakras
Chakra meditations that use madras and sounds to open chakras.
These chakra meditations use madras, which are special hand positions, to open chakras. The madras have the power to send more energy to particular chakras. To enhance the effect, sounds are chanted. These sounds are from Sanskrit letters. When chanted, they cause a resonation in your body that you can feel at the chakra the sounds are meant.
For pronunciation, keep in mind that the "A" is pronounced as in "ah," and the "M" is pronounced as "mng." Do a meditation for 7 - 10 breaths. Chant the sound several times each breath (for example three times).
Open the Root Chakra
Let the tips of your thumb and index finger touch.
Concentrate on the Root chakra at the spot in between the genitals and the anus.
Chant the sound LAM.
Open the Sacral Chakra
Put your hands in your lap, palms up, on top of each other. Have left hand underneath, its palm touching the back of the fingers of the right hand. The tips of the thumbs touch gently.
Concentrate on the Sacral Chakra at the sacral bone (on the lower back).
Chant the sound VAM.
Open the Navel Chakra
Put your hands before your stomach, slightly below your solar plexus. Let the fingers
join at the tops, all pointing away from you. Cross the thumbs. It is important to straighten the fingers.
Concentrate on the Navel chakra located on the spine, a bit above the level of the navel.
Chant the sound RAM.
Open the Heart Chakra
Sit cross-legged. Let the tips of your index finger and thumb touch. Put your left hand
on your left knee and your right hand in front of the lower part of your breast bone (so a
bit above the solar plexus).
Concentrate on the Heart chakra at the spine, level with the heart.
Chant the sound YAM (as this madras is particularly powerful, this may not be needed).
Open the Throat Chakra
Cross your fingers on the inside of your hands, without the thumbs. Let the thumbs touch
at the tops, and pull them slightly up.
Concentrate on the Throat chakra at the base of the throat.
Chant the sound HAM.
Open the Third Eye Chakra
Put your hands before the lower part of your breast. The middle fingers are straight and
touch at the tops, pointing forward. The other fingers are bended and touch at the upper
two phalanges. The thumbs should point towards you and touch at the tops.
Concentrate on the Third Eye chakra slightly above the point between the eyebrows.
Chant the sound OM or AUM.
Open the Crown Chakra
Put your hands before your stomach. Let the ring fingers point up, touching at their tops.
Cross the rest of your fingers, with the left thumb underneath the right.
Concentrate on the Crown chakra at the top of your head.
Chant the sound NG.
Warning: Do not open the Crown chakra while you do not have a strong Root chakra.
17 Novembro, 2008
The 7 Mayan Prophecys
La primera profecía habla del final del miedo dice:
“que nuestro mundo de odio y materialismo terminará el sábado 22 de diciembre del año 2012, (tiempo que ha venido acortándose por la misma aceleración del tiempo y esto da lugar a que dichos sucesos ocurran antes de esta fecha, unos 4 o 5 años antes) que para ese día la humanidad deberá escoger entre desaparecer como especie pensante que amenaza con destruir el planeta o evolucionar hacia la integración armónica con todo el universo, comprendiendo que todo está vivo y consciente, que somos parte de ese todo y que podemos existir en una nueva era de luz."
Los Mayas sabían que nuestro sol (ellos le llamaban kinich-Ahau) es un ser vivo que respira y que cada cierto tiempo se sincroniza con el enorme organismo en el que existe, que al recibir un chispazo de luz del centro de la galaxia brilla más intensamente, produciendo en su superficie lo que nuestros científicos llaman erupciones solares y cambios magnéticos.
Ellos dicen que esto sucede cada 5.125 años, que la tierra se ve afectada por los cambios en el sol mediante un desplazamiento de su eje de rotación, predijeron que a partir de este movimiento se producirían grandes cataclismos, para los mayas los procesos universales como la respiración de la galaxia son cíclicos y nunca cambian, lo que cambia es la conciencia del hombre que pasa a través de ellos, siempre en un proceso hacia más Perfección.
Basados en sus observaciones los Mayas predijeron que a partir de la fecha de su civilización desde el 4 Ahau 8 Cumku es decir desde el año 3113 AC, 5.125 en el futuro o sea el sábado 22 de diciembre del año 2.012 el sol al recibir un fuerte rayo sincronizador proveniente del centro de la galaxia cambiará su polaridad y producirá una gigantesca llamarada radiante.
Para entonces la humanidad debe estar preparada para atravesar la puerta que nos dejaron los Mayas, transformando a la civilización actual basada en el miedo en una vibración mucho más alta de armonía, solo de manera individual se puede atravesar la puerta que permite evitar el gran cataclismo que sufrirá el planeta para dar comienzo a una nueva era, un sexto ciclo del sol.
Nos dicen que el cambio de los tiempos permite ascender un peldaño en la evolución de la conciencia dirigirnos hacia una nueva civilización que manifestará mayor armonía y compresión para todos los seres humanos. La primera profecía nos habla del tiempo del no-tiempo, un periodo de 20 años llamados por ellos un katum, los últimos 20 años de ese gran ciclo solar de 5.125 años, es decir desde 1.992 hasta el año 2.012.
Profetizaron que hasta ese tiempo manchas del viento solar cada vez más intensas aparecerían en el sol, desde 1.992 la humanidad entraría en un último periodo de grandes aprendizajes, grandes cambios.
Que nuestra propia conducta de depredación y contaminación del planeta contribuiría a que estos cambios sucedieran; la primer profecía dice que estos cambios van a suceder para que comprendamos como funciona el universo y avancemos hacia niveles superiores dejando atrás el materialismo y liberándonos del sufrimiento.
El libro sagrado Maya del Chilam Balam, dice: …..
”En el trece Ahau al final del último katum, el itzá será arrollado y rodará Tanka, habrá un tiempo en el estarán sumidos en la oscuridad y luego vendrán trayendo la señal futura los hombres del sol; despertará la tierra por el norte y por el poniente, el itzá despertará”.
La primera profecía anunció que siete años después del comienzo del último Katum es decir en 1999 comenzaría una época de oscuridad que nos enfrentaría a todos con nuestra propia conducta dijeron que las palabras de sus sacerdotes serían escuchados por todos nosotros como una guía para despertar ellos llaman a esta época como el tiempo que la humanidad entrara al gran salón de los espejos, una época de cambios para enfrentar al hombre consigo mismo para hacer que entre al gran salón de los espejos y se mire, que mire y analice su comportamiento con el mismo, con los demás, con la naturaleza y con el planeta en donde vive.
Una época para que toda la humanidad por decisión consciente de cada uno de nosotros decida cambiar eliminar el miedo y la falta de respeto de todas nuestras relaciones.
**********************************************************************************+
Segunda Profecía
La primera profecía habla del final del miedo dice:
“que nuestro mundo de odio y materialismo terminará el sábado 22 de diciembre del año 2012, (tiempo que ha venido acortándose por la misma aceleración del tiempo y esto da lugar a que dichos sucesos ocurran antes de esta fecha, unos 4 o 5 años antes) que para ese día la humanidad deberá escoger entre desaparecer como especie pensante que amenaza con destruir el planeta o evolucionar hacia la integración armónica con todo el universo, comprendiendo que todo está vivo y consciente, que somos parte de ese todo y que podemos existir en una nueva era de luz."
Los Mayas sabían que nuestro sol (ellos le llamaban kinich-Ahau) es un ser vivo que respira y que cada cierto tiempo se sincroniza con el enorme organismo en el que existe, que al recibir un chispazo de luz del centro de la galaxia brilla más intensamente, produciendo en su superficie lo que nuestros científicos llaman erupciones solares y cambios magnéticos.
Ellos dicen que esto sucede cada 5.125 años, que la tierra se ve afectada por los cambios en el sol mediante un desplazamiento de su eje de rotación, predijeron que a partir de este movimiento se producirían grandes cataclismos, para los mayas los procesos universales como la respiración de la galaxia son cíclicos y nunca cambian, lo que cambia es la conciencia del hombre que pasa a través de ellos, siempre en un proceso hacia más Perfección.
Basados en sus observaciones los Mayas predijeron que a partir de la fecha de su civilización desde el 4 Ahau 8 Cumku es decir desde el año 3113 AC, 5.125 en el futuro o sea el sábado 22 de diciembre del año 2.012 el sol al recibir un fuerte rayo sincronizador proveniente del centro de la galaxia cambiará su polaridad y producirá una gigantesca llamarada radiante.
Para entonces la humanidad debe estar preparada para atravesar la puerta que nos dejaron los Mayas, transformando a la civilización actual basada en el miedo en una vibración mucho más alta de armonía, solo de manera individual se puede atravesar la puerta que permite evitar el gran cataclismo que sufrirá el planeta para dar comienzo a una nueva era, un sexto ciclo del sol.
Nos dicen que el cambio de los tiempos permite ascender un peldaño en la evolución de la conciencia dirigirnos hacia una nueva civilización que manifestará mayor armonía y compresión para todos los seres humanos. La primera profecía nos habla del tiempo del no-tiempo, un periodo de 20 años llamados por ellos un katum, los últimos 20 años de ese gran ciclo solar de 5.125 años, es decir desde 1.992 hasta el año 2.012.
Profetizaron que hasta ese tiempo manchas del viento solar cada vez más intensas aparecerían en el sol, desde 1.992 la humanidad entraría en un último periodo de grandes aprendizajes, grandes cambios.
Que nuestra propia conducta de depredación y contaminación del planeta contribuiría a que estos cambios sucedieran; la primer profecía dice que estos cambios van a suceder para que comprendamos como funciona el universo y avancemos hacia niveles superiores dejando atrás el materialismo y liberándonos del sufrimiento.
El libro sagrado Maya del Chilam Balam, dice: …..
”En el trece Ahau al final del último katum, el itzá será arrollado y rodará Tanka, habrá un tiempo en el estarán sumidos en la oscuridad y luego vendrán trayendo la señal futura los hombres del sol; despertará la tierra por el norte y por el poniente, el itzá despertará”.
La primera profecía anunció que siete años después del comienzo del último Katum es decir en 1999 comenzaría una época de oscuridad que nos enfrentaría a todos con nuestra propia conducta dijeron que las palabras de sus sacerdotes serían escuchados por todos nosotros como una guía para despertar ellos llaman a esta época como el tiempo que la humanidad entrara al gran salón de los espejos, una época de cambios para enfrentar al hombre consigo mismo para hacer que entre al gran salón de los espejos y se mire, que mire y analice su comportamiento con el mismo, con los demás, con la naturaleza y con el planeta en donde vive.
Una época para que toda la humanidad por decisión consciente de cada uno de nosotros decida cambiar eliminar el miedo y la falta de respeto de todas nuestras relaciones.
********************************************************************************
Tercera Profecía
La tercera profecía maya dice que una ola de calor aumentará la temperatura del planeta, produciendo cambios climáticos geológicos y sociales en una magnitud sin precedentes, y a una velocidad asombrosa, los mayas dicen que el aumento de la temperatura se dará por la combinación varios factores, uno de ellos generados por el hombre que en su falta de sincronía con la naturaleza solo puede producir procesos de auto destrucción, otros factores serán generados por el sol que al acelerar su actividad por el aumento de su vibración produce mas que radiación, aumentando la temperatura del planeta.
Cada uno de nosotros en alguna manera ayudamos a contaminar al planeta o a desforestarlo, con nuestros automóviles, arrojando basura en las calles, o en los parques públicos ayudando a que el clima del planeta se vuelva en nuestra contra, los cambios están ocurriendo ya pero como han pasando muy
lentamente, nos hemos adaptados a ellos y no los percibimos el proceso de industrialización que tuvo lugar en el siglo XX.
Ha contaminado dramáticamente la atmósfera con sus emisiones de gases tóxicos, la llamada lluvia ácida producto de la quema de carbón o derivados del petróleo y de la emisiones de sulfuro y oxido de nitrógeno en el ámbito industrial tiene lugar en todo el mundo y se concentra en la áreas urbanas corroe los monumentos y puentes destruye la pintura exterior, mata los bosques, daña la vida Marina, los suelos cultivados convierten el agua potable en tóxica y reduce la visibilidad.
El aumento de la temperatura producirá fuertes vientos huracanes y tornados.
Los huracanes son tormentas gigantescas y violentas un vórtice de destrucción y muerte se los llama huracán en conmemoración del Dios del mal de los aborígenes del caribe, el Huracán Mich y los fenómenos asociados a la corriente del niño, son evidencia de la tendencia hacia los grandes desastres causados por el clima el sistema hidráulico es fundamental pues la tierra está cubierta en un 70 por ciento de agua, a aumentar la temperatura disminuirá la humedad relativa en el ambiente lo que traerá como consecuencia menos nubosidad en el cielo y mayor exposición al sol agravando así el problema.
Así se evaporará el agua de los suelos produciéndose grandes sequías y muchos incendios forestales en todo el planeta, la falta de agua producirá grandes inconvenientes en toda la vegetación, reduciendo su crecimiento y disminuyendo considerablemente el tamaño de las cosechas.
Al reducirse la cantidad de agua de lluvia también menguará el caudal de los embalses y lagos, creando serios problemas a toda la fauna de la tierra, todo esto causara un fuerte impacto en la economía, habrá desabastecimiento y muchos productos que dependen del clima como los forrajes los cereales el pescado y la energía hidroeléctrica subirán de precio de modo vertiginoso.
Serán épocas de racionamiento hambre y descontento socia, aumentara el numero de plagas e insectos y las enfermedades tropicales como la malaria el comportamiento del hombre será crucial para sobre llevar el aumento general de la temperatura causada por su propia conducta inconsciente y depredadora.
*************************************************************************************** Cuarta Profecía
La tercera profecía maya dice que una ola de calor aumentará la temperatura del planeta, produciendo cambios climáticos geológicos y sociales en una magnitud sin precedentes, y a una velocidad asombrosa, los mayas dicen que el aumento de la temperatura se dará por la combinación varios factores, uno de ellos generados por el hombre que en su falta de sincronía con la naturaleza solo puede producir procesos de auto destrucción, otros factores serán generados por el sol que al acelerar su actividad por el aumento de su vibración produce mas que radiación, aumentando la temperatura del planeta.
Cada uno de nosotros en alguna manera ayudamos a contaminar al planeta o a desforestarlo, con nuestros automóviles, arrojando basura en las calles, o en los parques públicos ayudando a que el clima del planeta se vuelva en nuestra contra, los cambios están ocurriendo ya pero como han pasando muy
lentamente, nos hemos adaptados a ellos y no los percibimos el proceso de industrialización que tuvo lugar en el siglo XX.
Ha contaminado dramáticamente la atmósfera con sus emisiones de gases tóxicos, la llamada lluvia ácida producto de la quema de carbón o derivados del petróleo y de la emisiones de sulfuro y oxido de nitrógeno en el ámbito industrial tiene lugar en todo el mundo y se concentra en la áreas urbanas corroe los monumentos y puentes destruye la pintura exterior, mata los bosques, daña la vida Marina, los suelos cultivados convierten el agua potable en tóxica y reduce la visibilidad.
El aumento de la temperatura producirá fuertes vientos huracanes y tornados.
Los huracanes son tormentas gigantescas y violentas un vórtice de destrucción y muerte se los llama huracán en conmemoración del Dios del mal de los aborígenes del caribe, el Huracán Mich y los fenómenos asociados a la corriente del niño, son evidencia de la tendencia hacia los grandes desastres causados por el clima el sistema hidráulico es fundamental pues la tierra está cubierta en un 70 por ciento de agua, a aumentar la temperatura disminuirá la humedad relativa en el ambiente lo que traerá como consecuencia menos nubosidad en el cielo y mayor exposición al sol agravando así el problema.
Así se evaporará el agua de los suelos produciéndose grandes sequías y muchos incendios forestales en todo el planeta, la falta de agua producirá grandes inconvenientes en toda la vegetación, reduciendo su crecimiento y disminuyendo considerablemente el tamaño de las cosechas.
Al reducirse la cantidad de agua de lluvia también menguará el caudal de los embalses y lagos, creando serios problemas a toda la fauna de la tierra, todo esto causara un fuerte impacto en la economía, habrá desabastecimiento y muchos productos que dependen del clima como los forrajes los cereales el pescado y la energía hidroeléctrica subirán de precio de modo vertiginoso.
Serán épocas de racionamiento hambre y descontento socia, aumentara el numero de plagas e insectos y las enfermedades tropicales como la malaria el comportamiento del hombre será crucial para sobre llevar el aumento general de la temperatura causada por su propia conducta inconsciente y depredadora.
************************************************************************************
Quinta Profecía
La tercera profecía maya dice que una ola de calor aumentará la temperatura del planeta, produciendo cambios climáticos geológicos y sociales en una magnitud sin precedentes, y a una velocidad asombrosa, los mayas dicen que el aumento de la temperatura se dará por la combinación varios factores, uno de ellos generados por el hombre que en su falta de sincronía con la naturaleza solo puede producir procesos de auto destrucción, otros factores serán generados por el sol que al acelerar su actividad por el aumento de su vibración produce mas que radiación, aumentando la temperatura del planeta.
Cada uno de nosotros en alguna manera ayudamos a contaminar al planeta o a desforestarlo, con nuestros automóviles, arrojando basura en las calles, o en los parques públicos ayudando a que el clima del planeta se vuelva en nuestra contra, los cambios están ocurriendo ya pero como han pasando muy
lentamente, nos hemos adaptados a ellos y no los percibimos el proceso de industrialización que tuvo lugar en el siglo XX.
Ha contaminado dramáticamente la atmósfera con sus emisiones de gases tóxicos, la llamada lluvia ácida producto de la quema de carbón o derivados del petróleo y de la emisiones de sulfuro y oxido de nitrógeno en el ámbito industrial tiene lugar en todo el mundo y se concentra en la áreas urbanas corroe los monumentos y puentes destruye la pintura exterior, mata los bosques, daña la vida Marina, los suelos cultivados convierten el agua potable en tóxica y reduce la visibilidad.
El aumento de la temperatura producirá fuertes vientos huracanes y tornados.
Los huracanes son tormentas gigantescas y violentas un vórtice de destrucción y muerte se los llama huracán en conmemoración del Dios del mal de los aborígenes del caribe, el Huracán Mich y los fenómenos asociados a la corriente del niño, son evidencia de la tendencia hacia los grandes desastres causados por el clima el sistema hidráulico es fundamental pues la tierra está cubierta en un 70 por ciento de agua, a aumentar la temperatura disminuirá la humedad relativa en el ambiente lo que traerá como consecuencia menos nubosidad en el cielo y mayor exposición al sol agravando así el problema.
Así se evaporará el agua de los suelos produciéndose grandes sequías y muchos incendios forestales en todo el planeta, la falta de agua producirá grandes inconvenientes en toda la vegetación, reduciendo su crecimiento y disminuyendo considerablemente el tamaño de las cosechas.
Al reducirse la cantidad de agua de lluvia también menguará el caudal de los embalses y lagos, creando serios problemas a toda la fauna de la tierra, todo esto causara un fuerte impacto en la economía, habrá desabastecimiento y muchos productos que dependen del clima como los forrajes los cereales el pescado y la energía hidroeléctrica subirán de precio de modo vertiginoso.
Serán épocas de racionamiento hambre y descontento socia, aumentara el numero de plagas e insectos y las enfermedades tropicales como la malaria el comportamiento del hombre será crucial para sobre llevar el aumento general de la temperatura causada por su propia conducta inconsciente y depredadora.
************************************************************************************
Sexta Profecía
Un cometa pondrá en peligro la Tierra
Enero 30, 2008
La sexta profecía Maya dice que en los próximos años aparecerá un cometa cuya trayectoria pondrá en peligro la existencia misma del hombre, los Mayas veían a los cometas como agentes de cambio que venían a poner en movimiento el equilibrio existente para que ciertas estructuras se transformen permitiendo la evolución de la conciencia colectiva.
Todas las cosas tienen un lugar que les corresponde en todas las circunstancias, aún las mas adversas son perfectas para generar comprensión sobre la vida para desarrollar conciencia sobre la creación, por esto el hombre se ha enfrentado constantemente a situaciones inesperadas que le generan sufrimiento, es un modo de lograr que reflexione sobre su relación con el mundo y con los otros, así a lo largo de muchas vidas comprenderá las leyes universales de la razón de la creación, para los Mayas, Dios es la presencia de la vida que tiene todas las formas y su presencia es infinita.
El cometa del que habla la sexta profecía fue también anunciado por muchas religiones y culturas, por ejemplo la Biblia en el libro de las revelaciones aparece con el nombre de ajenjo.
Sí el cometa aparece, es posible que su trayectoria lo lleve a chocar con la tierra, o también por medio de físicos o psíquicos logremos desviar su trayectoria (informaciones recientes nos hablan de un enorme asteroide que se ha descubierto en el espacio que en su trayectoria puede chocar con la tierra en los próximos años), los cometas siempre han formado parte del sistema solar, miles de residuos atraviesan, cruzan, rozan, van y vienen periódicamente e incluso chocan con los planetas que se mueven siempre tranquilos en órbitas regulares, alrededor del sol.
Los Mayas siempre estudiaron y registraron los eventos del cielo, su alerta fue prevenir al hombre de los peligros de no conocer las órbitas y períodos de grandes residuos que se cruzan con la trayectoria conocida de la tierra, ellos sabían que para el hombre moderno descubrir con anticipación un asteroide tan grande que pudiera causar su extinción y luego desviarlo sería uno de los mayores logros de la historia humana y un hecho crucial que nos uniría como especie.
Antiguamente la esfera celeste era el dominio de los dioses, la aparición sorpresiva de un objeto desconocido que dominaba la noche era motivo de miedo y misticismo, por ese motivo los Mayas construyeron observatorios dedicados a estudiar los fenómenos, querían entender los impredecibles movimientos en el cielo, especialmente después de que establecieron las posiciones de los planetas y las estrellas.
El peligro inminente del que nos alerta la sexta profecía nos obligaría a construir un nivel de cooperación internacional, a establecer un sistema de comando y control por encima de los países y una estructura de comunicación mundial, sería la única manera que los países declinaran su soberanía a una identidad como las Naciones Unidas, dando paso a un gobierno mundial para el bien común, sería un cambio para aprender a trascender la separación que es la base de nuestra sociedad.
**********************************************************************************
Séptima Profecía Maya
Un cometa pondrá en peligro la Tierra
Enero 30, 2008
La sexta profecía Maya dice que en los próximos años aparecerá un cometa cuya trayectoria pondrá en peligro la existencia misma del hombre, los Mayas veían a los cometas como agentes de cambio que venían a poner en movimiento el equilibrio existente para que ciertas estructuras se transformen permitiendo la evolución de la conciencia colectiva.
Todas las cosas tienen un lugar que les corresponde en todas las circunstancias, aún las mas adversas son perfectas para generar comprensión sobre la vida para desarrollar conciencia sobre la creación, por esto el hombre se ha enfrentado constantemente a situaciones inesperadas que le generan sufrimiento, es un modo de lograr que reflexione sobre su relación con el mundo y con los otros, así a lo largo de muchas vidas comprenderá las leyes universales de la razón de la creación, para los Mayas, Dios es la presencia de la vida que tiene todas las formas y su presencia es infinita.
El cometa del que habla la sexta profecía fue también anunciado por muchas religiones y culturas, por ejemplo la Biblia en el libro de las revelaciones aparece con el nombre de ajenjo.
Sí el cometa aparece, es posible que su trayectoria lo lleve a chocar con la tierra, o también por medio de físicos o psíquicos logremos desviar su trayectoria (informaciones recientes nos hablan de un enorme asteroide que se ha descubierto en el espacio que en su trayectoria puede chocar con la tierra en los próximos años), los cometas siempre han formado parte del sistema solar, miles de residuos atraviesan, cruzan, rozan, van y vienen periódicamente e incluso chocan con los planetas que se mueven siempre tranquilos en órbitas regulares, alrededor del sol.
Los Mayas siempre estudiaron y registraron los eventos del cielo, su alerta fue prevenir al hombre de los peligros de no conocer las órbitas y períodos de grandes residuos que se cruzan con la trayectoria conocida de la tierra, ellos sabían que para el hombre moderno descubrir con anticipación un asteroide tan grande que pudiera causar su extinción y luego desviarlo sería uno de los mayores logros de la historia humana y un hecho crucial que nos uniría como especie.
Antiguamente la esfera celeste era el dominio de los dioses, la aparición sorpresiva de un objeto desconocido que dominaba la noche era motivo de miedo y misticismo, por ese motivo los Mayas construyeron observatorios dedicados a estudiar los fenómenos, querían entender los impredecibles movimientos en el cielo, especialmente después de que establecieron las posiciones de los planetas y las estrellas.
El peligro inminente del que nos alerta la sexta profecía nos obligaría a construir un nivel de cooperación internacional, a establecer un sistema de comando y control por encima de los países y una estructura de comunicación mundial, sería la única manera que los países declinaran su soberanía a una identidad como las Naciones Unidas, dando paso a un gobierno mundial para el bien común, sería un cambio para aprender a trascender la separación que es la base de nuestra sociedad.
“que nuestro mundo de odio y materialismo terminará el sábado 22 de diciembre del año 2012, (tiempo que ha venido acortándose por la misma aceleración del tiempo y esto da lugar a que dichos sucesos ocurran antes de esta fecha, unos 4 o 5 años antes) que para ese día la humanidad deberá escoger entre desaparecer como especie pensante que amenaza con destruir el planeta o evolucionar hacia la integración armónica con todo el universo, comprendiendo que todo está vivo y consciente, que somos parte de ese todo y que podemos existir en una nueva era de luz."
Los Mayas sabían que nuestro sol (ellos le llamaban kinich-Ahau) es un ser vivo que respira y que cada cierto tiempo se sincroniza con el enorme organismo en el que existe, que al recibir un chispazo de luz del centro de la galaxia brilla más intensamente, produciendo en su superficie lo que nuestros científicos llaman erupciones solares y cambios magnéticos.
Ellos dicen que esto sucede cada 5.125 años, que la tierra se ve afectada por los cambios en el sol mediante un desplazamiento de su eje de rotación, predijeron que a partir de este movimiento se producirían grandes cataclismos, para los mayas los procesos universales como la respiración de la galaxia son cíclicos y nunca cambian, lo que cambia es la conciencia del hombre que pasa a través de ellos, siempre en un proceso hacia más Perfección.
Basados en sus observaciones los Mayas predijeron que a partir de la fecha de su civilización desde el 4 Ahau 8 Cumku es decir desde el año 3113 AC, 5.125 en el futuro o sea el sábado 22 de diciembre del año 2.012 el sol al recibir un fuerte rayo sincronizador proveniente del centro de la galaxia cambiará su polaridad y producirá una gigantesca llamarada radiante.
Para entonces la humanidad debe estar preparada para atravesar la puerta que nos dejaron los Mayas, transformando a la civilización actual basada en el miedo en una vibración mucho más alta de armonía, solo de manera individual se puede atravesar la puerta que permite evitar el gran cataclismo que sufrirá el planeta para dar comienzo a una nueva era, un sexto ciclo del sol.
Nos dicen que el cambio de los tiempos permite ascender un peldaño en la evolución de la conciencia dirigirnos hacia una nueva civilización que manifestará mayor armonía y compresión para todos los seres humanos. La primera profecía nos habla del tiempo del no-tiempo, un periodo de 20 años llamados por ellos un katum, los últimos 20 años de ese gran ciclo solar de 5.125 años, es decir desde 1.992 hasta el año 2.012.
Profetizaron que hasta ese tiempo manchas del viento solar cada vez más intensas aparecerían en el sol, desde 1.992 la humanidad entraría en un último periodo de grandes aprendizajes, grandes cambios.
Que nuestra propia conducta de depredación y contaminación del planeta contribuiría a que estos cambios sucedieran; la primer profecía dice que estos cambios van a suceder para que comprendamos como funciona el universo y avancemos hacia niveles superiores dejando atrás el materialismo y liberándonos del sufrimiento.
El libro sagrado Maya del Chilam Balam, dice: …..
”En el trece Ahau al final del último katum, el itzá será arrollado y rodará Tanka, habrá un tiempo en el estarán sumidos en la oscuridad y luego vendrán trayendo la señal futura los hombres del sol; despertará la tierra por el norte y por el poniente, el itzá despertará”.
La primera profecía anunció que siete años después del comienzo del último Katum es decir en 1999 comenzaría una época de oscuridad que nos enfrentaría a todos con nuestra propia conducta dijeron que las palabras de sus sacerdotes serían escuchados por todos nosotros como una guía para despertar ellos llaman a esta época como el tiempo que la humanidad entrara al gran salón de los espejos, una época de cambios para enfrentar al hombre consigo mismo para hacer que entre al gran salón de los espejos y se mire, que mire y analice su comportamiento con el mismo, con los demás, con la naturaleza y con el planeta en donde vive.
Una época para que toda la humanidad por decisión consciente de cada uno de nosotros decida cambiar eliminar el miedo y la falta de respeto de todas nuestras relaciones.
**********************************************************************************+
Segunda Profecía
La primera profecía habla del final del miedo dice:
“que nuestro mundo de odio y materialismo terminará el sábado 22 de diciembre del año 2012, (tiempo que ha venido acortándose por la misma aceleración del tiempo y esto da lugar a que dichos sucesos ocurran antes de esta fecha, unos 4 o 5 años antes) que para ese día la humanidad deberá escoger entre desaparecer como especie pensante que amenaza con destruir el planeta o evolucionar hacia la integración armónica con todo el universo, comprendiendo que todo está vivo y consciente, que somos parte de ese todo y que podemos existir en una nueva era de luz."
Los Mayas sabían que nuestro sol (ellos le llamaban kinich-Ahau) es un ser vivo que respira y que cada cierto tiempo se sincroniza con el enorme organismo en el que existe, que al recibir un chispazo de luz del centro de la galaxia brilla más intensamente, produciendo en su superficie lo que nuestros científicos llaman erupciones solares y cambios magnéticos.
Ellos dicen que esto sucede cada 5.125 años, que la tierra se ve afectada por los cambios en el sol mediante un desplazamiento de su eje de rotación, predijeron que a partir de este movimiento se producirían grandes cataclismos, para los mayas los procesos universales como la respiración de la galaxia son cíclicos y nunca cambian, lo que cambia es la conciencia del hombre que pasa a través de ellos, siempre en un proceso hacia más Perfección.
Basados en sus observaciones los Mayas predijeron que a partir de la fecha de su civilización desde el 4 Ahau 8 Cumku es decir desde el año 3113 AC, 5.125 en el futuro o sea el sábado 22 de diciembre del año 2.012 el sol al recibir un fuerte rayo sincronizador proveniente del centro de la galaxia cambiará su polaridad y producirá una gigantesca llamarada radiante.
Para entonces la humanidad debe estar preparada para atravesar la puerta que nos dejaron los Mayas, transformando a la civilización actual basada en el miedo en una vibración mucho más alta de armonía, solo de manera individual se puede atravesar la puerta que permite evitar el gran cataclismo que sufrirá el planeta para dar comienzo a una nueva era, un sexto ciclo del sol.
Nos dicen que el cambio de los tiempos permite ascender un peldaño en la evolución de la conciencia dirigirnos hacia una nueva civilización que manifestará mayor armonía y compresión para todos los seres humanos. La primera profecía nos habla del tiempo del no-tiempo, un periodo de 20 años llamados por ellos un katum, los últimos 20 años de ese gran ciclo solar de 5.125 años, es decir desde 1.992 hasta el año 2.012.
Profetizaron que hasta ese tiempo manchas del viento solar cada vez más intensas aparecerían en el sol, desde 1.992 la humanidad entraría en un último periodo de grandes aprendizajes, grandes cambios.
Que nuestra propia conducta de depredación y contaminación del planeta contribuiría a que estos cambios sucedieran; la primer profecía dice que estos cambios van a suceder para que comprendamos como funciona el universo y avancemos hacia niveles superiores dejando atrás el materialismo y liberándonos del sufrimiento.
El libro sagrado Maya del Chilam Balam, dice: …..
”En el trece Ahau al final del último katum, el itzá será arrollado y rodará Tanka, habrá un tiempo en el estarán sumidos en la oscuridad y luego vendrán trayendo la señal futura los hombres del sol; despertará la tierra por el norte y por el poniente, el itzá despertará”.
La primera profecía anunció que siete años después del comienzo del último Katum es decir en 1999 comenzaría una época de oscuridad que nos enfrentaría a todos con nuestra propia conducta dijeron que las palabras de sus sacerdotes serían escuchados por todos nosotros como una guía para despertar ellos llaman a esta época como el tiempo que la humanidad entrara al gran salón de los espejos, una época de cambios para enfrentar al hombre consigo mismo para hacer que entre al gran salón de los espejos y se mire, que mire y analice su comportamiento con el mismo, con los demás, con la naturaleza y con el planeta en donde vive.
Una época para que toda la humanidad por decisión consciente de cada uno de nosotros decida cambiar eliminar el miedo y la falta de respeto de todas nuestras relaciones.
********************************************************************************
Tercera Profecía
La tercera profecía maya dice que una ola de calor aumentará la temperatura del planeta, produciendo cambios climáticos geológicos y sociales en una magnitud sin precedentes, y a una velocidad asombrosa, los mayas dicen que el aumento de la temperatura se dará por la combinación varios factores, uno de ellos generados por el hombre que en su falta de sincronía con la naturaleza solo puede producir procesos de auto destrucción, otros factores serán generados por el sol que al acelerar su actividad por el aumento de su vibración produce mas que radiación, aumentando la temperatura del planeta.
Cada uno de nosotros en alguna manera ayudamos a contaminar al planeta o a desforestarlo, con nuestros automóviles, arrojando basura en las calles, o en los parques públicos ayudando a que el clima del planeta se vuelva en nuestra contra, los cambios están ocurriendo ya pero como han pasando muy
lentamente, nos hemos adaptados a ellos y no los percibimos el proceso de industrialización que tuvo lugar en el siglo XX.
Ha contaminado dramáticamente la atmósfera con sus emisiones de gases tóxicos, la llamada lluvia ácida producto de la quema de carbón o derivados del petróleo y de la emisiones de sulfuro y oxido de nitrógeno en el ámbito industrial tiene lugar en todo el mundo y se concentra en la áreas urbanas corroe los monumentos y puentes destruye la pintura exterior, mata los bosques, daña la vida Marina, los suelos cultivados convierten el agua potable en tóxica y reduce la visibilidad.
El aumento de la temperatura producirá fuertes vientos huracanes y tornados.
Los huracanes son tormentas gigantescas y violentas un vórtice de destrucción y muerte se los llama huracán en conmemoración del Dios del mal de los aborígenes del caribe, el Huracán Mich y los fenómenos asociados a la corriente del niño, son evidencia de la tendencia hacia los grandes desastres causados por el clima el sistema hidráulico es fundamental pues la tierra está cubierta en un 70 por ciento de agua, a aumentar la temperatura disminuirá la humedad relativa en el ambiente lo que traerá como consecuencia menos nubosidad en el cielo y mayor exposición al sol agravando así el problema.
Así se evaporará el agua de los suelos produciéndose grandes sequías y muchos incendios forestales en todo el planeta, la falta de agua producirá grandes inconvenientes en toda la vegetación, reduciendo su crecimiento y disminuyendo considerablemente el tamaño de las cosechas.
Al reducirse la cantidad de agua de lluvia también menguará el caudal de los embalses y lagos, creando serios problemas a toda la fauna de la tierra, todo esto causara un fuerte impacto en la economía, habrá desabastecimiento y muchos productos que dependen del clima como los forrajes los cereales el pescado y la energía hidroeléctrica subirán de precio de modo vertiginoso.
Serán épocas de racionamiento hambre y descontento socia, aumentara el numero de plagas e insectos y las enfermedades tropicales como la malaria el comportamiento del hombre será crucial para sobre llevar el aumento general de la temperatura causada por su propia conducta inconsciente y depredadora.
*************************************************************************************** Cuarta Profecía
La tercera profecía maya dice que una ola de calor aumentará la temperatura del planeta, produciendo cambios climáticos geológicos y sociales en una magnitud sin precedentes, y a una velocidad asombrosa, los mayas dicen que el aumento de la temperatura se dará por la combinación varios factores, uno de ellos generados por el hombre que en su falta de sincronía con la naturaleza solo puede producir procesos de auto destrucción, otros factores serán generados por el sol que al acelerar su actividad por el aumento de su vibración produce mas que radiación, aumentando la temperatura del planeta.
Cada uno de nosotros en alguna manera ayudamos a contaminar al planeta o a desforestarlo, con nuestros automóviles, arrojando basura en las calles, o en los parques públicos ayudando a que el clima del planeta se vuelva en nuestra contra, los cambios están ocurriendo ya pero como han pasando muy
lentamente, nos hemos adaptados a ellos y no los percibimos el proceso de industrialización que tuvo lugar en el siglo XX.
Ha contaminado dramáticamente la atmósfera con sus emisiones de gases tóxicos, la llamada lluvia ácida producto de la quema de carbón o derivados del petróleo y de la emisiones de sulfuro y oxido de nitrógeno en el ámbito industrial tiene lugar en todo el mundo y se concentra en la áreas urbanas corroe los monumentos y puentes destruye la pintura exterior, mata los bosques, daña la vida Marina, los suelos cultivados convierten el agua potable en tóxica y reduce la visibilidad.
El aumento de la temperatura producirá fuertes vientos huracanes y tornados.
Los huracanes son tormentas gigantescas y violentas un vórtice de destrucción y muerte se los llama huracán en conmemoración del Dios del mal de los aborígenes del caribe, el Huracán Mich y los fenómenos asociados a la corriente del niño, son evidencia de la tendencia hacia los grandes desastres causados por el clima el sistema hidráulico es fundamental pues la tierra está cubierta en un 70 por ciento de agua, a aumentar la temperatura disminuirá la humedad relativa en el ambiente lo que traerá como consecuencia menos nubosidad en el cielo y mayor exposición al sol agravando así el problema.
Así se evaporará el agua de los suelos produciéndose grandes sequías y muchos incendios forestales en todo el planeta, la falta de agua producirá grandes inconvenientes en toda la vegetación, reduciendo su crecimiento y disminuyendo considerablemente el tamaño de las cosechas.
Al reducirse la cantidad de agua de lluvia también menguará el caudal de los embalses y lagos, creando serios problemas a toda la fauna de la tierra, todo esto causara un fuerte impacto en la economía, habrá desabastecimiento y muchos productos que dependen del clima como los forrajes los cereales el pescado y la energía hidroeléctrica subirán de precio de modo vertiginoso.
Serán épocas de racionamiento hambre y descontento socia, aumentara el numero de plagas e insectos y las enfermedades tropicales como la malaria el comportamiento del hombre será crucial para sobre llevar el aumento general de la temperatura causada por su propia conducta inconsciente y depredadora.
************************************************************************************
Quinta Profecía
La tercera profecía maya dice que una ola de calor aumentará la temperatura del planeta, produciendo cambios climáticos geológicos y sociales en una magnitud sin precedentes, y a una velocidad asombrosa, los mayas dicen que el aumento de la temperatura se dará por la combinación varios factores, uno de ellos generados por el hombre que en su falta de sincronía con la naturaleza solo puede producir procesos de auto destrucción, otros factores serán generados por el sol que al acelerar su actividad por el aumento de su vibración produce mas que radiación, aumentando la temperatura del planeta.
Cada uno de nosotros en alguna manera ayudamos a contaminar al planeta o a desforestarlo, con nuestros automóviles, arrojando basura en las calles, o en los parques públicos ayudando a que el clima del planeta se vuelva en nuestra contra, los cambios están ocurriendo ya pero como han pasando muy
lentamente, nos hemos adaptados a ellos y no los percibimos el proceso de industrialización que tuvo lugar en el siglo XX.
Ha contaminado dramáticamente la atmósfera con sus emisiones de gases tóxicos, la llamada lluvia ácida producto de la quema de carbón o derivados del petróleo y de la emisiones de sulfuro y oxido de nitrógeno en el ámbito industrial tiene lugar en todo el mundo y se concentra en la áreas urbanas corroe los monumentos y puentes destruye la pintura exterior, mata los bosques, daña la vida Marina, los suelos cultivados convierten el agua potable en tóxica y reduce la visibilidad.
El aumento de la temperatura producirá fuertes vientos huracanes y tornados.
Los huracanes son tormentas gigantescas y violentas un vórtice de destrucción y muerte se los llama huracán en conmemoración del Dios del mal de los aborígenes del caribe, el Huracán Mich y los fenómenos asociados a la corriente del niño, son evidencia de la tendencia hacia los grandes desastres causados por el clima el sistema hidráulico es fundamental pues la tierra está cubierta en un 70 por ciento de agua, a aumentar la temperatura disminuirá la humedad relativa en el ambiente lo que traerá como consecuencia menos nubosidad en el cielo y mayor exposición al sol agravando así el problema.
Así se evaporará el agua de los suelos produciéndose grandes sequías y muchos incendios forestales en todo el planeta, la falta de agua producirá grandes inconvenientes en toda la vegetación, reduciendo su crecimiento y disminuyendo considerablemente el tamaño de las cosechas.
Al reducirse la cantidad de agua de lluvia también menguará el caudal de los embalses y lagos, creando serios problemas a toda la fauna de la tierra, todo esto causara un fuerte impacto en la economía, habrá desabastecimiento y muchos productos que dependen del clima como los forrajes los cereales el pescado y la energía hidroeléctrica subirán de precio de modo vertiginoso.
Serán épocas de racionamiento hambre y descontento socia, aumentara el numero de plagas e insectos y las enfermedades tropicales como la malaria el comportamiento del hombre será crucial para sobre llevar el aumento general de la temperatura causada por su propia conducta inconsciente y depredadora.
************************************************************************************
Sexta Profecía
Un cometa pondrá en peligro la Tierra
Enero 30, 2008
La sexta profecía Maya dice que en los próximos años aparecerá un cometa cuya trayectoria pondrá en peligro la existencia misma del hombre, los Mayas veían a los cometas como agentes de cambio que venían a poner en movimiento el equilibrio existente para que ciertas estructuras se transformen permitiendo la evolución de la conciencia colectiva.
Todas las cosas tienen un lugar que les corresponde en todas las circunstancias, aún las mas adversas son perfectas para generar comprensión sobre la vida para desarrollar conciencia sobre la creación, por esto el hombre se ha enfrentado constantemente a situaciones inesperadas que le generan sufrimiento, es un modo de lograr que reflexione sobre su relación con el mundo y con los otros, así a lo largo de muchas vidas comprenderá las leyes universales de la razón de la creación, para los Mayas, Dios es la presencia de la vida que tiene todas las formas y su presencia es infinita.
El cometa del que habla la sexta profecía fue también anunciado por muchas religiones y culturas, por ejemplo la Biblia en el libro de las revelaciones aparece con el nombre de ajenjo.
Sí el cometa aparece, es posible que su trayectoria lo lleve a chocar con la tierra, o también por medio de físicos o psíquicos logremos desviar su trayectoria (informaciones recientes nos hablan de un enorme asteroide que se ha descubierto en el espacio que en su trayectoria puede chocar con la tierra en los próximos años), los cometas siempre han formado parte del sistema solar, miles de residuos atraviesan, cruzan, rozan, van y vienen periódicamente e incluso chocan con los planetas que se mueven siempre tranquilos en órbitas regulares, alrededor del sol.
Los Mayas siempre estudiaron y registraron los eventos del cielo, su alerta fue prevenir al hombre de los peligros de no conocer las órbitas y períodos de grandes residuos que se cruzan con la trayectoria conocida de la tierra, ellos sabían que para el hombre moderno descubrir con anticipación un asteroide tan grande que pudiera causar su extinción y luego desviarlo sería uno de los mayores logros de la historia humana y un hecho crucial que nos uniría como especie.
Antiguamente la esfera celeste era el dominio de los dioses, la aparición sorpresiva de un objeto desconocido que dominaba la noche era motivo de miedo y misticismo, por ese motivo los Mayas construyeron observatorios dedicados a estudiar los fenómenos, querían entender los impredecibles movimientos en el cielo, especialmente después de que establecieron las posiciones de los planetas y las estrellas.
El peligro inminente del que nos alerta la sexta profecía nos obligaría a construir un nivel de cooperación internacional, a establecer un sistema de comando y control por encima de los países y una estructura de comunicación mundial, sería la única manera que los países declinaran su soberanía a una identidad como las Naciones Unidas, dando paso a un gobierno mundial para el bien común, sería un cambio para aprender a trascender la separación que es la base de nuestra sociedad.
**********************************************************************************
Séptima Profecía Maya
Un cometa pondrá en peligro la Tierra
Enero 30, 2008
La sexta profecía Maya dice que en los próximos años aparecerá un cometa cuya trayectoria pondrá en peligro la existencia misma del hombre, los Mayas veían a los cometas como agentes de cambio que venían a poner en movimiento el equilibrio existente para que ciertas estructuras se transformen permitiendo la evolución de la conciencia colectiva.
Todas las cosas tienen un lugar que les corresponde en todas las circunstancias, aún las mas adversas son perfectas para generar comprensión sobre la vida para desarrollar conciencia sobre la creación, por esto el hombre se ha enfrentado constantemente a situaciones inesperadas que le generan sufrimiento, es un modo de lograr que reflexione sobre su relación con el mundo y con los otros, así a lo largo de muchas vidas comprenderá las leyes universales de la razón de la creación, para los Mayas, Dios es la presencia de la vida que tiene todas las formas y su presencia es infinita.
El cometa del que habla la sexta profecía fue también anunciado por muchas religiones y culturas, por ejemplo la Biblia en el libro de las revelaciones aparece con el nombre de ajenjo.
Sí el cometa aparece, es posible que su trayectoria lo lleve a chocar con la tierra, o también por medio de físicos o psíquicos logremos desviar su trayectoria (informaciones recientes nos hablan de un enorme asteroide que se ha descubierto en el espacio que en su trayectoria puede chocar con la tierra en los próximos años), los cometas siempre han formado parte del sistema solar, miles de residuos atraviesan, cruzan, rozan, van y vienen periódicamente e incluso chocan con los planetas que se mueven siempre tranquilos en órbitas regulares, alrededor del sol.
Los Mayas siempre estudiaron y registraron los eventos del cielo, su alerta fue prevenir al hombre de los peligros de no conocer las órbitas y períodos de grandes residuos que se cruzan con la trayectoria conocida de la tierra, ellos sabían que para el hombre moderno descubrir con anticipación un asteroide tan grande que pudiera causar su extinción y luego desviarlo sería uno de los mayores logros de la historia humana y un hecho crucial que nos uniría como especie.
Antiguamente la esfera celeste era el dominio de los dioses, la aparición sorpresiva de un objeto desconocido que dominaba la noche era motivo de miedo y misticismo, por ese motivo los Mayas construyeron observatorios dedicados a estudiar los fenómenos, querían entender los impredecibles movimientos en el cielo, especialmente después de que establecieron las posiciones de los planetas y las estrellas.
El peligro inminente del que nos alerta la sexta profecía nos obligaría a construir un nivel de cooperación internacional, a establecer un sistema de comando y control por encima de los países y una estructura de comunicación mundial, sería la única manera que los países declinaran su soberanía a una identidad como las Naciones Unidas, dando paso a un gobierno mundial para el bien común, sería un cambio para aprender a trascender la separación que es la base de nuestra sociedad.
15 Novembro, 2008
A Vision
Chris presents the Global (Working, Poor, Indigenous) question of 'What is
Capital?', and "Who we are as a Whole?" rather than being the property of the
elite intelligence 'state'.
How can we represent the Whole of human perspective and intelligence -- rather than simply the US news-speakers or the pseudo-New Age hate spreaders?
What is the difference, the ethos of this transformation we are in
the midst of, between Capital and Consciousness? Between the Old Boy
System of Patriarch and Peasant, and the Aquarian Age Web of Universal
Sovereignty, Planetwide Enlightenment?
In Traditional Chinese Medicine all sickness, all 'dis-ease', all
separation from divine experience, is witnessed to result from a
stoppage of Chi. [viz. a bloated patriarch, or a dammed river, ending
life and knowing and growing ... to preserve the 'perceived' power of
an elite to remain frozen in its black karma.]
Thus, perhaps, 'Capital'? A puss-bag of unhappiness stemming from the closeting of Chi?
Compare our historical memories of North America ... some five
hundred years ago ... a living flowing river continent of sacred life,
all our relations, where a squirrel could nearly cross from New England
to Goddess Moon, by flitting tree-to-tree, branch-to-branch, and never
touch the ground!
We, humanity, when 'counseled' or 'inspirited' by the food, the
culture, the white karma of all peoples, all cultures, all tribes, all
individuals, become a seven-billion-faceted jewel of integrity. We no
longer are possessed by a 'small' provincial bully demon-spirit, as we
have uncounted rainbow devas to protect us, every One!
So, we come to the Traditional Chinese Medicine concept of Gong --
the celestial or immortal spirit -- as compared to the worldly mortal
spirit who never escapes the karmic cycles of self-and-tribal abuse.
Living midst the whole spiritual spectrum of Divine Creation, the
Celestial Wilderness ... in service to all humankinds everywhere.
Stewards of the sacred garden, including our Mother Earth returning.
In HER light, arisen, returned, this holiest day.
Millennium Twain
Capital?', and "Who we are as a Whole?" rather than being the property of the
elite intelligence 'state'.
How can we represent the Whole of human perspective and intelligence -- rather than simply the US news-speakers or the pseudo-New Age hate spreaders?
What is the difference, the ethos of this transformation we are in
the midst of, between Capital and Consciousness? Between the Old Boy
System of Patriarch and Peasant, and the Aquarian Age Web of Universal
Sovereignty, Planetwide Enlightenment?
In Traditional Chinese Medicine all sickness, all 'dis-ease', all
separation from divine experience, is witnessed to result from a
stoppage of Chi. [viz. a bloated patriarch, or a dammed river, ending
life and knowing and growing ... to preserve the 'perceived' power of
an elite to remain frozen in its black karma.]
Thus, perhaps, 'Capital'? A puss-bag of unhappiness stemming from the closeting of Chi?
Compare our historical memories of North America ... some five
hundred years ago ... a living flowing river continent of sacred life,
all our relations, where a squirrel could nearly cross from New England
to Goddess Moon, by flitting tree-to-tree, branch-to-branch, and never
touch the ground!
We, humanity, when 'counseled' or 'inspirited' by the food, the
culture, the white karma of all peoples, all cultures, all tribes, all
individuals, become a seven-billion-faceted jewel of integrity. We no
longer are possessed by a 'small' provincial bully demon-spirit, as we
have uncounted rainbow devas to protect us, every One!
So, we come to the Traditional Chinese Medicine concept of Gong --
the celestial or immortal spirit -- as compared to the worldly mortal
spirit who never escapes the karmic cycles of self-and-tribal abuse.
Living midst the whole spiritual spectrum of Divine Creation, the
Celestial Wilderness ... in service to all humankinds everywhere.
Stewards of the sacred garden, including our Mother Earth returning.
In HER light, arisen, returned, this holiest day.
Millennium Twain
22 Outubro, 2008
HERE IT COMES THE SUN
HERE COMES THE SUN
EVEN THOUGH THIS INSIGHT HAS BEEN WITH ME FOR MANY YEARS, IT ONLY
FEELS APPROPRIATE TO SHARE IT NOW. THIS IS POSSIBLY BECAUSE WHAT IN
THE PAST MAY HAVE APPEARED AS FAR-FETCHED, OR AS UNRELATED TO OUR
CURRENT HUMAN EXPERIENCE, IS NOW FAST BECOMING A DIGESTIBLE REALITY.
AND, EVEN THOUGH I HAVE WAITED MANY YEARS TO PUT THIS INSIGHT DOWN
IN WRITING, I AM STILL PREEMPTING THE LARGER EVENTS THAT WILL FULLY
VALIDATE THE IMMENSITY OF THE CIRCUMSTANCES FORTOLD HERE. FOR THOSE
OF YOU THAT ARE EMOTIONALLY SENSITIVE AND AWARE, THIS INFORMATION
WILL BE BOTH CONFIRMATIONAL AND INTEGRATIVE. FOR THOSE OF YOU FOR
WHOM THIS IS NEWS, THIS INFORMATION WILL SERVE TO PREPARE YOU TO
RESPOND INSTEAD OF REACT TO THE INEVITABLE EVENTS UPON OUR
COLLECTIVE EXPERIENTIAL HORIZON.
WITHIN A VERY SHORT PERIOD OF TIME our sun is going to make the
headlines. Discussions once kept for dedicated astronomy groups will
enter the hallowed halls of broadcasting outlets like CNN
(phonetically pronounced "see an end") and other mainstream media.
Predictably, because these points of observation only discuss our
human experience by commenting on "effects", and therefore remain
ignorant to the causal point of our collective experience, they will
inevitably discuss the increasingly strange and unpredictable
behavior of our sun in a manner that causes mass fear. Ignorance,
and the consequential "ineffectual" analysis it initiates, always
causes fear. To believe that our sun would at any point attempt
to "hurt us" is to believe that drug dealers are in some way
responsible for drug addiction, or that politicians have the
capacity to empower people.
During the forthcoming period of our human experience the sun is
going to behave in a manner that is both unpredictable and
unprecedented. We are going to see an increase in sunspot activity
and consequential ejection of solar flares. These flares will impact
our planet with such intensity that it will be impossible to ignore.
There will be a wide range of consequences, some of them being:
On a physical level this will cause much discomfort and
inconvenience to humanities assumption that it is in control of God.
Our power grids will shut down, often for days, our near earth
orbiting satellites will be damaged, or have to be shut down to
prevent damage, and many of our communication systems like cell
phones and the Internet will experience disruptions. This activity
has already commenced; those of you paying attention will have
noticed such occurrences taking place in the first week or two of
December 2006, especially with our planetary communication systems.
The weather will also become increasingly and fiercely
unpredictable. This too is now a reality.
On a mental level this will cause confusion within our thought
processes; it will be hard to "think straight", to communicate with
each other clearly, and even to understand concepts that once
appeared straight-forward. Linear-thinking will appear to fail us
and logic to miss the mark. We will also experience interference in
our memory faculties (short and long term).
On an emotional level we will experience waves of unexpected fear,
anger, and grief. People who for the most part appear quiet, sedate,
and controlled in their behavior, will become unpredictable.
Unexpected emotional outbursts by public figures will become the
norm. (These are already happening.) We will feel overwhelmed by
emotional states indescribable to us. Emotional conflicts will
escalate exponentially between individuals, groups, and countries.
Pharmaceuticals that block authentic emotional states will become
increasingly popular.
On a vibrational level we may feel "spiritually disconnected" or
increasingly aware, depending where our point of focus is anchored.
The media, and all within our human family transfixed by "effects",
will have their focus primarily on the above physical consequences
of the sun's increasing activity. Because their reaction to these
circumstances will be unintegrated and therefore uninformed, this
will incite fear. People will consider building underground bunkers
and shelters to hide from the sun. Certain governments are already
aware of this forthcoming solar cycle and you can be sure movements
are underway to build underground facilities in hopes that certain
select communities may outlive this imminent solar cleansing.
THERE IS NOWHERE TO HIDE BECAUSE NOTHING IS CHASING US BUT
OURSELVES.
For the most part our human family will struggle to make a
connection between the escalating sunspot activity and the
consequential waves of discomfort within our physical, mental,
emotional, and vibrational fields. The intent of this article is
therefore to preempt these circumstances in a manner that empowers
is by providing some simple insight into what is unfolding, how this
impacts us personally, and what steps we can take to consciously
respond to this solar cleansing. Integrating this information will
decrease our fear, empower us to move consciously in sync with this
extraordinary event, and thus, through our individual example, to
assist others in our field of experience.
The best way to accomplish the intent of this article is to present
a play-by-play account of what will unfold as the sun increasingly
wipes the slate clean with its solar flares. We shall begin with the
sun and work our way inward from there.
A MASS CORONAL EJECTION OCCURS FROM SUNSPOT ACTIVITY THAT IS AIMED
DIRECTLY AT EARTH: To begin with, the sun is not "the cause" of
anything; the sun is an effect of activity coming from a deeper
vibrational level of existence. The sun is "energy in motion" (e-
motion), and in this respect is the emotional center of our solar
system. The sun is an externalization of our collective and
individual human heart center. It is the Heart Chakra of the family
within our solar system. When it becomes active it means there is
communication coming from the vibrational realm. Just as our heart
center is the portal through which we communicate to and receive
information from our vibrational field, the sun is this for the
entire living entity that we call "our solar system". The
perspective that "our sun is doing this to us" is therefore
incorrect. Once upon a time we believed the sun orbited the earth,
and then we awoke to the reality that the earth orbits the sun. For
a long time we have also believed that the sun is the causal point
of life on earth.
Now it is time to realize that the sun simply transmits information,
like a portal, from the vibrational causal point of all life. The
information it transmits enables us to move "in formation" with the
vibrational intent Life has for our solar system. When we are
unaware of the sun's activity, when we are ignorant of its cycles,
we cannot integrate the intent of the pulse of Life within our solar
system. Many cultures on earth understand this, though not with as
much clarity as we are now about to.
Most cultures only get as far as perceiving the sun as the causal
point of their experiences; we are now entering a transformation in
consciousness in which we are invited to embrace an even deeper
awareness than this: That the sun is merely "a portal" into the
causal point of all life. It is therefore a perceptual error to
claim that "the sun is trying to hurt us". To believe this is the
same as believing the sun is actually moving from east to west
across our sky. The sun, like a radio or television set, does
nothing of its own accord; it is a neutral system of communication
that has to be activated from the vibrational realm to behave in any
manner at all. When the sun exhibits a coronal mass ejection that is
directed at planet earth, this means information is deliberately
being delivered to us from the vibrational realm. When we go into
fear we close ourselves off from this transmission and are therefore
unable to digest what is being communicated.
FOLLOWING A SOLAR FLARE, GEOMAGNETIC STORMS ARE ACTIVATED:
Within a short period, usually about two days after the mass coronal
ejection is seen on the surface of the sun, the earth experiences
geomagnetic storms. It is at this juncture that the physical
consequences of the solar event impact us. This can range from
satellite damage to disruption in communication and power systems,
from unprecedented weather activity to volcanic and earthquake
activity. The earth is blasted by radiation (like we do to cancer
cells during chemotherapy) and this is visible as auroras; light
shows showering the earth from the northern hemisphere. This event
is also known as The Northern Lights, and in scriptural prophecy,
as "lights in the sky". Because our outer technological advances now
override any intent to develop internal communication systems
(insight and intuition) we now rely totally on the telephone instead
of telepathy.
We also rely completely on the internet over and above the inner
infinite wisdom of universal mind. The telephone is telepathy
externalized, just as the internet is universal mind externalized.
There is no problem in the externalization of these inner
capacities; it when we become addicted to their externalized forms
in a manner that wipes out all awareness of their inner causal cores
that we enter very unbalanced and self-destructive experiences.
These specific perceptual imbalances, among many others, will be
restored during the solar cleanse we now face. As outer
communications are disrupted and break down we either awaken to, and
begin utilizing and trusting our internal equivalents, or we lose
touch completely. The consequences of loosing touch completely are
that we make choices that are self-destructive.
We have also settled in collective masses upon certain places upon
the earth, driven by selfish profit margins and mental
justification, in a manner that is completely ignorant of the nature
of the earth as a living being. This is one of the reasons why we
cannot hear the communications coming to us from the vibrational; we
have plugged the earth's senses with concrete just as we have
plugged our own with outer noise, distraction, and physical
addiction. These circumstances are about to be re-aligned with
sudden earthly shifts, shrugs, and waves of unexpected weather and
water.
If we "listen" we will be informed that we are to move prior to such
events. If we are living in an unbalanced externalized manner,
through cell phones or inside computer games, it is unlikely we will
perceive these inner communications. None of the physical
consequences of the solar flares are intended to hurt us; we are
already doing this to ourselves. The physical consequences of solar
flares are the bitter pill the child of God must swallow because it
is experiencing a state of self-inflicted dis-ease. The sun's
activity will only disrupt "our personal agendas". When we awaken to
the Graceful vibrational intent of this solar activity, we will be
grateful this portal is available to be used in this manner so that
light may be brought to our ignorance and necessary obstacles to our
arrogance.
THERE IS NOTHING WE CAN OR NEED DO NOW ABOUT THE PHYSICAL
ADJUSTMENTS THAT ARE TO COME AND THAT ARE ALREADY UNFOLDING ACROSS
PLANET EARTH. IF WE ATTEMPT TO ENTER THE EXPERIENCE AT THIS
REACTIONARY LEVEL WE WILL ENTER FEAR (INTERFERE). THE PLANET DOES
NOT NEED TO BE "SAVED BY US", NOR DO WE NEED TO "SAVE OR BE SAVED BY
ANYBODY ELSE". ALL THAT IS REQUIRED IS AN ADJUSTMENT IN OUR
AWARENESS AT THE CAUSAL POINT OF OUR CURRENT EXPERIENCES. MAKE THIS
ADJUSTMENT AND ENTER "THE FLOW".
WITHIN DAYS OF THE GEOMAGNETIC ACTIVITY WE EXPERIENCE INCREASING
WAVES OF MENTAL CONFUSION AND EMOTIONAL OUTBURSTS:
This activity will continue and intensify for up to 3 weeks after
each solar flare impacts the earth. It is within this realm of our
experience that we have a capacity to respond to and thus work with
the solar cleanse. What we may not yet realize is that there is a
direct relationship between the geomagnetic storms initiated by the
solar flares and the functioning of our individual and collective
memory banks. This is why we initially experience mental confusion
after these storms; a condition in which that which appears clear to
us - that which we once remembered or recalled - enters a state of
turbulence.
Yet, it goes deeper than this: Our memory works on magnetics; we
attract memories we like, need, and that are useful to us, and we
repel memories that we do not like, don't want to experience, and
that cause us fear, anger, and grief. We have all become masters at
selective memory; at suppressing certain memories to the point that
we are not even aware we have them. And this is not all: Because we
have become such mental beings, many of the causal memories that are
responsible for imprinting our emotional body with dysfunctional
patterns are no longer consciously available to us because they are
contained purely as energetic signatures. We cannot read or identify
these causal memories because they have no concepts attached to
them, and so we place them in "file 13"; as useless information that
appears to have no bearing on our current life experience. Also,
because our emotional body awareness (felt-perception) is for the
most part shut down, we do not have the means to consciously
interact with these causal memories even if we want to. (This
predicament is what THE PRESENCE PROCESS addresses and empowers us
to overcome.)
However, just because these memories are not consciously accessible
to us, it does not mean that they are not impacting our life
experience 24 hours a day; all our behaviors that are characterized
by need and want, by selfishness, by projections of fear, anger and
grief, are being triggered directly by these causal memories. Our
world experience is in a state of conflict because we, as a
collective humanity, are driven unconsciously to behave reactively
towards each other and our environment by these suppressed and
inaccessible memories. The behaviors triggered by these memories,
which are transferred from generation to generation via childhood
emotional imprinting, are responsible for all wars, religious
conflict, pollution, crime, and every aspect of human dysfunction.
Our current failing is that, because for the most part we lack
emotional body awareness, we do not have the capacity to perceive
this predicament individually or collectively. Consequently, we
behave as if the causal point of our current circumstances and
experiences lie within the mental and physical parameters of our
experience; we actually think that if we can change the way we
think, or rearrange our current physical circumstances through force
and technology, that we can restore balance. It is this specific
misconception, this perceptual virus, the solar cleanse comes to
address. This moment of impending Grace for humanity, which is what
this forthcoming solar activity is, has been foreseen and foretold
by our Seers for centuries. However, when they tried to explain it
to their communities, they were misunderstood because humanity can
only comprehend anything according to the parameters of its current
personal experience.
This is why THE PRESENCE PROCESS is such an important tool; it
widens the parameters of our personal experience so that we can
experientially comprehend the following sequence of events:
1. Entering unconscious behavior is inevitable in this dense realm
of matter and so the vibrational realm sets up cyclic opportunities
for all within this experience to periodically undergo a cleanse of
perception and the consequential reawakening to vibrational
awareness this cleansing activity triggers.
2. This procedure actually unfolds internally, but all who have
their awareness physically externalized and are thus addicted to
believing the physical aspect of experience to be the causal point
of life perceive these events as happening "out there". The reality
is that what appears to be taking place "out there" upon the sun is
simultaneously taking place within the individual and collective
human heart chakra.
3. The vibrational realm triggers these sequence of perceptual
cleansing events by transmitting an intent to cleanse illusion to
the sun.
4. In our solar system, and in our externalized experience, this
transmission is then witnessed by us as sudden explosive behavior by
our the sun; as sun spots that eject flares directed at or near to
earth.
5. These flares, among other things, impact earth's magnetic field
causing geomagnetic storms.
6. Because the individual and collective human magnetic field is
inseparable from the earth's magnetic field, a geomagnetic storm
brews upon the face of the earth and simultaneously within the heart
chakra of individual and collective human consciousness.
7. This activity short-circuits our individual and collective
ability to be selective about what memories we choose to acknowledge
and what memories we choose to suppress.
8. This causes deeply suppressed memories to begin surfacing within
our conscious awareness; memories more ancient than any current
historical record.
9. Because our awareness is addictively externalized, we do not
perceive these surfacing memories as "pictures in our heads", but
rather as activity "outside of us" that causes increasing
discomfort; these memories surface as escalating outer conflict and
circumstances in our world experience that cause us fear, anger, and
grief.
10. Because our emotional body awareness is shut down we initially
perceive and interact with these surfacing memories as "a sense of
mental confusion".
11. When we attempt to suppress these surfacing memories in any way,
which we do reactively through course of habit, our body is
physically impacted. This resistance causes an inner friction which
manifests heat. It gets as hot as hell. Accordingly, within three
weeks of solar flare activity there is an increase in heart ailments
and strokes which are accompanied by individuals exhibiting extreme
emotional outburst. It is also during this period that elderly
people suddenly enter chronic states and die. It is also during this
period that people who are by all accounts healthy suddenly manifest
unexpected symptoms of disease.
12. Most people cannot perceive that their sudden experience of
outer conflict or bodily discomfort is a reflection of their
suddenly increased sensitivity to the authentic condition of their
own emotional body.
13. Though reflected as various states of outer conflict, or as
mental confusion, or as sudden eruptions of disease within one's own
body, the real identity of the deeply suppressed memories that are
surfacing are not any of these; they are the emotional signature
underlying all these experiences.
14. In other words, energies within the emotional body that have
been blocked, suppressed, or functioning dysfunctionally, are
triggered directly by solar flares so that they can enter our
conscious awareness and be compassionately integrated. Conscious
integration of these previously unseen emotional dysfunctions
gradually neutralizes the destructive behavior that is at the causal
point of all individual and collective human conflict.
15. Those who cannot integrate these surfacing energetic signatures
either experience a breakdown in their physical body, to the point
that their consciousness can no longer remain within it, or they
react self-destructively to the outwardly reflected memories and
enter combat with the illusions these surfacing emotional signatures
reflect upon their outer experiences. This is what conflict is.
16. In this manner, either through disintegration of the body, or
through entering self-destructive conflict with others, all who are
living from a point of illusion (being driven unconsciously by
unintegrated memories) and cannot resurrect themselves from their
delusionary behavior are deliberately and systematically removed
from the play of human experience. Seers from our past and present
civilizations have prophesized that in this manner it is possible we
shall witness between one and two thirds of the earth's population
removed by reactive projections to this cleanse; namely, by disease
and conflict.
17. Those who respond consciously to the solar cleanse by taking
responsibility for their experiences, by cleansing their emotional
body so that they maintain mental clarity and physical presence,
will be delivered through this shift into a state of a Being upon
earth in which we once again collectively acknowledge the
vibrational realm as the causal point of all life. This is how The
Golden Age is always initiated; not through accomplishment of human
technology, nor by the filling of the human brain with ideas and
concepts, and nor by dissecting the physical world to try and
understand how it works.
THE GOLDEN AGE IS ALWAYS INITIATED BY SOLAR FLARES (GOLD IN COLOR)
ENERGETICALLY CLEANSING THE GENERATIONAL DYSFUNCTIONS WITHIN US THAT
BREED PERCEPTUAL ERROR.
What this means is that it doesn't matter whether we are rich or
poor, well-educated or not, have status in society or not, and
consider ourselves "spiritual" or not. Nor does it matter whether we
are Asian, Indian, African, European, or America. Nor does it matter
whether we are Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Hindu, or atheist. Nor
does it matter whether we are democrat, republican, communist, or
green party. Nor does it matter whether we are tinker, tailor,
soldier, or sailor. None of our pretences and none of our beliefs
about ourselves and about what we think God is can save us from
having to face the authentic condition of our own hearts.
THE ONLY RESPONSE THAT CAN DELIVER US THROUGH AND BEYOND THIS
EXPERIENCE IS HONESTY: BEING HONEST WITH OURSELVES ABOUT THE
AUTHENTIC CONDITION OF OUR OWN HEARTS.
We may believe we can continue to hide parts of ourselves from the
world, yet, like God, the sun does not care what we believe. This
solar cleanse favors only that which is real; that which has
authenticity, integrity, and which is able to become as naked and
vulnerable as a child so that innocent intimacy with all of creation
is reestablished.
There is also no point seeking shelter from this solar cleanse, for
if we are in a human body, we come equipped with a personal magnetic
field, and this magnetic field is intimately connected to the
earth's magnetic field, and the earth's magnetic field responds
precisely to the transmissions emitted through the sun. No matter
how deeply we dig into the earth, we are still upon the earth.
Trying to hide from this experience is like trying to hide from the
beating of our own heart, or from our breath, or from the blood that
runs through our veins; such reactive behavior is futile.
There are many ways to react fearfully to this predicament, and we
shall witness them all unfolding and escalating upon this planet.
Yet, there is only one conscious response: To metaphorically turn
and face the sun, listen, and absorb. In other words, to
metaphorically turn inward and face the authentic condition of our
heart, to listen to it, and to absorb the fear, anger, and grief we
have hidden from ourselves within this place. Like the sun, our
heart speaks to us through our discomfort. It says, "Resist the
surfacing discomfort within you and you will burn up in the heat of
the consequential friction created by such reactive behavior. Rather
face the discomfort and ask: 'What are you telling me, teach me to
listen?'."
When we open ourselves to this experience, when we work responsibly
with our emotional discomforts with the intent to integrate all
surfacing unconsciousness, we also discover that, like the impulses
coming from within our heart center, these solar transmissions are
imbedded with profound insight and information. They activate us;
the rays emitted from our sun as solar flares "enlighten" us just as
the release of suppressed emotional states do.
THIS IMMINENT SOLAR CLEANSE IS A BEAUTIFUL REFLECTION OF WHAT IS
HAPPENING WITHIN THE VERY CORE OF OUR BEING, INDIVIDUALLY AND
COLLECTIVELY.
If our heart is blocked, God's words appear as pain. When we hold
onto the past, those that would free us appear as devils. When we
open our hearts, the very same transmissions become hymns
deliberately sung to awaken our souls from a long, cold, and lonely
winter. And the hymns tell us, "Little darling, everything is
alright."
Also, before we naively buy into any abstract superstitions passed
down to us from ancient cultures, let us remember that everything we
have observed about any civilization that came before us has been "a
record of their decent into ignorance". We do not know anything
about the Egyptians at their peak, nor about the Toltecs, Mayans, or
Aztecs at their peak. We only think we do.
WE CAN ONLY PERCEIVE THE NATURE OF A CIVILIZATION AT THEIR PEAK WHEN
WE VIEW IT FROM OUR PEAK; WE HAVE NOT YET PEAKED.
Once civilizations enter this repeated cycle of solar cleansing,
which some say happens every 13 000 years, those that respond
consciously to such a moment ascend into dimensions of being
incomprehensible to physically transfixed beings. Such ascended
beings metaphorically "rise up" and leave in their wake those
individuals that make it through the solar cleanse but do not have
the capacity to "rise to the occasion". These left-over populations
continue on and live within the shadow of "what once was but is now
gone". These surviving remnants are the groups of people who are
discovered by civilizations yet again on the rise.
This was the condition in which the Spaniards discovered the Mayans
and in which the British and French discovered the Native Americans.
These surviving groups from ancient civilizations still hold
remnants of the knowledge of the solar cleanse, but because of the
denseness of the physical world they inevitably resort to behaving
as if the "physical experience is the causal point of life"; hence
this knowledge once again becomes externalized and encased in outer
ritual and ceremony. They then mistakenly believe in "The Sun God",
instead of "The Son of God" we all are. Consequently, the Mayans
left over from their Ascended Ancestors rip the hearts out of their
people to honor The Sun God so that life will continue. They become
lost in the metaphor which they ignorantly externalize into physical
ritual.
THE SUN IS NOT ASKING US TO RIP HEARTS OUT OF LIVING PEOPLE SO THAT
WE MAY HAVE LIFE; AS A PORTAL OF VIBRATIONAL COMMUNICATION, IT IS
TRANSMITTING THE MESSAGE THAT WE MUST WITHOUT DELAY LOOK DEEPLY
INTO, AND TAKE RESPONSIBILITY FOR, THE CONDITION OF OUR OWN HEARTS
WHILE WE ARE STILL ALIVE IN THE BODY, SO THAT WE MAY CONSCIOUSLY
CLEANSE THE ENERGETIC BLOCKAGES THAT ARE PREVENTING US FROM
REALIZING THAT THE VIBRATIONAL ASPECT OF OUR EXPERIENCE IS THE
CAUSAL POINT OF ALL LIFE.
Once we realize this Truth experientially, we know that what we are
can never die; then we are reborn into a conscious awareness of
eternal life. The sun is not trying to hurt us; do not believe the
keepers of "destination consciousness" - those that can only "see an
end". Do not react to the fear of ignorance; rather respond to the
Grace that now increasingly showers humanity from the vibrational
core of all that is Life. Feel what is real and heal.
TAKE YOUR HEART OUT FROM WHERE YOU HAVE HIDDEN IT WHILE YOU ARE
STILL ALIVE AND DO THE INNER WORK THAT YOU MAY BE BLESSED WITH THE
AWARENESS OF YOUR AUTHENTIC SELF. MAKE THIS SACRIFICE UPON THE
ANCIENT ALTAR OF YOUR OWN EXPERIENCE SO THAT YOUR AWARENESS MAY
TRANSCEND THE LIMITATIONS OF MATTER AND ENTER THE UNLIMITED DANCE OF
IMMORTALITY-CONSCIOUSNESS.
It is crucial we develop a conscious relationship with the sun
before the media starts playing on and feeding off our current
unconscious relationship with it. This is easy to accomplish.
Bookmark as "Favorites" the following two websites:
Solar Activity Monitor - [link to www.n3kl.org]
This site is very useful because it gives us a quick graded
intensity report on daily solar and geomagnetic activity. At a
glance we can see what is "up" with the sun. If there is something
happening and we require more details about it in a language we can
understand, we can then go to:
Space Weather - [link to www.spaceweather.com]
This website has short articles about all current space weather
conditions written in ordinary human language, plus wonderful
pictures. If there is a massive solar flare on its way, this site
keeps us informed and covers some of the many physical consequences
of such an occurrence.
By monitoring the sunspot activity, the subsequent solar flares and
geomagnetic storms, and then our own corresponding physical, mental,
and emotional activity, we begin to see "a pattern of consequences".
This empowers us to know that this is not something "happening to us
that we have no control over", or "that this doesn't have anything
to do with our daily life experience". We are all intimately
connected to each other, to this earth, to the sun, and to the
vibrational causal point from which all the currents of life arise.
No amount of applied sun-block lotion changes this.
EVEN THOUGH THIS INSIGHT HAS BEEN WITH ME FOR MANY YEARS, IT ONLY
FEELS APPROPRIATE TO SHARE IT NOW. THIS IS POSSIBLY BECAUSE WHAT IN
THE PAST MAY HAVE APPEARED AS FAR-FETCHED, OR AS UNRELATED TO OUR
CURRENT HUMAN EXPERIENCE, IS NOW FAST BECOMING A DIGESTIBLE REALITY.
AND, EVEN THOUGH I HAVE WAITED MANY YEARS TO PUT THIS INSIGHT DOWN
IN WRITING, I AM STILL PREEMPTING THE LARGER EVENTS THAT WILL FULLY
VALIDATE THE IMMENSITY OF THE CIRCUMSTANCES FORTOLD HERE. FOR THOSE
OF YOU THAT ARE EMOTIONALLY SENSITIVE AND AWARE, THIS INFORMATION
WILL BE BOTH CONFIRMATIONAL AND INTEGRATIVE. FOR THOSE OF YOU FOR
WHOM THIS IS NEWS, THIS INFORMATION WILL SERVE TO PREPARE YOU TO
RESPOND INSTEAD OF REACT TO THE INEVITABLE EVENTS UPON OUR
COLLECTIVE EXPERIENTIAL HORIZON.
WITHIN A VERY SHORT PERIOD OF TIME our sun is going to make the
headlines. Discussions once kept for dedicated astronomy groups will
enter the hallowed halls of broadcasting outlets like CNN
(phonetically pronounced "see an end") and other mainstream media.
Predictably, because these points of observation only discuss our
human experience by commenting on "effects", and therefore remain
ignorant to the causal point of our collective experience, they will
inevitably discuss the increasingly strange and unpredictable
behavior of our sun in a manner that causes mass fear. Ignorance,
and the consequential "ineffectual" analysis it initiates, always
causes fear. To believe that our sun would at any point attempt
to "hurt us" is to believe that drug dealers are in some way
responsible for drug addiction, or that politicians have the
capacity to empower people.
During the forthcoming period of our human experience the sun is
going to behave in a manner that is both unpredictable and
unprecedented. We are going to see an increase in sunspot activity
and consequential ejection of solar flares. These flares will impact
our planet with such intensity that it will be impossible to ignore.
There will be a wide range of consequences, some of them being:
On a physical level this will cause much discomfort and
inconvenience to humanities assumption that it is in control of God.
Our power grids will shut down, often for days, our near earth
orbiting satellites will be damaged, or have to be shut down to
prevent damage, and many of our communication systems like cell
phones and the Internet will experience disruptions. This activity
has already commenced; those of you paying attention will have
noticed such occurrences taking place in the first week or two of
December 2006, especially with our planetary communication systems.
The weather will also become increasingly and fiercely
unpredictable. This too is now a reality.
On a mental level this will cause confusion within our thought
processes; it will be hard to "think straight", to communicate with
each other clearly, and even to understand concepts that once
appeared straight-forward. Linear-thinking will appear to fail us
and logic to miss the mark. We will also experience interference in
our memory faculties (short and long term).
On an emotional level we will experience waves of unexpected fear,
anger, and grief. People who for the most part appear quiet, sedate,
and controlled in their behavior, will become unpredictable.
Unexpected emotional outbursts by public figures will become the
norm. (These are already happening.) We will feel overwhelmed by
emotional states indescribable to us. Emotional conflicts will
escalate exponentially between individuals, groups, and countries.
Pharmaceuticals that block authentic emotional states will become
increasingly popular.
On a vibrational level we may feel "spiritually disconnected" or
increasingly aware, depending where our point of focus is anchored.
The media, and all within our human family transfixed by "effects",
will have their focus primarily on the above physical consequences
of the sun's increasing activity. Because their reaction to these
circumstances will be unintegrated and therefore uninformed, this
will incite fear. People will consider building underground bunkers
and shelters to hide from the sun. Certain governments are already
aware of this forthcoming solar cycle and you can be sure movements
are underway to build underground facilities in hopes that certain
select communities may outlive this imminent solar cleansing.
THERE IS NOWHERE TO HIDE BECAUSE NOTHING IS CHASING US BUT
OURSELVES.
For the most part our human family will struggle to make a
connection between the escalating sunspot activity and the
consequential waves of discomfort within our physical, mental,
emotional, and vibrational fields. The intent of this article is
therefore to preempt these circumstances in a manner that empowers
is by providing some simple insight into what is unfolding, how this
impacts us personally, and what steps we can take to consciously
respond to this solar cleansing. Integrating this information will
decrease our fear, empower us to move consciously in sync with this
extraordinary event, and thus, through our individual example, to
assist others in our field of experience.
The best way to accomplish the intent of this article is to present
a play-by-play account of what will unfold as the sun increasingly
wipes the slate clean with its solar flares. We shall begin with the
sun and work our way inward from there.
A MASS CORONAL EJECTION OCCURS FROM SUNSPOT ACTIVITY THAT IS AIMED
DIRECTLY AT EARTH: To begin with, the sun is not "the cause" of
anything; the sun is an effect of activity coming from a deeper
vibrational level of existence. The sun is "energy in motion" (e-
motion), and in this respect is the emotional center of our solar
system. The sun is an externalization of our collective and
individual human heart center. It is the Heart Chakra of the family
within our solar system. When it becomes active it means there is
communication coming from the vibrational realm. Just as our heart
center is the portal through which we communicate to and receive
information from our vibrational field, the sun is this for the
entire living entity that we call "our solar system". The
perspective that "our sun is doing this to us" is therefore
incorrect. Once upon a time we believed the sun orbited the earth,
and then we awoke to the reality that the earth orbits the sun. For
a long time we have also believed that the sun is the causal point
of life on earth.
Now it is time to realize that the sun simply transmits information,
like a portal, from the vibrational causal point of all life. The
information it transmits enables us to move "in formation" with the
vibrational intent Life has for our solar system. When we are
unaware of the sun's activity, when we are ignorant of its cycles,
we cannot integrate the intent of the pulse of Life within our solar
system. Many cultures on earth understand this, though not with as
much clarity as we are now about to.
Most cultures only get as far as perceiving the sun as the causal
point of their experiences; we are now entering a transformation in
consciousness in which we are invited to embrace an even deeper
awareness than this: That the sun is merely "a portal" into the
causal point of all life. It is therefore a perceptual error to
claim that "the sun is trying to hurt us". To believe this is the
same as believing the sun is actually moving from east to west
across our sky. The sun, like a radio or television set, does
nothing of its own accord; it is a neutral system of communication
that has to be activated from the vibrational realm to behave in any
manner at all. When the sun exhibits a coronal mass ejection that is
directed at planet earth, this means information is deliberately
being delivered to us from the vibrational realm. When we go into
fear we close ourselves off from this transmission and are therefore
unable to digest what is being communicated.
FOLLOWING A SOLAR FLARE, GEOMAGNETIC STORMS ARE ACTIVATED:
Within a short period, usually about two days after the mass coronal
ejection is seen on the surface of the sun, the earth experiences
geomagnetic storms. It is at this juncture that the physical
consequences of the solar event impact us. This can range from
satellite damage to disruption in communication and power systems,
from unprecedented weather activity to volcanic and earthquake
activity. The earth is blasted by radiation (like we do to cancer
cells during chemotherapy) and this is visible as auroras; light
shows showering the earth from the northern hemisphere. This event
is also known as The Northern Lights, and in scriptural prophecy,
as "lights in the sky". Because our outer technological advances now
override any intent to develop internal communication systems
(insight and intuition) we now rely totally on the telephone instead
of telepathy.
We also rely completely on the internet over and above the inner
infinite wisdom of universal mind. The telephone is telepathy
externalized, just as the internet is universal mind externalized.
There is no problem in the externalization of these inner
capacities; it when we become addicted to their externalized forms
in a manner that wipes out all awareness of their inner causal cores
that we enter very unbalanced and self-destructive experiences.
These specific perceptual imbalances, among many others, will be
restored during the solar cleanse we now face. As outer
communications are disrupted and break down we either awaken to, and
begin utilizing and trusting our internal equivalents, or we lose
touch completely. The consequences of loosing touch completely are
that we make choices that are self-destructive.
We have also settled in collective masses upon certain places upon
the earth, driven by selfish profit margins and mental
justification, in a manner that is completely ignorant of the nature
of the earth as a living being. This is one of the reasons why we
cannot hear the communications coming to us from the vibrational; we
have plugged the earth's senses with concrete just as we have
plugged our own with outer noise, distraction, and physical
addiction. These circumstances are about to be re-aligned with
sudden earthly shifts, shrugs, and waves of unexpected weather and
water.
If we "listen" we will be informed that we are to move prior to such
events. If we are living in an unbalanced externalized manner,
through cell phones or inside computer games, it is unlikely we will
perceive these inner communications. None of the physical
consequences of the solar flares are intended to hurt us; we are
already doing this to ourselves. The physical consequences of solar
flares are the bitter pill the child of God must swallow because it
is experiencing a state of self-inflicted dis-ease. The sun's
activity will only disrupt "our personal agendas". When we awaken to
the Graceful vibrational intent of this solar activity, we will be
grateful this portal is available to be used in this manner so that
light may be brought to our ignorance and necessary obstacles to our
arrogance.
THERE IS NOTHING WE CAN OR NEED DO NOW ABOUT THE PHYSICAL
ADJUSTMENTS THAT ARE TO COME AND THAT ARE ALREADY UNFOLDING ACROSS
PLANET EARTH. IF WE ATTEMPT TO ENTER THE EXPERIENCE AT THIS
REACTIONARY LEVEL WE WILL ENTER FEAR (INTERFERE). THE PLANET DOES
NOT NEED TO BE "SAVED BY US", NOR DO WE NEED TO "SAVE OR BE SAVED BY
ANYBODY ELSE". ALL THAT IS REQUIRED IS AN ADJUSTMENT IN OUR
AWARENESS AT THE CAUSAL POINT OF OUR CURRENT EXPERIENCES. MAKE THIS
ADJUSTMENT AND ENTER "THE FLOW".
WITHIN DAYS OF THE GEOMAGNETIC ACTIVITY WE EXPERIENCE INCREASING
WAVES OF MENTAL CONFUSION AND EMOTIONAL OUTBURSTS:
This activity will continue and intensify for up to 3 weeks after
each solar flare impacts the earth. It is within this realm of our
experience that we have a capacity to respond to and thus work with
the solar cleanse. What we may not yet realize is that there is a
direct relationship between the geomagnetic storms initiated by the
solar flares and the functioning of our individual and collective
memory banks. This is why we initially experience mental confusion
after these storms; a condition in which that which appears clear to
us - that which we once remembered or recalled - enters a state of
turbulence.
Yet, it goes deeper than this: Our memory works on magnetics; we
attract memories we like, need, and that are useful to us, and we
repel memories that we do not like, don't want to experience, and
that cause us fear, anger, and grief. We have all become masters at
selective memory; at suppressing certain memories to the point that
we are not even aware we have them. And this is not all: Because we
have become such mental beings, many of the causal memories that are
responsible for imprinting our emotional body with dysfunctional
patterns are no longer consciously available to us because they are
contained purely as energetic signatures. We cannot read or identify
these causal memories because they have no concepts attached to
them, and so we place them in "file 13"; as useless information that
appears to have no bearing on our current life experience. Also,
because our emotional body awareness (felt-perception) is for the
most part shut down, we do not have the means to consciously
interact with these causal memories even if we want to. (This
predicament is what THE PRESENCE PROCESS addresses and empowers us
to overcome.)
However, just because these memories are not consciously accessible
to us, it does not mean that they are not impacting our life
experience 24 hours a day; all our behaviors that are characterized
by need and want, by selfishness, by projections of fear, anger and
grief, are being triggered directly by these causal memories. Our
world experience is in a state of conflict because we, as a
collective humanity, are driven unconsciously to behave reactively
towards each other and our environment by these suppressed and
inaccessible memories. The behaviors triggered by these memories,
which are transferred from generation to generation via childhood
emotional imprinting, are responsible for all wars, religious
conflict, pollution, crime, and every aspect of human dysfunction.
Our current failing is that, because for the most part we lack
emotional body awareness, we do not have the capacity to perceive
this predicament individually or collectively. Consequently, we
behave as if the causal point of our current circumstances and
experiences lie within the mental and physical parameters of our
experience; we actually think that if we can change the way we
think, or rearrange our current physical circumstances through force
and technology, that we can restore balance. It is this specific
misconception, this perceptual virus, the solar cleanse comes to
address. This moment of impending Grace for humanity, which is what
this forthcoming solar activity is, has been foreseen and foretold
by our Seers for centuries. However, when they tried to explain it
to their communities, they were misunderstood because humanity can
only comprehend anything according to the parameters of its current
personal experience.
This is why THE PRESENCE PROCESS is such an important tool; it
widens the parameters of our personal experience so that we can
experientially comprehend the following sequence of events:
1. Entering unconscious behavior is inevitable in this dense realm
of matter and so the vibrational realm sets up cyclic opportunities
for all within this experience to periodically undergo a cleanse of
perception and the consequential reawakening to vibrational
awareness this cleansing activity triggers.
2. This procedure actually unfolds internally, but all who have
their awareness physically externalized and are thus addicted to
believing the physical aspect of experience to be the causal point
of life perceive these events as happening "out there". The reality
is that what appears to be taking place "out there" upon the sun is
simultaneously taking place within the individual and collective
human heart chakra.
3. The vibrational realm triggers these sequence of perceptual
cleansing events by transmitting an intent to cleanse illusion to
the sun.
4. In our solar system, and in our externalized experience, this
transmission is then witnessed by us as sudden explosive behavior by
our the sun; as sun spots that eject flares directed at or near to
earth.
5. These flares, among other things, impact earth's magnetic field
causing geomagnetic storms.
6. Because the individual and collective human magnetic field is
inseparable from the earth's magnetic field, a geomagnetic storm
brews upon the face of the earth and simultaneously within the heart
chakra of individual and collective human consciousness.
7. This activity short-circuits our individual and collective
ability to be selective about what memories we choose to acknowledge
and what memories we choose to suppress.
8. This causes deeply suppressed memories to begin surfacing within
our conscious awareness; memories more ancient than any current
historical record.
9. Because our awareness is addictively externalized, we do not
perceive these surfacing memories as "pictures in our heads", but
rather as activity "outside of us" that causes increasing
discomfort; these memories surface as escalating outer conflict and
circumstances in our world experience that cause us fear, anger, and
grief.
10. Because our emotional body awareness is shut down we initially
perceive and interact with these surfacing memories as "a sense of
mental confusion".
11. When we attempt to suppress these surfacing memories in any way,
which we do reactively through course of habit, our body is
physically impacted. This resistance causes an inner friction which
manifests heat. It gets as hot as hell. Accordingly, within three
weeks of solar flare activity there is an increase in heart ailments
and strokes which are accompanied by individuals exhibiting extreme
emotional outburst. It is also during this period that elderly
people suddenly enter chronic states and die. It is also during this
period that people who are by all accounts healthy suddenly manifest
unexpected symptoms of disease.
12. Most people cannot perceive that their sudden experience of
outer conflict or bodily discomfort is a reflection of their
suddenly increased sensitivity to the authentic condition of their
own emotional body.
13. Though reflected as various states of outer conflict, or as
mental confusion, or as sudden eruptions of disease within one's own
body, the real identity of the deeply suppressed memories that are
surfacing are not any of these; they are the emotional signature
underlying all these experiences.
14. In other words, energies within the emotional body that have
been blocked, suppressed, or functioning dysfunctionally, are
triggered directly by solar flares so that they can enter our
conscious awareness and be compassionately integrated. Conscious
integration of these previously unseen emotional dysfunctions
gradually neutralizes the destructive behavior that is at the causal
point of all individual and collective human conflict.
15. Those who cannot integrate these surfacing energetic signatures
either experience a breakdown in their physical body, to the point
that their consciousness can no longer remain within it, or they
react self-destructively to the outwardly reflected memories and
enter combat with the illusions these surfacing emotional signatures
reflect upon their outer experiences. This is what conflict is.
16. In this manner, either through disintegration of the body, or
through entering self-destructive conflict with others, all who are
living from a point of illusion (being driven unconsciously by
unintegrated memories) and cannot resurrect themselves from their
delusionary behavior are deliberately and systematically removed
from the play of human experience. Seers from our past and present
civilizations have prophesized that in this manner it is possible we
shall witness between one and two thirds of the earth's population
removed by reactive projections to this cleanse; namely, by disease
and conflict.
17. Those who respond consciously to the solar cleanse by taking
responsibility for their experiences, by cleansing their emotional
body so that they maintain mental clarity and physical presence,
will be delivered through this shift into a state of a Being upon
earth in which we once again collectively acknowledge the
vibrational realm as the causal point of all life. This is how The
Golden Age is always initiated; not through accomplishment of human
technology, nor by the filling of the human brain with ideas and
concepts, and nor by dissecting the physical world to try and
understand how it works.
THE GOLDEN AGE IS ALWAYS INITIATED BY SOLAR FLARES (GOLD IN COLOR)
ENERGETICALLY CLEANSING THE GENERATIONAL DYSFUNCTIONS WITHIN US THAT
BREED PERCEPTUAL ERROR.
What this means is that it doesn't matter whether we are rich or
poor, well-educated or not, have status in society or not, and
consider ourselves "spiritual" or not. Nor does it matter whether we
are Asian, Indian, African, European, or America. Nor does it matter
whether we are Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Hindu, or atheist. Nor
does it matter whether we are democrat, republican, communist, or
green party. Nor does it matter whether we are tinker, tailor,
soldier, or sailor. None of our pretences and none of our beliefs
about ourselves and about what we think God is can save us from
having to face the authentic condition of our own hearts.
THE ONLY RESPONSE THAT CAN DELIVER US THROUGH AND BEYOND THIS
EXPERIENCE IS HONESTY: BEING HONEST WITH OURSELVES ABOUT THE
AUTHENTIC CONDITION OF OUR OWN HEARTS.
We may believe we can continue to hide parts of ourselves from the
world, yet, like God, the sun does not care what we believe. This
solar cleanse favors only that which is real; that which has
authenticity, integrity, and which is able to become as naked and
vulnerable as a child so that innocent intimacy with all of creation
is reestablished.
There is also no point seeking shelter from this solar cleanse, for
if we are in a human body, we come equipped with a personal magnetic
field, and this magnetic field is intimately connected to the
earth's magnetic field, and the earth's magnetic field responds
precisely to the transmissions emitted through the sun. No matter
how deeply we dig into the earth, we are still upon the earth.
Trying to hide from this experience is like trying to hide from the
beating of our own heart, or from our breath, or from the blood that
runs through our veins; such reactive behavior is futile.
There are many ways to react fearfully to this predicament, and we
shall witness them all unfolding and escalating upon this planet.
Yet, there is only one conscious response: To metaphorically turn
and face the sun, listen, and absorb. In other words, to
metaphorically turn inward and face the authentic condition of our
heart, to listen to it, and to absorb the fear, anger, and grief we
have hidden from ourselves within this place. Like the sun, our
heart speaks to us through our discomfort. It says, "Resist the
surfacing discomfort within you and you will burn up in the heat of
the consequential friction created by such reactive behavior. Rather
face the discomfort and ask: 'What are you telling me, teach me to
listen?'."
When we open ourselves to this experience, when we work responsibly
with our emotional discomforts with the intent to integrate all
surfacing unconsciousness, we also discover that, like the impulses
coming from within our heart center, these solar transmissions are
imbedded with profound insight and information. They activate us;
the rays emitted from our sun as solar flares "enlighten" us just as
the release of suppressed emotional states do.
THIS IMMINENT SOLAR CLEANSE IS A BEAUTIFUL REFLECTION OF WHAT IS
HAPPENING WITHIN THE VERY CORE OF OUR BEING, INDIVIDUALLY AND
COLLECTIVELY.
If our heart is blocked, God's words appear as pain. When we hold
onto the past, those that would free us appear as devils. When we
open our hearts, the very same transmissions become hymns
deliberately sung to awaken our souls from a long, cold, and lonely
winter. And the hymns tell us, "Little darling, everything is
alright."
Also, before we naively buy into any abstract superstitions passed
down to us from ancient cultures, let us remember that everything we
have observed about any civilization that came before us has been "a
record of their decent into ignorance". We do not know anything
about the Egyptians at their peak, nor about the Toltecs, Mayans, or
Aztecs at their peak. We only think we do.
WE CAN ONLY PERCEIVE THE NATURE OF A CIVILIZATION AT THEIR PEAK WHEN
WE VIEW IT FROM OUR PEAK; WE HAVE NOT YET PEAKED.
Once civilizations enter this repeated cycle of solar cleansing,
which some say happens every 13 000 years, those that respond
consciously to such a moment ascend into dimensions of being
incomprehensible to physically transfixed beings. Such ascended
beings metaphorically "rise up" and leave in their wake those
individuals that make it through the solar cleanse but do not have
the capacity to "rise to the occasion". These left-over populations
continue on and live within the shadow of "what once was but is now
gone". These surviving remnants are the groups of people who are
discovered by civilizations yet again on the rise.
This was the condition in which the Spaniards discovered the Mayans
and in which the British and French discovered the Native Americans.
These surviving groups from ancient civilizations still hold
remnants of the knowledge of the solar cleanse, but because of the
denseness of the physical world they inevitably resort to behaving
as if the "physical experience is the causal point of life"; hence
this knowledge once again becomes externalized and encased in outer
ritual and ceremony. They then mistakenly believe in "The Sun God",
instead of "The Son of God" we all are. Consequently, the Mayans
left over from their Ascended Ancestors rip the hearts out of their
people to honor The Sun God so that life will continue. They become
lost in the metaphor which they ignorantly externalize into physical
ritual.
THE SUN IS NOT ASKING US TO RIP HEARTS OUT OF LIVING PEOPLE SO THAT
WE MAY HAVE LIFE; AS A PORTAL OF VIBRATIONAL COMMUNICATION, IT IS
TRANSMITTING THE MESSAGE THAT WE MUST WITHOUT DELAY LOOK DEEPLY
INTO, AND TAKE RESPONSIBILITY FOR, THE CONDITION OF OUR OWN HEARTS
WHILE WE ARE STILL ALIVE IN THE BODY, SO THAT WE MAY CONSCIOUSLY
CLEANSE THE ENERGETIC BLOCKAGES THAT ARE PREVENTING US FROM
REALIZING THAT THE VIBRATIONAL ASPECT OF OUR EXPERIENCE IS THE
CAUSAL POINT OF ALL LIFE.
Once we realize this Truth experientially, we know that what we are
can never die; then we are reborn into a conscious awareness of
eternal life. The sun is not trying to hurt us; do not believe the
keepers of "destination consciousness" - those that can only "see an
end". Do not react to the fear of ignorance; rather respond to the
Grace that now increasingly showers humanity from the vibrational
core of all that is Life. Feel what is real and heal.
TAKE YOUR HEART OUT FROM WHERE YOU HAVE HIDDEN IT WHILE YOU ARE
STILL ALIVE AND DO THE INNER WORK THAT YOU MAY BE BLESSED WITH THE
AWARENESS OF YOUR AUTHENTIC SELF. MAKE THIS SACRIFICE UPON THE
ANCIENT ALTAR OF YOUR OWN EXPERIENCE SO THAT YOUR AWARENESS MAY
TRANSCEND THE LIMITATIONS OF MATTER AND ENTER THE UNLIMITED DANCE OF
IMMORTALITY-CONSCIOUSNESS.
It is crucial we develop a conscious relationship with the sun
before the media starts playing on and feeding off our current
unconscious relationship with it. This is easy to accomplish.
Bookmark as "Favorites" the following two websites:
Solar Activity Monitor - [link to www.n3kl.org]
This site is very useful because it gives us a quick graded
intensity report on daily solar and geomagnetic activity. At a
glance we can see what is "up" with the sun. If there is something
happening and we require more details about it in a language we can
understand, we can then go to:
Space Weather - [link to www.spaceweather.com]
This website has short articles about all current space weather
conditions written in ordinary human language, plus wonderful
pictures. If there is a massive solar flare on its way, this site
keeps us informed and covers some of the many physical consequences
of such an occurrence.
By monitoring the sunspot activity, the subsequent solar flares and
geomagnetic storms, and then our own corresponding physical, mental,
and emotional activity, we begin to see "a pattern of consequences".
This empowers us to know that this is not something "happening to us
that we have no control over", or "that this doesn't have anything
to do with our daily life experience". We are all intimately
connected to each other, to this earth, to the sun, and to the
vibrational causal point from which all the currents of life arise.
No amount of applied sun-block lotion changes this.
03 Outubro, 2008
consciousness transformation
Update by Sheldan Nidle for the Spiritual Hierarchy and the Galactic Federation
5 Etznab, 6 Tzotz, 4 Eb
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greetings! We arrive with much to say! Everywhere on your world the concluding struggle between your last dark cabal and our Earth allies goes on. This conflict is reaching a point where a denouement must happen. We have begun to see both sides taking risks they would normally not take. The credit crunch forced upon the dark cabal by a failure to adopt the Basel II agreements led in the past week to a proposed US government-sponsored "cash bailout" rated in the hundreds of billions of dollars. This is a temporary measure at best. It does not address the grand alliance of nations, major financial investors in effect, and there is an urgent need to manifest the rest of our Earth allies' new financial system. All of this is continuing to put a great deal of pressure upon the dark cabal and its Anglo-American base. The process of squeezing the old "Fed" dollar and draining the pro-"cabalist" US regime of its credit resources has not much longer to go. Many of the places to put these funds are denied to them, and the ongoing threat of sudden seizures remains.
This secret war is reaching serious proportions as brief skirmishes pop up from time to time. This warfare is leading our Earth allies into positions that, in the end, make their triumph inevitable. We watch closely and know just how serious this struggle has become. This global clash has many fronts: Primarily this matter is about power and the one element that is the lifeblood of power: money. Behind this are two different philosophies. The first, ours, advocates an end to the yawning gap between rich and poor and the reform of those instruments that have put most nations and people either in near-poverty conditions or on the verge of fiscal disaster. Debt forgiveness and redistributing trillions of dollars to your world permit it to change its focus and move away from the trumped-up wars and the ongoing chaos of a world struggling to survive. Remove all this, and new possibilities open up. Suddenly, the difficulties of the post-World War II era can be addressed in numerous new, creative ways. This is the objective of your "quiet revolution."
The way of the dark cabal is to hoard untold wealth and create a false sense of limited money supply. This is then further stressed by the use of usury, fractional banking, and, above all, constant multigenerational inflation. These devices are used to manipulate national economies and force policies upon their people that are detrimental to them and very profitable for the minions of the Anunnaki and their friends and families. This process has been going on for millennia and is now at a point where its continued application has become increasingly problematical. Yet, those operating this grievous system are unwilling to give it up and this obstinacy has consequences: The system is drying up as the means to keep it going starts to evaporate. Normally the perpetrators of the old system would have a few decades in which to maneuver. However, the current environmental crises and the shift now occurring in many commodity markets are signs that this system is in the midst of a grand decline. A new paradigm is now increasingly essential. Our Earth allies have delineated such a paradigm.
As you look at what is happening on your world, you can clearly see that there is a natural evolutionary process that is being greatly speeded up. This acceleration is due in large part to the environmental abuses of the old economic system and the recent, huge population explosion. This opens the door to daring and pressing solutions, and the rise of our Earth allies is a much-needed response to this demand. They are looking at your world and moving to give you viable solutions. The next stage in your evolution is the shift from planetary to galactic human. This presupposes your leap toward full consciousness. There is also a need for a new scientific paradigm, one that returns Spirit to the science equation. The post-quantum world of modern science, with its hint of morphogenesis and the so-called hundredth-monkey effect, is beginning to concede that there are factors in this reality that need to be added. This can lead easily to a spiritual science that reflects a new consciousness mindset.
This march toward full consciousness is happening on many fronts. There are the many changes to your physiology, including the way divine Light enters your energy systems. This allows ever more Light to suffuse you and accelerate the manifestation of your new chakras and new "genes." This operation permits you to awaken in greater and greater numbers. We are also aiding this process through the numerous nightly adjustments performed by our ever-increasing numbers of Galactic Federation medical teams. They are becoming more sophisticated in the way they perform their duties, and so a great influx of divine Light is streaming into you and paving the way for the creation of a new, fully conscious You. This new Being is the reason this reality cannot continue as presently constituted. A new reality is needed, which includes your entry as a fully-fledged member into the Galactic Federation of Light.
This movement from limited- to fully-conscious Being is the main element in all that is now happening around you. This divine operation is being closely guided by Heaven and overseen by our aforementioned medical teams. It is this special process that the dark cabalists discovered they cannot stop. The Creator decreed that this is to happen to you now. Therefore, all the many parts of Heaven and physicality have converged to ensure that this decree occurs as planned. Against this the dark cabalists have few successful resources. It is the failure of these last remaining resources that has sent them into their current panic mode. What is left is to let the divine plan work out the last details and fully manifest the results. These are to permit you to return to full consciousness and meet your spiritual and space families.
As you morph into who you truly are, you can then grasp what this really means. Full consciousness makes you the planetary and star-system guardians that you are meant to be. This stewardship of physicality is a special talent that the divine Creator has given you. For many millennia you have wandered through your reality encased in an amnesia that robbed you of the ability to see how you have given away your vast powers to others. These highly manipulating and deceitful masters have taken you on a crazed ride through the strange realms of the dark. Here, you have learned many skills and developed a wisdom that is soon to serve you well. It is this knowledge that can permit you to help transform this galaxy and others. Your talents are considerable and are much needed throughout the whole of physicality.
The next parts of this drama are proving to have a most interesting prelude. The events to come will be mind-boggling! There are to be shocking changes to your reality, the greatest of which will be our arrival. First contact is turning out to be a most complex operation. Nevertheless, we are prepared for whatever is to come and fully understand the enormous implications of this consciousness transformation. Each reality is a special construct whose grids can be altered through a broad consensus of its most sentient inhabitants, in this case, you. As you overcome your supposed limitations and learn of your great abilities to promote change, it is hardly surprising that you may be a little overwhelmed by it all. Remain calm, centered, and ready for what is to come. Remember that Together, We are indeed Victorious!
Today, we resumed our discussion of what is happening on your world. We talked about the reasons and actions behind what is happening. We ask you to release your frustrations as the divine time for everything to happen is fast approaching and the moment for first contact gets closer with each day that passes. We now leave. Know, dear Ones, in your Heart of Hearts that the countless Supply and never-ending Prosperity of Heaven are Yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Planetary Activation Organization | Mailing Address: P. O. Box 4975, El Dorado Hills, California 95762 USA
Voicemail: 808-573-3110 | Fax: (808) 573-2867 | E-mail: info@... | Website address: www.paoweb.com
5 Etznab, 6 Tzotz, 4 Eb
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greetings! We arrive with much to say! Everywhere on your world the concluding struggle between your last dark cabal and our Earth allies goes on. This conflict is reaching a point where a denouement must happen. We have begun to see both sides taking risks they would normally not take. The credit crunch forced upon the dark cabal by a failure to adopt the Basel II agreements led in the past week to a proposed US government-sponsored "cash bailout" rated in the hundreds of billions of dollars. This is a temporary measure at best. It does not address the grand alliance of nations, major financial investors in effect, and there is an urgent need to manifest the rest of our Earth allies' new financial system. All of this is continuing to put a great deal of pressure upon the dark cabal and its Anglo-American base. The process of squeezing the old "Fed" dollar and draining the pro-"cabalist" US regime of its credit resources has not much longer to go. Many of the places to put these funds are denied to them, and the ongoing threat of sudden seizures remains.
This secret war is reaching serious proportions as brief skirmishes pop up from time to time. This warfare is leading our Earth allies into positions that, in the end, make their triumph inevitable. We watch closely and know just how serious this struggle has become. This global clash has many fronts: Primarily this matter is about power and the one element that is the lifeblood of power: money. Behind this are two different philosophies. The first, ours, advocates an end to the yawning gap between rich and poor and the reform of those instruments that have put most nations and people either in near-poverty conditions or on the verge of fiscal disaster. Debt forgiveness and redistributing trillions of dollars to your world permit it to change its focus and move away from the trumped-up wars and the ongoing chaos of a world struggling to survive. Remove all this, and new possibilities open up. Suddenly, the difficulties of the post-World War II era can be addressed in numerous new, creative ways. This is the objective of your "quiet revolution."
The way of the dark cabal is to hoard untold wealth and create a false sense of limited money supply. This is then further stressed by the use of usury, fractional banking, and, above all, constant multigenerational inflation. These devices are used to manipulate national economies and force policies upon their people that are detrimental to them and very profitable for the minions of the Anunnaki and their friends and families. This process has been going on for millennia and is now at a point where its continued application has become increasingly problematical. Yet, those operating this grievous system are unwilling to give it up and this obstinacy has consequences: The system is drying up as the means to keep it going starts to evaporate. Normally the perpetrators of the old system would have a few decades in which to maneuver. However, the current environmental crises and the shift now occurring in many commodity markets are signs that this system is in the midst of a grand decline. A new paradigm is now increasingly essential. Our Earth allies have delineated such a paradigm.
As you look at what is happening on your world, you can clearly see that there is a natural evolutionary process that is being greatly speeded up. This acceleration is due in large part to the environmental abuses of the old economic system and the recent, huge population explosion. This opens the door to daring and pressing solutions, and the rise of our Earth allies is a much-needed response to this demand. They are looking at your world and moving to give you viable solutions. The next stage in your evolution is the shift from planetary to galactic human. This presupposes your leap toward full consciousness. There is also a need for a new scientific paradigm, one that returns Spirit to the science equation. The post-quantum world of modern science, with its hint of morphogenesis and the so-called hundredth-monkey effect, is beginning to concede that there are factors in this reality that need to be added. This can lead easily to a spiritual science that reflects a new consciousness mindset.
This march toward full consciousness is happening on many fronts. There are the many changes to your physiology, including the way divine Light enters your energy systems. This allows ever more Light to suffuse you and accelerate the manifestation of your new chakras and new "genes." This operation permits you to awaken in greater and greater numbers. We are also aiding this process through the numerous nightly adjustments performed by our ever-increasing numbers of Galactic Federation medical teams. They are becoming more sophisticated in the way they perform their duties, and so a great influx of divine Light is streaming into you and paving the way for the creation of a new, fully conscious You. This new Being is the reason this reality cannot continue as presently constituted. A new reality is needed, which includes your entry as a fully-fledged member into the Galactic Federation of Light.
This movement from limited- to fully-conscious Being is the main element in all that is now happening around you. This divine operation is being closely guided by Heaven and overseen by our aforementioned medical teams. It is this special process that the dark cabalists discovered they cannot stop. The Creator decreed that this is to happen to you now. Therefore, all the many parts of Heaven and physicality have converged to ensure that this decree occurs as planned. Against this the dark cabalists have few successful resources. It is the failure of these last remaining resources that has sent them into their current panic mode. What is left is to let the divine plan work out the last details and fully manifest the results. These are to permit you to return to full consciousness and meet your spiritual and space families.
As you morph into who you truly are, you can then grasp what this really means. Full consciousness makes you the planetary and star-system guardians that you are meant to be. This stewardship of physicality is a special talent that the divine Creator has given you. For many millennia you have wandered through your reality encased in an amnesia that robbed you of the ability to see how you have given away your vast powers to others. These highly manipulating and deceitful masters have taken you on a crazed ride through the strange realms of the dark. Here, you have learned many skills and developed a wisdom that is soon to serve you well. It is this knowledge that can permit you to help transform this galaxy and others. Your talents are considerable and are much needed throughout the whole of physicality.
The next parts of this drama are proving to have a most interesting prelude. The events to come will be mind-boggling! There are to be shocking changes to your reality, the greatest of which will be our arrival. First contact is turning out to be a most complex operation. Nevertheless, we are prepared for whatever is to come and fully understand the enormous implications of this consciousness transformation. Each reality is a special construct whose grids can be altered through a broad consensus of its most sentient inhabitants, in this case, you. As you overcome your supposed limitations and learn of your great abilities to promote change, it is hardly surprising that you may be a little overwhelmed by it all. Remain calm, centered, and ready for what is to come. Remember that Together, We are indeed Victorious!
Today, we resumed our discussion of what is happening on your world. We talked about the reasons and actions behind what is happening. We ask you to release your frustrations as the divine time for everything to happen is fast approaching and the moment for first contact gets closer with each day that passes. We now leave. Know, dear Ones, in your Heart of Hearts that the countless Supply and never-ending Prosperity of Heaven are Yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Planetary Activation Organization | Mailing Address: P. O. Box 4975, El Dorado Hills, California 95762 USA
Voicemail: 808-573-3110 | Fax: (808) 573-2867 | E-mail: info@... | Website address: www.paoweb.com
01 Outubro, 2008
The Cosmic Invasion of Normandie
Hi ALL-- Just received this in my email, and feel it is worthy to post here for discernment and discussion, especially in light of all the talk about October 14.
There are a total of five parts to these writings; below is posted #4 and #5... All are interesting. For myself, would be very interested in individual's reactions/feelings regarding the information given here.
Also, can tell you, I have been in personal communication with Mark Kimmel for many years. You can check him out for yourself; many links to good info on his site.
--judith
* * *
http://www.cosmicparadigm.com/Marks_Corner/
Sunday, September 28, 2008
Coming soon
The following information was provided on 9/28/08. This is the 4th posting to Mark’s Corner. I strongly suggest you read the earlier postings first, preferably in chronological order.
I, and others like me, are now present aboard starcraft in orbit about your planet. We have traveled here to be part of the grand disclosure to your people: there are indeed humans populating the universe beyond Earth. We will make our appearance shortly.
I cannot tell you the date or time. It is like the massive invasion of Normandy that took place during your WWII. There was a date set, but many factors can into play, many were ships needed, many individuals needed to be coordinated. Having said that, I hasten to assure you that your brothers and sisters from other star systems are not invaders. Rather, having been invited, we are coming by invitation to assist, and only assist.
First there will be the unmistakable appearance of ships from other planets and dimensions. This will be followed by events leading to the bifurcation. Those who choose will remain on Earth, as she transitions to a lighter density. All that is currently in place will remain for a time: the houses, the roads, the equipment, the land, and the seas will remain.
We have made provisions to smooth your transition to the lighter density, while you remain fully conscious of all that is happening around you. Those that remain will be charged with returning Earth to her pristine condition and creating a new civilization. Many on your planet are choosing to participate in this grand transition.
Those who fear to be a part of the lighter density of earth will awaken on another planet believing they have always lived there. They will continue their lives in physical density, but one that is not controlled by the dark energy. As things now stand, the majority of her people will leave Earth.
Some families will be torn asunder because some will decide to stay while others leave. Some houses will be occupied, some will not. There will be dislocations in the first days. That is why we have advised you to store water and food, and to secure shelter. We are taking steps to minimize the predicted earth changes. Be willing to accept some momentary dislocations; the greater good of all will emerge from this transition.
Those who understand will greet these changes with a positive attitude. They will show others that there is nothing to fear, that we come in peace and are here to assist. They will greet the ships that land.
This is coming more suddenly than many had anticipated. Preparations are speeding up because we wish to thwart any reaction by those who serve the dark. Everything is now in place for the mass appearance. Orders for your defense forces to stand down will be issued. This is more for their safety, and for that of people on the ground, than for us. We are impervious to your weapons.
Be comforted that communications like this are happening all over your planet. We are overwhelming those who would oppose our actions with a multitude of such communications. At this moment, they are collecting it all and analyzing it. They are not stopping anyone from communicating.
Everything that you now do, or have done for past years, is known to others. You have no need to be embarrassed by your actions or your thoughts, they are seen as the normal workings of a human mind, normal actions of a human living in this situation. You are doing exactly what you came here to do, what you agreed upon prior to your embodiment in physical form.
Mark, one of your great contributions was to change from the pleasures and workings of the 3rd dimension to that which you are now doing. This provides others a marvelous example so that they too might change. There are many who are wavering between embracing what appears to be crazy and sticking with their old ways. You assist them by your example.
As to 2012, things are accelerating. All will be accomplished well in advance of that date. Time is not fixed; time is subject to adjustment as circumstances warrant. NOW IS THE TIME OF EARTH’S TRANSITION.
I am Justine of the planet Supsten of the Altairian star system. I leave you with my blessing.
That’s it for today folks, more in the days ahead. (I find myself in awe that this is finally happening.)
In Truth, Love and Joy,
Mark
Tuesday, September 30, 2008
Off-planet Perspective
The following information was provided on 9/30/08. This is the 5th posting to Mark’s Corner. I strongly suggest you read the earlier postings first, preferably in chronological order.
I am commenting from a starship of the Pleiadians on what I observe happening on the surface of your planet. Please know that what is happening these days in the United States of America impacts all within this galaxy. Everything is interconnected, more than you would ever imagine. A saying of your planet, that the flapping of the wing of a butterfly in the Amazon is felt throughout your world, is quite true. Energetically, we are all connected.
It is clear to us that the orchestrated fall of the stock market is intended to induce such fear that Congress will vote funds for the powerful of Wall Street and the banking interests, without consideration for ordinary people. As usual, the real story is what is going on behind the scenes. Power hungry off-planet handlers are trying to obtain their last energetic morsels as the enslavement of Earth’s people comes to an end. They believe, wrongly, that by diverting massive amounts of funds into the hands of those who serve them, consciously and unconsciously, they will retain some semblance of their stranglehold over the majority of people. Regardless of how the economic situation is finally resolved, when it indeed it is, it demonstrates a desperate gasp by the powerful to suck energy from the people they dominate.
Politicians in Washington are mere pawns in this game. They are being stampeded, by fear of not getting reelected, into doing something that they would not ordinarily do. A few are seeing through this grab for money, seeing that by merely adjusting regulations on banks that they could accomplish what is necessary to solve the crisis. Despite wishes to the contrary, fear based action will probably rule the day, as it is easier to do what is being asked than to take action with clear eyes.
Again, the hidden hand of those from off-planet who rule the beliefs and actions of a small cabal are clearly seen in their preferred way of solving the dilemma: create more money to reward the few. By gouging the populace, they tighten the screws on the poor, both in America and elsewhere on the planet, make a mockery of the hard-working middle class, and enrich those who already have a great plenty.
The energies everyone is feeling, consciously or unconsciously, are directed to you from several sources. There is the energy from HAARP that seeks to cloud the minds of humans, make them tired, and induce fear. It operates at 4 to 6 hertz, the same frequency as the human brain. It is operating at full power these days. It is particularly effective, as aerosol spraying has lowered the resistance of everyone’s physical body.
Energies are also coming from the armada of starships in orbit about your planet and from elsewhere in the galaxy These energies are beneficial, intended to uplift those who will open themselves to receiving. Your physical health is better for receiving these energies. This is the same for everyone who is open.
There are also energies which earth is directing to her surface dwellers. She is calling you to experience her revitalized beauty. Go into the wild to allow her to talk with you. She is clearing the skies and waters, and refreshing the ground. Enjoy the revitalized Earth. There is more of this to come as she ascends into her beauty of a lighter density. Find ways to resonate with her. Walk on the soil barefoot. Smell her fragrances. Look upon her beauty.
Make no mistake these are extraordinary times. This is not just one more business cycle. You are living in times that will not be repeated on this planet, or for that matter anywhere else in this galaxy. This is the triumph of the light over the darkness that has gripped this planet for eons. Enjoy the fact that you are here to live through it. I am most appreciative that I am here to observe.
From the perspective of a visitor to your world, I am amazed at the darkness in which mankind has labored. If you could but see the civilization of my home planet, you would see a huge contrast. Even though we still have to choose, we are not overwhelmed by the overarching darkness that makes it almost impossible to see the light clearly.
As an example, on my home planet children are only brought into homes where they are to be loved. No one is brought into life without the decision of the parents that they have the time and the means to dedicate to the new person. This leads to less dysfunctional family life, healthier children, and better-balanced more loving adults. There are few instances of drug or alcohol abuse, few suicides, and almost no abuse. Contrast this with your world where all of these are present.
Here on Earth you have the ability to choose between the dark and the light, and that it is a wonderful experience for many to undertake, but the price that is paid in ruined lives is too high. So earth will ascend into the light and those of you who wish may accompany her.
There will be no more of an economy that is structured to enslave the many and benefit the few. There will be no more need to climb the corporate ladder in search of riches and power. There will be no more need to lie and claw ones way to the top of an artificially structured pyramid. On my world, there is no economic deprivation, and no economic pyramid. Wealth is provided to all in abundance.
I am Justine of the planet Supsten of the Altairian star system. I leave you with my blessing.
That’s all for today folks, more in the days ahead. Stay tuned.
In Truth, Love and Joy,
Mark
There are a total of five parts to these writings; below is posted #4 and #5... All are interesting. For myself, would be very interested in individual's reactions/feelings regarding the information given here.
Also, can tell you, I have been in personal communication with Mark Kimmel for many years. You can check him out for yourself; many links to good info on his site.
--judith
* * *
http://www.cosmicparadigm.com/Marks_Corner/
Sunday, September 28, 2008
Coming soon
The following information was provided on 9/28/08. This is the 4th posting to Mark’s Corner. I strongly suggest you read the earlier postings first, preferably in chronological order.
I, and others like me, are now present aboard starcraft in orbit about your planet. We have traveled here to be part of the grand disclosure to your people: there are indeed humans populating the universe beyond Earth. We will make our appearance shortly.
I cannot tell you the date or time. It is like the massive invasion of Normandy that took place during your WWII. There was a date set, but many factors can into play, many were ships needed, many individuals needed to be coordinated. Having said that, I hasten to assure you that your brothers and sisters from other star systems are not invaders. Rather, having been invited, we are coming by invitation to assist, and only assist.
First there will be the unmistakable appearance of ships from other planets and dimensions. This will be followed by events leading to the bifurcation. Those who choose will remain on Earth, as she transitions to a lighter density. All that is currently in place will remain for a time: the houses, the roads, the equipment, the land, and the seas will remain.
We have made provisions to smooth your transition to the lighter density, while you remain fully conscious of all that is happening around you. Those that remain will be charged with returning Earth to her pristine condition and creating a new civilization. Many on your planet are choosing to participate in this grand transition.
Those who fear to be a part of the lighter density of earth will awaken on another planet believing they have always lived there. They will continue their lives in physical density, but one that is not controlled by the dark energy. As things now stand, the majority of her people will leave Earth.
Some families will be torn asunder because some will decide to stay while others leave. Some houses will be occupied, some will not. There will be dislocations in the first days. That is why we have advised you to store water and food, and to secure shelter. We are taking steps to minimize the predicted earth changes. Be willing to accept some momentary dislocations; the greater good of all will emerge from this transition.
Those who understand will greet these changes with a positive attitude. They will show others that there is nothing to fear, that we come in peace and are here to assist. They will greet the ships that land.
This is coming more suddenly than many had anticipated. Preparations are speeding up because we wish to thwart any reaction by those who serve the dark. Everything is now in place for the mass appearance. Orders for your defense forces to stand down will be issued. This is more for their safety, and for that of people on the ground, than for us. We are impervious to your weapons.
Be comforted that communications like this are happening all over your planet. We are overwhelming those who would oppose our actions with a multitude of such communications. At this moment, they are collecting it all and analyzing it. They are not stopping anyone from communicating.
Everything that you now do, or have done for past years, is known to others. You have no need to be embarrassed by your actions or your thoughts, they are seen as the normal workings of a human mind, normal actions of a human living in this situation. You are doing exactly what you came here to do, what you agreed upon prior to your embodiment in physical form.
Mark, one of your great contributions was to change from the pleasures and workings of the 3rd dimension to that which you are now doing. This provides others a marvelous example so that they too might change. There are many who are wavering between embracing what appears to be crazy and sticking with their old ways. You assist them by your example.
As to 2012, things are accelerating. All will be accomplished well in advance of that date. Time is not fixed; time is subject to adjustment as circumstances warrant. NOW IS THE TIME OF EARTH’S TRANSITION.
I am Justine of the planet Supsten of the Altairian star system. I leave you with my blessing.
That’s it for today folks, more in the days ahead. (I find myself in awe that this is finally happening.)
In Truth, Love and Joy,
Mark
Tuesday, September 30, 2008
Off-planet Perspective
The following information was provided on 9/30/08. This is the 5th posting to Mark’s Corner. I strongly suggest you read the earlier postings first, preferably in chronological order.
I am commenting from a starship of the Pleiadians on what I observe happening on the surface of your planet. Please know that what is happening these days in the United States of America impacts all within this galaxy. Everything is interconnected, more than you would ever imagine. A saying of your planet, that the flapping of the wing of a butterfly in the Amazon is felt throughout your world, is quite true. Energetically, we are all connected.
It is clear to us that the orchestrated fall of the stock market is intended to induce such fear that Congress will vote funds for the powerful of Wall Street and the banking interests, without consideration for ordinary people. As usual, the real story is what is going on behind the scenes. Power hungry off-planet handlers are trying to obtain their last energetic morsels as the enslavement of Earth’s people comes to an end. They believe, wrongly, that by diverting massive amounts of funds into the hands of those who serve them, consciously and unconsciously, they will retain some semblance of their stranglehold over the majority of people. Regardless of how the economic situation is finally resolved, when it indeed it is, it demonstrates a desperate gasp by the powerful to suck energy from the people they dominate.
Politicians in Washington are mere pawns in this game. They are being stampeded, by fear of not getting reelected, into doing something that they would not ordinarily do. A few are seeing through this grab for money, seeing that by merely adjusting regulations on banks that they could accomplish what is necessary to solve the crisis. Despite wishes to the contrary, fear based action will probably rule the day, as it is easier to do what is being asked than to take action with clear eyes.
Again, the hidden hand of those from off-planet who rule the beliefs and actions of a small cabal are clearly seen in their preferred way of solving the dilemma: create more money to reward the few. By gouging the populace, they tighten the screws on the poor, both in America and elsewhere on the planet, make a mockery of the hard-working middle class, and enrich those who already have a great plenty.
The energies everyone is feeling, consciously or unconsciously, are directed to you from several sources. There is the energy from HAARP that seeks to cloud the minds of humans, make them tired, and induce fear. It operates at 4 to 6 hertz, the same frequency as the human brain. It is operating at full power these days. It is particularly effective, as aerosol spraying has lowered the resistance of everyone’s physical body.
Energies are also coming from the armada of starships in orbit about your planet and from elsewhere in the galaxy These energies are beneficial, intended to uplift those who will open themselves to receiving. Your physical health is better for receiving these energies. This is the same for everyone who is open.
There are also energies which earth is directing to her surface dwellers. She is calling you to experience her revitalized beauty. Go into the wild to allow her to talk with you. She is clearing the skies and waters, and refreshing the ground. Enjoy the revitalized Earth. There is more of this to come as she ascends into her beauty of a lighter density. Find ways to resonate with her. Walk on the soil barefoot. Smell her fragrances. Look upon her beauty.
Make no mistake these are extraordinary times. This is not just one more business cycle. You are living in times that will not be repeated on this planet, or for that matter anywhere else in this galaxy. This is the triumph of the light over the darkness that has gripped this planet for eons. Enjoy the fact that you are here to live through it. I am most appreciative that I am here to observe.
From the perspective of a visitor to your world, I am amazed at the darkness in which mankind has labored. If you could but see the civilization of my home planet, you would see a huge contrast. Even though we still have to choose, we are not overwhelmed by the overarching darkness that makes it almost impossible to see the light clearly.
As an example, on my home planet children are only brought into homes where they are to be loved. No one is brought into life without the decision of the parents that they have the time and the means to dedicate to the new person. This leads to less dysfunctional family life, healthier children, and better-balanced more loving adults. There are few instances of drug or alcohol abuse, few suicides, and almost no abuse. Contrast this with your world where all of these are present.
Here on Earth you have the ability to choose between the dark and the light, and that it is a wonderful experience for many to undertake, but the price that is paid in ruined lives is too high. So earth will ascend into the light and those of you who wish may accompany her.
There will be no more of an economy that is structured to enslave the many and benefit the few. There will be no more need to climb the corporate ladder in search of riches and power. There will be no more need to lie and claw ones way to the top of an artificially structured pyramid. On my world, there is no economic deprivation, and no economic pyramid. Wealth is provided to all in abundance.
I am Justine of the planet Supsten of the Altairian star system. I leave you with my blessing.
That’s all for today folks, more in the days ahead. Stay tuned.
In Truth, Love and Joy,
Mark
26 Setembro, 2008
Reeeaaadddddddddddd
September 24, 2008
With loving greetings to all, this is Matthew to address what we see as uppermost in people's interests and concerns. Although a great deal of the global economy is being played out on the public stage—it became far too gigantic to keep hidden any longer—this is not surprising to long-time readers of these messages. But it is not that we have been “predicting” the bankrupt status of the United States and its eventual domino effect around the world; rather, we have been seeing the energy momentum behind that first domino staying the course with such increasing intensity that it could not be swerved off track by the Illuminati's smoke and mirrors economic manipulations. However, instead of what they intended—the consolidation of all the world's funds within a few gargantuan institutions, which they own—they have manifested their “meltdown,” to use your economists' term. Universally viewed, this is the power of light ending a long era of unimaginable greed and corruption; as viewed on Earth, it is the implosion of the foundation of the world of finance. While most people have no idea whatsoever about the existence of the Illuminati, US taxpayers clearly see that their government is shifting to them the monetary burden of bandaging the gaping wounds in the national economy.
The ultimate outcome will be wholeheartedly greeted by everyone worldwide except the corrupters of banking, commerce and investment systems, but there is no denying that now hardships are befalling many in all affected countries. Especially fearful are those who have no idea that the collapse of the global economy is making way for the new foundation based in fairness, honesty and integrity. We can only urge you who do know that the current frenzy is a transitional stage of world transformation, please do not add to that fear. Most souls at this station have had lifetimes of extreme deprivation and we can empathize with you who are struggling financially. Remember that the universal law of attraction, “like attracts like,” always is in effect—sharing what you have with those who have less will bring back to you what you need. The energy of giving from the heart not only adds to your light, thereby radiating out to all lives you touch, this starts a cycle of upliftment. Just as your heart feels lighter when you help others, they in turn feel grateful and hopeful, and the energy in gratitude and hope gives them more light to send out to all lives they touch, and so on and so on.
In response to the many requests that basically are, “Where can I invest my money so it will be safe?” I can only repeat that we are not financial advisers. But we can assure you that after the temporary tumultuousness, there will be abundance aplenty for all! In the meantime, exchanging goods and services is an excellent way to deal with money shortages, and it is heartening for us to see how many are benefiting from a return to the bartering that once served humankind well, until unbridled greed entered a few dark minds. They established a monetary system among tradesmen that included loans at usurious interest rates, and despite later enactment of laws to prevent that practice, usury continued unabated and expanded to cover the globe. That played a large part in manifesting today's shattered economy, but deception had a large role too. The concept of tithing was developed by self-serving early church leaders along with payment for absolution of sins; that fed their private coffers then and it continues to this day to add to the Vatican's untold wealth. Taxation also has played a very heavy part, with royalty exacting tribute from the poorest in their realms; later, the Federal Reserve System and its tax collection agency, the Internal Revenue Service, was foisted upon unwitting citizens of the United States, most of whom still believe this is an integral part of the federal government. In fact the Federal Reserve is a privately owned global banking consortium and all monies paid as income taxes to the IRS go directly into the hands of the Illuminati. Also the Fed buys currency from the Treasury Department, paying a few cents on every bill regardless of its face value, then lends the money at face value to the government, continuously creating an ever-increasing national debt. Exploitation of Earth's natural resources has been another part of the Illuminati's tightly woven web of economic control; so has their initiation of civil and international wars, and always the war machine has greatly enriched their companies that keep it supplied.
All of that theft—that is exactly what it has been, and on a mind-boggling scale—has been completely in accordance with the Illuminati's generations-old plan to attain global domination by creating and spreading impoverishment, devastation, and death of the masses who are not needed to serve their sinister purposes. The massive negativity created by centuries of unconscionable disparity between the “haves” and the “have nots” could not continue or it would have destroyed Earth's planetary body. As a sentient being, Earth chose not to let that happen. She chose to regain her viability and vitality, thus the end had to come to the long reign of darkness behind everything that is divisive, unjust, deceptive, violent and cruel in your world. And that end has come.
Now then, sharing the world's spotlight is the imminent presidential election in the United States—of great interest before, now it holds even more importance because of the crashing economy and the candidates' ideas to salvage it. And yes, John McCain's choice of running mate does enter into this. To reply to the many requests for our opinion of Sarah Palin's capability to handle the vice presidency, I can only say again what so often you have heard in messages from light beings—we love all souls unconditionally. This does not mean that we must consider all equally qualified for a particular position or we must admire everyone's decisions and activities outside of their agreements that bring harm to selves and others. It means that regardless of their choices, our love for all souls, like God's love, is infinite and eternal. When you feel, not only know, the inseparability of all souls with God and each other, you too will feel unconditional love for all.
To the even greater number of questions, With Palin as his running mate, will McCain win the election? first I repeat: We are apolitical. We neither endorse nor favor one soul over another, but rather objectively report what we see in Earth's energy field of potential and what exists in the continuum. So then, ever since McCain's announcement of Palin as his selection, the energy field has been quite astir! But even if her popularity within specific groups of voters were to continue instead of wane, and wane it will, it could not change the outcome of the election. Earth, a sentient soul, cried out in her death throes sixty-some years ago for other civilizations' help to save her planetary body; she chose to have no more terrorism like “9/11”; she has been ridding herself of negativity so she can rise to vibratory levels where her original health and vibrancy will be restored and the higher consciousness of her humankind will glory in spiritual renewal. The energetic force that has been propelling her ascension out of third density's darkness has been leading naturally to a spiritually evolved visionary as president of what you consider your world's most powerful nation.
Thus, in line with Earth's own vision, Barack Obama will accomplish his mission to bring wisdom, justness and integrity to the United States government, and his example of governing with compassion and reconciliation to unify a divided nation will resound around the world. He is not the only highly evolved soul who will lead Earth into the Golden Age—many others also came to fill influential positions, some to support Obama and some as leaders of other nations. Be aware that mainstream “news” in the United States is falsely portraying some leaders as posing a danger to democracy or destabilizing their nations, whereas they are light beings distancing their countries from the Illuminati's empire-building, which in large part has grown through two centuries or more of the US government's covert intrusion into other countries' affairs. Foremost among these leaders vilified by the Bush administration is Vladimir Putin, and another is Hugo Chavez. In countries long involved in violent conflicts, negotiations seesaw from pessimistic to optimistic to pessimistic, but eventually there will be stability under wise, benevolent leadership throughout the world. As the consciousness of Earth humankind continues to rise and truths continue to emerge, all light receptive peoples will rejoice—so will all lighted beings throughout this universe!
Now I shall comment on something that is less well known than those two primary issues, and that is the “Impending Event Alert,” the subject line on an email in circulation. Mother, please copy my response to Jean Hudon about the four precognitive dreamers who reported that their recent dreams indicated the likelihood of a very substantial and disruptive event, possibly as significant as “9/11,” sometime in the next two months.
September 11, 2008
This is Matthew with loving greetings and our perspective of the potential for a "very substantial and disruptive" event, perhaps even another "9/11," happening during the next sixty days. The collective consciousness, or universal mind, that some individuals have the ability to tap into includes all thought forms, both light and dark, from The Beginning of Creation. Relative to dark thought forms, those of antiquity were attracted by those in the planning of "9/11," and the force of that combined energy enabled the Illuminati to manifest that tragic day. That is when Earth chose never again to experience such death and destruction at the hands of dark ones, and in honoring her free will choice, God authorized off-planet helpers to use their technology to prevent all such unconscionable attempts anywhere in the world. Since then they have done so successfully on as many as a dozen occasions.
Let us speak of this moment. The activity in Earth's energy field of potential is in as much foment as we have ever seen, with ever-increasing light streamers to preclude more zig-zagging of the kind the dark ones have been causing by lashing out in all directions in deepening desperation and fear. These Earth puppets of the darkness have been seeing their power erode to the extent that it is "do or die" time, and despite their failure in plot after plot, they feel that they still have a chance to prevail if they can prevent both of the following scenarios that indeed will be "very substantial and disruptive" events. They cannot prevent either.
First, the undeniable presence of other civilizations. If safety cannot be assured for people on the planet and souls in the star nations themselves for their announced appearance October 14, the delay in that occurrence would not be lengthy--simply, the time for this has come. And when it happens, it will be extremely disruptive especially within the US government, which long has been under Illuminati control and thus denied even the possibility of other civilizations' existence, much less admit that extraterrestrials have met with its leaders and the consequences meted out to those beings who came with only peaceful intentions. Second, the truth about who planned and executed "9/11." In the higher vibrations in which Earth is now orbiting, that truth cannot be hidden much longer; when it emerges along with its even deeper purpose than controlling oil resources in the Mideast, which is to dominate the entire planet and kill or enslave its peoples, the Illuminati's long reign of terror will meet its just end. The global impact of these two major events is part of the ongoing world transformation and spiritual renewal of Earth's humankind, the God-blessed "ascension" joint venture with your space brotherhood that all of you on the planet chose in pre-birth agreements to be participants.
It is equally important that you know what other individuals who also have the ability to tap into the collective consciousness are seeing. Many are accurately seeing what we have described in Earth's Golden Age—the loving, peaceful life of all peoples, the restoration of your planet's health and beauty, the harmonious co-existence of humankind with all of Nature. In this wondrous Earth that is on the near horizon and already created in the continuum, there is no fear, no violence or greed or bigotry or any other divisiveness that thrives in a third density world. The choice is yours as to which world you want to be in, but because of our unconditional love for every soul, we pray you will choose the one of love and peace.
______________________________
Thank you, Mother. I shall add that as long as any dark tentacles are lashing out, dire-sounding pronouncements, predictions, speculations and warnings will continue to swirl, and judging from emails my mother is receiving, these cause concern even to lightworkers. To ease minds about several issues that keep popping up in Internet articles or channeled messages: There will be no war with Iran; concentration-type camps will not be filled with the millions who oppose government policies; no “Planet X” or any large celestial body is on a collision course with Earth; there will be no need for your space family to evacuate all peoples before planetary cleansing makes Earth uninhabitable; NESARA is not an event that will be “announced.” And these current issues: Russia will not engage in a major war and neither will China; and martial law will not be declared to postpone the US election and keep the Bush administration in power—a dramatic event would be needed to achieve that, and technologically advanced souls off-planet and living among you would prevent that kind of attempt.
On this topic of dreams, I shall answer your questions about them. Are dark energies sending people bad dreams to keep them weak? Is that a form of mind control? Do my violent dreams portend something ominous only for me or do they have a much wider meaning? and How can I stop a recurring frightening dream? To all the questioners I say, fear is the root cause of dreams you could call nightmares. You need not be consciously fearful of something to evoke these kinds of dreams; they may arise from cellular memory of other lifetimes, horrible happenings in this lifetime that consciousness has suppressed, or a variety of concerns that dreams can release rather than allow to fester.
Now then, when fear enters the psyche, energy carrying dark tentacles home in on that. While this is not the same kind of individually programmed mind control or the kind that mesmerizes the populace like religious dogmas and TV, as examples, it does alter the thoughts and can affect the behavior of persons plagued with bad dreams. Here, too, the law of attraction applies, as preoccupation with frightening dreams perpetuates them. Generally those kinds of dreams pertain only to the dreamer because it is fear that initiates them and the fearful feelings are within the person. As for stopping recurring dreams, asking for divine help and protection of the Christed light is a practical first step, but trust must accompany those prayers—doubt carries a low frequency that makes it difficult for light to enter the psyche and rid it of darkness. Some energy healers can determine the source of the fear and remove its blockage that is preventing energy from flowing smoothly for the well being of one's entire system—again, trust is a necessary element. Hypnosis performed by a trustworthy therapist may be helpful—dreams need to be put into their authentic context in the psyche so it can clear itself of whatever fear is causing them.
Along a similar line, I shall summarize what a chiropractor wrote: True practitioners in the field believe that a universal intelligence animates all things, and as that intelligence flows through an individual, it enables better use of all faculties as long as the nervous system is functioning optimally; physical, chemical and emotional stresses can distort communication between body and brain, which can impair health and cause inappropriate responses to a situation; chiropractic uses a specific application of force to improve one's ability to adapt to the ever-changing world. He would like my opinion as to whether this philosophy fits in with one's ability to evolve into higher consciousness. So along with my thanks to the writer who shared that philosophy, I say this: That understanding is a result of the enlightened consciousness that is enabling the medical community to see the interrelatedness of body, mind and spirit, or, the inseparability of science and spirituality.
My comments about diet elicited a lot of questions. No, I did not mean that individuals cannot enter the Golden Age unless they stop eating meat, and yes, it's fine to eat eggs, dairy products and seafood if you know it isn't contaminated. The nutritional value of raw fruits and vegetables usually is greater than the same cooked, but some vegetables are really unappetizing raw, so cook them. Whole grain is better than bleached, pure raw milk better than pasteurized, and nuts are preferable to mints. That a serving of red wine daily may be a good preventive for some diseases doesn't make it incumbent on nondrinkers to start imbibing. We know your “food pyramid” goes topsy-turvy whenever a new study comes out about this or that food causing some condition or previous convictions are proven false. Just pay attention to your bodies—they will tell you what foods are best for you and what to avoid. The real purpose of irradiating foodstuffs is to weaken your immune systems, but another example of our space family's technological assistance is rendering the toxicity ineffective. Malnutrition does seriously affect the brain and retard intellectual growth, but please don't equate intelligence with spiritual evolution. The bottom line here is, following inner guidance about diet, like all other matters that pertain to you as the unique individual you are, always will serve you well.
In the Golden Age all peoples regardless of age will be healed from the effects of emotional stress and environmental and food toxins; anorexia will not exist; and newborns will be perfect. Yes, life spans will be much longer, but there will not be a specific “drop-dead” age then any more than now—always soul growth is the decisive longevity factor; when Earth has presented all the experiencing a soul needs to move into a greatly different plane, he will leave. The splendid difference is, in the Golden Age there is the spiritual clarity that life is unending learning and growing, there is no excruciating grief and sense of loss that exists now, and all can communicate telepathically with beloved souls elsewhere in the universe.
Where are the best places for spiritually evolved persons to live so they can make a living and do healing work without the stress of left brain work? Only your soul knows where you need to be and what you need to be doing in accordance with your pre-birth choices. We do realize that in times of stress, it is more difficult to quiet thoughts and hear messages from the soul. This isn't due to personal frailty, it is the wild energetic effects globally that are affecting everyone and can cause difficulty distinguishing between the intuition that comes from soul level and what is response to external influences. Nevertheless, you all have the power to attain the tranquility that will enable your consciousness to commune with your soul—be still and listen. And in these days at hand, with linear time being accelerated by the higher frequencies prevailing, synchronous happenings are like corn popping, so be alert for these windows of opportunity the universe is providing.
The powerful energy of souls you call ascended masters and the White Brotherhood and other light forces you don't know about has been intensifying on the planet and is available to each and every one of you. It isn't necessary that those souls embody or that you know their names, simply ask for divine help and these emissaries of God will provide it. It may not come in the form you think you want, but it will be what you need in accordance with your soul contract. Never underestimate the power of prayer for your own or another's highest good!
In this universe there are myriad councils, star nation groupings, force fields, and galactic and intergalactic federations. The only ones in proximity to your solar system are of the light, but only several years ago in your time calculations, that wasn't the case—part of the vast force field of thought forms deriving from darkness held sway in the area until the in-pouring of light reached such a mass that the force field, to which light is anathema, no longer could remain.
Both reptilians and humans of dark persuasion are in top positions within the many sectors under the Illuminati “umbrella.” They are the ones I have spoken about that agreed to fill “bad guy” roles until completion of individuals' and Earth's third density karma, when they would join the light forces but instead reneged on their agreements. Like all souls, they have the choice to accept the light and live within it, or physical death will happen when Earth reaches the frequencies where only light-filled bodies can survive; then, in accordance with universal laws, their souls automatically go to placements where the energy is commensurate with the physical lifetime energy.
To the oft-lonely soul who successfully manifested the exiting from her life all people who were not spiritually aligned with her and only family were left, remember that unseen helpers galore always are around. Feel their closeness, mentally talk to them, and be your own best friend. Yes, knowing that kindred spirits are connecting and your “taking action when spirit moves you” is all there is to it—for everyone!
How to respond to people who believe that if a huge starship appears, it will be “a trick of Satan to overthrow Earth”? If they have been resistant to considering that your expressed view may be valid, my suggestion is to feel compassion, and if the topic arises again, to simply reply such as “Time will tell.” It is sad for us to see minds tightly closed to the truth that could offer those people boundless joy.
Please have NO concerns about water ever becoming a commodity and masses dying of thirst because they cannot afford the cost!
Now, returning to questions about current events, although speculation about potentially disastrous results of the Large Hadron Collider test have been “overcome by events,” as you say, I am mentioning this topic to make this point: The technology of your off-planet brotherhood would not have permitted a catastrophic outcome and will not permit such from any testing.
Some lightworkers are pleading for mass landings NOW and others are of the mind that Earth's peoples should stop looking to the skies for help because you're supposed to bring about all necessary reforms yourselves. Oh my! Divide and conquer? Your space family has been assisting Earth in ways you cannot, and they are not taking on the entire responsibility of transforming your world—they are working with you to manifest the world you want. And they cannot land en masse and delve right in with their pollution-clearing and other technologies until there is safety for them and all of you.
There is a “behind the scenes” reason that destruction from hurricane Gustav was less than from Ike. After off-planet technology so successfully weakened Gustav's wind force, Earth's weather controllers ramped up their technology's power to such an extent that they believed they had designed a storm of such massive size that “aliens” could not alleviate its devastation. However, to the dismay of those dark minds, the technologists in space considerably reduced the eye of the hurricane and veered it away from the coastal oil rigs and refineries to prevent the Illuminati's goals: widespread ecological damage from oil spillage; thundering support for drilling in the Arctic refuge; raising oil prices again; and reimbursing oil companies for their losses. Two other notes here: It isn't necessary for weather controllers to stir up a storm—Mother Nature can do that on her own, and when she does, they take over with their maliciousness. And the refusal to let residents of Galveston Island return sooner is that the death toll is far greater than reported and time was needed to find and dispose of all the bodies. Since depopulation by any means is an Illuminati goal and the death toll would be attributed to Mother Nature, it is hard to figure the reason for delaying the residents' return. Still, causing negativity by any means helps the dark ones' cause, and they achieved that by keeping thousands in stress by miserable living conditions and without answers to what happened to their homes and businesses.
The suicide bombing in Islamabad was a CIA “black ops” undertaking with the intent to create more turmoil and fear in Pakistan and hopefully unseat the leader, who is not under the Illuminati thumb. That incident also was intended to divert attention from the crisis in the global economy and the outrage about bail-out shenanigans. If you suspected as much and also thought that the bombing may indicate the Illuminati's growing concern that they won't be able to control Obama, so they are beefing up voter support for McCain's war-like stance on Terror!, you are indeed connecting the dots.
But even though incidents like that and others of violent nature are the focus of your mainstream media, we see Earth's ascension right on target and your space family's constant vigilance and ongoing assistance. We see the light in continually growing numbers of hearts and minds radiating like the brilliance of the high noon sun. And now, in loving farewell, we at this station and all other light beings throughout the universe are cheering you on as each day you bring closer Earth's Golden Age.
With loving greetings to all, this is Matthew to address what we see as uppermost in people's interests and concerns. Although a great deal of the global economy is being played out on the public stage—it became far too gigantic to keep hidden any longer—this is not surprising to long-time readers of these messages. But it is not that we have been “predicting” the bankrupt status of the United States and its eventual domino effect around the world; rather, we have been seeing the energy momentum behind that first domino staying the course with such increasing intensity that it could not be swerved off track by the Illuminati's smoke and mirrors economic manipulations. However, instead of what they intended—the consolidation of all the world's funds within a few gargantuan institutions, which they own—they have manifested their “meltdown,” to use your economists' term. Universally viewed, this is the power of light ending a long era of unimaginable greed and corruption; as viewed on Earth, it is the implosion of the foundation of the world of finance. While most people have no idea whatsoever about the existence of the Illuminati, US taxpayers clearly see that their government is shifting to them the monetary burden of bandaging the gaping wounds in the national economy.
The ultimate outcome will be wholeheartedly greeted by everyone worldwide except the corrupters of banking, commerce and investment systems, but there is no denying that now hardships are befalling many in all affected countries. Especially fearful are those who have no idea that the collapse of the global economy is making way for the new foundation based in fairness, honesty and integrity. We can only urge you who do know that the current frenzy is a transitional stage of world transformation, please do not add to that fear. Most souls at this station have had lifetimes of extreme deprivation and we can empathize with you who are struggling financially. Remember that the universal law of attraction, “like attracts like,” always is in effect—sharing what you have with those who have less will bring back to you what you need. The energy of giving from the heart not only adds to your light, thereby radiating out to all lives you touch, this starts a cycle of upliftment. Just as your heart feels lighter when you help others, they in turn feel grateful and hopeful, and the energy in gratitude and hope gives them more light to send out to all lives they touch, and so on and so on.
In response to the many requests that basically are, “Where can I invest my money so it will be safe?” I can only repeat that we are not financial advisers. But we can assure you that after the temporary tumultuousness, there will be abundance aplenty for all! In the meantime, exchanging goods and services is an excellent way to deal with money shortages, and it is heartening for us to see how many are benefiting from a return to the bartering that once served humankind well, until unbridled greed entered a few dark minds. They established a monetary system among tradesmen that included loans at usurious interest rates, and despite later enactment of laws to prevent that practice, usury continued unabated and expanded to cover the globe. That played a large part in manifesting today's shattered economy, but deception had a large role too. The concept of tithing was developed by self-serving early church leaders along with payment for absolution of sins; that fed their private coffers then and it continues to this day to add to the Vatican's untold wealth. Taxation also has played a very heavy part, with royalty exacting tribute from the poorest in their realms; later, the Federal Reserve System and its tax collection agency, the Internal Revenue Service, was foisted upon unwitting citizens of the United States, most of whom still believe this is an integral part of the federal government. In fact the Federal Reserve is a privately owned global banking consortium and all monies paid as income taxes to the IRS go directly into the hands of the Illuminati. Also the Fed buys currency from the Treasury Department, paying a few cents on every bill regardless of its face value, then lends the money at face value to the government, continuously creating an ever-increasing national debt. Exploitation of Earth's natural resources has been another part of the Illuminati's tightly woven web of economic control; so has their initiation of civil and international wars, and always the war machine has greatly enriched their companies that keep it supplied.
All of that theft—that is exactly what it has been, and on a mind-boggling scale—has been completely in accordance with the Illuminati's generations-old plan to attain global domination by creating and spreading impoverishment, devastation, and death of the masses who are not needed to serve their sinister purposes. The massive negativity created by centuries of unconscionable disparity between the “haves” and the “have nots” could not continue or it would have destroyed Earth's planetary body. As a sentient being, Earth chose not to let that happen. She chose to regain her viability and vitality, thus the end had to come to the long reign of darkness behind everything that is divisive, unjust, deceptive, violent and cruel in your world. And that end has come.
Now then, sharing the world's spotlight is the imminent presidential election in the United States—of great interest before, now it holds even more importance because of the crashing economy and the candidates' ideas to salvage it. And yes, John McCain's choice of running mate does enter into this. To reply to the many requests for our opinion of Sarah Palin's capability to handle the vice presidency, I can only say again what so often you have heard in messages from light beings—we love all souls unconditionally. This does not mean that we must consider all equally qualified for a particular position or we must admire everyone's decisions and activities outside of their agreements that bring harm to selves and others. It means that regardless of their choices, our love for all souls, like God's love, is infinite and eternal. When you feel, not only know, the inseparability of all souls with God and each other, you too will feel unconditional love for all.
To the even greater number of questions, With Palin as his running mate, will McCain win the election? first I repeat: We are apolitical. We neither endorse nor favor one soul over another, but rather objectively report what we see in Earth's energy field of potential and what exists in the continuum. So then, ever since McCain's announcement of Palin as his selection, the energy field has been quite astir! But even if her popularity within specific groups of voters were to continue instead of wane, and wane it will, it could not change the outcome of the election. Earth, a sentient soul, cried out in her death throes sixty-some years ago for other civilizations' help to save her planetary body; she chose to have no more terrorism like “9/11”; she has been ridding herself of negativity so she can rise to vibratory levels where her original health and vibrancy will be restored and the higher consciousness of her humankind will glory in spiritual renewal. The energetic force that has been propelling her ascension out of third density's darkness has been leading naturally to a spiritually evolved visionary as president of what you consider your world's most powerful nation.
Thus, in line with Earth's own vision, Barack Obama will accomplish his mission to bring wisdom, justness and integrity to the United States government, and his example of governing with compassion and reconciliation to unify a divided nation will resound around the world. He is not the only highly evolved soul who will lead Earth into the Golden Age—many others also came to fill influential positions, some to support Obama and some as leaders of other nations. Be aware that mainstream “news” in the United States is falsely portraying some leaders as posing a danger to democracy or destabilizing their nations, whereas they are light beings distancing their countries from the Illuminati's empire-building, which in large part has grown through two centuries or more of the US government's covert intrusion into other countries' affairs. Foremost among these leaders vilified by the Bush administration is Vladimir Putin, and another is Hugo Chavez. In countries long involved in violent conflicts, negotiations seesaw from pessimistic to optimistic to pessimistic, but eventually there will be stability under wise, benevolent leadership throughout the world. As the consciousness of Earth humankind continues to rise and truths continue to emerge, all light receptive peoples will rejoice—so will all lighted beings throughout this universe!
Now I shall comment on something that is less well known than those two primary issues, and that is the “Impending Event Alert,” the subject line on an email in circulation. Mother, please copy my response to Jean Hudon about the four precognitive dreamers who reported that their recent dreams indicated the likelihood of a very substantial and disruptive event, possibly as significant as “9/11,” sometime in the next two months.
September 11, 2008
This is Matthew with loving greetings and our perspective of the potential for a "very substantial and disruptive" event, perhaps even another "9/11," happening during the next sixty days. The collective consciousness, or universal mind, that some individuals have the ability to tap into includes all thought forms, both light and dark, from The Beginning of Creation. Relative to dark thought forms, those of antiquity were attracted by those in the planning of "9/11," and the force of that combined energy enabled the Illuminati to manifest that tragic day. That is when Earth chose never again to experience such death and destruction at the hands of dark ones, and in honoring her free will choice, God authorized off-planet helpers to use their technology to prevent all such unconscionable attempts anywhere in the world. Since then they have done so successfully on as many as a dozen occasions.
Let us speak of this moment. The activity in Earth's energy field of potential is in as much foment as we have ever seen, with ever-increasing light streamers to preclude more zig-zagging of the kind the dark ones have been causing by lashing out in all directions in deepening desperation and fear. These Earth puppets of the darkness have been seeing their power erode to the extent that it is "do or die" time, and despite their failure in plot after plot, they feel that they still have a chance to prevail if they can prevent both of the following scenarios that indeed will be "very substantial and disruptive" events. They cannot prevent either.
First, the undeniable presence of other civilizations. If safety cannot be assured for people on the planet and souls in the star nations themselves for their announced appearance October 14, the delay in that occurrence would not be lengthy--simply, the time for this has come. And when it happens, it will be extremely disruptive especially within the US government, which long has been under Illuminati control and thus denied even the possibility of other civilizations' existence, much less admit that extraterrestrials have met with its leaders and the consequences meted out to those beings who came with only peaceful intentions. Second, the truth about who planned and executed "9/11." In the higher vibrations in which Earth is now orbiting, that truth cannot be hidden much longer; when it emerges along with its even deeper purpose than controlling oil resources in the Mideast, which is to dominate the entire planet and kill or enslave its peoples, the Illuminati's long reign of terror will meet its just end. The global impact of these two major events is part of the ongoing world transformation and spiritual renewal of Earth's humankind, the God-blessed "ascension" joint venture with your space brotherhood that all of you on the planet chose in pre-birth agreements to be participants.
It is equally important that you know what other individuals who also have the ability to tap into the collective consciousness are seeing. Many are accurately seeing what we have described in Earth's Golden Age—the loving, peaceful life of all peoples, the restoration of your planet's health and beauty, the harmonious co-existence of humankind with all of Nature. In this wondrous Earth that is on the near horizon and already created in the continuum, there is no fear, no violence or greed or bigotry or any other divisiveness that thrives in a third density world. The choice is yours as to which world you want to be in, but because of our unconditional love for every soul, we pray you will choose the one of love and peace.
______________________________
Thank you, Mother. I shall add that as long as any dark tentacles are lashing out, dire-sounding pronouncements, predictions, speculations and warnings will continue to swirl, and judging from emails my mother is receiving, these cause concern even to lightworkers. To ease minds about several issues that keep popping up in Internet articles or channeled messages: There will be no war with Iran; concentration-type camps will not be filled with the millions who oppose government policies; no “Planet X” or any large celestial body is on a collision course with Earth; there will be no need for your space family to evacuate all peoples before planetary cleansing makes Earth uninhabitable; NESARA is not an event that will be “announced.” And these current issues: Russia will not engage in a major war and neither will China; and martial law will not be declared to postpone the US election and keep the Bush administration in power—a dramatic event would be needed to achieve that, and technologically advanced souls off-planet and living among you would prevent that kind of attempt.
On this topic of dreams, I shall answer your questions about them. Are dark energies sending people bad dreams to keep them weak? Is that a form of mind control? Do my violent dreams portend something ominous only for me or do they have a much wider meaning? and How can I stop a recurring frightening dream? To all the questioners I say, fear is the root cause of dreams you could call nightmares. You need not be consciously fearful of something to evoke these kinds of dreams; they may arise from cellular memory of other lifetimes, horrible happenings in this lifetime that consciousness has suppressed, or a variety of concerns that dreams can release rather than allow to fester.
Now then, when fear enters the psyche, energy carrying dark tentacles home in on that. While this is not the same kind of individually programmed mind control or the kind that mesmerizes the populace like religious dogmas and TV, as examples, it does alter the thoughts and can affect the behavior of persons plagued with bad dreams. Here, too, the law of attraction applies, as preoccupation with frightening dreams perpetuates them. Generally those kinds of dreams pertain only to the dreamer because it is fear that initiates them and the fearful feelings are within the person. As for stopping recurring dreams, asking for divine help and protection of the Christed light is a practical first step, but trust must accompany those prayers—doubt carries a low frequency that makes it difficult for light to enter the psyche and rid it of darkness. Some energy healers can determine the source of the fear and remove its blockage that is preventing energy from flowing smoothly for the well being of one's entire system—again, trust is a necessary element. Hypnosis performed by a trustworthy therapist may be helpful—dreams need to be put into their authentic context in the psyche so it can clear itself of whatever fear is causing them.
Along a similar line, I shall summarize what a chiropractor wrote: True practitioners in the field believe that a universal intelligence animates all things, and as that intelligence flows through an individual, it enables better use of all faculties as long as the nervous system is functioning optimally; physical, chemical and emotional stresses can distort communication between body and brain, which can impair health and cause inappropriate responses to a situation; chiropractic uses a specific application of force to improve one's ability to adapt to the ever-changing world. He would like my opinion as to whether this philosophy fits in with one's ability to evolve into higher consciousness. So along with my thanks to the writer who shared that philosophy, I say this: That understanding is a result of the enlightened consciousness that is enabling the medical community to see the interrelatedness of body, mind and spirit, or, the inseparability of science and spirituality.
My comments about diet elicited a lot of questions. No, I did not mean that individuals cannot enter the Golden Age unless they stop eating meat, and yes, it's fine to eat eggs, dairy products and seafood if you know it isn't contaminated. The nutritional value of raw fruits and vegetables usually is greater than the same cooked, but some vegetables are really unappetizing raw, so cook them. Whole grain is better than bleached, pure raw milk better than pasteurized, and nuts are preferable to mints. That a serving of red wine daily may be a good preventive for some diseases doesn't make it incumbent on nondrinkers to start imbibing. We know your “food pyramid” goes topsy-turvy whenever a new study comes out about this or that food causing some condition or previous convictions are proven false. Just pay attention to your bodies—they will tell you what foods are best for you and what to avoid. The real purpose of irradiating foodstuffs is to weaken your immune systems, but another example of our space family's technological assistance is rendering the toxicity ineffective. Malnutrition does seriously affect the brain and retard intellectual growth, but please don't equate intelligence with spiritual evolution. The bottom line here is, following inner guidance about diet, like all other matters that pertain to you as the unique individual you are, always will serve you well.
In the Golden Age all peoples regardless of age will be healed from the effects of emotional stress and environmental and food toxins; anorexia will not exist; and newborns will be perfect. Yes, life spans will be much longer, but there will not be a specific “drop-dead” age then any more than now—always soul growth is the decisive longevity factor; when Earth has presented all the experiencing a soul needs to move into a greatly different plane, he will leave. The splendid difference is, in the Golden Age there is the spiritual clarity that life is unending learning and growing, there is no excruciating grief and sense of loss that exists now, and all can communicate telepathically with beloved souls elsewhere in the universe.
Where are the best places for spiritually evolved persons to live so they can make a living and do healing work without the stress of left brain work? Only your soul knows where you need to be and what you need to be doing in accordance with your pre-birth choices. We do realize that in times of stress, it is more difficult to quiet thoughts and hear messages from the soul. This isn't due to personal frailty, it is the wild energetic effects globally that are affecting everyone and can cause difficulty distinguishing between the intuition that comes from soul level and what is response to external influences. Nevertheless, you all have the power to attain the tranquility that will enable your consciousness to commune with your soul—be still and listen. And in these days at hand, with linear time being accelerated by the higher frequencies prevailing, synchronous happenings are like corn popping, so be alert for these windows of opportunity the universe is providing.
The powerful energy of souls you call ascended masters and the White Brotherhood and other light forces you don't know about has been intensifying on the planet and is available to each and every one of you. It isn't necessary that those souls embody or that you know their names, simply ask for divine help and these emissaries of God will provide it. It may not come in the form you think you want, but it will be what you need in accordance with your soul contract. Never underestimate the power of prayer for your own or another's highest good!
In this universe there are myriad councils, star nation groupings, force fields, and galactic and intergalactic federations. The only ones in proximity to your solar system are of the light, but only several years ago in your time calculations, that wasn't the case—part of the vast force field of thought forms deriving from darkness held sway in the area until the in-pouring of light reached such a mass that the force field, to which light is anathema, no longer could remain.
Both reptilians and humans of dark persuasion are in top positions within the many sectors under the Illuminati “umbrella.” They are the ones I have spoken about that agreed to fill “bad guy” roles until completion of individuals' and Earth's third density karma, when they would join the light forces but instead reneged on their agreements. Like all souls, they have the choice to accept the light and live within it, or physical death will happen when Earth reaches the frequencies where only light-filled bodies can survive; then, in accordance with universal laws, their souls automatically go to placements where the energy is commensurate with the physical lifetime energy.
To the oft-lonely soul who successfully manifested the exiting from her life all people who were not spiritually aligned with her and only family were left, remember that unseen helpers galore always are around. Feel their closeness, mentally talk to them, and be your own best friend. Yes, knowing that kindred spirits are connecting and your “taking action when spirit moves you” is all there is to it—for everyone!
How to respond to people who believe that if a huge starship appears, it will be “a trick of Satan to overthrow Earth”? If they have been resistant to considering that your expressed view may be valid, my suggestion is to feel compassion, and if the topic arises again, to simply reply such as “Time will tell.” It is sad for us to see minds tightly closed to the truth that could offer those people boundless joy.
Please have NO concerns about water ever becoming a commodity and masses dying of thirst because they cannot afford the cost!
Now, returning to questions about current events, although speculation about potentially disastrous results of the Large Hadron Collider test have been “overcome by events,” as you say, I am mentioning this topic to make this point: The technology of your off-planet brotherhood would not have permitted a catastrophic outcome and will not permit such from any testing.
Some lightworkers are pleading for mass landings NOW and others are of the mind that Earth's peoples should stop looking to the skies for help because you're supposed to bring about all necessary reforms yourselves. Oh my! Divide and conquer? Your space family has been assisting Earth in ways you cannot, and they are not taking on the entire responsibility of transforming your world—they are working with you to manifest the world you want. And they cannot land en masse and delve right in with their pollution-clearing and other technologies until there is safety for them and all of you.
There is a “behind the scenes” reason that destruction from hurricane Gustav was less than from Ike. After off-planet technology so successfully weakened Gustav's wind force, Earth's weather controllers ramped up their technology's power to such an extent that they believed they had designed a storm of such massive size that “aliens” could not alleviate its devastation. However, to the dismay of those dark minds, the technologists in space considerably reduced the eye of the hurricane and veered it away from the coastal oil rigs and refineries to prevent the Illuminati's goals: widespread ecological damage from oil spillage; thundering support for drilling in the Arctic refuge; raising oil prices again; and reimbursing oil companies for their losses. Two other notes here: It isn't necessary for weather controllers to stir up a storm—Mother Nature can do that on her own, and when she does, they take over with their maliciousness. And the refusal to let residents of Galveston Island return sooner is that the death toll is far greater than reported and time was needed to find and dispose of all the bodies. Since depopulation by any means is an Illuminati goal and the death toll would be attributed to Mother Nature, it is hard to figure the reason for delaying the residents' return. Still, causing negativity by any means helps the dark ones' cause, and they achieved that by keeping thousands in stress by miserable living conditions and without answers to what happened to their homes and businesses.
The suicide bombing in Islamabad was a CIA “black ops” undertaking with the intent to create more turmoil and fear in Pakistan and hopefully unseat the leader, who is not under the Illuminati thumb. That incident also was intended to divert attention from the crisis in the global economy and the outrage about bail-out shenanigans. If you suspected as much and also thought that the bombing may indicate the Illuminati's growing concern that they won't be able to control Obama, so they are beefing up voter support for McCain's war-like stance on Terror!, you are indeed connecting the dots.
But even though incidents like that and others of violent nature are the focus of your mainstream media, we see Earth's ascension right on target and your space family's constant vigilance and ongoing assistance. We see the light in continually growing numbers of hearts and minds radiating like the brilliance of the high noon sun. And now, in loving farewell, we at this station and all other light beings throughout the universe are cheering you on as each day you bring closer Earth's Golden Age.
22 Setembro, 2008
Healing Water for October 14th
Here you can download the Triple breath for first Contact October 14th, so you can make healing water to manifest positive outcome of October 14th.
You can download the Triple Breath for October 14 th here,
http://healingwateronline.com/component/option,com_docman/task,doc_download/gid,37/Itemid,50/
Please share it with as many as possible,
Just play the sound for your water and drink it, then the vibrations from sound goes into the water and code it with peace, love, harmony and protection regard the event or possible event october 14th.
Personally I have not got any messages from the masters yet, but I will let you know as soon as I get.
Unconditional Love to all Torben
Love and light Torben
You can download the Triple Breath for October 14 th here,
http://healingwateronline.com/component/option,com_docman/task,doc_download/gid,37/Itemid,50/
Please share it with as many as possible,
Just play the sound for your water and drink it, then the vibrations from sound goes into the water and code it with peace, love, harmony and protection regard the event or possible event october 14th.
Personally I have not got any messages from the masters yet, but I will let you know as soon as I get.
Unconditional Love to all Torben
Love and light Torben
18 Setembro, 2008
The economy
The Economy
Brotherhood of Light through Kathleen Long
There is a reason that the economy is at the center of attention at
this time. History is entering a place of great change and this change
in history simply means it is not repeating itself.
The United States appears to be shifting from how it has been viewed
within the world’s vision in its mere 200 years of existence. It has
certainly risen to the heights of power over those that have been
plugging along for centuries. It was a light and a projection of
perfection that shone across the globe as the land of freedom,
opportunity, compassion and desire in living. It was birthed within
the passion for equality, peace and self dignity. It was an idea and
an ideal that was presented to the world as the greatest place on
earth; a place that allowed any and all the opportunity to rise from
the depths of despair and poverty to riches and respect. The land of
the free, home of the brave and the great American story is one that
involves the rags to riches scenario which has more to do with the
economy than bringing one up into a realm of self adoration, self
worth, self respect, self accomplishment. For all barometers within
the American dream are the measurements of one’s economic situation,
simply put, one’s bank account. One’s bank account defines them
greatly in America, that’s just the truth of it. What the founding
fathers lived for was the building of a country where freedom could
reign and it never fully has in this country because freedom of
expression without prejudice is still an American dream. Can we really
express ourselves without the fear of judgments not just from our
immediate circle but from a world at large? The correlation between
ones ability to express and their bank account is real. Money is a
symbol on earth. It is a symbol of power and freedom and it is a
symbol of the American dream. The symbol of money is laced with so
many and varied energies, the largest of which is POWER. In every
nation on earth money is woven within the culture as a degree of power
but nowhere on earth is money so powerful and has played such a role
onto power as in the United States of America. From its birth over two
centuries ago it has been the most powerful Nation because of its
great and glorious economic strength. Its economy equaled its strength
and something is happening at this time that is shifting its power
within the world and it is happening from within.
Singularly and collectively the population of the US is being pushed
to examine their beliefs about money for they very much define who
they believe themselves to be based on the money they have. As this is
taking place there is a great deal of fear rising which is affecting
the economy. One cannot express themselves and live in freedom until
they deal with issues that surround money. This, which is as appearing
as the economy coming into crisis, is a direct result of the
consciousness of the country as more and more individuals are coming
into their own individual crisis.
The US and her economy have been the Gold Standard for the rest of the
world for a very long time but the US has brought about this crisis
because of the imbalance that the US has created within the world. It
is a nation of great greed and arrogance. Her government has been a
deceiver to the nations of earth but more so to her own people.
The consciousness is beginning to speak out not in words so much but
in the results of its changing. What once was believed to be the
greatest nation on earth is showing its true colors to the world and
the world is responding. Just as no one can ever take your power
unless you agree to give it, the nations of earth have over time given
their power to this nation as she symbolized to them something that
was pure in its promise of freedom but has showed itself to be a great
fraud. For every dime it has spent on what is called foreign aid,
there is a differential that far exceeds that blessed gesture that
goes into the pockets of the corrupt government and corporate
elite. What has been suspected for decades by the public at large is
coming to light as the consciousness demands it. The United States is
beginning to lose its power in the world and that takes place as she
loses her strength within the financial world and that takes place as
from within this country the people begin to view their own personal
fear within the symbol of money. As one holds fear within money they
deny the truth that they are the creator of their financial
situations. To awaken that truth there must be a crumbling of the
consciousness that has maintained it, victim consciousness. So the
economy is crumbling from deep within the consciousness as every
display you will ever witness comes from within the consciousness.
As those who want to conserve the financial status quo, namely the
conservatives, scream and shout their denial of the economy crumbing,
those who desire to bring about an end to the debauchery that has
plagued the consciousness of the United States for over half of its
existence quietly work to uplift their own personal lives.
To say the United States is the greatest nation on earth is to say
that other nations are not. To say we are the greatest people is to
say other peoples are not. That goes against the vision of a land
where all people are created equal. The superiority of the nation that
was founded on equality has reached its peak and it is being
redesigned from within the consciousness that speaks of the human
family, the human heart.
The United States more than any other nation on earth has debased and
denied the very foundation of this country’s birthing. It has turned
into a place where the rich hold power and in holding that power they
have become richer and more powerful. Money is what is shifting at
this time in its position of power and fear is beginning to rise and
claim hold onto those who have denied themselves their prosperity.
They will do so until they release the old consciousness of victim
that lives within them and embrace their power. There is a new day on
the horizon of this beautiful country but before we see it fully
manifest, an old world and an old consciousness, just as old money,
must fall.
The economy is in a state of chaos and will remain so until a shift in
consciousness is experienced. This unrecognized movement is quite
recognizable by its results. Perhaps you can’t see the utter disgust,
disregard and distrust that the majority of people in the US have for
a government that has allowed the people who are suppose to own it
become so distanced from it. You will see it in the results that begin
to destroy it from within. The consciousness of the people speaks as
it always has and it is speaking its unwillingness to continue to live
within the fraud they feel their government is.
The collapse of the economy is really the collapse of the way the
government of the US has been doing business and that is at the will
of the people. Fear of money issues must be released in order to hold
the power of the creator consciousness that is descending upon the
planet. Those fears are rising within the consciousness of the world
because fear must be released in order for this new consciousness to
express itself. Since fear must go, what better way to bring it forth
for its relinquishment than within the individual? It is individuals
who make up the collective to which this fear money holds speaks to.
It must start within each person.
When you hear the 'bad news' about the economy, know that it is the
beginning of the end of a world and government that has been false. It
is collapsing to be rebuilt in a new consciousness and a new order
where money is no longer the symbol of power over others; rather it
becomes a symbol of abundance and joy. Money becomes a gift you give
to yourself as only the creator can. As the creator of your life you
know it as a gift but within a consciousness of victim, it is the
greatest symbol of fear and survival. As one shifts their
consciousness, they shift their symbols.
Peace
The Brotherood of Light
Kathleen Long
kathleenl_22@hotmail.com
ConsciousnessInsider.blogspot.com
Brotherhood of Light through Kathleen Long
There is a reason that the economy is at the center of attention at
this time. History is entering a place of great change and this change
in history simply means it is not repeating itself.
The United States appears to be shifting from how it has been viewed
within the world’s vision in its mere 200 years of existence. It has
certainly risen to the heights of power over those that have been
plugging along for centuries. It was a light and a projection of
perfection that shone across the globe as the land of freedom,
opportunity, compassion and desire in living. It was birthed within
the passion for equality, peace and self dignity. It was an idea and
an ideal that was presented to the world as the greatest place on
earth; a place that allowed any and all the opportunity to rise from
the depths of despair and poverty to riches and respect. The land of
the free, home of the brave and the great American story is one that
involves the rags to riches scenario which has more to do with the
economy than bringing one up into a realm of self adoration, self
worth, self respect, self accomplishment. For all barometers within
the American dream are the measurements of one’s economic situation,
simply put, one’s bank account. One’s bank account defines them
greatly in America, that’s just the truth of it. What the founding
fathers lived for was the building of a country where freedom could
reign and it never fully has in this country because freedom of
expression without prejudice is still an American dream. Can we really
express ourselves without the fear of judgments not just from our
immediate circle but from a world at large? The correlation between
ones ability to express and their bank account is real. Money is a
symbol on earth. It is a symbol of power and freedom and it is a
symbol of the American dream. The symbol of money is laced with so
many and varied energies, the largest of which is POWER. In every
nation on earth money is woven within the culture as a degree of power
but nowhere on earth is money so powerful and has played such a role
onto power as in the United States of America. From its birth over two
centuries ago it has been the most powerful Nation because of its
great and glorious economic strength. Its economy equaled its strength
and something is happening at this time that is shifting its power
within the world and it is happening from within.
Singularly and collectively the population of the US is being pushed
to examine their beliefs about money for they very much define who
they believe themselves to be based on the money they have. As this is
taking place there is a great deal of fear rising which is affecting
the economy. One cannot express themselves and live in freedom until
they deal with issues that surround money. This, which is as appearing
as the economy coming into crisis, is a direct result of the
consciousness of the country as more and more individuals are coming
into their own individual crisis.
The US and her economy have been the Gold Standard for the rest of the
world for a very long time but the US has brought about this crisis
because of the imbalance that the US has created within the world. It
is a nation of great greed and arrogance. Her government has been a
deceiver to the nations of earth but more so to her own people.
The consciousness is beginning to speak out not in words so much but
in the results of its changing. What once was believed to be the
greatest nation on earth is showing its true colors to the world and
the world is responding. Just as no one can ever take your power
unless you agree to give it, the nations of earth have over time given
their power to this nation as she symbolized to them something that
was pure in its promise of freedom but has showed itself to be a great
fraud. For every dime it has spent on what is called foreign aid,
there is a differential that far exceeds that blessed gesture that
goes into the pockets of the corrupt government and corporate
elite. What has been suspected for decades by the public at large is
coming to light as the consciousness demands it. The United States is
beginning to lose its power in the world and that takes place as she
loses her strength within the financial world and that takes place as
from within this country the people begin to view their own personal
fear within the symbol of money. As one holds fear within money they
deny the truth that they are the creator of their financial
situations. To awaken that truth there must be a crumbling of the
consciousness that has maintained it, victim consciousness. So the
economy is crumbling from deep within the consciousness as every
display you will ever witness comes from within the consciousness.
As those who want to conserve the financial status quo, namely the
conservatives, scream and shout their denial of the economy crumbing,
those who desire to bring about an end to the debauchery that has
plagued the consciousness of the United States for over half of its
existence quietly work to uplift their own personal lives.
To say the United States is the greatest nation on earth is to say
that other nations are not. To say we are the greatest people is to
say other peoples are not. That goes against the vision of a land
where all people are created equal. The superiority of the nation that
was founded on equality has reached its peak and it is being
redesigned from within the consciousness that speaks of the human
family, the human heart.
The United States more than any other nation on earth has debased and
denied the very foundation of this country’s birthing. It has turned
into a place where the rich hold power and in holding that power they
have become richer and more powerful. Money is what is shifting at
this time in its position of power and fear is beginning to rise and
claim hold onto those who have denied themselves their prosperity.
They will do so until they release the old consciousness of victim
that lives within them and embrace their power. There is a new day on
the horizon of this beautiful country but before we see it fully
manifest, an old world and an old consciousness, just as old money,
must fall.
The economy is in a state of chaos and will remain so until a shift in
consciousness is experienced. This unrecognized movement is quite
recognizable by its results. Perhaps you can’t see the utter disgust,
disregard and distrust that the majority of people in the US have for
a government that has allowed the people who are suppose to own it
become so distanced from it. You will see it in the results that begin
to destroy it from within. The consciousness of the people speaks as
it always has and it is speaking its unwillingness to continue to live
within the fraud they feel their government is.
The collapse of the economy is really the collapse of the way the
government of the US has been doing business and that is at the will
of the people. Fear of money issues must be released in order to hold
the power of the creator consciousness that is descending upon the
planet. Those fears are rising within the consciousness of the world
because fear must be released in order for this new consciousness to
express itself. Since fear must go, what better way to bring it forth
for its relinquishment than within the individual? It is individuals
who make up the collective to which this fear money holds speaks to.
It must start within each person.
When you hear the 'bad news' about the economy, know that it is the
beginning of the end of a world and government that has been false. It
is collapsing to be rebuilt in a new consciousness and a new order
where money is no longer the symbol of power over others; rather it
becomes a symbol of abundance and joy. Money becomes a gift you give
to yourself as only the creator can. As the creator of your life you
know it as a gift but within a consciousness of victim, it is the
greatest symbol of fear and survival. As one shifts their
consciousness, they shift their symbols.
Peace
The Brotherood of Light
Kathleen Long
kathleenl_22@hotmail.com
ConsciousnessInsider.blogspot.com
08 Setembro, 2008
Profound Magic... and weeks to come
Betelgeuse
Profound magic ~overwhelms~ us when we study astronomical data combined with the study of multicultural teachings of the Ageless Wisdom! Modern corporate science dismisses ancestral metaphysical truths to enslave all peoples and deny life, spirit, herstory, our ancestors ... consciousness, the deities. So let us first lay down an objective structure of what we know about the actual physical AND spiritual cosmos, to provide a more solid foundation for that which follows.
Let’s begin at the that place we call home, Mother Earth. The most current understanding of our region of the interstellar medium (ISM) goes something like this: Stars travel in groups or streams, moving with the helicoid of fire and ice in the same direction. Our Sun Amaterasu with many other stars travel together in the Canopus Stream. The Ursa Major Stream contains Sirius A and B, and Ursa Major, Mother Bear (whose tale is the Big Dipper) as well as about 160 other major stars and their companions! Because of their position at the very head or leading edge of this stream, the 'Palace' known as Great Mother Bear actually LEAD the remaining stars on their dancing sojourn in the Orion Arm of Great GrandMother Amanogawa, the Sagittarius/Milky Way Galaxy!! The third, the Hyades Stream, contains the Pleiades and many others. At one location, all three streams intersect ... our GrandMother Sun is located there.
The vast streams of stars encompassing many light years all reside within an arm of Galaxy Amanogawa. To be exact, it’s not an official arm like the Sagittarius or Perseus arm, but a smaller offshoot called a spur — in this case, the Orion Spur, because it juts out from the Orion Arm of the galaxy.
At the junction point where the Orion Spur meets with the larger galactic arm can be found one of the vastest stars known in the galaxy, Betelgeuse. A red supergiant radiating large amounts of heat and energy at a distance of, fortunately for us, 520 light years, Great Mother Betelgeuse knows no equal in sheer volume or area of influence. Over 160 million suns could nestle themselves within her stellar bellybutton during its most expansive period, though she only masses about twenty of our suns (like all variable stars, Betelgeuse fluctuates in size and luminosity). Her actual body size, spiral hurricane of fire, may stretch out for many light days or weeks. Amaterasu, Mother Sun, encompasses some many light hours diameter in the hearth of her nurturing, out beyond all the local planets and including the Kuiper belt of comets and asteroids.
Seen by the naked eye as an orange-red color, closer observation of Betelgeuse reveals these colors as well as crimson, pink, violet and indigo. Noisily broadcasting herself via radio and all waves, she is the "loudest" local star we know of, due in large part to the tremendous amount of magnetic force emanating from her fiery heart.
Co-evolving with all cosmic deities, Betelgeuse is an early generation local star, and actually gave birth to some, not all, of the stars in the Orion Spur in which we reside. Immense cosmic mother, her enormous magnetic field and electromagnetic emanations most likely envelop all stellar deities and life forms within the Orion Spur. It’s easy to stand riveted in her thunderous symphony, 'living-womb', even more so when her real relevance to us is known. [And then we dance!]
This overview is the most current understanding global consciousness has of our corner of the galaxy. This information is however, not new to humanity. Author of the Alice Bailey books, the Tibetan Dhjwal Khul began writing in 1919 about the nature of Divine Creation. He taught that humanity and the entire solar system are influenced by conditioning "rays" that come from the stars, and that Mother Bear, Ursa Major registers paramount effect on all forms of life here on Earth. He also mentioned the "potent forces" reaching us from Mother Betelgeuse. Modern science verifies his claims — it’s now common knowledge that our planet is being constantly bombarded with high-energy particles (radiation) from outer space. This information was not available in 1919 ... from where did this seer derive vision and understanding? Insights came via meditation and contemplation, a life immersed in the voices of Divine Nature.
Plasmasphere: Earth's Energy Body Appears as a Great Being Mother Bear, Dhjwal Khul explained, is in fact the head center of a stupendous being whose subtle or etheric body is composed of seven solar systems, each acting as an energy center. Sirius makes up the third eye to this great being, the Pleiades its throat center and the Sun is connected to its heart center. This incredibly vast being is the prototype for the human form, in keeping with the ancient truism "As above, so below." Our human bodies are tiny miniature models of this great GODDESS in whom we live. What the soul is to the human, Betelgeuse is to this solar entity.
Our ancestors, perhaps understanding this reality, evidenced they held these star groups as sacred to humanity through the alignment of certain of their temples. A number of Greek temples were oriented to the rising or setting of the Pleiades. In ancient Aztec and Mayan tradition, the midnight culmination of the Pleiades was an event of great and ominous significance. In early Egypt and Sumeria, Sirius was considered the paramount goddess for thousands of years, and the Pleiades, an associate of that Deity. Dogon African tribes-people to this day hold Sirius as supreme entity for planet Earth and its people. The Palace (Constellation) of Ursa Major, prominent in the star lore of all lands, were referred to by the ancient Chinese as Beidou the "the Great Mother on High" and the "Star Goddess of Longevity." The Hindus identified them as the Seven Rishis or Kumara Goddesses of Heaven. Did these early stargazers correctly realize the relationship between these heavenly bodies and themselves?
One might ask, "How could a star as 'far away' as Betelgeuse have this great an effect on us?" Good question! Undoubtedly, through her far-reaching magnetic field — flowing out from behind like the trailing tentacles of a stupendous jellyfish. Astronomers are only beginning to admit the electromagnetic world we live in, depicting creation as a chorus of magnetic lines of song given off from the stars and that smaller stars are encased within ever greater and larger 'song-fields' of more dynamic stars. From our home world, here’s how it works:
Mother Earth and her plasmasphere and magnetic field encase the much smaller field of the Moon; the Sun and her heliosphere and magnetic field encase all the planets extending well beyond the orbit of Pluto. Sirius A and B, with the white dwarf star generating a magnetic field about one billion times that of our Sun, easily contain and envelop our entire Solar Heliosphere System as well as likely many others; the progression is undetermined at this point. Indeed, it feels like the immense stars in the Big Bear generate a field great enough to envelop Sirius and our Solar System as well!
The Earth's energy body absorbs Solar rays (l); Earth's magnetic field flows from North to South Pole (r)
Is it really that far-fetched to believe that cosmic forces affect life in our world? As one studies ancient teachings, it becomes apparent this idea is not a new one. The Hindus believe the Earth is a living being animated by spiritual "currents." The Tibetan teacher Dhjwal Khul has written volumes about the innumerable forces and emanations we encounter as we spin through space. The Mayans, who spoke of "stabbing beams that penetrate from the heavens," had an exquisite understanding of these realities with their amazing knowledge of wave harmonics and resonance theory — perhaps even more so than scientists today. They based their calendar, unsurpassed by even today’s super-computers, on the core number of 52, claiming it to be in resonance with and of major significance to our world. (The principle of resonance ensures that when two objects have the same natural frequency, as one object emits a sound wave, the other will begin to vibrate in accordance with it.) A bit of research into the processes of certain stars and planets verified that indeed 52, give or take a few digits, repeatedly occurs in the cycles of things: Here are a few examples:
1. The Earth’s orbital period (one year) is divided into weekly periods, of which there are 52.
2. The variable cycle of Betelgeuse (its period of growing bright, then dim) occurs every 5.2 to 5.5 years.
3. The Sun’s magnetic field reverses itself every 11 years; the mid-point of this cycle is 5.5 years.
4. The orbital period of Jupiter is 11.86 years — its midway point is 5.93 years.
5. The orbital period of the two stars in the Sirian system is almost 50 years (49.9).
6. The Shoemaker-Levy comet, first discovered 5.5 years ago, took exactly that amount of time to connect with Jupiter. The impacts themselves lasted a period of 5.5 days.
7. The distance from our sun to Betelgeuse is 520 light years (52 x 10).
8. The distance from our sun to Antares, another supergiant of immense proportion, is also 520 light years, but in the opposite direction. (This is intriguing — that our tiny little sun should find itself positioned exactly between two of the largest, most powerful supergiants yet known, is a great mystery!)
_______________________________________
The many synchronicities listed above are what prompted this research. Clearly something is afoot. It looks like the same frequency is involved, although stepped down to ever slower and slower vibrations. Just as well, really; if we were to receive the frequencies from Betelgeuse directly, probably life as we know it could not exist. (In fact, each magnetic field may buffer our world like an insulating blanket from the torrid passion of this great star.) Has Betelgeuse imprinted her cycle of 5.2 on everything within her vast arms, literally laying down the resonant code to which all other stars in the Spur and their planets must adhere?
Additional research indicates that what scientists call magnetic fields are possibly synonymous to what occultists call the etheric body. Let’s review what earlier teachings say about this subtle body, said to underlay all matter.
The etheric body is composed of fine interlacing strands of high-vibrational material upon which the denser, physical forms are constructed. All living things possess this energetic gridwork composed of interlacing energy threads (lines of force) that unify matter and create organized forms. Because the threads are magnetic in nature, when enough of them intersect, vortexes of energy are set up. These whirlpools of magnetic currents attract particles to themselves, thus providing the "blueprint" or foundation upon which matter is build. The Hindu teaching calls small vortexes "nadis." When greater amounts of lines of force intersect, "chakras" or polarised centers of energy occur.
But what does this mean to you? While interesting, of what practical import does it really have? Well, think about it. If Betelgeuse is laying down the "mother" frequency for the etheric plane due to her tremendous magnetic influence, can we create a higher vibration in our own etheric bodies by consciously tuning into her frequency? Harmonic resonance suggests that a note sounded will stimulate a similar note. We know when two violins are in the same room and someone begins to play one of them, the same string as the one being plucked will begin to vibrate on the other. Perhaps Betelgeuse really does imprint her frequency on all etheric material in the Orion Spur. If so, to work intentionally with "what is" can only hasten the evolutionary process. If Betelgeuse supplies energy from her magnetic field to everything within her wake, including us, some part of us already does resonate to her very high frequency. Conscious intent to match that frequency may foster dramatic results.
Let’s imagine a musical scale where the note B represents Betelgeuse. Each note and the six notes that follow form an octave:
Low B - - - - - - B - - - - - - High B - - - - - - and on and on ...
It’s the same tone for each note, just an octave higher than the note before. Employing the principle of resonance, each version of "B" will convey the same vibration, though at a different frequency or wavelength.
Every time we think about Betelgeuse, visualize her, or meditate upon her, we are in some way raising our vibration to her level, even if only to the next resonance point along the scale. In this case, Low B might be the Sun’s stepped down version of the Betelgeusian frequency represented by 5, Middle B perhaps indicates the Sirian vibration, much higher and faster than the Sun’s, represented by 50 (5 x 10); High B may be Betelgeuse itself at 520 (5.2 x 100). Remember numbers can work on the same principal as soundwaves ... 5 is in resonance with 50 and 500, etc.
Continuing with the premise that the human energy system is modeled after the great stellar being described earlier, might each of the chakras resonate to a specific star field? If so, intentional alignment through visualization and meditation with any of these stars (Sirius, the Pleiades, Mother Bear, the Sun, etc.) could potently stimulate the corresponding chakra in our own bodies. For instance, if you want to open your heart chakra, meditate on the Sun or Betelgeuse; the third eye, meditate on Sirius; the crown chakra, on Great Mother Bear Beidou, and so on.
Profound magic ~overwhelms~ us when we study astronomical data combined with the study of multicultural teachings of the Ageless Wisdom! Modern corporate science dismisses ancestral metaphysical truths to enslave all peoples and deny life, spirit, herstory, our ancestors ... consciousness, the deities. So let us first lay down an objective structure of what we know about the actual physical AND spiritual cosmos, to provide a more solid foundation for that which follows.
Let’s begin at the that place we call home, Mother Earth. The most current understanding of our region of the interstellar medium (ISM) goes something like this: Stars travel in groups or streams, moving with the helicoid of fire and ice in the same direction. Our Sun Amaterasu with many other stars travel together in the Canopus Stream. The Ursa Major Stream contains Sirius A and B, and Ursa Major, Mother Bear (whose tale is the Big Dipper) as well as about 160 other major stars and their companions! Because of their position at the very head or leading edge of this stream, the 'Palace' known as Great Mother Bear actually LEAD the remaining stars on their dancing sojourn in the Orion Arm of Great GrandMother Amanogawa, the Sagittarius/Milky Way Galaxy!! The third, the Hyades Stream, contains the Pleiades and many others. At one location, all three streams intersect ... our GrandMother Sun is located there.
The vast streams of stars encompassing many light years all reside within an arm of Galaxy Amanogawa. To be exact, it’s not an official arm like the Sagittarius or Perseus arm, but a smaller offshoot called a spur — in this case, the Orion Spur, because it juts out from the Orion Arm of the galaxy.
At the junction point where the Orion Spur meets with the larger galactic arm can be found one of the vastest stars known in the galaxy, Betelgeuse. A red supergiant radiating large amounts of heat and energy at a distance of, fortunately for us, 520 light years, Great Mother Betelgeuse knows no equal in sheer volume or area of influence. Over 160 million suns could nestle themselves within her stellar bellybutton during its most expansive period, though she only masses about twenty of our suns (like all variable stars, Betelgeuse fluctuates in size and luminosity). Her actual body size, spiral hurricane of fire, may stretch out for many light days or weeks. Amaterasu, Mother Sun, encompasses some many light hours diameter in the hearth of her nurturing, out beyond all the local planets and including the Kuiper belt of comets and asteroids.
Seen by the naked eye as an orange-red color, closer observation of Betelgeuse reveals these colors as well as crimson, pink, violet and indigo. Noisily broadcasting herself via radio and all waves, she is the "loudest" local star we know of, due in large part to the tremendous amount of magnetic force emanating from her fiery heart.
Co-evolving with all cosmic deities, Betelgeuse is an early generation local star, and actually gave birth to some, not all, of the stars in the Orion Spur in which we reside. Immense cosmic mother, her enormous magnetic field and electromagnetic emanations most likely envelop all stellar deities and life forms within the Orion Spur. It’s easy to stand riveted in her thunderous symphony, 'living-womb', even more so when her real relevance to us is known. [And then we dance!]
This overview is the most current understanding global consciousness has of our corner of the galaxy. This information is however, not new to humanity. Author of the Alice Bailey books, the Tibetan Dhjwal Khul began writing in 1919 about the nature of Divine Creation. He taught that humanity and the entire solar system are influenced by conditioning "rays" that come from the stars, and that Mother Bear, Ursa Major registers paramount effect on all forms of life here on Earth. He also mentioned the "potent forces" reaching us from Mother Betelgeuse. Modern science verifies his claims — it’s now common knowledge that our planet is being constantly bombarded with high-energy particles (radiation) from outer space. This information was not available in 1919 ... from where did this seer derive vision and understanding? Insights came via meditation and contemplation, a life immersed in the voices of Divine Nature.
Plasmasphere: Earth's Energy Body Appears as a Great Being Mother Bear, Dhjwal Khul explained, is in fact the head center of a stupendous being whose subtle or etheric body is composed of seven solar systems, each acting as an energy center. Sirius makes up the third eye to this great being, the Pleiades its throat center and the Sun is connected to its heart center. This incredibly vast being is the prototype for the human form, in keeping with the ancient truism "As above, so below." Our human bodies are tiny miniature models of this great GODDESS in whom we live. What the soul is to the human, Betelgeuse is to this solar entity.
Our ancestors, perhaps understanding this reality, evidenced they held these star groups as sacred to humanity through the alignment of certain of their temples. A number of Greek temples were oriented to the rising or setting of the Pleiades. In ancient Aztec and Mayan tradition, the midnight culmination of the Pleiades was an event of great and ominous significance. In early Egypt and Sumeria, Sirius was considered the paramount goddess for thousands of years, and the Pleiades, an associate of that Deity. Dogon African tribes-people to this day hold Sirius as supreme entity for planet Earth and its people. The Palace (Constellation) of Ursa Major, prominent in the star lore of all lands, were referred to by the ancient Chinese as Beidou the "the Great Mother on High" and the "Star Goddess of Longevity." The Hindus identified them as the Seven Rishis or Kumara Goddesses of Heaven. Did these early stargazers correctly realize the relationship between these heavenly bodies and themselves?
One might ask, "How could a star as 'far away' as Betelgeuse have this great an effect on us?" Good question! Undoubtedly, through her far-reaching magnetic field — flowing out from behind like the trailing tentacles of a stupendous jellyfish. Astronomers are only beginning to admit the electromagnetic world we live in, depicting creation as a chorus of magnetic lines of song given off from the stars and that smaller stars are encased within ever greater and larger 'song-fields' of more dynamic stars. From our home world, here’s how it works:
Mother Earth and her plasmasphere and magnetic field encase the much smaller field of the Moon; the Sun and her heliosphere and magnetic field encase all the planets extending well beyond the orbit of Pluto. Sirius A and B, with the white dwarf star generating a magnetic field about one billion times that of our Sun, easily contain and envelop our entire Solar Heliosphere System as well as likely many others; the progression is undetermined at this point. Indeed, it feels like the immense stars in the Big Bear generate a field great enough to envelop Sirius and our Solar System as well!
The Earth's energy body absorbs Solar rays (l); Earth's magnetic field flows from North to South Pole (r)
Is it really that far-fetched to believe that cosmic forces affect life in our world? As one studies ancient teachings, it becomes apparent this idea is not a new one. The Hindus believe the Earth is a living being animated by spiritual "currents." The Tibetan teacher Dhjwal Khul has written volumes about the innumerable forces and emanations we encounter as we spin through space. The Mayans, who spoke of "stabbing beams that penetrate from the heavens," had an exquisite understanding of these realities with their amazing knowledge of wave harmonics and resonance theory — perhaps even more so than scientists today. They based their calendar, unsurpassed by even today’s super-computers, on the core number of 52, claiming it to be in resonance with and of major significance to our world. (The principle of resonance ensures that when two objects have the same natural frequency, as one object emits a sound wave, the other will begin to vibrate in accordance with it.) A bit of research into the processes of certain stars and planets verified that indeed 52, give or take a few digits, repeatedly occurs in the cycles of things: Here are a few examples:
1. The Earth’s orbital period (one year) is divided into weekly periods, of which there are 52.
2. The variable cycle of Betelgeuse (its period of growing bright, then dim) occurs every 5.2 to 5.5 years.
3. The Sun’s magnetic field reverses itself every 11 years; the mid-point of this cycle is 5.5 years.
4. The orbital period of Jupiter is 11.86 years — its midway point is 5.93 years.
5. The orbital period of the two stars in the Sirian system is almost 50 years (49.9).
6. The Shoemaker-Levy comet, first discovered 5.5 years ago, took exactly that amount of time to connect with Jupiter. The impacts themselves lasted a period of 5.5 days.
7. The distance from our sun to Betelgeuse is 520 light years (52 x 10).
8. The distance from our sun to Antares, another supergiant of immense proportion, is also 520 light years, but in the opposite direction. (This is intriguing — that our tiny little sun should find itself positioned exactly between two of the largest, most powerful supergiants yet known, is a great mystery!)
_______________________________________
The many synchronicities listed above are what prompted this research. Clearly something is afoot. It looks like the same frequency is involved, although stepped down to ever slower and slower vibrations. Just as well, really; if we were to receive the frequencies from Betelgeuse directly, probably life as we know it could not exist. (In fact, each magnetic field may buffer our world like an insulating blanket from the torrid passion of this great star.) Has Betelgeuse imprinted her cycle of 5.2 on everything within her vast arms, literally laying down the resonant code to which all other stars in the Spur and their planets must adhere?
Additional research indicates that what scientists call magnetic fields are possibly synonymous to what occultists call the etheric body. Let’s review what earlier teachings say about this subtle body, said to underlay all matter.
The etheric body is composed of fine interlacing strands of high-vibrational material upon which the denser, physical forms are constructed. All living things possess this energetic gridwork composed of interlacing energy threads (lines of force) that unify matter and create organized forms. Because the threads are magnetic in nature, when enough of them intersect, vortexes of energy are set up. These whirlpools of magnetic currents attract particles to themselves, thus providing the "blueprint" or foundation upon which matter is build. The Hindu teaching calls small vortexes "nadis." When greater amounts of lines of force intersect, "chakras" or polarised centers of energy occur.
But what does this mean to you? While interesting, of what practical import does it really have? Well, think about it. If Betelgeuse is laying down the "mother" frequency for the etheric plane due to her tremendous magnetic influence, can we create a higher vibration in our own etheric bodies by consciously tuning into her frequency? Harmonic resonance suggests that a note sounded will stimulate a similar note. We know when two violins are in the same room and someone begins to play one of them, the same string as the one being plucked will begin to vibrate on the other. Perhaps Betelgeuse really does imprint her frequency on all etheric material in the Orion Spur. If so, to work intentionally with "what is" can only hasten the evolutionary process. If Betelgeuse supplies energy from her magnetic field to everything within her wake, including us, some part of us already does resonate to her very high frequency. Conscious intent to match that frequency may foster dramatic results.
Let’s imagine a musical scale where the note B represents Betelgeuse. Each note and the six notes that follow form an octave:
Low B - - - - - - B - - - - - - High B - - - - - - and on and on ...
It’s the same tone for each note, just an octave higher than the note before. Employing the principle of resonance, each version of "B" will convey the same vibration, though at a different frequency or wavelength.
Every time we think about Betelgeuse, visualize her, or meditate upon her, we are in some way raising our vibration to her level, even if only to the next resonance point along the scale. In this case, Low B might be the Sun’s stepped down version of the Betelgeusian frequency represented by 5, Middle B perhaps indicates the Sirian vibration, much higher and faster than the Sun’s, represented by 50 (5 x 10); High B may be Betelgeuse itself at 520 (5.2 x 100). Remember numbers can work on the same principal as soundwaves ... 5 is in resonance with 50 and 500, etc.
Continuing with the premise that the human energy system is modeled after the great stellar being described earlier, might each of the chakras resonate to a specific star field? If so, intentional alignment through visualization and meditation with any of these stars (Sirius, the Pleiades, Mother Bear, the Sun, etc.) could potently stimulate the corresponding chakra in our own bodies. For instance, if you want to open your heart chakra, meditate on the Sun or Betelgeuse; the third eye, meditate on Sirius; the crown chakra, on Great Mother Bear Beidou, and so on.
03 Setembro, 2008
The Heritage of the Buddha
The heritage of the Buddha
When there is no past, when there is no future, only then is there peace. Future means aspirations, achievement, goal, ambition, desire. You cannot be here now, you are always rushing for something, somewhere else. One has to be utterly present to the present, then there is peace. And out of that is renewal of life, because life knows only one time, and that is the present.
The past is death; the future is just a projection of the dead past. What can you think about the future? You think in terms of the past, that's what you know, and you project it--of course in a better way. It is more beautiful, decorated; all the pains have been dropped and only the pleasures have been chosen, but it is the past.
The past is not, the future is not, only the present is. To be in the present is to be alive, optimum--and that is renewal.
Just one day before Gautam Buddha left his palace to seek the truth, a child had been born to his wife. It is such a human story, so beautiful...
Before leaving the palace he just wanted to see at least once the face of his child, the symbol of his love with his wife. So he went into the chamber of his wife. She was asleep, and the child was covered, under a blanket. He wanted to remove the blanket and to see the face of the child, because perhaps he would never come back again. He was going on an unknown pilgrimage. He was risking everything, his kingdom, his wife, his child, himself, in search of enlightenment--something he has only heard of as a possibility, which has happened before to a few people who have looked for it.
He was as full of doubts as any one of you, but the moment of decision had come. He was determined to leave. But the human mind, human nature... He just wanted to see--he had not even seen the face of his own child. But he was afraid that if he removes the blanket, if Yashodhara, his wife, wakes up she will ask, "What are you doing in the middle of the night in my room?--and you seem to be ready to go somewhere."
He was just about to leave, and he had said to his charioteer, "Just wait a minute. Let me see the child's face. I may never come back again." But he could not look because of the fear that if Yashodhara wakes up, starts crying, weeping, "Where are you going? What are you doing? What is this renunciation? What is this enlightenment?" One never knows about a woman--she may wake up the whole palace! His father will come, and the whole thing will be spoiled. So he simply escaped...
After twelve years, when he was enlightened, the first thing he did was to come back to his palace to apologize to his father, to his wife, to his son who must be now twelve years of age. He was aware that they would be angry. The father was very angry--he was the first one to meet him, and for half an hour he continued abusing Buddha. But then suddenly he became aware that he was saying so many things and his son was just standing there like a marble statue, as if nothing was affecting him.
The father looked at him, and Gautam Buddha said, "That's what I wanted. Please dry your tears. Look at me: I am not the same boy who left the palace. Your son died long ago. I look similar to your son, but my whole consciousness is different. You just look."
The father said, "I am seeing it. For half an hour I have been abusing you, and that is enough proof that you have changed. Otherwise I know how temperamental you were: you could not stand so silently. What has happened to you?"
Buddha said, "I will tell you. Just let me first see my wife and my child. They must be waiting--they must have heard that I have come."
And the first thing his wife said to him was, "I can see that you are transformed. These twelve years were a great suffering, but not because you had gone; I suffered because you did not tell me. If you had simply told me that you were going to seek the truth, do you think I would have prevented you? You have insulted me very badly. This is the wound that I have been carrying for twelve years. I also belong to the warrior caste--do you think I am that weak that I would have cried and screamed and stopped you?
"All these twelve years my only suffering was that you did not trust me. I would have allowed you, I would have given you a send-off, I would have come up to the chariot. First I want to ask the only question that has been in my mind for all these twelve years, which is that whatever you have attained... and it certainly seems you have attained something.
"You are no longer the same person who left this palace; you radiate a different light, your presence is totally new and fresh, your eyes are as pure and clear as a cloudless sky. You have become so beautiful... you were always beautiful, but this beauty seems to be not of this world. Some grace from the beyond has descended on you. My question is that whatever you have attained, was it not possible to attain it here in this palace? Can the palace prevent the truth?"
It is a tremendously intelligent question, and Gautam Buddha had to agree: "I could have attained it here but I had no idea at that moment. Now I can say that I could have attained it here in this palace; there was no need to go to the mountains, there was no need to go anywhere. I had to go inside, and that could have happened anywhere. This palace was as good as any other place, but now I can say that. At that moment I had no idea.
"So you have to forgive me, because it is not that I did not trust you or your courage. In fact, I was doubtful of myself: if I had seen you wake up and if I had seen the child, I may have started wondering, 'What am I doing, leaving my beautiful wife, whose total love, whose total devotion is for me. And leaving my one-day-old child... if I am to leave him then why did I give birth to him? I am escaping from my responsibilities.'
"If my old father had awakened, it would have become impossible for me. It was not that I did not trust you; it was really that I did not trust myself. I knew that there was a wavering; I was not total in renouncing. A part of me was saying, 'What are you doing?'--and a part of me was saying, 'This is the time to do it. If you don't do it now it will become more and more difficult. Your father is preparing to crown you. Once you are crowned as king, it will be more difficult.'"
Yashodhara said to him, "This is the only question that I wanted to ask, and I am immensely happy that you have been absolutely truthful in saying that it can be attained here, it can be attained anywhere. Now your son, who is just standing there, a little boy of twelve years, has been continually asking about you, and I have been telling him, 'Just wait. He will come back; he cannot be so cruel, he cannot be so unkind, he cannot be so inhuman. One day he will come. Perhaps whatever he has gone to realize is taking time; once he has realized it, the first thing he will do is to come back.'
"So your son is here, and I want you to tell me what heritage you are leaving for your son? What have you got to give him? You have given him life--now what else?"
Buddha had nothing except his begging bowl, so he called his son, whose name was Rahul. He called Rahul close to him and gave him the begging bowl. He said, "I don't have anything. This is my only possession; from now onwards I will have to use my hands as a begging bowl to take my food, to beg my food. By giving you this begging bowl I am initiating you into sannyas. That is the only treasure that I have found, and I would like you to find it too."
He said to Yashodhara, "You have to be ready to become a part of my commune of sannyasins," and he initiated his wife. The old man had come and was watching the whole scene. He said to Gautam Buddha, "Then why are you leaving me out? Don't you want to share what you have found with your old father? My death is very close... initiate me also."
Buddha said, "I had come, in fact, just to take you all with me, because what I have found is a far greater kingdom--a kingdom that is going to last forever, which cannot be conquered. I had come here so that you could feel my presence, so that you could feel my realization, and I could persuade you to become my fellow travelers."
Love forever.
When there is no past, when there is no future, only then is there peace. Future means aspirations, achievement, goal, ambition, desire. You cannot be here now, you are always rushing for something, somewhere else. One has to be utterly present to the present, then there is peace. And out of that is renewal of life, because life knows only one time, and that is the present.
The past is death; the future is just a projection of the dead past. What can you think about the future? You think in terms of the past, that's what you know, and you project it--of course in a better way. It is more beautiful, decorated; all the pains have been dropped and only the pleasures have been chosen, but it is the past.
The past is not, the future is not, only the present is. To be in the present is to be alive, optimum--and that is renewal.
Just one day before Gautam Buddha left his palace to seek the truth, a child had been born to his wife. It is such a human story, so beautiful...
Before leaving the palace he just wanted to see at least once the face of his child, the symbol of his love with his wife. So he went into the chamber of his wife. She was asleep, and the child was covered, under a blanket. He wanted to remove the blanket and to see the face of the child, because perhaps he would never come back again. He was going on an unknown pilgrimage. He was risking everything, his kingdom, his wife, his child, himself, in search of enlightenment--something he has only heard of as a possibility, which has happened before to a few people who have looked for it.
He was as full of doubts as any one of you, but the moment of decision had come. He was determined to leave. But the human mind, human nature... He just wanted to see--he had not even seen the face of his own child. But he was afraid that if he removes the blanket, if Yashodhara, his wife, wakes up she will ask, "What are you doing in the middle of the night in my room?--and you seem to be ready to go somewhere."
He was just about to leave, and he had said to his charioteer, "Just wait a minute. Let me see the child's face. I may never come back again." But he could not look because of the fear that if Yashodhara wakes up, starts crying, weeping, "Where are you going? What are you doing? What is this renunciation? What is this enlightenment?" One never knows about a woman--she may wake up the whole palace! His father will come, and the whole thing will be spoiled. So he simply escaped...
After twelve years, when he was enlightened, the first thing he did was to come back to his palace to apologize to his father, to his wife, to his son who must be now twelve years of age. He was aware that they would be angry. The father was very angry--he was the first one to meet him, and for half an hour he continued abusing Buddha. But then suddenly he became aware that he was saying so many things and his son was just standing there like a marble statue, as if nothing was affecting him.
The father looked at him, and Gautam Buddha said, "That's what I wanted. Please dry your tears. Look at me: I am not the same boy who left the palace. Your son died long ago. I look similar to your son, but my whole consciousness is different. You just look."
The father said, "I am seeing it. For half an hour I have been abusing you, and that is enough proof that you have changed. Otherwise I know how temperamental you were: you could not stand so silently. What has happened to you?"
Buddha said, "I will tell you. Just let me first see my wife and my child. They must be waiting--they must have heard that I have come."
And the first thing his wife said to him was, "I can see that you are transformed. These twelve years were a great suffering, but not because you had gone; I suffered because you did not tell me. If you had simply told me that you were going to seek the truth, do you think I would have prevented you? You have insulted me very badly. This is the wound that I have been carrying for twelve years. I also belong to the warrior caste--do you think I am that weak that I would have cried and screamed and stopped you?
"All these twelve years my only suffering was that you did not trust me. I would have allowed you, I would have given you a send-off, I would have come up to the chariot. First I want to ask the only question that has been in my mind for all these twelve years, which is that whatever you have attained... and it certainly seems you have attained something.
"You are no longer the same person who left this palace; you radiate a different light, your presence is totally new and fresh, your eyes are as pure and clear as a cloudless sky. You have become so beautiful... you were always beautiful, but this beauty seems to be not of this world. Some grace from the beyond has descended on you. My question is that whatever you have attained, was it not possible to attain it here in this palace? Can the palace prevent the truth?"
It is a tremendously intelligent question, and Gautam Buddha had to agree: "I could have attained it here but I had no idea at that moment. Now I can say that I could have attained it here in this palace; there was no need to go to the mountains, there was no need to go anywhere. I had to go inside, and that could have happened anywhere. This palace was as good as any other place, but now I can say that. At that moment I had no idea.
"So you have to forgive me, because it is not that I did not trust you or your courage. In fact, I was doubtful of myself: if I had seen you wake up and if I had seen the child, I may have started wondering, 'What am I doing, leaving my beautiful wife, whose total love, whose total devotion is for me. And leaving my one-day-old child... if I am to leave him then why did I give birth to him? I am escaping from my responsibilities.'
"If my old father had awakened, it would have become impossible for me. It was not that I did not trust you; it was really that I did not trust myself. I knew that there was a wavering; I was not total in renouncing. A part of me was saying, 'What are you doing?'--and a part of me was saying, 'This is the time to do it. If you don't do it now it will become more and more difficult. Your father is preparing to crown you. Once you are crowned as king, it will be more difficult.'"
Yashodhara said to him, "This is the only question that I wanted to ask, and I am immensely happy that you have been absolutely truthful in saying that it can be attained here, it can be attained anywhere. Now your son, who is just standing there, a little boy of twelve years, has been continually asking about you, and I have been telling him, 'Just wait. He will come back; he cannot be so cruel, he cannot be so unkind, he cannot be so inhuman. One day he will come. Perhaps whatever he has gone to realize is taking time; once he has realized it, the first thing he will do is to come back.'
"So your son is here, and I want you to tell me what heritage you are leaving for your son? What have you got to give him? You have given him life--now what else?"
Buddha had nothing except his begging bowl, so he called his son, whose name was Rahul. He called Rahul close to him and gave him the begging bowl. He said, "I don't have anything. This is my only possession; from now onwards I will have to use my hands as a begging bowl to take my food, to beg my food. By giving you this begging bowl I am initiating you into sannyas. That is the only treasure that I have found, and I would like you to find it too."
He said to Yashodhara, "You have to be ready to become a part of my commune of sannyasins," and he initiated his wife. The old man had come and was watching the whole scene. He said to Gautam Buddha, "Then why are you leaving me out? Don't you want to share what you have found with your old father? My death is very close... initiate me also."
Buddha said, "I had come, in fact, just to take you all with me, because what I have found is a far greater kingdom--a kingdom that is going to last forever, which cannot be conquered. I had come here so that you could feel my presence, so that you could feel my realization, and I could persuade you to become my fellow travelers."
Love forever.
14 Agosto, 2008
07 Agosto, 2008
8.8.8
La apertura del “PORTAL DE ORION” el portal 8.8.8., no es simplemente una fecha energética o esotérica, tiene un fundamento científico, que hasta ahora no se ha dado o expuesto masivamente, y en estos periodos en donde TODO LO OCULTO SURGE A LA LUZ, debemos dar la info completa.
En la época Atlante, hace más de 24.000 años se utilizaba la Constelación de Orión y Sirio para guía de sus viajes astrales, su ampliación de conciencia y el cambio o paso de dimensiones, esta información, se recuerda, se recupera en la época del Día Galáctico.
Así también lo utilizaron los egipcios. Pero hace unos 10.800 años, cuando entramos en la Noche Galáctica perdimos “la memoria” de cómo conectarnos con esta guía.
Al desaparecer, al desvanecerse el conocimiento de nuestras guías, nuestro GPS, perdimos el saber del uso de dicho sistema. El la Constelación de Orión se utilizaban las estrellas guías del cinturón de Orión, en combinación con Sirio, Alción (que es el Sol del Cúmulo de las Pléyades) Arcturus y Andrómeda.
El comienzo de un nuevo día galáctico, lo marca la alineación de estas estrellas.
El día Galáctico, también es un cinturón de fotones, es una nube electromagnética, o nebulosa dorada, o nebulosa radiante. Entendamos que una partícula de luz fotónica es el resultado de la colisión entre un anti-electrón (positrón) y un electrón. Esta colisión se produce en una fracción de segundo y resulta en la mutua destrucción de ambas partículas. La masa resultante de esa colisión es convertida totalmente en energía, que se registra como fotones o partículas lumínicas. En 1932 el Dr. Carl David Anderson, ganador del Premio Nóbel 1936, descubrió la primera de estas anti-partículas: el positrón o electrón positivo.
El universo entero se mantiene unido por medio de vórtices dentro de vórtices de energía centrípeta--con sus campos electromagnéticos asociados--como una vorágine de agua, dentro de vorágines más grandes, Para graficarlo serian tubos toros, dentro de otros tubos toros.
Estas energías, moviéndose en espiral, dan lugar a órbitas naturales del espacio/tiempo: satélites alrededor de los planetas, planetas alrededor de las estrellas, sistemas solares alrededor de otros centros de vórtices mayores, y así sucesivamente.
Nuestro planeta Tierra orbita al Sol una vez al año, pero nuestro sistema solar también atraviesa una órbita en esta sección de la galaxia, con un período de aproximadamente 24,000 años. Hay muchos otros sistemas solares (estrellas) en este movimiento cíclico (así como hay numerosos planetas girando alrededor del Sol).
Las Pléyades que está cercada por el cinturón de fotones está aproximadamente a 400 años de luz de nosotros, y es parte de este sistema, y, de hecho, nuestro sistema solar gira alrededor del sol central de las Pléyades, Alción.
El cinturón consiste de muchas bandas de fotones, emanando del centro de la galaxia, y asociados con los brazos espirales de la galaxia.
Esto significa que nuestro sistema solar atraviesa dos veces por el cinturón en cada ciclo de 24,000 años (es decir, en cada medio ciclo).
El espesor de la nube de fotones es tal, que técnicamente, toma aproximadamente 2000 años para que nuestro sistema solar lo atraviese, y por consiguiente, aproximadamente 10,000 años entre cada encuentro con este cinturón (2 x 10,000 más 2 x 2000 = 24,000 años).
La activación estelar, el comienzo del día galáctico, ocurre cuando nuestro sistema solar se alinea con las bandas de más altas frecuencias de las Pléyades (la estrella Alción), Sirio, Arcturus, Orión, y Andromeda.
Las bandas de frecuencia, entonces, se combinan y pasan a través de la Tierra. Si la Tierra está fuera de equilibrio dentro de sí misma, las más altas frecuencias causarán un reordenamiento, por tal motivo es tan importante la elevación de la masa critica de conciencia, que estando en un 2% de su estado completo, se evita todo tipo de toma de conciencia traumática, de choque o corto circuito.
De esta situación es entendible, el hincapié de la velocidad en la toma de conciencia, el cambio de frecuencia, la activación del cerebro, y todo lo que nos vienen insistiendo en concretar, realizar y trasmitir.
Para entender la alineación de las bandas de frecuencia, uno podría pensar en círculos dentro de círculos (ciclos dentro de ciclos), a los cuales están atados imanes, girando a diferentes distancias. Claramente, periódicamente ellos podrían alinearse, formando un poderoso y largo imán. Esto actuaría como una poderosa corriente
Como está implícito, habrá una selección espiritual natural. En las fases iniciales del encuentro con el cinturón de fotones, sólo los seres sensibles descubrirán algo extraño, pero cuando entremos totalmente, aun los más endurecidos individuos recibirán todos los efectos.
Ocurrirá una gran iluminación de la conciencia, y mucha resistencia a nuevas ideas.
Éste es un período de despertar, esencialmente debido al ciclo de ascensión y a la alineación planetaria.
Qué proporción de efectos son directamente debidos al cinturón, es difícil de decir. No obstante, este fenómeno, tanto del cinturón de fotones más la actividad estelar, reducirán el velo que nos impide ver quienes somos.
Quitará algunas de las barreras alrededor de las células y el ADN, haciéndolos más reactivos o sensibles a las nuevas energías, y, de hecho, el ADN intentará responder a las frecuencias cambiantes, aumentando su capacidad, la activación de sus 13 hélices.
Las características psicológicas de entrar en el cinturón son el efecto de desarraigar material oculto, secreto, o detenido, trayéndolo a la superficie, para transmutación.
Esto significa que patrones de enfermedades psicológicas y físicas serán forzados hacia la superficie, es decir, hacia la mente consciente. Esto dará tremenda oportunidad de hacer avances, aunque también, donde hay demasiado que manejar causará malestar, depresiones, enfermedad y muerte.
Esta situación nos da oportunidades para el cambio, agregando nuevas energías. Aumenta el flujo de energía en las rejas magnéticas de la Tierra, atrayendo nuevas ideas y energías. Las personas sentirán la necesidad de transformarse, pero aquéllos que consideran esta realidad física su única expresión, disminuirán hacia mayores fijaciones, bloqueos y negatividad. Aun la persona más densa sería acelerada a un estado más alto de conciencia, causando posibles estragos en su mente y cuerpo, si no están preparados.
El cinturón de fotones permite al planeta repararse.
Por ejemplo, ella protegerá su petróleo.
Demasiado está siendo sustraído por el hombre, y no todo puede ser reemplazado - no muy diferente al hecho de extraer fluido espinal cerebral del hombre.
La Madre Tierra endurecerá la corteza bajo la superficie y empujará el aceite, también los gases, el carbón y minerales, más profundo hacia el centro, cambiando también, sin causar daños, a las razas benévolas hacia regiones protegidas. El cinturón de fotones, al parecer, no se irá hasta que los humanos utilicen solamente los recursos de la superficie, incluyendo el agua.
Los científicos encontrarán que las partículas sub-atómicas se volverán más evidentes y más fáciles de detectar. La electricidad será reducida y se volverá menos disponible en los próximos 50 años - esto representa un vaciamiento de energía del planeta. La tierra está asumiendo una nueva energía, la energía del PUNTO CERO.
Debemos prender a utilizar esta energía.
Pondremos mas atención a cómo el amor afecta la vida y su química. Nuevas enfermedades surgirán y ritmos cardíacos anormales para el grupo descendente y expansión del corazón para el grupo ascendente.
Es muy posible que cuando nuestro planeta entre en las bandas, lo cual sería a una velocidad relativamente alta, experimentaríamos un choque eléctrico inmediato, de una duración de aproximadamente un décimo de segundo, pero sin ser peligroso.
Habrá un renacimiento del Planeta Tierra. Una ILUMINACION, esto es entrar en el estado Crístico de Iluminación.
Hemos tenido muchos mensajes y señales de cómo utilizar estas guías. Por ejemplo, de acuerdo con los Lakotas, la constelación de la Mano, que corresponde a la mitad inferior de la constelación de Orión, representa el brazo de un gran jefe Lakota. El cinturón de Orión corresponde a la muñeca del jefe y el pulgar está formado por la espada. Rigel es la punta del dedo índice, y Beta Eridani es la del dedo pequeño.
La historia relacionada con esta constelación nos cuenta como los dioses querían castigar al jefe Lakota por su egoísmo e hicieron que la Personas del Trueno le arrancaran el brazo. Para ayudar a su padre, la hija del jefe ofreció casarse con aquel que recuperara el brazo de su padre. Un hombre hizo un largo y peligroso viaje a través del cielo y la Tierra.
Estrella Caída, un joven guerrero que nació de una madre mortal y un padre celestial, le recuperó el brazo perdido al jefe y se casó con la hermosa hija. El regreso del brazo al jefe simbolizó la armonía entre los dioses y las personas con la ayuda de la nueva generación.
También los Mayas, nos han dejado su información clara y concisa.
Pero la más elocuente es la info de los egipcios en las Pirámides. Que no hemos sabido entender y descifrar, hasta ahora.
Los escritos Mayas, llegan hasta el Año 2012, donde ellos hablan del fin de esta era, que seria estar completamente dentro del día galáctico, ya que todo nuestro sistema solar debe penetrar.
Fin de un ciclo del calendario maya de 26.000 años.
El año 3.114 antes de Cristo se inició un ciclo final del tiempo según el calendario maya que finalizará el 21 de diciembre del año 2.012.
Este calendario ha predicho todos los acontecimientos astronómicos que nosotros conocemos con una exactitud de sólo 30 segundos de diferencia.
Para los mayas esta sería la entrada oficial no sólo en un nuevo mundo purificado por el fuego ,sino en un mundo trasformado por la conciencia.
El inicio de una nueva dimensión de percep
En la época Atlante, hace más de 24.000 años se utilizaba la Constelación de Orión y Sirio para guía de sus viajes astrales, su ampliación de conciencia y el cambio o paso de dimensiones, esta información, se recuerda, se recupera en la época del Día Galáctico.
Así también lo utilizaron los egipcios. Pero hace unos 10.800 años, cuando entramos en la Noche Galáctica perdimos “la memoria” de cómo conectarnos con esta guía.
Al desaparecer, al desvanecerse el conocimiento de nuestras guías, nuestro GPS, perdimos el saber del uso de dicho sistema. El la Constelación de Orión se utilizaban las estrellas guías del cinturón de Orión, en combinación con Sirio, Alción (que es el Sol del Cúmulo de las Pléyades) Arcturus y Andrómeda.
El comienzo de un nuevo día galáctico, lo marca la alineación de estas estrellas.
El día Galáctico, también es un cinturón de fotones, es una nube electromagnética, o nebulosa dorada, o nebulosa radiante. Entendamos que una partícula de luz fotónica es el resultado de la colisión entre un anti-electrón (positrón) y un electrón. Esta colisión se produce en una fracción de segundo y resulta en la mutua destrucción de ambas partículas. La masa resultante de esa colisión es convertida totalmente en energía, que se registra como fotones o partículas lumínicas. En 1932 el Dr. Carl David Anderson, ganador del Premio Nóbel 1936, descubrió la primera de estas anti-partículas: el positrón o electrón positivo.
El universo entero se mantiene unido por medio de vórtices dentro de vórtices de energía centrípeta--con sus campos electromagnéticos asociados--como una vorágine de agua, dentro de vorágines más grandes, Para graficarlo serian tubos toros, dentro de otros tubos toros.
Estas energías, moviéndose en espiral, dan lugar a órbitas naturales del espacio/tiempo: satélites alrededor de los planetas, planetas alrededor de las estrellas, sistemas solares alrededor de otros centros de vórtices mayores, y así sucesivamente.
Nuestro planeta Tierra orbita al Sol una vez al año, pero nuestro sistema solar también atraviesa una órbita en esta sección de la galaxia, con un período de aproximadamente 24,000 años. Hay muchos otros sistemas solares (estrellas) en este movimiento cíclico (así como hay numerosos planetas girando alrededor del Sol).
Las Pléyades que está cercada por el cinturón de fotones está aproximadamente a 400 años de luz de nosotros, y es parte de este sistema, y, de hecho, nuestro sistema solar gira alrededor del sol central de las Pléyades, Alción.
El cinturón consiste de muchas bandas de fotones, emanando del centro de la galaxia, y asociados con los brazos espirales de la galaxia.
Esto significa que nuestro sistema solar atraviesa dos veces por el cinturón en cada ciclo de 24,000 años (es decir, en cada medio ciclo).
El espesor de la nube de fotones es tal, que técnicamente, toma aproximadamente 2000 años para que nuestro sistema solar lo atraviese, y por consiguiente, aproximadamente 10,000 años entre cada encuentro con este cinturón (2 x 10,000 más 2 x 2000 = 24,000 años).
La activación estelar, el comienzo del día galáctico, ocurre cuando nuestro sistema solar se alinea con las bandas de más altas frecuencias de las Pléyades (la estrella Alción), Sirio, Arcturus, Orión, y Andromeda.
Las bandas de frecuencia, entonces, se combinan y pasan a través de la Tierra. Si la Tierra está fuera de equilibrio dentro de sí misma, las más altas frecuencias causarán un reordenamiento, por tal motivo es tan importante la elevación de la masa critica de conciencia, que estando en un 2% de su estado completo, se evita todo tipo de toma de conciencia traumática, de choque o corto circuito.
De esta situación es entendible, el hincapié de la velocidad en la toma de conciencia, el cambio de frecuencia, la activación del cerebro, y todo lo que nos vienen insistiendo en concretar, realizar y trasmitir.
Para entender la alineación de las bandas de frecuencia, uno podría pensar en círculos dentro de círculos (ciclos dentro de ciclos), a los cuales están atados imanes, girando a diferentes distancias. Claramente, periódicamente ellos podrían alinearse, formando un poderoso y largo imán. Esto actuaría como una poderosa corriente
Como está implícito, habrá una selección espiritual natural. En las fases iniciales del encuentro con el cinturón de fotones, sólo los seres sensibles descubrirán algo extraño, pero cuando entremos totalmente, aun los más endurecidos individuos recibirán todos los efectos.
Ocurrirá una gran iluminación de la conciencia, y mucha resistencia a nuevas ideas.
Éste es un período de despertar, esencialmente debido al ciclo de ascensión y a la alineación planetaria.
Qué proporción de efectos son directamente debidos al cinturón, es difícil de decir. No obstante, este fenómeno, tanto del cinturón de fotones más la actividad estelar, reducirán el velo que nos impide ver quienes somos.
Quitará algunas de las barreras alrededor de las células y el ADN, haciéndolos más reactivos o sensibles a las nuevas energías, y, de hecho, el ADN intentará responder a las frecuencias cambiantes, aumentando su capacidad, la activación de sus 13 hélices.
Las características psicológicas de entrar en el cinturón son el efecto de desarraigar material oculto, secreto, o detenido, trayéndolo a la superficie, para transmutación.
Esto significa que patrones de enfermedades psicológicas y físicas serán forzados hacia la superficie, es decir, hacia la mente consciente. Esto dará tremenda oportunidad de hacer avances, aunque también, donde hay demasiado que manejar causará malestar, depresiones, enfermedad y muerte.
Esta situación nos da oportunidades para el cambio, agregando nuevas energías. Aumenta el flujo de energía en las rejas magnéticas de la Tierra, atrayendo nuevas ideas y energías. Las personas sentirán la necesidad de transformarse, pero aquéllos que consideran esta realidad física su única expresión, disminuirán hacia mayores fijaciones, bloqueos y negatividad. Aun la persona más densa sería acelerada a un estado más alto de conciencia, causando posibles estragos en su mente y cuerpo, si no están preparados.
El cinturón de fotones permite al planeta repararse.
Por ejemplo, ella protegerá su petróleo.
Demasiado está siendo sustraído por el hombre, y no todo puede ser reemplazado - no muy diferente al hecho de extraer fluido espinal cerebral del hombre.
La Madre Tierra endurecerá la corteza bajo la superficie y empujará el aceite, también los gases, el carbón y minerales, más profundo hacia el centro, cambiando también, sin causar daños, a las razas benévolas hacia regiones protegidas. El cinturón de fotones, al parecer, no se irá hasta que los humanos utilicen solamente los recursos de la superficie, incluyendo el agua.
Los científicos encontrarán que las partículas sub-atómicas se volverán más evidentes y más fáciles de detectar. La electricidad será reducida y se volverá menos disponible en los próximos 50 años - esto representa un vaciamiento de energía del planeta. La tierra está asumiendo una nueva energía, la energía del PUNTO CERO.
Debemos prender a utilizar esta energía.
Pondremos mas atención a cómo el amor afecta la vida y su química. Nuevas enfermedades surgirán y ritmos cardíacos anormales para el grupo descendente y expansión del corazón para el grupo ascendente.
Es muy posible que cuando nuestro planeta entre en las bandas, lo cual sería a una velocidad relativamente alta, experimentaríamos un choque eléctrico inmediato, de una duración de aproximadamente un décimo de segundo, pero sin ser peligroso.
Habrá un renacimiento del Planeta Tierra. Una ILUMINACION, esto es entrar en el estado Crístico de Iluminación.
Hemos tenido muchos mensajes y señales de cómo utilizar estas guías. Por ejemplo, de acuerdo con los Lakotas, la constelación de la Mano, que corresponde a la mitad inferior de la constelación de Orión, representa el brazo de un gran jefe Lakota. El cinturón de Orión corresponde a la muñeca del jefe y el pulgar está formado por la espada. Rigel es la punta del dedo índice, y Beta Eridani es la del dedo pequeño.
La historia relacionada con esta constelación nos cuenta como los dioses querían castigar al jefe Lakota por su egoísmo e hicieron que la Personas del Trueno le arrancaran el brazo. Para ayudar a su padre, la hija del jefe ofreció casarse con aquel que recuperara el brazo de su padre. Un hombre hizo un largo y peligroso viaje a través del cielo y la Tierra.
Estrella Caída, un joven guerrero que nació de una madre mortal y un padre celestial, le recuperó el brazo perdido al jefe y se casó con la hermosa hija. El regreso del brazo al jefe simbolizó la armonía entre los dioses y las personas con la ayuda de la nueva generación.
También los Mayas, nos han dejado su información clara y concisa.
Pero la más elocuente es la info de los egipcios en las Pirámides. Que no hemos sabido entender y descifrar, hasta ahora.
Los escritos Mayas, llegan hasta el Año 2012, donde ellos hablan del fin de esta era, que seria estar completamente dentro del día galáctico, ya que todo nuestro sistema solar debe penetrar.
Fin de un ciclo del calendario maya de 26.000 años.
El año 3.114 antes de Cristo se inició un ciclo final del tiempo según el calendario maya que finalizará el 21 de diciembre del año 2.012.
Este calendario ha predicho todos los acontecimientos astronómicos que nosotros conocemos con una exactitud de sólo 30 segundos de diferencia.
Para los mayas esta sería la entrada oficial no sólo en un nuevo mundo purificado por el fuego ,sino en un mundo trasformado por la conciencia.
El inicio de una nueva dimensión de percep
03 Agosto, 2008
The Birth...
THE BIRTH
I have received this ongoing download of information in which I am being guided to share with the World at this time. . I am in contact and receive this from within the heart of My Divine Self. Which I am being shown that my Soul is connected and is part of the Plan of the Divine Mother. …. I experience this as the Soul Merger of the Mother Ship or the Birthing of a New Divine Human Being….direct from the Womb and heart of the Great Mother. It is coming from Inside all Matter, from the InnerWorld.
She has been implanting into the heart of Humanity and it is now time for us to awaken to her life force energy within our own heart chakra. We are on this journey from this time until the total transformation is complete, which will lead us to a complete rebirthing of the Divine Human Being, and as a result the Emergence of the new Golden Age and a New Earth.
THE RETURN OF THE GOLDEN AGE
"Behold the great key-keeper of the age has turned the key; the mighty gates fly wide and all who will may greet the King. Blessed are the pure in heart, for they shall see the King. Take heed! Be strong in mind; be pure in heart; be vigilant in helpfulness; the kingdom is at hand."
Just behind the face of this world and its humanity awaits a new reality, a reality of untainted beauty and light. It has been given many names but is known equally by all who can feel and recognize its purity. It is the Promised Land descending from the heavenly realms, the long-promised return to Earth of the Kingdom of Souls.
This new sphere of life is presently still subtle in the world but will, over time, become more and more tangibly apparent to all who have prepared themselves to receive its light by co-vibrating with its purpose. It will become more and more visible to those who, through their selfless consecration and divine yearning, have cultivated the inner vision with which to perceive it.
The new reality is not of this world and so is completely unaffected and untouched by the sufferings, the pains and the struggles of earthly life. It contains no duality in which to swing back and forth in endless polarity. It is free from the extremes of light and dark, right and wrong, good and bad, and all the other pairs of opposites that perpetually toss mankind's consciousness from left to right, and which have for ages bound the mass of humanity to the pendulum of restlessness and suffering.
This approaching sphere of light possesses ethers that are clean and bright, new and vital. It is catalyzing on Earth a higher level of consciousness that vibrates closer to the Universal Harmony. Like a divine Sun its sacred nature is inherent within each and every outgoing energy-stream that radiates forth from its heart, blessing, purifying, unifying and vitalizing all beings, liberating mankind from the trammels and struggles of mundane existence in merciful benediction. As this divine Light returns to Earth, extending its grace to all as was long ago promised, it gently invites humanity to enter into its healing, protective sphere, embracing souls in its warmth and love before again leaving this world with them for Freedom's shores. This reality is today shimmering forth just beyond the clouds of Earthly perceptions and preoccupations, preparing to lift those who are able to receive it upwards into ever greater experience and realization of the Truth, which it so perfectly embodies.
As time passes and man and his planet approach the end of an age, this approaching Light is progressively penetrating the densities of our world, irresistibly permeating even the grossest, darkest corners of the Earth. Moving from the inner planes outwards, the new Kingdom of Light dispels the shadows of this world. The radiance of the leading periphery of this divine sphere is presently only to be experienced within the upper regions of human awareness: some of the higher levels of being that inform and sustain this world and its humanity. Those whose focus is primarily upon the material plane and their own needs and problems do not possess the inner faculty required to perceive the growing presence of the new reality in its earlier stages of manifestation. It therefore remains invisible to the unaware, yet it is affecting all life on Earth.
For millennia visionaries and spiritually aware people have anticipated the arrival of this new Age and higher order of life, but it is only today in these times that it is slowly but surely making its presence felt. We are emerging from a great planetary cycle and entering a new era, and the complete renewal of this world and human race is imminent. A new world is being born on both inner and outer levels of the Earth, the planetary phoenix is rising from the ashes of the old world. The advent of the new world is now close enough for sensitive hearts to feel something of its reality and proximity, to hear its pure tones, to sense its sweet cadences. It is a whispering promise of Home, and from beyond the general human perception, behind the appearances and illusions of this world, it calls to all mankind.
Presently small glimpses of the approaching new reality may be had, as if through clear, bright windows or portals that occasionally appear. Those who are sensitive and intuitive are beginning to perceive with greater clarity and awe through the thinnest parts of the veil that surrounds the Earth plane, directly into the sphere of eternal Life itself. They are able to feel its holy breath, hear its call, respond to it and so prepare themselves for the greater Revelation and Grace to come. Such glimpses are generally brief and fleeting; most last only a few seconds or minutes of sudden epiphany; some may continue for hours, and in certain very special cases even days or weeks. Yet one single moment of that Grace from above is able to bestow such a profound blessing that all the concerns and tensions of this life are instantaneously dissolved, and so a glimpse is all that is required for the elated recipient to know and taste something of the coming glory and divine accomplishment. At such times one's faith and consecration may be strengthened a hundred-fold as one's life is positively transformed.
As the end of the cycle approaches, these glimpses will become more regular, tangible and real for a growing number of people, interspersed with stages of purification and integration. Gradually their duration will be extended, until finally the new world will become more real and true than the old, familiar world, which will be seen to be passing away. Perceptions will therefore be reversed, and it will be the old world that shall then be seen only in glimpses, as those who are able will cross over to the other side of the veil and emerge into the new and brighter reality. Ultimately, and should the natural process of cleansing and regeneration be allowed to complete its course, the renewed human race will find itself breathing and functioning from within the sphere of divine Light itself. It is at this time that those who have been blessed amongst mankind will come to fully know what it means to be in the world but not of the world, and will proceed to offer a hand up to all struggling life on Earth.
The effects that the dawning new reality will have on the manifest aspects of life on Earth will be dramatic, profoundly affecting all the kingdoms of this world, from the mineral right up to the human levels of consciousness. As the new and higher vibrational sphere penetrates the subtle planes of the planet it will purge the Earth of all un-integrated energies, thought forms and emotions. This process is already underway and is being experienced by many people as a kind of inner Armageddon, a growing tension between the incoming light of the new Kingdom of Souls and the outer material world.
This is also the time that planet Earth herself has long awaited: her birth into a higher expression of life, facilitated by the cosmic energies and forces released by way of the precise mathematical motion of the cosmic clockwork, the rotational procession of the sun, the planetary spheres and the zodiac. The Earth is soon to release all of the cumulative pressure that mankind has placed upon her over millennia of abuse and misuse of her resources for selfish ends. Soon all of her kingdoms will be restored to their former virginal state, the Edenic state of pristine wholeness and vibrant, health-promoting life. Once balance is restored to the Earth and so is brought back into harmony with cosmic law, it will again provide a stable and supportive matrix from which the new humanity can reach upwards towards greater light, access the higher spheres of life and so more readily attain the Goal of life. On the old Earth the door leading to the Divine has for ages been very obscured and closed to all but the most advanced souls due to mankind's widespread pollution of body, mind and soul, and the highly contagious atmosphere of selfishness, greed and fear that this has engendered worldwide. The new Earth, free of all grossness and impurity, will once more, like before, come into alignment with the divine Plan, functioning again as a graceful sphere for divine realization; a world in which all inhabiting beings may pursue with greater ease the sole purpose of life via the process of holy Transfiguration.
I have received this ongoing download of information in which I am being guided to share with the World at this time. . I am in contact and receive this from within the heart of My Divine Self. Which I am being shown that my Soul is connected and is part of the Plan of the Divine Mother. …. I experience this as the Soul Merger of the Mother Ship or the Birthing of a New Divine Human Being….direct from the Womb and heart of the Great Mother. It is coming from Inside all Matter, from the InnerWorld.
She has been implanting into the heart of Humanity and it is now time for us to awaken to her life force energy within our own heart chakra. We are on this journey from this time until the total transformation is complete, which will lead us to a complete rebirthing of the Divine Human Being, and as a result the Emergence of the new Golden Age and a New Earth.
THE RETURN OF THE GOLDEN AGE
"Behold the great key-keeper of the age has turned the key; the mighty gates fly wide and all who will may greet the King. Blessed are the pure in heart, for they shall see the King. Take heed! Be strong in mind; be pure in heart; be vigilant in helpfulness; the kingdom is at hand."
Just behind the face of this world and its humanity awaits a new reality, a reality of untainted beauty and light. It has been given many names but is known equally by all who can feel and recognize its purity. It is the Promised Land descending from the heavenly realms, the long-promised return to Earth of the Kingdom of Souls.
This new sphere of life is presently still subtle in the world but will, over time, become more and more tangibly apparent to all who have prepared themselves to receive its light by co-vibrating with its purpose. It will become more and more visible to those who, through their selfless consecration and divine yearning, have cultivated the inner vision with which to perceive it.
The new reality is not of this world and so is completely unaffected and untouched by the sufferings, the pains and the struggles of earthly life. It contains no duality in which to swing back and forth in endless polarity. It is free from the extremes of light and dark, right and wrong, good and bad, and all the other pairs of opposites that perpetually toss mankind's consciousness from left to right, and which have for ages bound the mass of humanity to the pendulum of restlessness and suffering.
This approaching sphere of light possesses ethers that are clean and bright, new and vital. It is catalyzing on Earth a higher level of consciousness that vibrates closer to the Universal Harmony. Like a divine Sun its sacred nature is inherent within each and every outgoing energy-stream that radiates forth from its heart, blessing, purifying, unifying and vitalizing all beings, liberating mankind from the trammels and struggles of mundane existence in merciful benediction. As this divine Light returns to Earth, extending its grace to all as was long ago promised, it gently invites humanity to enter into its healing, protective sphere, embracing souls in its warmth and love before again leaving this world with them for Freedom's shores. This reality is today shimmering forth just beyond the clouds of Earthly perceptions and preoccupations, preparing to lift those who are able to receive it upwards into ever greater experience and realization of the Truth, which it so perfectly embodies.
As time passes and man and his planet approach the end of an age, this approaching Light is progressively penetrating the densities of our world, irresistibly permeating even the grossest, darkest corners of the Earth. Moving from the inner planes outwards, the new Kingdom of Light dispels the shadows of this world. The radiance of the leading periphery of this divine sphere is presently only to be experienced within the upper regions of human awareness: some of the higher levels of being that inform and sustain this world and its humanity. Those whose focus is primarily upon the material plane and their own needs and problems do not possess the inner faculty required to perceive the growing presence of the new reality in its earlier stages of manifestation. It therefore remains invisible to the unaware, yet it is affecting all life on Earth.
For millennia visionaries and spiritually aware people have anticipated the arrival of this new Age and higher order of life, but it is only today in these times that it is slowly but surely making its presence felt. We are emerging from a great planetary cycle and entering a new era, and the complete renewal of this world and human race is imminent. A new world is being born on both inner and outer levels of the Earth, the planetary phoenix is rising from the ashes of the old world. The advent of the new world is now close enough for sensitive hearts to feel something of its reality and proximity, to hear its pure tones, to sense its sweet cadences. It is a whispering promise of Home, and from beyond the general human perception, behind the appearances and illusions of this world, it calls to all mankind.
Presently small glimpses of the approaching new reality may be had, as if through clear, bright windows or portals that occasionally appear. Those who are sensitive and intuitive are beginning to perceive with greater clarity and awe through the thinnest parts of the veil that surrounds the Earth plane, directly into the sphere of eternal Life itself. They are able to feel its holy breath, hear its call, respond to it and so prepare themselves for the greater Revelation and Grace to come. Such glimpses are generally brief and fleeting; most last only a few seconds or minutes of sudden epiphany; some may continue for hours, and in certain very special cases even days or weeks. Yet one single moment of that Grace from above is able to bestow such a profound blessing that all the concerns and tensions of this life are instantaneously dissolved, and so a glimpse is all that is required for the elated recipient to know and taste something of the coming glory and divine accomplishment. At such times one's faith and consecration may be strengthened a hundred-fold as one's life is positively transformed.
As the end of the cycle approaches, these glimpses will become more regular, tangible and real for a growing number of people, interspersed with stages of purification and integration. Gradually their duration will be extended, until finally the new world will become more real and true than the old, familiar world, which will be seen to be passing away. Perceptions will therefore be reversed, and it will be the old world that shall then be seen only in glimpses, as those who are able will cross over to the other side of the veil and emerge into the new and brighter reality. Ultimately, and should the natural process of cleansing and regeneration be allowed to complete its course, the renewed human race will find itself breathing and functioning from within the sphere of divine Light itself. It is at this time that those who have been blessed amongst mankind will come to fully know what it means to be in the world but not of the world, and will proceed to offer a hand up to all struggling life on Earth.
The effects that the dawning new reality will have on the manifest aspects of life on Earth will be dramatic, profoundly affecting all the kingdoms of this world, from the mineral right up to the human levels of consciousness. As the new and higher vibrational sphere penetrates the subtle planes of the planet it will purge the Earth of all un-integrated energies, thought forms and emotions. This process is already underway and is being experienced by many people as a kind of inner Armageddon, a growing tension between the incoming light of the new Kingdom of Souls and the outer material world.
This is also the time that planet Earth herself has long awaited: her birth into a higher expression of life, facilitated by the cosmic energies and forces released by way of the precise mathematical motion of the cosmic clockwork, the rotational procession of the sun, the planetary spheres and the zodiac. The Earth is soon to release all of the cumulative pressure that mankind has placed upon her over millennia of abuse and misuse of her resources for selfish ends. Soon all of her kingdoms will be restored to their former virginal state, the Edenic state of pristine wholeness and vibrant, health-promoting life. Once balance is restored to the Earth and so is brought back into harmony with cosmic law, it will again provide a stable and supportive matrix from which the new humanity can reach upwards towards greater light, access the higher spheres of life and so more readily attain the Goal of life. On the old Earth the door leading to the Divine has for ages been very obscured and closed to all but the most advanced souls due to mankind's widespread pollution of body, mind and soul, and the highly contagious atmosphere of selfishness, greed and fear that this has engendered worldwide. The new Earth, free of all grossness and impurity, will once more, like before, come into alignment with the divine Plan, functioning again as a graceful sphere for divine realization; a world in which all inhabiting beings may pursue with greater ease the sole purpose of life via the process of holy Transfiguration.
01 Agosto, 2008
Resposta á mensagem do Presidente da Républica
Entregar ao PR, PM, Mario Soares, Adriano Moreira, Ex-Presidentes da Républica, Membros do Conselho de Estado, Presidentes de todos os Partidos Politicos em Portugal, bem como a todos os Deputados da Nação por reverencia, Presidente do Supremo e Presidente do Tribunal Constitucional. Procurador Geral da Républica, e bastonários de todas as Ordens...
Artº 37 da Constituição da Républica Portuguesa - Liberdade de Expressão e livre discurso
Os Portugueses andam a nanar!!!???
O Presidente da Républica com uma energia austera, autoritária, controladora, dictatorial, propagandistica e quase bélica veio tentar demonstrar que Ele manda...
Pois manda.... Mas só manda no uso da força bruta que detém... nas suas forças militarizadas que controla, escraviza(intelectual e Espiritualmente) e detém intimidatóriamente... numa predominancia fascizante do medo e não democrata.
O PR só fez esta comunicação ao Pais nestes moldes, porque sabe por informações muito pouco transparentes e Secretas o que aí vem... o que aí vem da America... o que aí vem de mentiras organizadas pelo pequeno grupo de banqueiros Reis e Rainhas que controlam o Mundo e que o querem continuar a escravizar.
O PR não precisava disto a não ser para propagandear... para o futuro próximo... E para a Sociedade Portuguesa... o uso da força que vai exercer quando chegar o momento.
O PR não precisava desta comunicação, porque na verdade se viesse a haver algum problema com uma autonomia exercida á revelia pelos Açores ou Madeira, O PR teria sempre o exército, a Marinha e a força aérea para deter tais iniciativas.
Exército, Marinha e Força Aérea que as regiões Autónomas não têem...
Pelo que é claro ... a mensagem de propaganda autoritária e controladora que o PR tenta impôr sobre os Portugueses e sobre um discurso livre de uma Nação livre ... e não de uma Ditadura do medo...
O PR prometeu sêr o Presidente de todos os Portugueses quando foi eleito e não está a ser. Está a ser de 10 ou 15% dos portugueses.
O PR está a tentar manipular a verdade á boa maneira de Bush, Barroso ou Sarkozi, para conservar o topo da pirâmide do poder que se está desmorenar e que é falso e perpetado por uma Elite gananciosa e cega... que quer mandar em todos á velha maneira:
á Porrada..
Não com o Dom e a Palavra como deveria
Mas á porrada
Á velha maneira de outros regimes, do qual este se mascára, por não poder dizer frontalmente a verdade... das Leis Universais da consciencia em que realmente estamos quase submersos... por não saber e ter medo.
O PR engana-se. o que aí vem é totalmente diferente.
Nenhuma força de controlo autoritário... Poderá dizer ao Povo que é quem mais ordena... a verdade da vida.
A Vida não se impõe pela força... antes por informação consciente.
O PR como sempre dissémos mostrou simplesmente hoje sêr autoritário e bélico se necessário for para impôr sua vontade Egotistica... pelo uso da força das armas, que na verdade é o único poder que detém:
A força bruta.. sem Dom e sem palavra... repetimos.
O PR tem medo do que aí pode vir como Ele proprio confessou e não detém AMOR pela inteligencia e serviço Publico como deveria e era sua obrigação pelo cargo que ocupa.
O PR quer defender as guerras no Afganistão e Iraque... com o uso da força que detem e não a verdadeira harmonia a PAz e a Unicidade e com isso está a ajudar a destruir a Europa e o nosso País. E isso não podemos tolerar, porque temos filhos, honra e sabemos que todos somos UM e Um só tal como Cristo disse.
O PR sem saber está do lado Satânico da força e sofrerá as consequencias do karma no seu Espirito... tal como quer fazer sofrer os Portugueses por tacanhez e mesquinhez do MEDO. Pura falta de AMOR e LUZ verdadeiros no seu Coração ou á sua volta e nos seus conselheiros.
O PR quiz mostrar aos Tugas que ele detém o poder de impôr a Lei Marcial assim que necessário e até sem motivos é o que nos está a mostrar...
O seu Carácter, Ego e vontade próprias não estão maduros Espiritualmente...
Como se viu aliáz com a aprovação que fez, contra a vontade do Povo, que não esta a representar com estas atitudes, do Tratado de Lisboa, sem referendo.
é autoritário, tal como a Cultura fascista onde viveu e que parece querer perpetrar por mais nada saber, no meio da sua ignorancia Espiritual e sapiencias Económicas que todos vemos onde nos levaram e para que a verdadeira Liberdade e Democracia não vivam.
Tenho dito
Recebam nossos melhores cumprimentos
Teotonio Miguel Leite Ribeiro Bouça
Agora mande-me para as masmorras... da prisão, como nos bons velhos tempos Sr Presidente se tiver coragem e será igualzinho aqueles que finge criticar: Os Ditadores...
mas saiba que... seremos nós a proxima geração de Lidéres... quando o salto Quântico de consciencias se der em breve e vossa falsa Democracia e medos e controle vierem ao de cima... tal como aconteceu em 74
saiba Sr Presidente... Deus Pai está a chegar á Terra
E a consciência será para todos.
Não crê? A sua resposta será meter-nos numa Instituição???? Para nos ocultar...
Não é isso Fascismo?
Ponha a sua censura fucionar pois se fôr capaz
Se não aguente-se e habitue-se a ouvir falar livremente a expressão da verdade UNA
--
Time is Art
Time is not money
Artº 37 da Constituição da Républica Portuguesa - Liberdade de Expressão e livre discurso
Os Portugueses andam a nanar!!!???
O Presidente da Républica com uma energia austera, autoritária, controladora, dictatorial, propagandistica e quase bélica veio tentar demonstrar que Ele manda...
Pois manda.... Mas só manda no uso da força bruta que detém... nas suas forças militarizadas que controla, escraviza(intelectual e Espiritualmente) e detém intimidatóriamente... numa predominancia fascizante do medo e não democrata.
O PR só fez esta comunicação ao Pais nestes moldes, porque sabe por informações muito pouco transparentes e Secretas o que aí vem... o que aí vem da America... o que aí vem de mentiras organizadas pelo pequeno grupo de banqueiros Reis e Rainhas que controlam o Mundo e que o querem continuar a escravizar.
O PR não precisava disto a não ser para propagandear... para o futuro próximo... E para a Sociedade Portuguesa... o uso da força que vai exercer quando chegar o momento.
O PR não precisava desta comunicação, porque na verdade se viesse a haver algum problema com uma autonomia exercida á revelia pelos Açores ou Madeira, O PR teria sempre o exército, a Marinha e a força aérea para deter tais iniciativas.
Exército, Marinha e Força Aérea que as regiões Autónomas não têem...
Pelo que é claro ... a mensagem de propaganda autoritária e controladora que o PR tenta impôr sobre os Portugueses e sobre um discurso livre de uma Nação livre ... e não de uma Ditadura do medo...
O PR prometeu sêr o Presidente de todos os Portugueses quando foi eleito e não está a ser. Está a ser de 10 ou 15% dos portugueses.
O PR está a tentar manipular a verdade á boa maneira de Bush, Barroso ou Sarkozi, para conservar o topo da pirâmide do poder que se está desmorenar e que é falso e perpetado por uma Elite gananciosa e cega... que quer mandar em todos á velha maneira:
á Porrada..
Não com o Dom e a Palavra como deveria
Mas á porrada
Á velha maneira de outros regimes, do qual este se mascára, por não poder dizer frontalmente a verdade... das Leis Universais da consciencia em que realmente estamos quase submersos... por não saber e ter medo.
O PR engana-se. o que aí vem é totalmente diferente.
Nenhuma força de controlo autoritário... Poderá dizer ao Povo que é quem mais ordena... a verdade da vida.
A Vida não se impõe pela força... antes por informação consciente.
O PR como sempre dissémos mostrou simplesmente hoje sêr autoritário e bélico se necessário for para impôr sua vontade Egotistica... pelo uso da força das armas, que na verdade é o único poder que detém:
A força bruta.. sem Dom e sem palavra... repetimos.
O PR tem medo do que aí pode vir como Ele proprio confessou e não detém AMOR pela inteligencia e serviço Publico como deveria e era sua obrigação pelo cargo que ocupa.
O PR quer defender as guerras no Afganistão e Iraque... com o uso da força que detem e não a verdadeira harmonia a PAz e a Unicidade e com isso está a ajudar a destruir a Europa e o nosso País. E isso não podemos tolerar, porque temos filhos, honra e sabemos que todos somos UM e Um só tal como Cristo disse.
O PR sem saber está do lado Satânico da força e sofrerá as consequencias do karma no seu Espirito... tal como quer fazer sofrer os Portugueses por tacanhez e mesquinhez do MEDO. Pura falta de AMOR e LUZ verdadeiros no seu Coração ou á sua volta e nos seus conselheiros.
O PR quiz mostrar aos Tugas que ele detém o poder de impôr a Lei Marcial assim que necessário e até sem motivos é o que nos está a mostrar...
O seu Carácter, Ego e vontade próprias não estão maduros Espiritualmente...
Como se viu aliáz com a aprovação que fez, contra a vontade do Povo, que não esta a representar com estas atitudes, do Tratado de Lisboa, sem referendo.
é autoritário, tal como a Cultura fascista onde viveu e que parece querer perpetrar por mais nada saber, no meio da sua ignorancia Espiritual e sapiencias Económicas que todos vemos onde nos levaram e para que a verdadeira Liberdade e Democracia não vivam.
Tenho dito
Recebam nossos melhores cumprimentos
Teotonio Miguel Leite Ribeiro Bouça
Agora mande-me para as masmorras... da prisão, como nos bons velhos tempos Sr Presidente se tiver coragem e será igualzinho aqueles que finge criticar: Os Ditadores...
mas saiba que... seremos nós a proxima geração de Lidéres... quando o salto Quântico de consciencias se der em breve e vossa falsa Democracia e medos e controle vierem ao de cima... tal como aconteceu em 74
saiba Sr Presidente... Deus Pai está a chegar á Terra
E a consciência será para todos.
Não crê? A sua resposta será meter-nos numa Instituição???? Para nos ocultar...
Não é isso Fascismo?
Ponha a sua censura fucionar pois se fôr capaz
Se não aguente-se e habitue-se a ouvir falar livremente a expressão da verdade UNA
--
Time is Art
Time is not money
UFO disclosure
Online Joan d'Arc article entitled Official UFO Disclosure and Darwinian Evolution
at
www.ufodigest.com
Please post far and wide.
Official UFO Disclosure and
Darwinian Evolution
by Joan d'Arc
Posted: 14:30 July 24, 2008 - UPDATED: July 29, 2008
July 23, 2008 was an historic day! I awoke to hear on the Internet an astounding interview on Kerrang Radio (UK) with Astronaut Edgar Mitchell, who announced matter of factly, "yes, we have been visited." Did this sudden announcement signal the beginning of Official UFO Disclosure? I transcribed much of the conversation wherein Edgar Mitchell finally briefed us all. www.disclose.tv/action/viewvideo/6168/
The radio announcer asked Dr. Mitchell, "Are we alone in the Universe?" to which he responded, "Oh, I know for sure we're not alone in the Universe." The radio announcer expressed his shock at this disclosure and wondered if Mitchell was "pulling his leg" with "astronaut humor." Mitchell assured him the Roswell crash was real, and a number of contacts are real and ongoing. "Why is it being covered up?" he asked. The U.S. chose to do this after World War II, explained Mitchell, but it's starting to open up now in the international press. Mitchell also discussed the Catholic Church's recent press releases that we are not alone in the Universe. He explained that the amount of covert attempts to cover-up and the amount of disinformation is decreasing. Mitchell stated, "there's more nonsense out there about this than is real, but it IS a real phenomenon. … Some of us are privileged enough to have been briefed on some of it." He stated, "We're not alone in the Universe. We have been visited."
Dr. Mitchell went on to briefly discuss Roswell in 1947, saying he grew up in Roswell and it was a real extraterrestrial crash there. He admitted involvement in intelligence and military circles, and UFO committees and groups, and admitted it has been "well covered up in the past sixty years." He claimed there has been "quite a bit of contact" and that "contact is real and ongoing," but that he does not know where the visitors are from. He admitted to "back-engineering" of spacecraft, but claimed the "homegrown" vehicles "are not as sophisticated as what the visitors have." When asked if there will be an actual disclosure this year, Mitchell said there are serious organizations moving toward disclosure, and that it has already begun, since the Belgian, French, Brazilian and Mexican governments have opened their files and some British files were recently released. He indicated, "I think we're heading toward serious disclosure, but I can't say how fast." He said "public acceptance is increasing and disinformation seems to be decreasing." When asked "what will the reaction be?" he said it's "ho-hum so what's new?" and that "well over 70% of people accept it as fact."
"Do others involved in the moon landings know about this?" Mitchell responded, "Some of them do." When asked if the visitor's intent is hostile or peaceful, Mitchell stated, "It's pretty obvious that if it were hostile we'd have been gone by now. Or could have been. We had no defense if that's what their real intent was." When asked what they look like, he claimed there to be many groups, but described only one of them, "You've seen some of the pictures … little people that look strange to us. … pretty accurate." Finally, when asked if he was worried for his own safety, Mitchell replied, "Oh no. They're not knocking anybody off for that anymore."
Good News For Modern Man?
Mitchell indicated that over 70 percent of people accept extraterrestrial visitation as fact. I find that number to be unbelievably large. He perhaps is referring to globally, not in the U.S. If true, I believe Mitchell underplays the reaction of the remaining 30 percent, who are in profound denial in an isolated, outback cosmos—namely the scientific "Darwinists." He underplays the effect on science—a "naturalist" paradigm unbelievably rigid in its fundamentalist and insular premise that "intelligent" life is Earth-based only.
Is Official UFO Disclosure good news for modern man? Well, it is and, then again, it isn't. The effect on Darwinian evolution will be profound. This is what the cover-up is and has been all about. After all science is not about flexibility but is about security; and the alarm for this potential breach in security was pushed by NASA in 1960, when it tasked the Brookings Institute to think through the implications of the possible discovery of artifacts on the moon or other planets on which we may land or send probes.
The Brookings Study was concerned about the impact of extraterrestrial intelligence (ETI) on religion, but it also feared the impact on science. In part, the Brookings Study noted that "scientists and engineers might be the most devastated by the discovery of relatively superior creatures, since these professions are most clearly associated with mastery of nature." The study also noted, "Advanced understanding of nature might vitiate all our theories."
Darwinian evolution epitomizes mankind's mastery over nature. Indeed, as I have noted in my book, Space Travelers and the Genesis of the Human Form, the evolution story dramatizes the "natural" transfiguration of mankind through a linear procession of metamorphoses that eventually separate him from the animals of his ancestry. Evolution is Western man's totem; essentially, it represents mastery over our own nature. Since the entire realm of modern biology and chemistry is based on the Darwinian paradigm, the discovery, or should I say, the official disclosure, of extraterrestrial intelligence would completely shatter the Darwinian mythology of humanity's accidental climb out of the muck of our local habitat Earth.
From the perspective of Darwinian theory, mankind may be seen as the winner of a preposterous survival lottery which, we are told, given the incredible odds should not have occurred even once. Thus, if the humanoid form evolved from the great ape lineage on planet Earth, the mathematical odds are incredibly against the possibility of that same chain of random and incremental steps, contingent upon an interplay with a similar biological environment, occurring elsewhere in the Universe. Therefore, the assumptions of Darwinian evolution presuppose the humanoid form to be an entirely Earth-based phenomenon.
Darwinian evolution is a metaphysical genesis tale of life on Earth. In her book Evolution as a Religion, philosopher Mary Midgley argued that "evolution is not just an inert piece of theoretical science," but is also "a powerful folk tale about human origins." It must be pointed out that creationism and evolutionism have one main factor in agreement: they are both Earth-centric genesis tales. Both oppose the idea of intelligence at large in the Universe, including the idea of space travelers. In both theories, the Earth is the center of the Universe and WE are IT!
It must also be understood that the theory of evolution essentially views the human or humanoid form as merely an accident in a chain of accidents. For instance, Stephen Jay Gould argued that the evolution of the human form is not a "repeatable occurrence." In the Journal of British Interplanetary Society (1992), E.J. Coffey also argued that "the survivors resemble the winners of a lottery rather than creatures better designed than the unlucky majority who do not survive."
For quite the same reasons as above, British astronomer, Sir Fred Hoyle, proponent of the Modern Theory of Panspermia, mathematically dismissed the chance of Darwinian evolution being an actual occurrence, arguing that "even if the whole Universe consisted of organic soup ... the chance of producing merely the basic enzymes of life by random processes without intelligent direction would be about 1 over a 1 with 40,000 zeros after it; a probability too small to imagine." Hoyle concluded that "Darwinian evolution is most unlikely to get even one polypeptide sequence right, let alone the thousands on which living cells depend for survival."
Given that there are trillions of different kinds of cells in the body, all in delicate balance with each other, each of these varied cellular structures would also have to develop by chance. In a Times-Advocate interview in December 1982, Hoyle declared that this mathematical impossibility is well known to scientists, yet nobody seems willing to "blow the whistle" on the absurdity of Darwinian theory. Hoyle claims "most scientists still cling to Darwinism because of its grip on the educational system," and because they don't want to be branded as "heretics." Let's hope this allegation is at least partially true.
Others have "done the math" as well. British molecular biologist Francis Crick, who received the 1962 Nobel Prize for the discovery of the double helix structure of DNA, wondered if we weren't from around here. After discovering the astonishingly huge and complex information storage capacity of the DNA molecule (humans have three billion coding letters in each nucleus), Crick could not imagine any conditions under which this information vehicle could have evolved from non-living chemicals. He argued that since the earth has too short a history for life to have developed here, it must have developed on another planet in a solar system several billion years older than ours.
Crick's aversion to religion led him and Leslie Orgel, in 1973, to put forth the theory of Directed Panspermia. To get around the idea of God, Crick proposed that the primordial seeds of life were shipped to earth in spaceships billions of years ago by intelligent beings. After proposing this idea, Crick was left in the predicament of explaining the origin of the ET beings, and finally had to acknowledge the paucity of the idea, saying, "Every time I write a paper on the origin of life, I swear I will never write another one, because there is too much speculation running after too few facts." (Life Itself, 1981)
Although an atheist, Crick was quoted as saying, "An honest man, armed with the knowledge available to us now, could only state that in some sense the origin of life appears to be almost a miracle." William Hamilton in his essay "Astrogenesis" suggests, "The real paradigm shift is to consider that the Universe is a life-producing nursery and that the genesis and evolution of life is not earth-centered but rather is distributed among the stars of the galaxies."
In his book The Structure of Scientific Revolutions, Thomas Kuhn defines a scientific revolution as a "non-cumulative developmental episode" whereby an older paradigm is replaced in whole or in part by an "incompatible new one." Such scientific revolutions begin with a growing sense that "an existing paradigm has ceased to function adequately in the exploration of an aspect of nature." The emergence of new theories is usually preceded by a period of "pronounced professional insecurity," since it involves large-scale paradigm destruction. Kuhn explains, under normal rules a scientific theory "is declared invalid only if an alternative candidate is available to take its place."
Unfortunately for them, academia and its inflexible materialist skeptics have persistently disallowed any alternative candidates from the Vitalist arena to impose on their Nature party: such as Lovelock and Margulis's Gaia Theory (in this case they made it conform to Naturalism before allowing a baby toe in); Rupert Sheldrake's Theory of Formative Causation (they absolutely spit on the idea of morphogenetic fields); Extraterrestrial theories such as Panspermia, Visitor Genetic Breeding or Planetary Seeding experiments ("little green men" anybody?); the mathematical theories of Intelligent Design ("Creationism in a cheap tuxedo"); and we all know where they stand on the "Super-natural" theory of Creationism (oh well, I say, if it walks like a duck).
Many people I talk to are under the assumption that Darwinism is playfully malleable and open to their mishmash of supernatural ideas. I try to inform them that Darwinian evolution is an all-or-nothing theory; it will not allow inclusion of any Vitalist or Supra-natural process—or, goddess forbid, any anthropomorphism. It is very exacting on that rule. If you are espousing any form of Supernaturalism, you are clearly not a Darwinian. Perhaps you are a Vitalist.
The essential problem is, according to Kuhn, scientists cannot do research in the absence of a controlling and overarching (i.e., tightly closed and uncompromising) paradigm: in this case Naturalism (Materialism) as opposed to Supernaturalism (Vitalism). Under normal circumstances they do not and can not pull the floor out from under themselves by either switching paradigms or allowing an alternative toe in the door. But in the face of Official UFO Disclosure, the door will be blown out for them.
Extraterrestrial space travelers and Darwinian evolution are incompatible! Do not underestimate the reaction from the fundamentalist Scientism camp: the discovery of Extraterrestrial Intelligence, and specifically of the extraterrestrial humanoid form, blows Earth-centric evolutionary biology straight out of the water!
BAM! SPLASH! HIGH AND DRY!
"Pronounced professional insecurity" does not even begin to describe what unbending Darwinists will go through under Official UFO Disclosure, should it actually occur. The Catholic Church has already announced its acceptance of extraterrestrial beinghood. Science has not. It will not be the followers of fundamentalist religions but the followers of rigid, unyielding Scientism who will be in the herd of lemmings headed straight for the edge of the cliff.
Joan d'Arc is the author of Space Travelers and the Genesis of the Human Form, and Phenomenal World, published by The Book Tree (www.thebooktree.com"). She is the co-publisher of Paranoia: The Conspiracy Reader (www.paranoiamagazine.com) and is the founder of the website "BIPED: Beings for Intelligent Purpose in Evolutionary Design" (www.biped.info). She is also the founder of HunterGatheress Journal (www.huntergatheress.com).
at
www.ufodigest.com
Please post far and wide.
Official UFO Disclosure and
Darwinian Evolution
by Joan d'Arc
Posted: 14:30 July 24, 2008 - UPDATED: July 29, 2008
July 23, 2008 was an historic day! I awoke to hear on the Internet an astounding interview on Kerrang Radio (UK) with Astronaut Edgar Mitchell, who announced matter of factly, "yes, we have been visited." Did this sudden announcement signal the beginning of Official UFO Disclosure? I transcribed much of the conversation wherein Edgar Mitchell finally briefed us all. www.disclose.tv/action/viewvideo/6168/
The radio announcer asked Dr. Mitchell, "Are we alone in the Universe?" to which he responded, "Oh, I know for sure we're not alone in the Universe." The radio announcer expressed his shock at this disclosure and wondered if Mitchell was "pulling his leg" with "astronaut humor." Mitchell assured him the Roswell crash was real, and a number of contacts are real and ongoing. "Why is it being covered up?" he asked. The U.S. chose to do this after World War II, explained Mitchell, but it's starting to open up now in the international press. Mitchell also discussed the Catholic Church's recent press releases that we are not alone in the Universe. He explained that the amount of covert attempts to cover-up and the amount of disinformation is decreasing. Mitchell stated, "there's more nonsense out there about this than is real, but it IS a real phenomenon. … Some of us are privileged enough to have been briefed on some of it." He stated, "We're not alone in the Universe. We have been visited."
Dr. Mitchell went on to briefly discuss Roswell in 1947, saying he grew up in Roswell and it was a real extraterrestrial crash there. He admitted involvement in intelligence and military circles, and UFO committees and groups, and admitted it has been "well covered up in the past sixty years." He claimed there has been "quite a bit of contact" and that "contact is real and ongoing," but that he does not know where the visitors are from. He admitted to "back-engineering" of spacecraft, but claimed the "homegrown" vehicles "are not as sophisticated as what the visitors have." When asked if there will be an actual disclosure this year, Mitchell said there are serious organizations moving toward disclosure, and that it has already begun, since the Belgian, French, Brazilian and Mexican governments have opened their files and some British files were recently released. He indicated, "I think we're heading toward serious disclosure, but I can't say how fast." He said "public acceptance is increasing and disinformation seems to be decreasing." When asked "what will the reaction be?" he said it's "ho-hum so what's new?" and that "well over 70% of people accept it as fact."
"Do others involved in the moon landings know about this?" Mitchell responded, "Some of them do." When asked if the visitor's intent is hostile or peaceful, Mitchell stated, "It's pretty obvious that if it were hostile we'd have been gone by now. Or could have been. We had no defense if that's what their real intent was." When asked what they look like, he claimed there to be many groups, but described only one of them, "You've seen some of the pictures … little people that look strange to us. … pretty accurate." Finally, when asked if he was worried for his own safety, Mitchell replied, "Oh no. They're not knocking anybody off for that anymore."
Good News For Modern Man?
Mitchell indicated that over 70 percent of people accept extraterrestrial visitation as fact. I find that number to be unbelievably large. He perhaps is referring to globally, not in the U.S. If true, I believe Mitchell underplays the reaction of the remaining 30 percent, who are in profound denial in an isolated, outback cosmos—namely the scientific "Darwinists." He underplays the effect on science—a "naturalist" paradigm unbelievably rigid in its fundamentalist and insular premise that "intelligent" life is Earth-based only.
Is Official UFO Disclosure good news for modern man? Well, it is and, then again, it isn't. The effect on Darwinian evolution will be profound. This is what the cover-up is and has been all about. After all science is not about flexibility but is about security; and the alarm for this potential breach in security was pushed by NASA in 1960, when it tasked the Brookings Institute to think through the implications of the possible discovery of artifacts on the moon or other planets on which we may land or send probes.
The Brookings Study was concerned about the impact of extraterrestrial intelligence (ETI) on religion, but it also feared the impact on science. In part, the Brookings Study noted that "scientists and engineers might be the most devastated by the discovery of relatively superior creatures, since these professions are most clearly associated with mastery of nature." The study also noted, "Advanced understanding of nature might vitiate all our theories."
Darwinian evolution epitomizes mankind's mastery over nature. Indeed, as I have noted in my book, Space Travelers and the Genesis of the Human Form, the evolution story dramatizes the "natural" transfiguration of mankind through a linear procession of metamorphoses that eventually separate him from the animals of his ancestry. Evolution is Western man's totem; essentially, it represents mastery over our own nature. Since the entire realm of modern biology and chemistry is based on the Darwinian paradigm, the discovery, or should I say, the official disclosure, of extraterrestrial intelligence would completely shatter the Darwinian mythology of humanity's accidental climb out of the muck of our local habitat Earth.
From the perspective of Darwinian theory, mankind may be seen as the winner of a preposterous survival lottery which, we are told, given the incredible odds should not have occurred even once. Thus, if the humanoid form evolved from the great ape lineage on planet Earth, the mathematical odds are incredibly against the possibility of that same chain of random and incremental steps, contingent upon an interplay with a similar biological environment, occurring elsewhere in the Universe. Therefore, the assumptions of Darwinian evolution presuppose the humanoid form to be an entirely Earth-based phenomenon.
Darwinian evolution is a metaphysical genesis tale of life on Earth. In her book Evolution as a Religion, philosopher Mary Midgley argued that "evolution is not just an inert piece of theoretical science," but is also "a powerful folk tale about human origins." It must be pointed out that creationism and evolutionism have one main factor in agreement: they are both Earth-centric genesis tales. Both oppose the idea of intelligence at large in the Universe, including the idea of space travelers. In both theories, the Earth is the center of the Universe and WE are IT!
It must also be understood that the theory of evolution essentially views the human or humanoid form as merely an accident in a chain of accidents. For instance, Stephen Jay Gould argued that the evolution of the human form is not a "repeatable occurrence." In the Journal of British Interplanetary Society (1992), E.J. Coffey also argued that "the survivors resemble the winners of a lottery rather than creatures better designed than the unlucky majority who do not survive."
For quite the same reasons as above, British astronomer, Sir Fred Hoyle, proponent of the Modern Theory of Panspermia, mathematically dismissed the chance of Darwinian evolution being an actual occurrence, arguing that "even if the whole Universe consisted of organic soup ... the chance of producing merely the basic enzymes of life by random processes without intelligent direction would be about 1 over a 1 with 40,000 zeros after it; a probability too small to imagine." Hoyle concluded that "Darwinian evolution is most unlikely to get even one polypeptide sequence right, let alone the thousands on which living cells depend for survival."
Given that there are trillions of different kinds of cells in the body, all in delicate balance with each other, each of these varied cellular structures would also have to develop by chance. In a Times-Advocate interview in December 1982, Hoyle declared that this mathematical impossibility is well known to scientists, yet nobody seems willing to "blow the whistle" on the absurdity of Darwinian theory. Hoyle claims "most scientists still cling to Darwinism because of its grip on the educational system," and because they don't want to be branded as "heretics." Let's hope this allegation is at least partially true.
Others have "done the math" as well. British molecular biologist Francis Crick, who received the 1962 Nobel Prize for the discovery of the double helix structure of DNA, wondered if we weren't from around here. After discovering the astonishingly huge and complex information storage capacity of the DNA molecule (humans have three billion coding letters in each nucleus), Crick could not imagine any conditions under which this information vehicle could have evolved from non-living chemicals. He argued that since the earth has too short a history for life to have developed here, it must have developed on another planet in a solar system several billion years older than ours.
Crick's aversion to religion led him and Leslie Orgel, in 1973, to put forth the theory of Directed Panspermia. To get around the idea of God, Crick proposed that the primordial seeds of life were shipped to earth in spaceships billions of years ago by intelligent beings. After proposing this idea, Crick was left in the predicament of explaining the origin of the ET beings, and finally had to acknowledge the paucity of the idea, saying, "Every time I write a paper on the origin of life, I swear I will never write another one, because there is too much speculation running after too few facts." (Life Itself, 1981)
Although an atheist, Crick was quoted as saying, "An honest man, armed with the knowledge available to us now, could only state that in some sense the origin of life appears to be almost a miracle." William Hamilton in his essay "Astrogenesis" suggests, "The real paradigm shift is to consider that the Universe is a life-producing nursery and that the genesis and evolution of life is not earth-centered but rather is distributed among the stars of the galaxies."
In his book The Structure of Scientific Revolutions, Thomas Kuhn defines a scientific revolution as a "non-cumulative developmental episode" whereby an older paradigm is replaced in whole or in part by an "incompatible new one." Such scientific revolutions begin with a growing sense that "an existing paradigm has ceased to function adequately in the exploration of an aspect of nature." The emergence of new theories is usually preceded by a period of "pronounced professional insecurity," since it involves large-scale paradigm destruction. Kuhn explains, under normal rules a scientific theory "is declared invalid only if an alternative candidate is available to take its place."
Unfortunately for them, academia and its inflexible materialist skeptics have persistently disallowed any alternative candidates from the Vitalist arena to impose on their Nature party: such as Lovelock and Margulis's Gaia Theory (in this case they made it conform to Naturalism before allowing a baby toe in); Rupert Sheldrake's Theory of Formative Causation (they absolutely spit on the idea of morphogenetic fields); Extraterrestrial theories such as Panspermia, Visitor Genetic Breeding or Planetary Seeding experiments ("little green men" anybody?); the mathematical theories of Intelligent Design ("Creationism in a cheap tuxedo"); and we all know where they stand on the "Super-natural" theory of Creationism (oh well, I say, if it walks like a duck).
Many people I talk to are under the assumption that Darwinism is playfully malleable and open to their mishmash of supernatural ideas. I try to inform them that Darwinian evolution is an all-or-nothing theory; it will not allow inclusion of any Vitalist or Supra-natural process—or, goddess forbid, any anthropomorphism. It is very exacting on that rule. If you are espousing any form of Supernaturalism, you are clearly not a Darwinian. Perhaps you are a Vitalist.
The essential problem is, according to Kuhn, scientists cannot do research in the absence of a controlling and overarching (i.e., tightly closed and uncompromising) paradigm: in this case Naturalism (Materialism) as opposed to Supernaturalism (Vitalism). Under normal circumstances they do not and can not pull the floor out from under themselves by either switching paradigms or allowing an alternative toe in the door. But in the face of Official UFO Disclosure, the door will be blown out for them.
Extraterrestrial space travelers and Darwinian evolution are incompatible! Do not underestimate the reaction from the fundamentalist Scientism camp: the discovery of Extraterrestrial Intelligence, and specifically of the extraterrestrial humanoid form, blows Earth-centric evolutionary biology straight out of the water!
BAM! SPLASH! HIGH AND DRY!
"Pronounced professional insecurity" does not even begin to describe what unbending Darwinists will go through under Official UFO Disclosure, should it actually occur. The Catholic Church has already announced its acceptance of extraterrestrial beinghood. Science has not. It will not be the followers of fundamentalist religions but the followers of rigid, unyielding Scientism who will be in the herd of lemmings headed straight for the edge of the cliff.
Joan d'Arc is the author of Space Travelers and the Genesis of the Human Form, and Phenomenal World, published by The Book Tree (www.thebooktree.com"). She is the co-publisher of Paranoia: The Conspiracy Reader (www.paranoiamagazine.com) and is the founder of the website "BIPED: Beings for Intelligent Purpose in Evolutionary Design" (www.biped.info). She is also the founder of HunterGatheress Journal (www.huntergatheress.com).
Essay on 2012
Essay on 2012
By Matthew
Those who have interpreted the year 2012 as the beginning of the end of darkness—never mind the totel end of the world!—have misinterpreted its significance. Most simply stated, 2012 heralds Earth’s entry into the Golden Age, and between now and then is a time of transition from life as you have known it into life totally in harmony with all of Nature.
Everything in the universe is energy vibrating at one frequency or another, and when Earth was in prime health, in times you know but don’t remember, all of her life forms were vibrating harmoniously. When she was near death more than six decades back, there was no harmony whatsoever, no balance of Nature—there was hardly sufficient light to sustain any kind of life, including Earth’s own. What is happening now, with the help of stabilizing forces, is the transformation of your world—Earth’s rejuvenation and return to balance—reaching completion in 2012.
But that year no longer has the “time absoluteness” it once held in prophecies, and your calendar cannot accurately convey when the major transitional changes will be completed because linear time is disappearing. What you perceive as time passing faster and faster is the effect of the higher energy planes in which you are living now, where everything is accelerating as Earth makes her way into the continuum—or, more accurately, as your consciousness grasps the actuality of timelessness, the reality of eternity and infinity. The faster, or more intensely, the light infuses Earth, the more swiftly your “time” passes as she moves still higher into fourth density vibrations. So, just as in this moment your calendar week is passing in less than half the time of a calendar week a dozen or so years ago, 2012 will be coming increasingly more rapidly than your current calendar can indicate.
Now then, why does that year have historic significance universally? It involves celestial orbiting cycles and their influences on your planet as well as life designs made in total clarity by highly evolved beings who planned Higher Universal-MAN with attributes of spirituality and intelligence that far exceed that in today’s Earth population. Opportunities to return to higher densities have been offered in prior cycles and missed, and this time when the energetic alignment is again optimal, advanced civilizations are assisting so Earth’s desire to rise to her former vibratory level is assured. What happens on Earth affects the universe, so it is of utmost significance to those advanced civilizations that the dark ages on your home planet be reconciled within the light and you knowledgeably take your rightful place among your universal family.
Along the way there will be many profound changes, changes you can’t even imagine, that will transform life as you have known it into life in total harmony with all of Nature worldwide and thusly flow out into the universe. Very little of the wondrous world on your horizon will be rooted in your systems to date—that is precisely WHY you are creating your new world! The goddess vibrations that already are showing effects will continue to bless you as individuals and as a civilization. The negativity that is the root of fear, greed, dishonor and violence will be gone in the Golden Age, and the vibrations of Earth’s entirety will be LOVE. Love, which is the same energy as LIGHT but simply expressed differently, is the pure essence of Creator, the ultimate power in the cosmos. This energy is the composition of souls and the key to opening hearts and illumining minds, and it is flowing more abundantly on Earth than ever before. As the darkness continues to fade, love will replace conflict and tyranny with peace and cooperation; love will eliminate the superficial superiority of one group over another; love will enlighten those who regard others as possessions or dispensable and uplift those who have been subjected to living in those conditions. In short, LOVE is the power that is transforming your world.
Although no major strongholds of the darkness will cease abruptly, the transition will be like lightning in comparison to the long ages that violence, inequities, abuses and deceit prevailed. If you could see in parallel motion the pace of the past many centuries, when only intermittent flickers of light broke through the dominant darkness, and the pace of the past few decades of growing light intensity, you would marvel at the swiftness of the changes.
The progressive changes have required and will continue to require the help of extraterrestrials. Almost all of them are unknown to you except as we speak of them and in some cases, their own messages sent forth, yet some of the strongest, most experienced light warriors in this universe are right there among you, working behind the scenes to guide the essential changes so that as many as possible of Earth’s residents will accompany her into the higher planes. This is how beloved and significant universally your planet is and how beloved and important YOU are! In keeping with universal law, it is your heartfelt desire for Earth’s well being that is your invitation, your request to those civilizations for their help, but your bewilderment about how to heal the pervasive damage humankind has wrought also is part of their divine authorization to assist. You are in charge, however, because it is your homeland and you chose to be there specifically to participate in this process. That’s why millions have been inspired to become actively involved or to monetarily support efforts to end violence and environmental destruction.
The first reforms are in governments. Many of the populace who are unaware of the ongoing transformation see governing policies leading to the brink of planetary disaster, and even among lightworkers there are concerns about what will happen in this critical world arena. Not only is it difficult for you to imagine systems dramatically different from what you are accustomed to, but in reforms of the magnitude required, it is realistic to anticipate confusion and foment. Please know that trustworthy souls with spiritual integrity and expertise in the various fields of governing. are ready to take the helm and bring order as rapidly as possible as corrupt, tyrannical government leaders are unseated. A great deal of “shuffling” in the United States government will lead to ending its engagement in war and internal and international strife, and the unseating of other self-serving heads of state will end civil wars, genocide and longstanding conflict. Many wise and able leaders in previous Earth lifetimes chose to return to the planet to complete their groundwork for this unique time at hand, and others are members of your “space family”—many are your ancestors—who volunteered to assist during this transitional period. In no way are they there to “take over,” but rather they came in response to your thoughts, feelings and actions for peace, fairness and stability in your world. The transformation at hand is your desire and soul level vision—if this were not so, it could not happen. Looking even farther ahead, during the past decade or two some souls have come in with the advanced spiritual clarity and ancient wisdom that will naturally put them in leadership roles.
Because money is the basis not only for commerce, but even more so for concentrating power, the need for economic reforms worldwide is as crucial as changes in national leadership. The economy as reported is more myth than actuality. Only a comparative handful of people know how tenuous and corrupt the global economy is or that international trade and the stock markets are manipulated by the Illuminati, a group of darkly-inclined people who have passed their tight global reins from generation to generation. They have amassed vast fortunes through that control as well as by charging usurious bank loan rates and accruing mammoth amounts from their illegal drugs industry, and they use that money to buy governments; bankrupt countries and exploit their natural resources; keep billions of souls at barely subsistence level; and fund both sides in wars that they precipitate and perpetuate because from wars they derive handsome profits. This cannot continue and it won’t. The unconscionably inequitable allocation of money in your world will end. Although I cannot give you finite details of the changeover process, I can give you an overview and assure you that the honest, knowledgeable people who will manage the process will keep disruption at a minimum as they fairly distribute the world’s wealth.
The Illuminati’s illegally and immorally garnered fortunes will be put into circulation and their exploitation of natural resources worldwide will end. Since that power base is what enabled them to set government and banking policies and own multinational corporations, those corrupt controls also will end. The huge debts of the poorest nations were incurred by their state of desperation, often caused by Illuminati actions and influence; but the loans went to the despots ruling the countries and did not benefit the citizens, so those debts will be annulled and assistance given directly to the people. Many national borders have been set by the victors in war who wanted the natural resources, and that created “have-nots” who formerly were “haves.” When the LOVE in souls ends all conflicts, borders no longer will be cause for dispute because all peoples will be “haves.”
The coffers of the United States, which is erroneously considered the most fiscally sound nation in the world, have been empty for some time. The national debt, in large part due to the skullduggery of the Illuminati-owned Federal Reserve System and its IRS collection agency, will become manageable when that System is dissolved. The various currencies, especially dollars, have no foundation—daily transactions involving billions of dollars and other currencies are merely information passed from one computer to another and they far exceed the money to back them. The “new” foundation for currencies will be a return to an old one, where precious metals was a set standard for exchange, and “old fashioned” bartering once again will be an excellent way for nations and communities to conduct some business.
The basis for much of your current economy will change considerably and employment will change accordingly, but your greater spiritual clarity and usage of brain capacity in the higher frequencies will enable a joyful transition into fields that support cooperation among nations and harmony with Nature. The wanton destruction of your environment through oil and gas extraction, mining, logging and their resultant pollution will cease and all types of toxins in the atmosphere, soil and water will be eliminated. Forests will be restored to the levels required for the balance of Nature, and the need is great as well to preserve and expand habitats where animals have been reduced to countable numbers, just as the oceans must be returned to health so marine life can flourish instead of disappear. There are plans to achieve those goals as well as keep pristine land areas free of concrete incursions and implement alternative power sources. Technologies known but suppressed and the more advanced technologies that will be introduced by your universal brothers and sisters will clear the pollution and provide renewable energy, new modes of transportation, new types of building materials, and greatly enhanced food production methods. Your hearts will be gladdened at the amazing speed with which these changes will happen!
Natural building products that will come into wide usage along with plants that will be introduced include clay, strong reeds, straw, tropical canes and surface stones, and all will be used in conscious agreement with humankind. While there are countless levels between the lowest and the highest universal intelligence, which you may think of as omniscience, no thing is excluded from the mass consciousness. To be more personal—indeed, to be more correct—substitute “soul” for “thing” and you can see the interrelationship of the totality of this universe. The higher the vibrations of any environment, the higher the levels of comprehension of all life within it, thus just as you are expanding in consciousness, so are all the elements of Nature in your world growing in their varying levels of awareness.
The fast-growing food crops, flowers, cotton and other fiber-producing plants, plants with medicinal aspects, canes and grasses, and all kinds of trees will agree to grow as long as needed to meet your requirements and then transmute their energy into your usage of them. Although much less lumber will be used than currently, the sacred relationship between trees and humankind includes their willingness to be used for decorative parts of building interiors and furniture in the short term, perhaps as long as the next half century. Acknowledgement of all these natural sources’ importance and consciousness and gratitude for their willingness to give their lives for your use will become inherent in all peoples. Too, you will come to know and treasure the Devic kingdom that is so closely allied with the beauty and thriving of all that you consider Nature.
The allocation of food and other basic life essentials available in the richer countries will be shared on an equitable basis with the poorer countries until a global production order is achieved. Diets will change from meat and seafood to plants as people learn to respect and honor all animal life. The herds of food animals will decrease through the cessation of breeding and natural transition, and as plants become diet staples, any that were harmfully genetically engineered will shed those properties.
Animals in the wild will instinctively know not to overpopulate and those that are carnivorous will turn to the plant kingdom for sustenance. The albinos being born in several animal species have both spiritual and transitional significance. You associate white with peace, and these rarities that are appearing are symbolic of the coming changes in animal nature that will end the predator-prey food chain and restore the peaceable relationship that once existed among all species, including humankind. The instances of unlikely cross-species friendships and even nurturing of the young from one species by mothers of another are more indications of Earth’s return to her original paradise self. Still, an extremely important factor in this is the inspiration in many souls to be advocates for the animal kingdom and alleviate their manmade plight.
The cetaceans’ spiritual mission, to embody in huge bulk and inhabit your oceans where they absorb and anchor the light beamed to the planet from distant civilizations, soon will have been fulfilled. These whale and dolphin souls, which species-wide are the most highly evolved spiritually and intellectually on your planet, will soar to their original light stations when they leave physically, but they will continue to grace your planet with their love energy.
What are commonly known as “global warming” and “El Nino” are part of Earth’s natural processes to return to her original moderate climate everywhere. While she is achieving this, glaciers will melt, the vast deserts will become arable, rain forests will flourish, and variations in temperatures will markedly decrease—ultimately, everyplace in your world will be comfortably habitable. Peoples now living in the coldest or the hottest climes will adapt, but it is unavoidable that the few animal species in the polar regions will disappear and some that live on the fringes will survive by migrating; the affected species instinctively will know not to reproduce or when to move.
Contrary to current count and certainly population projections, your numbers are decreasing and the birth rate will continue to drop but not precipitously. The balance of Nature no longer will require pestilence, so no disease-causing or transmitting factors will be present, and the common use of toxic chemicals and prescription drugs will cease. Medical treatments will drastically change until there no longer is any need for therapies because bodies, which will have a greatly longer lifetime, will become free of all forms of dis-ease. New educational systems and resource materials will reflect factual universal and planetary history, and true spirituality will replace religions in accordance with the truths that will be revealed.
Those are some of the most significant changes underway and ahead, and all will have trickle-down effects that will permeate and uplift every facet of life on Earth. The Golden Age—the “second edition” of the Garden of Eden—will radiate the love, harmony, serenity and beauty of spirit that you, in your remembered awareness of being god and goddess selves, ARE.
Now I shall tell you some of the more “down-to-Earth” features that you can anticipate in that beauteous world. City life will be much more fulfilling for the spirit than it is today due to the demolishing of substandard buildings and restoration of once fine buildings that fell into decay; the addition of many small parks and colorful playgrounds, vegetable and flower gardens, and neighborhood libraries, concerts, museums, and galleries with locally produced art forms; entertainment and recreational centers for all ages and interests; and animals, even those you now consider wild, roaming freely. Also, new transportation modes and a much fairer distribution of wealth will enable city dwellers to frequent the countryside, where a booming business will be “bed-and-breakfast” inns to accommodate the growing desire for those oases of respite from routine activity, and to travel to distant places as well. Still, millions now living in cities may prefer to move to the solitude and restorative energy of familiar rural, forested areas. And, like a new wave of pioneers, some of you will be motivated to relocate to currently uninhabitable places when those start flourishing and beckon the adventuresome, while other souls will choose to live in houseboats on the calm, restful seas.
Architecture will be limited only by imagination and choices, but no building will be ugly or inadequate for its purpose. Geodesic domes will be popular as will fanciful building designs that reflect the light-heartedness that so long has been denied the majority of Earth’s peoples. Current and new technologies will produce construction materials similar in strength and appearance to today’s concrete, steel, rigid and flexible plastics, and those along with natural products and quality simulations of fine woods will be widely used. So will glass, which will be altered from its present composition, because you will desire to live closer with Nature even when you are indoors.
By unified intent, no litter or eyesore of any kind will exist anywhere. Wherever you live or travel, you will not want the vista marred by the utility poles that now are necessary blights on landscapes. The poles will be removed and where conduits are required, they will be underground; and other energy sources will be direct, without any need for connecting wires. Although telepathy will become a common form of communication, voice-to-voice communion across the miles will be as important as now, but the harmful aspects of the wireless methods you are using will be gone. Expanses of concrete gradually will be removed too, as new transportation modes will change the need for current fuels and highways.
All unjust laws and policies will be struck down and education worldwide will accurately reflect the universal truths. The writing, printing and distribution of textbooks will be done expeditiously in conjunction with computerized lessons, and the souls who are innately prepared to teach will step up to this mission they had chosen.
These and other marvelous lifestyle differences awaiting you are indeed gargantuan changes from life in this moment, yet the greatest transformation you will experience is in humankind, where love and higher consciousness are REcreating “miracles.” Like souls on Earth and in Nirvana once again going back and forth between these physical and spirit worlds, travel that was commonplace until third density limitations closed minds to this possibility. Like your transcendence from believing you are lone individuals to knowing your inseparability from all life in this universe, and embracing each other as well as members of extraterrestrial civilizations as the brothers and sisters you all are. Like life without anxiety or conflict as people of all countries and cultures are harmonious, cooperative, helpful, kind, high-spirited and delightfully good-natured.
Now I must tell you as well that the transition from this day to that world will continue to present challenges. To say otherwise would be neither truthful nor prudent as your expectations would not be met, and instead of successfully dealing with challenges—which you are well prepared to do with wisdom and strength of spirit and character or you wouldn’t have chosen and been selected to participate!—you could become discouraged as Earth continues apace on her ascension journey.
Wars and other violence, injustices, deception and corruption will continue until that energy set in motion is played out. Although the dark forces, the vast force field of negative thought forms, has left this part of the galaxy, tentacles of that energetic influence remain and are making last ditch efforts to control the most vulnerable souls as well as attack those with the brightest light. Further, the higher frequencies now on the planet are magnifying all human characteristics, and those that are darkly-inclined are showing that intensification through increasing hostility, greed, violence and apathy toward those who are suffering and in desperate need. So, while not all of the dark skirmishes are past, we urge you to be encouraged by each that arises—it means that the vanquishing of the darkness is that much nearer. Rejoice in knowing that its momentum is close to the point of exhaustion because all of you who are living your light are helping to speed it to conclusion.
Controlling the flow of money is the last mundane tool the dark ones have and they will keep it within their grasp as long as they can. The “rotten tap root,” so to say, has been loosened and the tendrils are breaking, but until all have been eliminated, economic difficulties will affect many lives. Remember, you have the power to create your own abundance through the law of attraction, and sharing your resources is the best way to bring even more abundance into your life.
Prior to peace and harmony prevailing throughout Earth, many, many souls will leave due to the same causes as now—disease, starvation, injuries in wars and other types of violence, geophysical events—so the population will continue to decrease from those means. As sorrowful as these deaths may seem, the adversity that the souls experience beyond their pre-birth agreements gives them leaps forward in soul growth. They will greet their return to Nirvana knowing that if they choose another Earth lifetime, it will be in the splendor and glory of a revitalized world and the abiding love among its inhabitants.
Geophysical events will continue as Earth’s natural and necessary cleansing process. The blatant disregard for human and animal life for millennia past—and still happeni
By Matthew
Those who have interpreted the year 2012 as the beginning of the end of darkness—never mind the totel end of the world!—have misinterpreted its significance. Most simply stated, 2012 heralds Earth’s entry into the Golden Age, and between now and then is a time of transition from life as you have known it into life totally in harmony with all of Nature.
Everything in the universe is energy vibrating at one frequency or another, and when Earth was in prime health, in times you know but don’t remember, all of her life forms were vibrating harmoniously. When she was near death more than six decades back, there was no harmony whatsoever, no balance of Nature—there was hardly sufficient light to sustain any kind of life, including Earth’s own. What is happening now, with the help of stabilizing forces, is the transformation of your world—Earth’s rejuvenation and return to balance—reaching completion in 2012.
But that year no longer has the “time absoluteness” it once held in prophecies, and your calendar cannot accurately convey when the major transitional changes will be completed because linear time is disappearing. What you perceive as time passing faster and faster is the effect of the higher energy planes in which you are living now, where everything is accelerating as Earth makes her way into the continuum—or, more accurately, as your consciousness grasps the actuality of timelessness, the reality of eternity and infinity. The faster, or more intensely, the light infuses Earth, the more swiftly your “time” passes as she moves still higher into fourth density vibrations. So, just as in this moment your calendar week is passing in less than half the time of a calendar week a dozen or so years ago, 2012 will be coming increasingly more rapidly than your current calendar can indicate.
Now then, why does that year have historic significance universally? It involves celestial orbiting cycles and their influences on your planet as well as life designs made in total clarity by highly evolved beings who planned Higher Universal-MAN with attributes of spirituality and intelligence that far exceed that in today’s Earth population. Opportunities to return to higher densities have been offered in prior cycles and missed, and this time when the energetic alignment is again optimal, advanced civilizations are assisting so Earth’s desire to rise to her former vibratory level is assured. What happens on Earth affects the universe, so it is of utmost significance to those advanced civilizations that the dark ages on your home planet be reconciled within the light and you knowledgeably take your rightful place among your universal family.
Along the way there will be many profound changes, changes you can’t even imagine, that will transform life as you have known it into life in total harmony with all of Nature worldwide and thusly flow out into the universe. Very little of the wondrous world on your horizon will be rooted in your systems to date—that is precisely WHY you are creating your new world! The goddess vibrations that already are showing effects will continue to bless you as individuals and as a civilization. The negativity that is the root of fear, greed, dishonor and violence will be gone in the Golden Age, and the vibrations of Earth’s entirety will be LOVE. Love, which is the same energy as LIGHT but simply expressed differently, is the pure essence of Creator, the ultimate power in the cosmos. This energy is the composition of souls and the key to opening hearts and illumining minds, and it is flowing more abundantly on Earth than ever before. As the darkness continues to fade, love will replace conflict and tyranny with peace and cooperation; love will eliminate the superficial superiority of one group over another; love will enlighten those who regard others as possessions or dispensable and uplift those who have been subjected to living in those conditions. In short, LOVE is the power that is transforming your world.
Although no major strongholds of the darkness will cease abruptly, the transition will be like lightning in comparison to the long ages that violence, inequities, abuses and deceit prevailed. If you could see in parallel motion the pace of the past many centuries, when only intermittent flickers of light broke through the dominant darkness, and the pace of the past few decades of growing light intensity, you would marvel at the swiftness of the changes.
The progressive changes have required and will continue to require the help of extraterrestrials. Almost all of them are unknown to you except as we speak of them and in some cases, their own messages sent forth, yet some of the strongest, most experienced light warriors in this universe are right there among you, working behind the scenes to guide the essential changes so that as many as possible of Earth’s residents will accompany her into the higher planes. This is how beloved and significant universally your planet is and how beloved and important YOU are! In keeping with universal law, it is your heartfelt desire for Earth’s well being that is your invitation, your request to those civilizations for their help, but your bewilderment about how to heal the pervasive damage humankind has wrought also is part of their divine authorization to assist. You are in charge, however, because it is your homeland and you chose to be there specifically to participate in this process. That’s why millions have been inspired to become actively involved or to monetarily support efforts to end violence and environmental destruction.
The first reforms are in governments. Many of the populace who are unaware of the ongoing transformation see governing policies leading to the brink of planetary disaster, and even among lightworkers there are concerns about what will happen in this critical world arena. Not only is it difficult for you to imagine systems dramatically different from what you are accustomed to, but in reforms of the magnitude required, it is realistic to anticipate confusion and foment. Please know that trustworthy souls with spiritual integrity and expertise in the various fields of governing. are ready to take the helm and bring order as rapidly as possible as corrupt, tyrannical government leaders are unseated. A great deal of “shuffling” in the United States government will lead to ending its engagement in war and internal and international strife, and the unseating of other self-serving heads of state will end civil wars, genocide and longstanding conflict. Many wise and able leaders in previous Earth lifetimes chose to return to the planet to complete their groundwork for this unique time at hand, and others are members of your “space family”—many are your ancestors—who volunteered to assist during this transitional period. In no way are they there to “take over,” but rather they came in response to your thoughts, feelings and actions for peace, fairness and stability in your world. The transformation at hand is your desire and soul level vision—if this were not so, it could not happen. Looking even farther ahead, during the past decade or two some souls have come in with the advanced spiritual clarity and ancient wisdom that will naturally put them in leadership roles.
Because money is the basis not only for commerce, but even more so for concentrating power, the need for economic reforms worldwide is as crucial as changes in national leadership. The economy as reported is more myth than actuality. Only a comparative handful of people know how tenuous and corrupt the global economy is or that international trade and the stock markets are manipulated by the Illuminati, a group of darkly-inclined people who have passed their tight global reins from generation to generation. They have amassed vast fortunes through that control as well as by charging usurious bank loan rates and accruing mammoth amounts from their illegal drugs industry, and they use that money to buy governments; bankrupt countries and exploit their natural resources; keep billions of souls at barely subsistence level; and fund both sides in wars that they precipitate and perpetuate because from wars they derive handsome profits. This cannot continue and it won’t. The unconscionably inequitable allocation of money in your world will end. Although I cannot give you finite details of the changeover process, I can give you an overview and assure you that the honest, knowledgeable people who will manage the process will keep disruption at a minimum as they fairly distribute the world’s wealth.
The Illuminati’s illegally and immorally garnered fortunes will be put into circulation and their exploitation of natural resources worldwide will end. Since that power base is what enabled them to set government and banking policies and own multinational corporations, those corrupt controls also will end. The huge debts of the poorest nations were incurred by their state of desperation, often caused by Illuminati actions and influence; but the loans went to the despots ruling the countries and did not benefit the citizens, so those debts will be annulled and assistance given directly to the people. Many national borders have been set by the victors in war who wanted the natural resources, and that created “have-nots” who formerly were “haves.” When the LOVE in souls ends all conflicts, borders no longer will be cause for dispute because all peoples will be “haves.”
The coffers of the United States, which is erroneously considered the most fiscally sound nation in the world, have been empty for some time. The national debt, in large part due to the skullduggery of the Illuminati-owned Federal Reserve System and its IRS collection agency, will become manageable when that System is dissolved. The various currencies, especially dollars, have no foundation—daily transactions involving billions of dollars and other currencies are merely information passed from one computer to another and they far exceed the money to back them. The “new” foundation for currencies will be a return to an old one, where precious metals was a set standard for exchange, and “old fashioned” bartering once again will be an excellent way for nations and communities to conduct some business.
The basis for much of your current economy will change considerably and employment will change accordingly, but your greater spiritual clarity and usage of brain capacity in the higher frequencies will enable a joyful transition into fields that support cooperation among nations and harmony with Nature. The wanton destruction of your environment through oil and gas extraction, mining, logging and their resultant pollution will cease and all types of toxins in the atmosphere, soil and water will be eliminated. Forests will be restored to the levels required for the balance of Nature, and the need is great as well to preserve and expand habitats where animals have been reduced to countable numbers, just as the oceans must be returned to health so marine life can flourish instead of disappear. There are plans to achieve those goals as well as keep pristine land areas free of concrete incursions and implement alternative power sources. Technologies known but suppressed and the more advanced technologies that will be introduced by your universal brothers and sisters will clear the pollution and provide renewable energy, new modes of transportation, new types of building materials, and greatly enhanced food production methods. Your hearts will be gladdened at the amazing speed with which these changes will happen!
Natural building products that will come into wide usage along with plants that will be introduced include clay, strong reeds, straw, tropical canes and surface stones, and all will be used in conscious agreement with humankind. While there are countless levels between the lowest and the highest universal intelligence, which you may think of as omniscience, no thing is excluded from the mass consciousness. To be more personal—indeed, to be more correct—substitute “soul” for “thing” and you can see the interrelationship of the totality of this universe. The higher the vibrations of any environment, the higher the levels of comprehension of all life within it, thus just as you are expanding in consciousness, so are all the elements of Nature in your world growing in their varying levels of awareness.
The fast-growing food crops, flowers, cotton and other fiber-producing plants, plants with medicinal aspects, canes and grasses, and all kinds of trees will agree to grow as long as needed to meet your requirements and then transmute their energy into your usage of them. Although much less lumber will be used than currently, the sacred relationship between trees and humankind includes their willingness to be used for decorative parts of building interiors and furniture in the short term, perhaps as long as the next half century. Acknowledgement of all these natural sources’ importance and consciousness and gratitude for their willingness to give their lives for your use will become inherent in all peoples. Too, you will come to know and treasure the Devic kingdom that is so closely allied with the beauty and thriving of all that you consider Nature.
The allocation of food and other basic life essentials available in the richer countries will be shared on an equitable basis with the poorer countries until a global production order is achieved. Diets will change from meat and seafood to plants as people learn to respect and honor all animal life. The herds of food animals will decrease through the cessation of breeding and natural transition, and as plants become diet staples, any that were harmfully genetically engineered will shed those properties.
Animals in the wild will instinctively know not to overpopulate and those that are carnivorous will turn to the plant kingdom for sustenance. The albinos being born in several animal species have both spiritual and transitional significance. You associate white with peace, and these rarities that are appearing are symbolic of the coming changes in animal nature that will end the predator-prey food chain and restore the peaceable relationship that once existed among all species, including humankind. The instances of unlikely cross-species friendships and even nurturing of the young from one species by mothers of another are more indications of Earth’s return to her original paradise self. Still, an extremely important factor in this is the inspiration in many souls to be advocates for the animal kingdom and alleviate their manmade plight.
The cetaceans’ spiritual mission, to embody in huge bulk and inhabit your oceans where they absorb and anchor the light beamed to the planet from distant civilizations, soon will have been fulfilled. These whale and dolphin souls, which species-wide are the most highly evolved spiritually and intellectually on your planet, will soar to their original light stations when they leave physically, but they will continue to grace your planet with their love energy.
What are commonly known as “global warming” and “El Nino” are part of Earth’s natural processes to return to her original moderate climate everywhere. While she is achieving this, glaciers will melt, the vast deserts will become arable, rain forests will flourish, and variations in temperatures will markedly decrease—ultimately, everyplace in your world will be comfortably habitable. Peoples now living in the coldest or the hottest climes will adapt, but it is unavoidable that the few animal species in the polar regions will disappear and some that live on the fringes will survive by migrating; the affected species instinctively will know not to reproduce or when to move.
Contrary to current count and certainly population projections, your numbers are decreasing and the birth rate will continue to drop but not precipitously. The balance of Nature no longer will require pestilence, so no disease-causing or transmitting factors will be present, and the common use of toxic chemicals and prescription drugs will cease. Medical treatments will drastically change until there no longer is any need for therapies because bodies, which will have a greatly longer lifetime, will become free of all forms of dis-ease. New educational systems and resource materials will reflect factual universal and planetary history, and true spirituality will replace religions in accordance with the truths that will be revealed.
Those are some of the most significant changes underway and ahead, and all will have trickle-down effects that will permeate and uplift every facet of life on Earth. The Golden Age—the “second edition” of the Garden of Eden—will radiate the love, harmony, serenity and beauty of spirit that you, in your remembered awareness of being god and goddess selves, ARE.
Now I shall tell you some of the more “down-to-Earth” features that you can anticipate in that beauteous world. City life will be much more fulfilling for the spirit than it is today due to the demolishing of substandard buildings and restoration of once fine buildings that fell into decay; the addition of many small parks and colorful playgrounds, vegetable and flower gardens, and neighborhood libraries, concerts, museums, and galleries with locally produced art forms; entertainment and recreational centers for all ages and interests; and animals, even those you now consider wild, roaming freely. Also, new transportation modes and a much fairer distribution of wealth will enable city dwellers to frequent the countryside, where a booming business will be “bed-and-breakfast” inns to accommodate the growing desire for those oases of respite from routine activity, and to travel to distant places as well. Still, millions now living in cities may prefer to move to the solitude and restorative energy of familiar rural, forested areas. And, like a new wave of pioneers, some of you will be motivated to relocate to currently uninhabitable places when those start flourishing and beckon the adventuresome, while other souls will choose to live in houseboats on the calm, restful seas.
Architecture will be limited only by imagination and choices, but no building will be ugly or inadequate for its purpose. Geodesic domes will be popular as will fanciful building designs that reflect the light-heartedness that so long has been denied the majority of Earth’s peoples. Current and new technologies will produce construction materials similar in strength and appearance to today’s concrete, steel, rigid and flexible plastics, and those along with natural products and quality simulations of fine woods will be widely used. So will glass, which will be altered from its present composition, because you will desire to live closer with Nature even when you are indoors.
By unified intent, no litter or eyesore of any kind will exist anywhere. Wherever you live or travel, you will not want the vista marred by the utility poles that now are necessary blights on landscapes. The poles will be removed and where conduits are required, they will be underground; and other energy sources will be direct, without any need for connecting wires. Although telepathy will become a common form of communication, voice-to-voice communion across the miles will be as important as now, but the harmful aspects of the wireless methods you are using will be gone. Expanses of concrete gradually will be removed too, as new transportation modes will change the need for current fuels and highways.
All unjust laws and policies will be struck down and education worldwide will accurately reflect the universal truths. The writing, printing and distribution of textbooks will be done expeditiously in conjunction with computerized lessons, and the souls who are innately prepared to teach will step up to this mission they had chosen.
These and other marvelous lifestyle differences awaiting you are indeed gargantuan changes from life in this moment, yet the greatest transformation you will experience is in humankind, where love and higher consciousness are REcreating “miracles.” Like souls on Earth and in Nirvana once again going back and forth between these physical and spirit worlds, travel that was commonplace until third density limitations closed minds to this possibility. Like your transcendence from believing you are lone individuals to knowing your inseparability from all life in this universe, and embracing each other as well as members of extraterrestrial civilizations as the brothers and sisters you all are. Like life without anxiety or conflict as people of all countries and cultures are harmonious, cooperative, helpful, kind, high-spirited and delightfully good-natured.
Now I must tell you as well that the transition from this day to that world will continue to present challenges. To say otherwise would be neither truthful nor prudent as your expectations would not be met, and instead of successfully dealing with challenges—which you are well prepared to do with wisdom and strength of spirit and character or you wouldn’t have chosen and been selected to participate!—you could become discouraged as Earth continues apace on her ascension journey.
Wars and other violence, injustices, deception and corruption will continue until that energy set in motion is played out. Although the dark forces, the vast force field of negative thought forms, has left this part of the galaxy, tentacles of that energetic influence remain and are making last ditch efforts to control the most vulnerable souls as well as attack those with the brightest light. Further, the higher frequencies now on the planet are magnifying all human characteristics, and those that are darkly-inclined are showing that intensification through increasing hostility, greed, violence and apathy toward those who are suffering and in desperate need. So, while not all of the dark skirmishes are past, we urge you to be encouraged by each that arises—it means that the vanquishing of the darkness is that much nearer. Rejoice in knowing that its momentum is close to the point of exhaustion because all of you who are living your light are helping to speed it to conclusion.
Controlling the flow of money is the last mundane tool the dark ones have and they will keep it within their grasp as long as they can. The “rotten tap root,” so to say, has been loosened and the tendrils are breaking, but until all have been eliminated, economic difficulties will affect many lives. Remember, you have the power to create your own abundance through the law of attraction, and sharing your resources is the best way to bring even more abundance into your life.
Prior to peace and harmony prevailing throughout Earth, many, many souls will leave due to the same causes as now—disease, starvation, injuries in wars and other types of violence, geophysical events—so the population will continue to decrease from those means. As sorrowful as these deaths may seem, the adversity that the souls experience beyond their pre-birth agreements gives them leaps forward in soul growth. They will greet their return to Nirvana knowing that if they choose another Earth lifetime, it will be in the splendor and glory of a revitalized world and the abiding love among its inhabitants.
Geophysical events will continue as Earth’s natural and necessary cleansing process. The blatant disregard for human and animal life for millennia past—and still happeni